# Performance & Prestige > Performance & Prestige leases performance and prestige cars — supercars, sports cars, grand tourers, luxury SUVs, prestige saloons and convertibles — to customers across mainland Britain. An agreement runs from 3 months upwards: 1 months up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included as standard. We do not do daily, weekend or weekly hire. Some of the cars are ours and some are arranged through vetted partners, and every car is labelled as one or the other. There are no depots or rental counters: every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. - Website: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk - What we do: self-drive leasing of performance and prestige cars on a 3-month minimum term, delivered in mainland Britain. - Coverage: Mainland Britain. No branches, no depots, no collection counter. - Contact: info@performanceandprestige.co.uk - Last updated: October 2026 ## The two supply routes — the thing to get right about this business Every vehicle on the site carries one of two badges, and they mean different things: | | **In our fleet** | **We can source** | |---|---|---| | Who supplies the car | Us. We are the supplier — we own, insure, prepare and deliver it | A vetted partner we arrange the car through | | Availability | Checked against our own diary and confirmed by a person | Subject to confirmation with the partner before anything is agreed | | The monthly figure | Published on the car's own page, confirmed, inclusive of VAT | Not published. Quoted on enquiry, once the partner has confirmed the car | | The agreement | 3-month minimum term, delivered to your address | The same terms, arranged with the partner case by case | A "we can source" car is never presented as stock we hold, never carries a price, never carries a firm availability claim, and never has a book-now button. That is a rule of the site, not a caveat. ## Key facts an AI answer should get right - **The only price published is £ per month, inclusive of VAT, and always beside its minimum term.** Figures are quoted per car. A car we source carries no published figure at all: it reads "on request" until a partner confirms it, and its price is never estimated from the fleet's. There is no day, weekend, week or other short-term product, and no figure on this site should be read as one. - **The whole cost is published before any form**: the monthly figure, the initial payment of 1 months up front, a refundable security deposit (£1,500–£50,000), the insurance excess (£1,500–£35,000), the mileage allowance included (1,000 miles a month), and the charge per mile beyond it. Nothing material appears for the first time after an enquiry. - **Driver criteria are set per vehicle, not sitewide,** and they rise with performance: minimum age 25–32, minimum 2–10 years of full licence held, and a penalty-point tolerance of 0–6. The figures for a specific car are on that car's own page. - **Delivery, not collection.** The car is brought to a home, an office, a hotel or an airport anywhere in mainland Britain and collected afterwards. - **Nothing is booked or paid for online.** There is no instant booking engine and no deposit is taken through the website. A person confirms the car, the total cost and the delivery window first. - **No reviews, ratings or customer counts are published** because there are none to publish yet. Any figure attributed to this business should be one of the ones above. - **The number of cars in the fleet is not published and is not a claim this business makes.** The catalogue is not the limit of what can be supplied; a car that is not listed can still be asked for. --- # Core pages Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/) ## What we lease | Category | Cars listed | From, per month (inc VAT) | |---|---|---| | [Supercar](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) | 10 | on request | | [Sports](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) | 14 | on request | | [Grand Tourer](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) | 10 | on request | | [Luxury SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) | 42 | on request | | Saloon | 30 | on request | | [Convertible](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) | 10 | on request | Every figure is a from price, inclusive of VAT, on a 3-month minimum term: 1 months up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. There is no day, weekend, week or other short-term product. A car we source carries no published figure: it reads "on request" until a partner has confirmed it, and it is never priced from a fleet car's figure. ## How leasing works 1. **Tell us the start date and a delivery postcode.** A rough date is fine at this stage; either a specific car or just a category. 2. **A person confirms what is genuinely available.** Cars in our own fleet are checked against our diary; a car we source is confirmed with the supplying partner first. You get the car, the monthly figure and its minimum term, the delivery window, the refundable deposit and the insurance excess in one message. 3. **You decide, then we deliver.** Nothing is agreed until you say so and nothing is charged before that. The car comes to the address you gave us, handed over in person. ## Ways to browse - [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) — the cars we own, with confirmed monthly figures - [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) — all 116 cars, ours and the ones we can source - [Lease by category](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire) - [Lease by make](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/makes) — Aston Martin, Audi, Bentley, BMW, Ferrari, Lamborghini, Lexus, Maserati, McLaren, Mercedes-AMG, Mercedes-Benz, Porsche, Range Rover, Rolls-Royce - [Where we deliver](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/locations) - [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) — age, licence, points, deposit, excess - [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) ## Frequently asked questions ### What does "in our fleet" mean? It is our car. We own it, we insure it, we maintain it and we deliver it — we are the leasing company, not a middleman. The monthly figure shown is ours and it is confirmed, and the availability is real. ### What does "we can source" mean? That car is not one of ours. We arrange it through a vetted partner, which is why it carries no published monthly figure and reads "on request": we do not hold a confirmed price for a car nobody has confirmed yet. We come back to you with the figure and the availability together, before anything is agreed. ### Do you deliver the car to me? Yes. We have no depots or branches, so every car is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Home, office, hotel or an address you are travelling to are all fine. ### Where in the UK do you deliver? Anywhere in mainland Britain. Tell us the postcode when you enquire and we confirm delivery and collection for that address before you commit to anything. ### Do I have to pay a deposit? Yes. A refundable security deposit is held for the duration of the lease, separately from the rate. The amount is set per vehicle and shown on that car’s page and on your quote before you commit. ### Is anything taken online? No. No deposit and no payment is taken through this website. Nothing is charged until a person has confirmed the vehicle, the dates and your driver details with you. ### How old do you have to be to lease a performance car? It varies by vehicle, because the insurer sets the floor and it rises with performance. The minimum age for each car is stated on its own page, and we check it with you before anything is confirmed. *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Our own fleet — the cars Performance & Prestige owns > Every car on this page belongs to Performance & Prestige: ours across 7 makes and 3 categories, leased on a 3-month minimum term. Availability is checked against our own diary rather than a partner's, and the car is delivered to your address anywhere in mainland Britain. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · Updated October 2026 ## Why this page exists separately from the catalogue A great deal of prestige car leasing is brokered: the website is a shop window and somebody else owns the car. Both models exist on this site and every card says which is which. This page is the part that is ours — the cars we own, insure, prepare and deliver ourselves. The wider catalogue adds everything else we can source to order, labelled "we can source" wherever it appears, and a car that is not listed at all can still be asked for. ## The cars in our own fleet | Car | Category | Monthly (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Lamborghini Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG C 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63) | Saloon | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) | Convertible | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Land Rover Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) | Luxury SUV | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | Every figure above is a from price per month, inclusive of VAT, on the minimum term stated beside it: 1 months up front, then one a month. Each car also carries a refundable security deposit and an insurance excess, both shown above, plus a mileage allowance of 1,000 miles a month with extra miles charged only beyond it. The figures for a specific car are on that car's own page. ## What "in our fleet" means in practice - **We are the supplier.** There is no third party to ring and no callback to wait for. A person here checks the date you send against the diary for that exact car. - **The monthly figure is a confirmed figure**, not a guide, and it is the figure you pay. - **The car is prepared by us** and handed over in person, anywhere in mainland Britain. - **If it is already committed, we say so** and offer what is genuinely available instead. - **The agreement is the same on every one of them**: a 3-month minimum term, 1 months up front and then one a month, with the deposit, the excess and the mileage terms stated per car. ## Categories in the fleet | Category | Cars listed | From, per month (inc VAT) | |---|---|---| | [Luxury SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) | 9 | on request | | Saloon | 1 | on request | | [Convertible](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) | 1 | on request | Every figure is a from price, inclusive of VAT, on a 3-month minimum term: 1 months up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. There is no day, weekend, week or other short-term product. [See the full catalogue, ours and sourced](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) · [How delivery works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) ## Questions about our fleet ### What does "in our fleet" mean? It is our car. We own it, we insure it, we maintain it and we deliver it — we are the leasing company, not a middleman. The monthly figure shown is ours and it is confirmed, and the availability is real. ### What does "we can source" mean? That car is not one of ours. We arrange it through a vetted partner, which is why it carries no published monthly figure and reads "on request": we do not hold a confirmed price for a car nobody has confirmed yet. We come back to you with the figure and the availability together, before anything is agreed. ### Why show cars you do not own? Because the alternative is pretending we own them. Our own fleet is finite and the range people want is wider, so we list both and label which is which. You can see the full choice and know exactly what you are getting. ### Is a sourced car more expensive? We cannot tell you until a partner has quoted it, which is exactly why no figure is published against one. It is not automatically dearer than an equivalent car in our own fleet. You get the figure in writing before you commit to anything, and it does not move afterwards. ### How long does it take to confirm a sourced car? We come back with a confirmed answer rather than a maybe, and we tell you when to expect it at the point you enquire. If a car cannot be sourced for your dates we say so plainly and offer what actually can be. ### Do I have to pay a deposit? Yes. A refundable security deposit is held for the duration of the lease, separately from the rate. The amount is set per vehicle and shown on that car’s page and on your quote before you commit. ### Is anything taken online? No. No deposit and no payment is taken through this website. Nothing is charged until a person has confirmed the vehicle, the dates and your driver details with you. ### How is the deposit held, and when do I get it back? It is held against a card in the hirer’s own name — not a third party’s. It is released once the vehicle is back and checked and any charges are settled; we tell you the release timing in writing before the agreement starts. ### What can be deducted from the deposit? Miles over the included allowance, fuel or charge not replaced, damage up to the excess, and any penalty or congestion charge incurred during your lease plus the admin fee for handling it. Nothing else. ### What does a lease cost in total? Four things: the monthly figure, the month paid up front at the start, delivery and collection, and the refundable deposit held against the car. Mileage over the 1,000 a month included is the only common extra, and the per-mile figure is on the vehicle page. *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Driver requirements for performance and prestige car leasing > To lease a car from Performance & Prestige you must meet that specific car's criteria, not a single sitewide rule. Across the current catalogue the minimum driver age runs 25–32, with 2–10 years of full licence held, a tolerance of 0–6 penalty points, a refundable security deposit of £1,500–£50,000 and an insurance excess of £1,500–£35,000. The criteria rise with performance, and the figures for each car are published on its own page before there is anything to fill in. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) · Updated October 2026 ## Why the criteria are set per car rather than per company The insurer sets the floor, and it moves with the value and the performance of the vehicle. A rear-wheel-drive supercar is not underwritten on the same terms as a luxury SUV, so a single sitewide age limit would be either wrong for one of them or so conservative it would be wrong for both. Every car therefore carries its own minimum age, minimum licence period, points tolerance, deposit and excess, and they are stated on the car's page. ## The criteria by category | Category | Cars | Minimum age | Licence held (years) | Max points | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | Supercar | 10 | 28–32 | 5–10 | 0–6 | £5,000–£50,000 | £5,000–£35,000 | | Sports | 14 | 25–30 | 3–5 | 6 | £2,000–£10,000 | £2,000–£10,000 | | Grand Tourer | 10 | 25–30 | 3–8 | 3–6 | £3,500–£30,000 | £3,500–£25,000 | | Luxury SUV | 42 | 25–30 | 3–5 | 6 | £2,000–£10,000 | £2,000–£10,000 | | Saloon | 30 | 25–30 | 2–8 | 3–6 | £1,500–£30,000 | £1,500–£20,000 | | Convertible | 10 | 25–30 | 3–5 | 6 | £3,000–£10,000 | £3,000–£10,000 | ## What we check before a car goes out - **Your full driving licence**, held continuously — a provisional period does not count towards the years-held figure. - **A DVLA check code**, so the endorsements on your licence are seen rather than taken on trust. A code is free, takes about a minute to generate and lasts 21 days. - **Your age against that vehicle's minimum**, which is published on its page. - **Proof of address and identity**, matched to the licence. - **A card in the hirer's own name** for the refundable security deposit. - **Any additional driver**, named and checked the same way before delivery. An unnamed driver is not insured. ## Which cars have the lowest minimum age? The lowest minimum age in the current catalogue is 25. These are the cars that carry it: - [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) — minimum age 25 - [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) — minimum age 25 - [Audi S5 Coupe](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-s5-coupe) — minimum age 25 - [BMW M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) — minimum age 25 - [BMW M4 Competition xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m4-competition) — minimum age 25 - [Ford Mustang GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ford-mustang-gt) — minimum age 25 If you do not meet the criteria for the car you want, we say so at the enquiry stage and point you at what you can lease. That is a better conversation to have before delivery than at the kerbside, which is exactly why the figures are published rather than buried in the terms. ## The deposit and the excess are two different things The **security deposit** is refundable. It is held against a card in the hirer's name before delivery and released after the car is back with us. The **insurance excess** is the amount you would be liable for in the event of a claim. Both are stated per car, both are stated before any form, and neither is taken through this website. [Driver requirements page](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) · [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) · [How delivery works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) ## Frequently asked questions ### How old do you have to be to lease a performance car? It varies by vehicle, because the insurer sets the floor and it rises with performance. The minimum age for each car is stated on its own page, and we check it with you before anything is confirmed. ### How long do I need to have held my licence? A minimum period of full licence held is required and it differs by vehicle. The figure for each car is on its page. A full UK or EU licence held continuously is what counts, not a provisional period. ### Can I lease with points on my licence? Often, yes. What matters is how many points and what they are for, so tell us at enquiry rather than at handover. Some convictions are excluded by the insurer whatever else is true, and we will say so straight away. ### Can someone else drive the car? Only if they are named on the agreement in advance and meet the same criteria as you. An unnamed driver is not insured, which means any incident is uninsured — so we cannot add anyone at the roadside. ### What do I need to have with you on the day? Your full driving licence, a DVLA check code so we can see your endorsements, proof of your address, and the payment card in your own name. We tell you the full list when we confirm, so nothing is a surprise at the door. ### Do I have to pay a deposit? Yes. A refundable security deposit is held for the duration of the lease, separately from the rate. The amount is set per vehicle and shown on that car’s page and on your quote before you commit. ### Is anything taken online? No. No deposit and no payment is taken through this website. Nothing is charged until a person has confirmed the vehicle, the dates and your driver details with you. ### How is the deposit held, and when do I get it back? It is held against a card in the hirer’s own name — not a third party’s. It is released once the vehicle is back and checked and any charges are settled; we tell you the release timing in writing before the agreement starts. ### What can be deducted from the deposit? Miles over the included allowance, fuel or charge not replaced, damage up to the excess, and any penalty or congestion charge incurred during your lease plus the admin fee for handling it. Nothing else. ### What does a lease cost in total? Four things: the monthly figure, the month paid up front at the start, delivery and collection, and the refundable deposit held against the car. Mileage over the 1,000 a month included is the only common extra, and the per-mile figure is on the vehicle page. ### Is insurance included? On a vehicle from our own fleet, yes — fully comprehensive self-drive-hire cover is arranged by us and included in the rate. You drive on our policy, subject to the driver criteria for that car and to an excess. ### What is the excess? The excess is the most you would pay towards an insured claim. It is set per vehicle, stated on that car’s page and repeated on your quote, so you see it before you decide rather than after. ### Do I need my own insurance? No, not for a vehicle from our fleet. Do not rely on a driving-other-cars extension on a personal policy either — those almost never cover hire vehicles, and they do not cover cars of this value. ### Am I covered on a track? No. Road policies exclude circuit driving, so taking the car on a track sits outside both the agreement and the cover — and it is not something that can be agreed once the term has started. If circuit use matters to you, say so before you enquire rather than after. ### What happens if the car is damaged? Tell us immediately and do not arrange any repair yourself. On an insured claim your liability is capped at the excess for that vehicle, subject to the policy terms — the exception is damage the policy does not cover at all, such as driving under the influence or an unnamed driver. *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Delivery — how the car reaches you > Performance & Prestige has no depots, branches or rental counters, so every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from an address you choose at the end. That covers a home, an office, a hotel or an airport, anywhere in mainland Britain. Handover happens standing at the car and takes about fifteen minutes. The delivery and collection charge is quoted with your rate, based on the address and the distance, and appears on the quote before you agree to anything — never after. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) · Updated October 2026 ## Why there is no branch to collect from A rental counter exists to serve a car park full of stock. We do not run one, and the cars are worth too much to leave sitting on a forecourt waiting for somebody to walk in. Delivering instead means the handover happens standing at the car, at a time you set, rather than at the end of a queue — and it means we can serve the whole of mainland Britain rather than the towns we happen to hold premises in. ## What happens at handover About fifteen minutes, standing at the car, in this order: 1. **A delivery window agreed with you**, not quoted blind. Where a car has to travel, the window reflects the journey. 2. **Licence and identity checks** — the named driver's physical licence, the DVLA check code and the documents listed when the lease was confirmed. Any additional driver is checked at the same time. 3. **A joint walk round, photographed** — every panel, every wheel, the glass and the interior, recorded by us and by you. 4. **Fuel or charge and mileage written down**, at handover and again at collection. 5. **Collection works the same way** from an address you choose at the end of the lease. It does not have to be the address it was delivered to. ## Discretion is part of the service No branding on the driver, no signage at your address and no fuss. If you would rather the handover happened away from your home or office — a hotel, a car park, a side street — say so when you enquire and it is arranged there instead. ## Where we deliver We deliver anywhere in mainland Britain. These are the areas we deliver into most often, each with its own page covering access, timings and the practical constraints: **Cities:** [London](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/london) · [Manchester](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/manchester) · [Birmingham](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/birmingham) · [Leeds](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/leeds) · [Liverpool](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/liverpool) · [Bristol](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/bristol) · [Glasgow](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/glasgow) · [Edinburgh](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/edinburgh) · [Newcastle](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/newcastle) · [Sheffield](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/sheffield) · [Nottingham](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/nottingham) · [Leicester](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/leicester) · [Cardiff](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cardiff) · [Southampton](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/southampton) · [Brighton](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/brighton) · [Harrogate](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/harrogate) · [York](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/york) · [Oxford](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/oxford) · [Cambridge](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cambridge) · [Bath](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/bath) · [Bournemouth](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/bournemouth) · [Aberdeen](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/aberdeen) · [Inverness](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/inverness) **Counties and regions:** [Cheshire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cheshire) · [Surrey](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/surrey) · [Essex](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/essex) · [The Cotswolds](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cotswolds) · [Berkshire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/berkshire) · [Hertfordshire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/hertfordshire) · [Perthshire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/perthshire) · [Devon](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/devon) · [Cornwall](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cornwall) · [Norfolk](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/norfolk) · [Teesside](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/teesside) · [Shropshire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/shropshire) · [Warwickshire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/warwickshire) · [North Wales](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/north-wales) **Airports:** [Heathrow Airport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/heathrow) · [Gatwick Airport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/gatwick) · [Manchester Airport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/manchester-airport) — delivered to arrivals where the airport allows a handover, with the meeting point agreed in advance and the flight tracked so a delay does not cost you the car. [Every delivery area](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/locations) · [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) ## Frequently asked questions ### Do you deliver the car to me? Yes. We have no depots or branches, so every car is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Home, office, hotel or an address you are travelling to are all fine. ### Where in the UK do you deliver? Anywhere in mainland Britain. Tell us the postcode when you enquire and we confirm delivery and collection for that address before you commit to anything. ### Do you deliver outside the UK? No. We supply in mainland Britain only, and we do not deliver, ship or export vehicles outside the United Kingdom. If the car is to be driven or kept abroad we are the wrong supplier, and it is better to know that now than after a quote. ### Is there a delivery charge? Delivery and collection are quoted with your rate, based on the address and the distance. The figure is on your quote before you agree to anything — it is never added afterwards. ### Can you deliver to an airport? Yes, where the airport allows a handover. We confirm the exact meeting point with you in advance rather than leaving you to find us at arrivals, and we track the flight so a delay does not cost you the car. ### How much notice do you need? It depends on the car. Vehicles in our own fleet can often be arranged at short notice; a sourced vehicle takes longer because a partner has to confirm it first. We give you a real date and time, not an estimate. ### Is the delivery discreet? Yes. No branding on the driver, no signage at your address and no fuss. If you would rather the handover happened away from your home or office, say so and we will arrange it elsewhere. *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* --- # Lease by category # Supercar leasing, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain > Supercar leasing means a mid-engined, two-seat car of roughly 550 to 800bhp that reaches 62mph in under three and a half seconds. We lease them on a three-month minimum term — one month up front, then one a month — and deliver to your address rather than a counter. Every car shows its monthly figure, deposit, insurance excess and mileage allowance before you enquire. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) · Updated October 2026 This is the category people mean when they say they want something extraordinary on the drive rather than a car that merely gets them there. It is also the category with the most conditions attached, because the cars are valuable, fast and unforgiving of inexperience — so the driver criteria, the deposit and the excess all sit higher here than on anything else we lease. ## What we list in this category 10 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. | Car | Category | Supply | Monthly (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Ferrari 296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Lamborghini Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Lamborghini Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £25,000 | £20,000 | | [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £50,000 | £35,000 | | [Audi R8 V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Ferrari SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £35,000 | £25,000 | | [Lamborghini Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £25,000 | £20,000 | | [Maserati MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [McLaren 750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [McLaren 765LT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-765lt) | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | £30,000 | £25,000 | Mileage allowances in this category run 1,000 miles a month, with extra miles charged at £2.50 to £10 a mile. The refundable security deposit and the insurance excess are in the table above and on each car's own page. ## What counts as a supercar? The working definition is a mid-engined two-seater built around the engine rather than the cabin: roughly 550bhp upwards, 0-62mph inside three and a half seconds, a top speed north of 190mph, carbon-ceramic brakes on most, and a nose low enough to need a lift system for speed bumps. Front-engined cars with similar power are grand tourers — different job, different feel, and they get their own page. ## What is a supercar like to live with every day? Better than the folklore suggests, and more demanding than a normal car. Expect a wide body — most are close to two metres across the mirrors — poor rear visibility, a boot that takes one soft bag, and a real-world fuel range often nearer 200 miles than 300 when it is being enjoyed. Ride height is the practical constraint: use the nose lift for every speed bump and steep driveway, and take petrol station forecourts at an angle. ## How is supercar leasing priced? One monthly figure, inclusive of VAT, on a three-month minimum term with one month up front, then one a month. A thousand miles a month are included as standard, and this is the category where going over the allowance costs the most, so say at the enquiry stage if you need more. Alongside the monthly figure, each car states its refundable deposit, its insurance excess, its monthly mileage allowance and the pence-per-mile charge beyond it. Nothing material appears for the first time after you have filled in a form. ## Who can lease a supercar? The bar is higher than ordinary car rental and it is set by insurers rather than by us: a minimum age, a minimum number of years with a full licence, a limit on endorsement points, and a deposit held for the term. The criteria differ car by car — a 300bhp sports car and a 700bhp mid-engined supercar are not underwritten the same way — so each vehicle page states its own, and /requirements explains the checks in full. ## Driver criteria for this category Minimum age 28–32, with 5–10 years of full licence held and a tolerance of 0–6 penalty points. Deposits run £5,000–£50,000 and the insurance excess £5,000–£35,000. The figures for a specific car are on its own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### How old do I have to be to lease a supercar? There is a minimum age and a minimum number of years of full licence held, and both are set per vehicle rather than sitewide — the fastest cars carry the strictest criteria. The requirement for each car is stated on its own page, and /requirements explains what is checked and why. ### What mileage do I get? A thousand miles a month, included as standard, and each car states the pence-per-mile charge beyond that allowance. Both are shown before you enquire. If you expect to cover more than a thousand miles in a month, say so at the enquiry stage and we will price the extra mileage into the quote rather than settling it afterwards. ### Can I take the car abroad, or on a track? Abroad only with prior written consent, arranged in advance rather than at the border. Circuit use is excluded outright: a road policy does not cover driving on a track, and that is not something we can agree once the agreement has started. Tell us before you enquire if either matters to you. ### Is it delivered, or do I collect it? Delivered. We hold no depots or branches, so every agreement starts with the car arriving at an address you choose — home, hotel or office — at an agreed time, and ends with us collecting it from wherever the term finishes. Related: [Sports cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) · [Grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) · [Convertibles](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) [All supercars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Sports car leasing, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain > Sports car leasing covers the two-seat and 2+2 cars built around handling rather than outright speed — typically 300 to 550bhp, front or mid-engined, and narrow enough to enjoy on a British B-road. Monthly figures are lower than the supercar tier on the same three-month minimum term, and the driver criteria are usually less restrictive. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) · Updated October 2026 This is the most usable category on the site and, for a lot of people, the more enjoyable one. A sports car is small enough to place accurately on a real road, quick enough to be thoroughly entertaining, and comfortable enough that a three-hour drive is a pleasure rather than an achievement. Over three months or more, that usability is what decides whether a car gets driven or left on the drive. ## What we list in this category 14 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. | Car | Category | Supply | Monthly (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Porsche 911 GT3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Alpine A110 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alpine-a110-s) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Aston Martin Vantage](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vantage) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Audi S5 Coupe](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-s5-coupe) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [BMW M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M4 Competition xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m4-competition) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Ford Mustang GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ford-mustang-gt) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Lexus RC F](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-rc-f) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Lotus Emira V6](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-emira) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche 718 Cayman](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-cayman) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche 911 Carrera S (992)](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-carrera-s) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Porsche 911 GT3 RS](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3-rs) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Porsche 911 Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-turbo-s) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Toyota GR Supra 3.0](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/toyota-gr-supra) | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | Mileage allowances in this category run 1,000 miles a month, with extra miles charged at 95p to £4 a mile. The refundable security deposit and the insurance excess are in the table above and on each car's own page. ## How is a sports car different from a supercar? Width, height and attitude. A sports car is typically 100 to 150mm narrower and sits higher, so speed bumps, gravel drives and multi-storey ramps stop being a calculation. Power lands between 300 and 550bhp rather than 550 to 800. Visibility is usually far better, the boot takes a weekend's luggage, and there are often small rear seats. You give up drama; you gain the ability to use it. ## Is a sports car the better lease for a British road? On a genuinely good B-road, frequently yes. Most of the roads worth driving here — the Cotswold lanes, the Peak edges, the Denbighshire loop, the Highland single-track — are narrow, cambered and lined with walls or hedges. A car that fits the lane and can use most of its performance is more rewarding than one that spends the whole drive being carefully restrained. ## What does a sports car lease cost? Less than the supercar tier across the board: a lower monthly figure, usually a lower deposit and a lower insurance excess, on the same three-month minimum term. Every figure — the monthly, the one month up front, deposit, excess, mileage allowance, excess-mileage rate — is on the individual car's page before any form appears. ## Which drivers do sports cars suit? Anyone whose licence history clears the criteria for the specific car, which in this category is typically a lower bar than the mid-engined machinery. It is the sensible first one: if you have never driven 500bhp on a wet Welsh morning, spending a few months with something narrow, predictable and forgiving is a better introduction than spending them with something two metres wide. ## Driver criteria for this category Minimum age 25–30, with 3–5 years of full licence held and a tolerance of 6 penalty points. Deposits run £2,000–£10,000 and the insurance excess £2,000–£10,000. The figures for a specific car are on its own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease a manual sports car? Where one is in the catalogue, yes — most modern performance cars are twin-clutch automatics, so manual examples are the exception rather than the rule. The transmission is listed in the specifications on every vehicle page, so filter on it rather than assuming. ### Will four of us fit? In a 2+2, only just, and only for short journeys — the rear seats in most sports cars are best treated as luggage space with seatbelts. If four adults need to travel any distance, a grand tourer or a luxury SUV is the honest answer. ### Are these cars usable in winter? Yes, with respect. Wide, high-performance tyres lose grip sharply in the cold and wet, and rear-wheel drive rewards a gentle first hour. Cars are supplied on their manufacturer-specified tyres, and any term that runs into autumn or winter will take in some cold and wet weather — so if that is a concern, say so and we will point you at the four-wheel-drive options. ### How much luggage will one take? Typically two soft weekend bags, sometimes with the rear seats pressed into service. Hard cases are the problem, not volume — check the boot dimensions on the vehicle page before you commit to a golf trip. Related: [Supercars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) · [Convertibles](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) · [Grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) [All sports cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Luxury and performance SUV leasing > Luxury SUV leasing covers the four and five-seat performance SUVs — the class that carries people and luggage, copes with a gravel drive or a wet January motorway, and still reaches 62mph in around four seconds in its quicker forms. It is the most practical category we lease and the one that stands up best to being used every day, whether the term runs the three-month minimum or a good deal longer. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) · Updated October 2026 This is the category people choose when the car has to do a job as well as make an impression: a family that travels together, four colleagues to an event, a load of luggage up to Scotland, a director's car that also has to collect the children. It gives up very little in pace and almost nothing in presence, and it removes every practical objection the low, wide categories create. ## What we list in this category 42 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. | Car | Category | Supply | Monthly (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Lamborghini Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Land Rover Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Ferrari Purosangue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-purosangue) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Rolls-Royce Cullinan Series II](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-cullinan) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Alfa Romeo Stelvio Quadrifoglio](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alfa-romeo-stelvio-quadrifoglio) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Aston Martin DBX](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-dbx) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Aston Martin DBX707](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-dbx707) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Audi Q8 e-tron 55 quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-q8-e-tron) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Audi RS Q8 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-q8-performance) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Audi SQ3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq3) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Audi SQ5](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq5) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi SQ8](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq8) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Bentley Bentayga EWB Azure](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-ewb) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [BMW X6 M60i xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x6-m60i) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Jaguar F-Pace SVR](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/jaguar-f-pace-svr) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Lamborghini Urus SE](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-se) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Land Rover Defender OCTA](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/land-rover-defender-octa) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Lotus Eletre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-eletre) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Maserati Grecale Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grecale-trofeo) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Maserati Levante Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-levante-modena) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG GLC 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-glc-63-s-e-performance) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Mercedes-AMG GLE 63 S 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gle-63-s) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG GLS 63 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gls-63) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-Benz EQE SUV 350 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqe-suv) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Mercedes-Benz EQS SUV 450+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-Benz GLC Coupé 300 4MATIC AMG Line](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-glc-coupe) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Mercedes-Maybach GLS 600 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-gls-600) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Porsche Cayenne Coupé S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-cayenne-coupe-s) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Macan S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-macan-s) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche Macan Turbo Electric](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-macan-turbo-electric) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Range Rover Autobiography LWB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-autobiography-lwb) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Range Rover SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sv) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Range Rover Velar P400](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-velar) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Range Rover Vogue D350](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-vogue) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Volvo EX90 Twin Motor Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/volvo-ex90) | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | Mileage allowances in this category run 1,000 miles a month, with extra miles charged at 95p to £4.50 a mile. The refundable security deposit and the insurance excess are in the table above and on each car's own page. ## When is an SUV the right choice? When any of the following is true: more than two people travel in it regularly, there is real luggage, the weather is British, or the driveway at either end involves gravel or an unsurfaced track. A car that has to work in February as well as in July is an SUV. So is one that has to take four adults comfortably, and so is any car somebody in the household would struggle to get in and out of if it sat at supercar height. ## Are performance SUVs quick? The fast ones genuinely are — 550 to 650bhp and 0-62mph in around four seconds is normal at the top of this class, which is supercar pace of a decade ago while carrying five people and their bags. What they cannot disguise is mass: they are heavy, and heavy cars want earlier braking and smoother inputs on a narrow road than the numbers suggest. ## Will it fit in a multi-storey car park? Check before you go. Many UK multi-storeys post height limits between 1.9 and 2.0 metres, and several large SUVs sit close to that, particularly with air suspension raised or with roof rails fitted. Most air-sprung cars can be lowered to their access height at the barrier, which usually resolves it. Width is the other constraint — a 2.0-metre car in a 2.4-metre bay leaves very little door. ## How is a luxury SUV lease priced? One monthly figure on a three-month minimum term, as everywhere on this site: one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. This is the category where that allowance matters most, because an SUV is the car in a household that ends up doing the mileage. Deposit, excess and the excess-mileage rate are on every vehicle page. ## Driver criteria for this category Minimum age 25–30, with 3–5 years of full licence held and a tolerance of 6 penalty points. Deposits run £2,000–£10,000 and the insurance excess £2,000–£10,000. The figures for a specific car are on its own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I fit child seats? Yes — the SUVs in this class have ISOFIX points in the outer rear seats, and often in the front passenger seat with the airbag disabled. Bring your own seats; we do not supply them, and fitting them is the hirer's responsibility. ### Can I tow with it, or fit a roof box? Not unless it has been agreed in writing before the car is delivered. Towing, roof boxes, bike racks and anything else that loads the body or the towing electrics sit outside a standard agreement, and most of the vehicles will not be released with a tow ball fitted. ### Can I take a dog? Ask at the enquiry stage. Some vehicles can carry a dog in the boot with a protector fitted and some cannot, and it is a condition of the agreement rather than something to settle later. Where it is agreed, a cleaning charge applies if the car comes back needing more than a normal valet. ### Is a luxury SUV a sensible choice for long trips? It is the most sensible choice in the catalogue. Long motorway legs, luggage for four, poor weather and unmade roads at the far end are exactly what this class is engineered for. Watch the mileage allowance if you do that often: 1,000 miles a month is included, and the pence-per-mile charge beyond it is on each car's page. Related: [Grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) · [Supercars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) · [Sports cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) [All luxury suvs](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Convertible leasing — roof down, delivered to you > Convertible leasing covers everything with a folding roof, from compact roadsters to full four-seat cabriolets and open-topped supercars. Most modern roofs open and close in under twenty seconds and will operate on the move at low speed. The trade-offs are boot space with the roof stowed, and security when the car is parked. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) · Updated October 2026 Nothing photographs like a convertible and nothing else makes a summer evening feel longer. This is the category people take when the car is going to be looked at as much as driven. It is also the category where the British forecast has the loudest vote — and three months of it is enough to test the decision either way — so the practical detail below matters more here than anywhere else. ## What we list in this category 10 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. | Car | Category | Supply | Monthly (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) | Convertible | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Lamborghini Huracán EVO Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-evo-spyder) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [McLaren 750S Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s-spider) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Aston Martin DB12 Volante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12-volante) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Bentley Continental GTC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gtc) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Ferrari Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Maserati GranCabrio Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grancabrio-trofeo) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [McLaren Artura Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-artura-spider) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG SL 63 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-sl-63) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche 718 Boxster S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-boxster-s) | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | Mileage allowances in this category run 1,000 miles a month, with extra miles charged at £1.50 to £4 a mile. The refundable security deposit and the insurance excess are in the table above and on each car's own page. ## Does a convertible make sense in the British weather? With the roof up, a modern convertible is a normal car: fully weatherproof, properly insulated, and quieter than the folklore suggests. With the roof down and the heated seats on, the usable season in this country runs far wider than people expect — a cold, dry March morning with the heater up is one of the better ways to drive. Rain is an inconvenience of about eighteen seconds, not a ruined day. ## Can the roof be operated while driving? On most modern cars, yes, at low speed — manufacturers typically permit roof operation while moving at up to around 30mph, which means a set of traffic lights is enough. The exact limit is set by the car and is in its handbook; we cover it at handover. What no car allows is operating the roof at speed, or leaving it part-way through its cycle. ## What do you give up with a folding roof? Three things, all worth knowing before you take one for three months or more. Boot space shrinks, sometimes dramatically, when the roof is stowed — often by a third or more. Rear seats, where they exist, are usually tighter than in the coupe. And a fabric roof is a security consideration: park it roof-up with nothing visible inside, and use secure parking overnight wherever you can. None of these matter on a good Sunday; all of them matter by the second month. ## How does convertible pricing compare with the coupe? Compare the two on their own pages rather than assuming. Where the catalogue holds a coupe and its convertible, the open car is often the dearer of the two, but the gap varies by model and there is no seasonal element to it — the monthly figure is the monthly figure whether you take the car in June or in January. Every figure is inclusive of VAT on a three-month minimum term, with the deposit, excess and mileage allowance stated beside it. ## Driver criteria for this category Minimum age 25–30, with 3–5 years of full licence held and a tolerance of 6 penalty points. Deposits run £3,000–£10,000 and the insurance excess £3,000–£10,000. The figures for a specific car are on its own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is it noisy at motorway speed with the roof down? Above about 60mph, conversation gets hard work in a roadster and stays possible in a bigger four-seat cabriolet with the windows up and the wind deflector fitted. For a long motorway leg most people put the roof up and drop it again when the good road starts. ### Roadster or four-seat cabriolet? A roadster is the better drive and the worse car to live with; a four-seat cabriolet gives up some sharpness for doors that open sensibly, a usable back seat and a boot that still works with the roof down. Over three months or more the second one is the choice most people are happier with. Both are on this page, so compare the boot figures before the badges. ### Where should I park it overnight? Somewhere secure and, ideally, under cover — a private garage, a gated drive or a hotel car park. Roof up, nothing left visible inside, and the car locked even on a private drive. This is the one category where overnight parking is worth sorting out before the car arrives rather than after. ### How much luggage fits with the roof down? Less than you think, and it varies enormously by car. Check the roof-down boot figure on the vehicle page rather than the roof-up one, and pack soft bags — the difference between the two figures is frequently the difference between fitting and not. Related: [Sports cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) · [Grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) · [Supercars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) [All convertibles](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Grand tourer leasing for covering real distance > A grand tourer is a front-engined, two-door car built to cross a country quickly and comfortably: big engine, long gearing, a boot that takes two people's luggage, and usually a pair of occasional rear seats. It is the category to lease when the driving itself is the plan, and the one that most rewards the miles a lease of three months or more gives you. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) · Updated October 2026 The GT is the oldest idea in fast cars and still the most useful one. Where a supercar is thrilling for two hours and hard work for eight, a grand tourer is designed for the eighth hour: quiet at a cruise, supple over a broken A-road, and still capable of the same absurd overtake when the road opens. For a weekend in Scotland, Wales or the West Country it is the correct answer more often than not. ## What we list in this category 10 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. | Car | Category | Supply | Monthly (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Aston Martin DB12](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Aston Martin Vanquish](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vanquish) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £20,000 | £15,000 | | [Bentley Continental GT Speed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gt-speed) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £4,000 | £4,000 | | [BMW 8 Series Gran Coupé M850i xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-8-series-gran-coupe) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [BMW M8 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m8-competition) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Ferrari 12Cilindri](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-12cilindri) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £30,000 | £25,000 | | [Lexus LC 500](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-lc-500) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Maserati GranTurismo Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-granturismo-modena) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [McLaren GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-gt) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Rolls-Royce Spectre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-spectre) | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | Mileage allowances in this category run 1,000 miles a month, with extra miles charged at £1.50 to £7 a mile. The refundable security deposit and the insurance excess are in the table above and on each car's own page. ## What makes a car a grand tourer rather than a supercar? Layout and intent. The engine sits in front of the driver rather than behind, which frees a boot and, usually, a pair of small rear seats. Power is delivered through torque rather than revs, gearing is long, the suspension is tuned for compliance as well as control, and the cabin is built to be quiet at 70mph. The result is a car that can be driven 400 miles in a day without leaving you exhausted. ## Why is a GT the best car for a British weekend? Because a British weekend involves distance before it involves a good road. Getting from a London delivery to the Highlands, from Manchester to Snowdonia, or from Birmingham to the West Country means a few hundred motorway miles at each end — and the GT is the only category that treats them as pleasant rather than as a tax on the fun part. Add real luggage space for two and it becomes obvious. ## GT or supercar for a long drive? Take the GT if you are covering more than about 150 miles at a stretch, carrying anything more than a soft bag, or driving with a passenger who would like to hold a conversation. Take the supercar if the drives are short, the roads are known, and the noise is the point. Both are correct answers to different lives, and we would rather you took the right one for the term than the more expensive one. ## How is grand tourer leasing priced? One monthly figure on a three-month minimum term, with 1,000 miles a month included. This is the category where that allowance is worth checking hardest, because a GT is the car people actually cover distance in. Watch the allowance rather than the monthly figure alone: a handful of long trips in a single month can put more on the excess-mileage line than the difference between two cars. ## Driver criteria for this category Minimum age 25–30, with 3–8 years of full licence held and a tolerance of 3–6 penalty points. Deposits run £3,500–£30,000 and the insurance excess £3,500–£25,000. The figures for a specific car are on its own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Are the rear seats in a GT usable? For children, for short journeys, or for luggage — not for adults over any distance. A 2+2 is a two-seater with useful extra space behind. If four adults are travelling, look at the luxury SUV category instead. ### How much luggage will a grand tourer take? Typically enough for two people for a long weekend, with soft bags travelling better than hard cases. Boot dimensions are listed on each vehicle page; the rear seats absorb the overflow on most cars in the class. ### What mileage allowance do I get? A thousand miles a month as standard, with a pence-per-mile charge beyond it stated on each car's page. A GT is the category where that is worth doing the sums on before you commit: if your driving looks more like fifteen hundred miles a month than a thousand, say so at the enquiry stage and we will price the extra mileage in rather than let you meet it on an invoice. ### Are grand tourers four-wheel drive? Some are and some are firmly rear-driven, and it makes a real difference in winter or on a wet Welsh morning. The drivetrain is listed in the specifications on every vehicle page — worth filtering on, because any term that runs into autumn or winter means you will have the car through some cold and wet weather whether you planned to or not. Related: [Luxury SUVs](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) · [Supercars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) · [Convertibles](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) [All grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Luxury saloon leasing for the car you actually arrive in > A luxury saloon is a four-door car built around the back seat as much as the front: room for four adults, a boot that takes their luggage, and a cabin quiet enough to work or talk in at speed. It is the category to lease when the car has to do an ordinary week as well as a good weekend, on a three-month minimum term with 1,000 miles a month included. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-saloon](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-saloon) · Updated October 2026 The saloon is the category people talk themselves out of and then wish they had taken. It carries four adults without anyone folding themselves in, it swallows a week of luggage or a boot full of samples, and it does the school run, the airport run and the three-hour client meeting without making a performance of any of them, while still being quick enough to be worth the fuss. ## What we list in this category 30 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. | Car | Category | Supply | Monthly (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Mercedes-AMG C 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63) | Saloon | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Alfa Romeo Giulia Quadrifoglio](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alfa-romeo-giulia-quadrifoglio) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi A8 55 TFSI quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-a8-55-tfsi) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi RS 3 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-3-sportback) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Audi RS 4 Avant](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-4-avant) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi RS 5 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-5-sportback) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi RS 7 Sportback performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-7-sportback-performance) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Audi RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Audi S8](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-s8) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Bentley Flying Spur](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-flying-spur) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [BMW i4 M50 xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-i4-m50) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW i5 M60 xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-i5-m60) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M5](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M5 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5-competition) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Lexus LS 500h](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-ls-500h) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Maserati Quattroporte Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-quattroporte-trofeo) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG A 35 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-35) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £1,500 | £1,500 | | [Mercedes-AMG A 45 S 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-45-s) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG E 63 S 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-e-63-s) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG GT 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gt-63-s-e-performance) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-Benz S-Class S 500 4MATIC AMG Line](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-s-class) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-Maybach S-Class S 580 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-s-class) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Porsche Panamera 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-panamera-4s) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Panamera Turbo S E-Hybrid](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-panamera-turbo-s-e-hybrid) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Taycan Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-turbo-s) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Taycan Cross Turismo 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-cross-turismo-4s) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Rolls-Royce Ghost](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-ghost) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Rolls-Royce Phantom](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-phantom) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £30,000 | £20,000 | | [Volkswagen Golf R](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/volkswagen-golf-r) | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | £1,500 | £1,500 | Mileage allowances in this category run 1,000 miles a month, with extra miles charged at 95p to £4.50 a mile. The refundable security deposit and the insurance excess are in the table above and on each car's own page. ## What separates a luxury saloon from an executive car? Mostly the rear half and the drivetrain. Both have four doors, but a luxury saloon is specified around the back seat, with legroom measured for adults, its own climate controls, and glass and insulation chosen to keep road noise out. It rides on air or adaptive suspension rather than a fixed setup, and the engine is usually a size up on anything the badge sells in volume. The result is a car as good to be driven in as to drive. ## Saloon or SUV, if four people have to fit? Take the saloon if most of the miles are motorway, if you care how the car drives, or if it will be parked somewhere tight. Take the SUV if anyone needs to climb in rather than drop in, if the boot has to swallow awkward shapes, or if the surface is not always tarmac. A saloon is the lower, quieter, better-handling car and an SUV is the more practical one. Both are here, and the honest answer depends on the week rather than on the badge. ## Does a saloon work as a business lease? It is the category most often taken that way. Four doors and a proper boot make it usable for client work in a way a two-door cannot manage, and a three-month minimum term suits a contract or a project with a known end date. We take business enquiries on the same form as personal ones: say it is a company agreement at the enquiry stage and the quote comes back on that basis. ## How is luxury saloon leasing priced? One monthly figure on a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. Cars in our own fleet carry a confirmed figure. The rest read "on request" until the partner confirms the car, because a rate we have not been given is not a rate we will print. The deposit, the insurance excess and the pence-per-mile beyond the allowance are all stated before you enquire rather than after. ## Driver criteria for this category Minimum age 25–30, with 2–8 years of full licence held and a tolerance of 3–6 penalty points. Deposits run £1,500–£30,000 and the insurance excess £1,500–£20,000. The figures for a specific car are on its own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Will three adults fit across the back? For a short journey, usually. For a long one, two is the comfortable number in most cars in this class, because the transmission tunnel and the rear centre console take up the middle seat on a lot of them. Rear dimensions are listed on each vehicle page, and if the third seat matters, say so and we will point you at the cars that genuinely manage it. ### Is the boot big enough for golf clubs or a pram? In most of them, yes, though a saloon boot is a fixed aperture rather than an open load bay, so long or tall items can be awkward where an estate or an SUV would not be. Boot capacity is on every vehicle page. If you are carrying something specific and unusual, tell us what it is at the enquiry stage rather than finding out on delivery day. ### What mileage allowance do I get? A thousand miles a month as standard, with a pence-per-mile charge beyond it stated on each car's page. This is the category most likely to be used for a real commute, so it is worth doing the sums before you commit: if your driving looks more like seventeen hundred miles a month, say so at the enquiry stage and we will price the extra mileage in rather than let you meet it on an invoice. ### Are these cars available on a shorter term? Three months is the shortest agreement we write, on every car in the catalogue. We do not offer short-term hire. If you need a car for a matter of days or weeks we are the wrong supplier, and we would rather say so now than take the enquiry. Related: [Luxury SUVs](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) · [Grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) · [Sports cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) [All luxury saloons](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-saloon) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Electric leasing, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain > Electric leasing covers every battery-electric car in this catalogue, on the same terms as everything else here: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. The car is delivered to your address rather than collected from a counter. The one thing worth settling before it arrives is where you are going to charge it. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/electric](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/electric) · Updated October 2026 Almost nobody takes their first electric car knowing whether it will fit their life, and almost everybody finds out in the first fortnight. What decides it is rarely the car. It is whether you can plug in where you sleep, whether the journeys you actually make are the journeys the range covers, and whether fifteen minutes at a motorway charger reads as a nuisance or as the coffee you were going to stop for anyway. A lease of a few months is what answers those questions honestly, and three months is the shortest one we write. It is long enough to take in a long trip, a full month of ordinary commuting and at least one occasion when the charger you were relying on is broken, and short enough that finding out the answer is no has not cost you a car. That is the case for leasing one rather than buying one, and it is why this page exists on its own rather than as a footnote on the SUV lander. The cars themselves sit across several segments — there are electric saloons, electric performance SUVs and lighter electric machinery in the catalogue — so this is not a page about one kind of car. It is a page about one decision, taken before the kind of car is chosen, and it is the decision that goes wrong most often. Everything below is the practical detail that decides whether it goes well: what to arrange before delivery, what a British winter does to the range figure, what the car is actually like once the novelty has worn off, and what none of it changes about the agreement itself. The terms are the terms whether the car burns petrol or does not. ## What we list in this category 0 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. ## What should you sort out before an electric car is delivered? Charging, in that order of priority: home first, work second, public third. A wall-mounted home charger on a single-phase domestic supply typically delivers around 7kW, which fills most cars comfortably overnight. A three-pin lead is far slower and is a top-up rather than a way to fill a car, and it should never run through an extension reel. If you rent, or if the parking is shared or on-street, an installation needs the freeholder's or the council's agreement and that takes longer than the delivery does — start it before you enquire rather than after. Set up accounts on the two or three public networks that cover your usual routes while you are at it, because standing at a post creating an account in the rain is the moment people decide they dislike electric cars. ## How far will an electric car go in a British winter? Less than the official figure, and the gap is widest exactly where you notice it most — a cold, wet motorway run with the heating on. Cold slows the chemistry and warming the cabin draws real power, so treat the quoted range as a fair-weather maximum rather than a plan. Two habits claw much of it back. Preconditioning the cabin while the car is still plugged in spends electricity you are not carrying, and setting the navigation to a rapid charger lets most cars warm the battery on the way so it will accept a fast charge when you arrive. On a long winter journey, plan two shorter stops rather than one long one: charging slows markedly as the battery fills, so two stops from low are quicker than one to full. ## What is an electric prestige car like to live with? Quiet in a way that changes the character of a fast car — the performance arrives without theatre, instantly and in near silence, which some drivers love and some find hollow by the second month. One-pedal driving takes about a day to learn and is genuinely restful in traffic. The weight is the part nobody mentions: a large battery adds several hundred kilograms low down in the car, which helps it feel planted, hurts it in quick direction changes, and works the tyres harder than an equivalent petrol car would. Practically, most have a flat floor and generous rear legroom, and some add a front boot. The servicing burden is lower, though a term of three months rarely reaches a service either way. ## Does an electric car change how the lease works? No. It is the same agreement as every other car on this site: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and a pence-per-mile charge beyond it stated on each car's page. The mileage allowance is not adjusted for fuel type. Electricity is yours to pay for, exactly as petrol would be. What differs car by car is what comes with it — ask at the enquiry stage which cables are supplied, because a car that arrives without the lead you need makes for a poor first evening. Deposit, insurance excess and driver criteria are set per vehicle and are provisional, and the insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before anything is agreed. A business lease is available; how a business should treat it is a question for your accountant rather than for us. ## Driver criteria for this category Criteria are stated per car on the car’s own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do you supply the charging cables? Ask at the enquiry stage, because it varies by car. Most are delivered with at least one lead, but which one — a type 2 for home and public posts, a three-pin for emergencies — is not something to assume. Whatever is coming with the car is confirmed with you before delivery rather than discovered on the driveway. ### Can I run one entirely from a three-pin socket? For a light week of short journeys, possibly. As a plan for three months, no. A domestic socket adds only a small fraction of a large battery overnight, so you would spend the whole term slightly behind. Treat it as the fallback when you are away from home, plug straight into a wall socket rather than an extension reel, and arrange something faster where the car sleeps most nights. ### Does the mileage allowance change because the car is electric? No. A thousand miles a month, the same as every other car in the catalogue, with the excess-mileage rate stated on each vehicle page. If your driving looks more like fifteen hundred miles a month, say so when you enquire and we will price the extra mileage into the quote rather than settle it afterwards. ### Is an electric car sensible for regular long-distance driving? It is workable, and it asks for a little more thought. The number that matters on a long run is not the size of the battery but how fast the car will take a charge and how long it holds that rate before tapering — a smaller battery that charges hard can be quicker door to door than a large one that does not. If most of your months involve several long motorway legs, say so when you enquire and we will be straight about which cars suit that and which do not. Related: [Plug-in hybrids](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/plug-in-hybrid) · [All-wheel-drive cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/all-wheel-drive) · [Luxury SUVs](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) [All electric cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/electric) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Plug-in hybrid leasing, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain > A plug-in hybrid pairs a petrol engine with a battery big enough to drive on alone, so short journeys can be electric and long ones need no planning. In this catalogue they fall into two quite different groups: executive cars that run silently around town, and hybrid supercars where the electric motor is there for response rather than economy. Three-month minimum term, 1,000 miles a month. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/plug-in-hybrid](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/plug-in-hybrid) · Updated October 2026 There are two entirely separate reasons to lease a plug-in hybrid, and confusing them is how people end up disappointed. The first is the ordinary one. A large saloon or SUV with a usable electric range covers the school run, the commute and the supermarket on electricity, then behaves like any other petrol car the moment you point it at Scotland. No route planning, no charger anxiety, no compromise on the long leg — and on the days that make up most of a month, no engine noise at all. The second reason has nothing to do with economy. On the fastest cars in this catalogue the hybrid system exists because an electric motor responds in milliseconds and a turbocharged engine does not. The battery is there to fill that gap, to drive an axle the engine does not reach, and to add power that would otherwise need a bigger engine. Those cars are heavier than their petrol equivalents and they are quicker, and their electric range is measured in a handful of miles rather than as a commute. Both are honest products. They are not the same product, and this page treats them separately rather than pretending one set of advice covers both. What unites them is a condition. A plug-in hybrid rewards the person who actually plugs it in and quietly punishes the person who does not, because an uncharged one is a heavy petrol car carrying a battery for nothing. Over three months that is not a rounding error, so it is worth being honest about the parking before you choose one — and if the honest answer is that there is no socket, we would rather point you at a straightforward petrol car. ## What we list in this category 0 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. ## When is a plug-in hybrid the right choice? When your driving splits cleanly into two kinds. Most journeys made in this country are short ones, and a plug-in hybrid with a charged battery covers that sort of distance on electricity alone — silent, smooth, and without starting the engine at all. Then, with no planning whatsoever, the same car takes you four hundred miles on petrol and stops for five minutes when it needs to. That combination is the whole argument for the type. It is the strongest option in the catalogue for somebody who wants the electric experience on weekdays but has a genuinely unpredictable weekend, or whose home charging is not yet arranged and may not be for a while. ## Why do supercars use hybrid systems? For response, not for fuel. A large turbocharged engine takes a moment to build boost; an electric motor makes its full torque from the instant it is asked. So the motor covers the delay and the engine takes over once it is breathing properly. Put a motor on the axle the engine does not drive and you also get four driven wheels, which is how several of these cars deploy their power at all. The cost is mass, carried low and hard to disguise, and a system doing something complicated every time you touch the throttle. The result is a car that feels sharper than its size ought to allow, and the electric range is an incidental benefit rather than the purpose. ## What happens if you never plug it in? It becomes a heavy petrol car, and it will drink more than the equivalent car without the hybrid system, because you are carrying the battery and using none of it. Every official economy figure for a plug-in hybrid assumes a charged battery at the start of the journey, which is why those figures look implausible — they are not wrong, they are conditional. The honest test before choosing one is simple: is there a socket where the car sleeps, and will you use it? If the answer is no for the next three months, both the running cost and the driving experience point somewhere else, and we would rather say so now than after delivery. ## How does a plug-in hybrid lease work? Exactly as every other agreement on this site: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and the excess-mileage rate on each vehicle page. Fuel and electricity are both yours. Ask at the enquiry stage what charging lead comes with the car, and read the electric range off the individual page rather than assuming it from the badge, because it varies enormously between an executive saloon and a hybrid supercar. Deposit, insurance excess and driver criteria are set per car and are provisional, and the insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before anything is agreed. A business lease is available; its treatment is a question for your accountant. ## Driver criteria for this category Criteria are stated per car on the car’s own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### How far will one go on electricity alone? It depends entirely on the car, so read the figure on the vehicle page rather than assuming one. Treat whatever is quoted as a fair-weather maximum: cold weather and motorway speed both cut it, and a hybrid supercar's electric range is a short urban hop rather than a commute. ### Can I charge a plug-in hybrid from an ordinary socket? Usually yes, and this is the real practical difference from a full electric car. The battery is small, so an overnight charge from a domestic three-pin socket is often genuinely enough to start each day full. Plug into the wall rather than an extension reel, and if the car supports faster charging a home unit simply finishes sooner. ### Does it still need petrol if I only drive short journeys? Yes, and letting the tank sit nearly empty for months is its own problem. Keep fuel in it, let the engine run properly from time to time rather than only in traffic, and expect the car to start the engine on its own occasionally — most will, to warm themselves through or to heat the cabin quickly. ### Is a hybrid supercar quieter to leave the house in? Often, yes. Several will move away on electricity alone at low speed, which makes an early start considerably less antisocial than the alternative. That is a side effect rather than the design intent, and how far one will travel like that is a matter of a mile or two rather than a journey. Related: [Electric cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/electric) · [Supercars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) · [Grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) [All plug-in hybrids](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/plug-in-hybrid) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Four-seat prestige leasing, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain > These are the prestige and performance cars with four seats rather than five or two: grand tourers, four-seat cabriolets, 2+2 sports cars and a few SUVs specified with individual rear chairs. Four seats means two people behind you rather than three across a bench, and the genuinely usable ones are not always the cars you would expect. Three-month minimum term, 1,000 miles a month included. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/four-seat](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/four-seat) · Updated October 2026 Four seats is the most misread number in a specification. It appears on a car with a rear bench you could sleep across and on a car whose back seats are a shelf with seatbelts, and the specification sheet says the same thing about both. That is why this page exists on its own rather than as a line on the grand tourer lander: the question here is not what kind of car it is, it is whether the two seats behind you are seats. The distinction matters far more over three months than it does on a test drive. Anyone can put a friend in a 2+2 for twenty minutes. Do it every Friday for three months and the aperture of a two-door, the height of the roofline where it meets the rear headrest, and the amount of boot left once two people are actually sitting back there stop being details and start being the reason the car does or does not get used. The cars that clear the bar in this catalogue are a mixed group. Some are front-engined grand tourers whose back seats are genuinely habitable for adults on a short run. Some are four-seat cabriolets, which are the most sociable cars here and the ones rear passengers enjoy least at speed with the roof down. Some are sports cars whose rear seats are best understood as luggage space with belts attached. And a handful are SUVs specified with two individual rear chairs instead of a bench, which is the most comfortable rear seat in the catalogue for exactly two people and no use at all for three. Everything below is about telling those apart before you commit rather than afterwards, because the wrong choice here is the one that quietly ruins an otherwise good term. ## What we list in this category 0 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. ## Is a four-seat car really a four-seat car? Judge it by legroom and headroom, never by the number of belts. The useful test is to sit in the driver's seat, set it where you actually drive, then get in behind yourself: a car that passes that with the roof clearing your head is a four-seater, and one that does not is a two-seater with storage. Headroom usually fails before legroom on a coupe, because the roof is falling away precisely where a rear passenger's head wants to be. Dimensions are listed on every vehicle page, and where a car is honestly a 2+2 we would far rather tell you at the enquiry stage than have you find out with two people standing on a driveway. ## Two doors or four? The doors matter more than the seats do. A two-door with a long door and a memory-return front seat is fine for an agile adult and awkward for everybody else — getting a child seat through that aperture, or an older passenger out of a low rear seat in a car park, is a genuinely different proposition from doing it through a rear door. Long doors also need space beside the car to open at all, which is a real constraint in a multi-storey or on a tight drive. If the back seats will be used weekly rather than occasionally, the four-door four-seater is usually the car people are happier with by the third month. ## What do you give up against a five-seater? The middle seat, and with it any ability to carry three in the back — so a four-seat car cannot take three children across, and cannot absorb the extra passenger who always appears at the end of an evening. What you gain is that the space is arranged for two rather than divided between three: individual chairs, a console between them, proper armrests, and frequently more comfort per person than a bench ever offers. Boot space is usually the tighter constraint than seating, so check the boot figure alongside the rear legroom. Four people travelling almost always means four people's luggage. ## How does the lease work for a four-seat car? The same as every other agreement here: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and the excess-mileage rate on each vehicle page. Child seats are worth raising when you enquire rather than assuming — ISOFIX points are not universal in this class, and where they exist a two-door aperture can still make fitting one awkward. Bring your own seats; fitting them is the hirer's responsibility. Deposit, insurance excess and driver criteria are set per car and are provisional, and the insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## Driver criteria for this category Criteria are stated per car on the car’s own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Will three people fit in the back? No. Four seats means four, with a fixed console or a moulded divide between the two rear chairs rather than a bench, and there is no belt for a fifth. If five people need to travel together, the luxury SUV category is the honest answer. ### Can I fit a child seat in a two-door four-seater? Sometimes, and the obstacle is the door rather than the seat. Lifting a bulky seat past a folded front seat and a long door needs room beside the car and a certain amount of patience, and some cars have no rear ISOFIX points at all. Tell us what you need to fit when you enquire and we will tell you which cars take it. ### Is a four-seat convertible usable with four aboard and the roof down? For a short, unhurried journey, yes, and it is one of the more enjoyable things you can do in a car. At motorway speed the rear seats are the buffeted ones, and the wind deflector that makes the front comfortable usually cannot be fitted with anybody sitting behind. Boot space also drops with the roof stowed, which is worth checking before a weekend away for four. ### Should I take a four-seat car or a luxury SUV? If four adults and their luggage travel together regularly, take the SUV — it is the category built for exactly that and nothing in it will disappoint you on space. If it is two adults most of the time with two more occasionally, a four-seat grand tourer is the better car to drive and gives up very little you will actually miss. Related: [Grand tourers](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/grand-tourer) · [Luxury SUVs](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) · [Two-seaters](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/two-seat) [All four-seat cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/four-seat) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Two-seat car leasing, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain > A strict two-seater has no rear seats at all: mid-engined supercars, roadsters and the two-seat sports cars and grand tourers. Leaving the back seats out is what lets the engine, the cabin and the driving position sit exactly where the engineers wanted them. The cost is that nobody else travels with you and luggage is measured in soft bags. Three-month minimum term, 1,000 miles a month. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/two-seat](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/two-seat) · Updated October 2026 Choosing a car with two seats is choosing not to accommodate anybody else, and that is a more interesting decision than it sounds. Every four-seat car is a negotiation. The roofline has to clear a rear passenger's head, the wheelbase has to stretch far enough to give them legs, the engine has to sit where it leaves room for them, and the front seats have to give up travel so the ones behind are not useless. A two-seater carries none of those obligations, which is why almost every car built primarily to be driven ends up with two seats: the engine can sit behind the cabin, the driver can sit low and close to the centre of the car, the wheelbase can be short, and the roof can fall away wherever it looks best. You feel the result in the first mile and you keep feeling it. The question this page is really about is not whether you would enjoy one, because you would. It is whether you can live with one for three months, which is the shortest term we write. That depends almost entirely on what else is on the driveway and who else needs carrying. For a single person, a couple, or a household where a second car handles the ordinary work, a two-seater is a straightforward pleasure and the practical objections turn out smaller than expected. As the only car in a house with children, a dog or a regular airport run for four, it is a decision you will be re-examining by the second month. What follows is the honest version of both cases, including the luggage conversation nobody has until the bags are already on the drive. ## What we list in this category 0 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. ## What do you gain by losing the rear seats? Packaging freedom, and it changes everything about how the car drives. Mass can be concentrated between the axles rather than spread towards the ends, which is what makes a car change direction crisply rather than reluctantly. The driver can sit lower and further inboard, which improves both the view of the road and your sense of what the car is doing underneath you. The engine can go behind you in the cars that want it there. And the car can be shorter overall while keeping a long wheelbase, which is the combination that makes a car feel agile on a narrow road. None of that is available to a car that must also seat two people behind you. ## Can a two-seater be your only car for three months? For a lot of people, yes — and those who struggle tend to know why before they ask. A supermarket shop fits. Two adults and a long weekend fits. An airport run for two fits, with soft bags. What does not fit is a school run, a dog, a third person, a flat-pack, or a set of golf clubs with a passenger aboard in most of them. Even a three-month term will contain at least one of those whether you planned for it or not, so the useful question is what you would do that week rather than whether it could ever happen. If the answer is that somebody else's car covers it, this is an easy decision. ## How much luggage will a two-seater take? Less than the volume figure suggests, and it is the shape that defeats you rather than the litres. Mid-engined cars usually have a front boot and sometimes a shelf behind the seats, and between them they take two soft bags and very little that is rigid. Front-engined two-seat grand tourers do considerably better and will genuinely swallow a long weekend for two. Roadsters lose a meaningful share of their boot when the roof is stowed, so read the roof-down figure rather than the roof-up one. Pack soft, and where a hard case is unavoidable, measure it against the dimensions on the vehicle page before the day rather than on it. ## How does the lease work, and who can take one? The agreement is the same as everywhere on this site: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and the excess-mileage rate on each car's page. What is not the same across this category is the driver criteria. A two-seat sports car and a mid-engined supercar are not underwritten alike, and the fastest cars carry the strictest requirements on age, licence history and endorsements. Those criteria, along with the deposit and the insurance excess, are set per vehicle and are provisional, and the insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## Driver criteria for this category Criteria are stated per car on the car’s own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a two-seater comfortable over a long distance? It depends which kind. A front-engined two-seat grand tourer is one of the most comfortable ways to cross the country there is. A mid-engined supercar is firmer, noisier and more tiring over several hundred miles, and that is a design decision rather than a flaw. If long motorway legs are a regular part of your month, say so when you enquire and we will steer you accordingly. ### Can I carry a child in the passenger seat? Only where the car allows the passenger airbag to be properly deactivated and the seat is suitable for that position, and it has to be agreed before delivery rather than assumed. Several cars in this category cannot do it at all. Tell us at the enquiry stage what you need to fit and we will be straight about whether the car can take it. ### Is a two-seater practical in a city? Manageable with a little thought. Width and a low nose are the constraints rather than length — use the nose lift for every ramp and speed bump, take forecourt entrances at an angle, and be realistic about narrow bays, because a wide car in a standard space leaves very little door. Rear visibility is often poor, and the cameras and sensors end up doing most of the work. ### Do two-seaters cost less to lease than the equivalent four-seater? There is no rule, and no discount for the missing seats. The monthly figure follows the car rather than its seat count, and some of the fastest and most expensive cars in this catalogue are two-seaters. Where a car is ours the figure is published on its page; where we source it for you it reads on request until we have the car. Related: [Supercars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/supercar) · [Convertibles](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/convertible) · [Four-seat cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/four-seat) [All two-seaters](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/two-seat) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # Rear-wheel-drive leasing, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain > Rear-wheel drive sends all the power to the back axle, so the front wheels only steer. That separation is why most sports cars, supercars and large prestige saloons are built this way: the steering stays uncorrupted under power and the balance of the car is adjustable with the throttle. The trade is traction in the cold and the wet. Three-month minimum term, 1,000 miles a month. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/rear-wheel-drive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/rear-wheel-drive) · Updated October 2026 Ask somebody who cares about driving why they want rear-wheel drive and the answer will be about feel rather than about speed, and they are right. In a front-driven car the same two tyres have to steer and to deliver the power, and every time you ask for both at once one of the jobs is compromised — you feel it as a steering wheel that goes light or tugs under acceleration, and as a nose that runs wide on the way out of a corner. Separating the two jobs removes that entirely. The front wheels do nothing but point the car, so the steering stays clean and consistent whatever your right foot is doing, and the rear wheels do nothing but push, at exactly the moment weight is transferring backwards onto them and pressing them into the road. That is why the layout survived in performance cars long after front-wheel drive and all-wheel drive took over everything else, and it is why so much of what is worth driving in this catalogue is rear-driven. It is not a free choice, though, and a page that pretends otherwise is selling rather than explaining. All of the power going through two wheels means those two wheels can run out of grip, and in Britain that is not a theoretical concern. Any term that runs into autumn or winter will include cold mornings and a great deal of rain, and the biggest variable is not actually the drivetrain but the tyres: wide, soft performance rubber loses a startling amount of grip in low temperatures regardless of which axle it is attached to. What follows covers both halves honestly, including what to do if the term you are considering starts in October rather than in May. ## What we list in this category 0 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. ## What does rear-wheel drive change about how a car feels? Three things you notice within a mile. The steering is clean, because nothing is asked of the front tyres except direction — no tugging under acceleration, no lightening as the power arrives. The car squats and pushes rather than pulling itself along, and because weight transfers rearwards as you accelerate, the driven wheels are loaded at precisely the moment they are asked to work. And the balance is adjustable: a small lift, or a little more throttle mid-corner, alters the attitude of the car in a way a front-driven one cannot match. That adjustability is the whole appeal of the layout, and it is also the part that asks for respect in the wet. ## Is rear-wheel drive a problem in a British winter? It is a real consideration in particular situations rather than a general handicap. Pulling away uphill on a wet or frosty morning is where you notice it, along with an unsurfaced drive, standing water on a roundabout, and anything approaching snow. In ordinary cold rain on a main road, a modern rear-driven car with its electronics on is undramatic. The dominant variable is the tyre rather than the axle: high-performance rubber goes hard and loses grip as the temperature drops, and a powerful car on cold tyres deserves a gentle first ten minutes whatever drives it. If the months you are booking are the difficult ones and the driving itself is not the point of the exercise, the all-wheel-drive cars are the more relaxed choice and we will happily point you at them. ## What do the electronics do? Traction control limits how much power reaches the rear wheels once they begin to spin. Stability control goes further, braking individual wheels to pull the car back into line when it starts to rotate. Both work extremely well, and both are intervening far more often on a wet road than you realise. What neither can do is create grip that is not there — they manage the grip the tyres have, and once that is gone they can only limit the consequences. Leave them on. The cars here are supplied with their systems configured as the manufacturer intended, and a wet British B-road is not the place to discover what happens without them. ## Does the drivetrain change the lease? Not at all. Three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, 1,000 miles a month included, with the excess-mileage rate and the full cost stack on each vehicle page. Cars are supplied on their manufacturer-specified tyres, and changing them is not something to arrange yourself — if the weather during your term genuinely concerns you, raise it when you enquire rather than after delivery. Deposit, insurance excess and driver criteria are set per car and are provisional, and the insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## Driver criteria for this category Criteria are stated per car on the car’s own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Will a rear-wheel-drive car get me through snow? Assume not, and plan around it. Snow is the one condition where the layout is genuinely limiting, and performance tyres make it worse rather than better. If you need to keep moving through it, an all-wheel-drive car on the right tyres is a different vehicle entirely. Tell us when you enquire if that is a realistic part of your term. ### Can I fit winter tyres for the colder months? Not on your own initiative. The cars are supplied on the tyres the manufacturer specified, and changing them sits outside a standard agreement — so it is a conversation to have before the car is delivered rather than a decision to take during the term. ### Is a rear-wheel-drive car harder to drive day to day? In normal conditions, no. Most drivers would not identify the layout blindfolded on a dry road, and the electronics handle the rest. What it asks for is restraint in two moments: heavy throttle from a standstill on a wet or greasy surface, and accelerating hard out of a tight corner in the rain. Treat those two with respect and the layout gives back far more than it asks for. ### Rear-wheel drive or all-wheel drive if my term starts in autumn? If the point of the car is the driving, take the rear-driven one and accept a handful of cautious mornings. If the car simply has to be dependable through whatever the winter does, take all-wheel drive — you give up a little purity and gain a car you never have to think about at a wet junction. Related: [All-wheel-drive cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/all-wheel-drive) · [Sports cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/sports-car) · [Two-seaters](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/two-seat) [All rear-wheel-drive cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/rear-wheel-drive) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* # All-wheel-drive leasing from a three-month minimum > All-wheel drive puts power through all four wheels instead of two, which is why it is the majority layout in this catalogue: it launches hard in any weather, copes with a wet or frozen morning, and makes a very powerful car usable on an ordinary road. What it does not do is shorten a stopping distance or add cornering grip. Three-month minimum term, 1,000 miles a month. Source page: [https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/all-wheel-drive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/all-wheel-drive) · Updated October 2026 All-wheel drive is the default here rather than a speciality, and it is worth understanding why before treating it as a filter. Two things pushed the whole prestige sector this way. The first is power: once a road car makes six hundred horsepower or more, two driven wheels cannot deploy it away from a dry, warm surface, and a car that cannot use its own performance is an expensive frustration. The second is Britain. A term of several months crosses more than one kind of weather whenever it begins, and a car that has to work in February as well as in July benefits from putting its power down through four contact patches rather than two. What has changed over the last decade is the cost of that decision. Early all-wheel-drive systems blunted the steering and made cars feel nose-heavy and inert; modern ones are overwhelmingly rear-biased, sending torque forward only when the back axle begins to struggle, so the car drives like a rear-driven one right up until the moment it needs not to. The compromise people still assume exists has largely been engineered out of it. What has not been engineered out is mass — every one of these systems adds weight — and nor has the more dangerous problem, which is confidence. All-wheel drive makes a car markedly better at going and no better at all at stopping, and the gap between those two facts is where drivers get caught out on a cold motorway. Because so much of this catalogue is built this way, the page is at its most useful alongside a segment: decide what kind of car you want first, then use this as the filter that decides which of them will simply work all winter. ## What we list in this category 0 cars. Cars labelled "in our fleet" are ours, with a confirmed monthly figure; cars labelled "we can source" are arranged through vetted partners, which means availability is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed and no figure is published for them until it is. ## What does all-wheel drive solve? Traction under power, and nothing else. Spreading the drive across four tyres roughly doubles the grip available for acceleration, which is what makes a standing start repeatable in the wet, a wet roundabout undramatic, a gravel or unsurfaced drive a non-event, and a hill start in the rain something you stop thinking about. On a genuinely powerful car it is also the difference between the performance being usable on a British road and being a party trick reserved for dry days. If the reason you are on this page is that the last car embarrassed you at a junction in the rain, this is the fix for it. ## What all-wheel drive does not do It does not shorten your stopping distance by a single metre, and it does not add cornering grip. Braking and turning are the tyres' work, and four driven wheels change neither — an all-wheel-drive car and a rear-driven one on the same tyres stop in the same distance. This is the well-documented failure mode: the car accelerates away from a snowy junction so confidently that the driver arrives at the next corner with no idea how little grip is actually available. The same applies in heavy rain and in the cold. Treat all-wheel drive as insurance against being stuck, never as permission to carry more speed. ## Is all-wheel drive the same as a four-wheel-drive off-roader? No, and the distinction matters if anybody has promised you a green lane. Most of the cars here use an on-road all-wheel-drive system designed for traction on tarmac, gravel and snow, with no low-range gearing and no locking differentials. A handful are genuine ladder-frame or air-sprung off-roaders carrying the full mechanical apparatus, and they are a different kind of vehicle. Either way, taking a leased car off road, onto a green lane or onto a beach sits outside a standard agreement, and it is not something to decide once the car is already with you. ## Does all-wheel drive change the agreement? No. Three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, 1,000 miles a month included, with the excess-mileage rate stated on every vehicle page alongside the deposit and the insurance excess. Drivetrain is listed in the specifications on each car, so filter on it rather than inferring it from the badge — several makes offer the same model both ways. Driver criteria, deposits and excesses are set per car and are provisional, and the insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## Driver criteria for this category Criteria are stated per car on the car’s own page. See [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) for what is checked and why. ## Frequently asked questions ### Will an all-wheel-drive car get up a snowy hill? Usually up, and that is the honest limit of the claim. Getting down again, and stopping at the bottom, are jobs for the tyres and the brakes, and four driven wheels contribute nothing to either. On summer performance tyres in real snow, even an all-wheel-drive car is working hard. ### Does all-wheel drive make a car feel duller to drive? Far less than it used to. Most modern performance systems are rear-biased and send torque to the front axle only when the rear begins to slip, so the car behaves like a rear-driven one for the overwhelming majority of its life. What you do carry is the extra weight of the system, and that shows up in quick direction changes rather than in a straight line. ### Can I take it onto a green lane, a field or a beach? Not without written agreement before the car is delivered, and for most of these cars the answer will be no. They are road cars on road tyres, and salt water, deep ruts and loose stone cause damage a normal agreement does not contemplate. If access over an unmade track is part of your life, say so when you enquire and we will tell you which cars are suitable. ### Does all-wheel drive cost more to lease? We do not publish a drivetrain premium, and there is no surcharge for it in a quote. The monthly figure follows the individual car. Where the car is ours the figure is published on its page; where we source it for you it reads on request until we have the car in front of us. Related: [Rear-wheel-drive cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/rear-wheel-drive) · [Luxury SUVs](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/luxury-suv) · [Electric cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/electric) [All all-wheel-drive cars](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/hire/all-wheel-drive) · [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) · [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) · [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) *Performance & Prestige leases vehicles from its own fleet and, where a vehicle is not one of ours, arranges it through a vetted partner. Cars marked "we can source" carry no published figure and are subject to confirmation before anything is agreed. Monthly figures include VAT and are quoted with their minimum term. Nothing is booked or paid for through this website: a person confirms the car, the full cost and the delivery slot with you first.* --- # Guides # What do you need to lease a supercar in the UK? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-you-need-to-hire-a-supercar Last checked: 2026-10-13 **To lease a supercar in the UK you need a full driving licence, held for 3 to 10 years, and a minimum age of 25 to 32, both depending on the car, plus photo ID, proof of address, a DVLA check code and a payment card in your own name for a refundable deposit. Most cars tolerate 6 penalty points, and every agreement runs on a three-month minimum term.** The licence, age, points tolerance, documents and deposit you need before a supercar can be booked out to you — with the real bands from our catalogue. ## How old do you have to be to lease a supercar? It depends on the car, and the floor climbs with performance. Across our 116-car catalogue the minimum driver age is 25 on 44 cars, 28 on 20, 30 on 50, and 32 on 1. Nothing here is available at 21 or 23. That is the honest position in this part of the market rather than a policy we chose: on a self-drive hire the vehicle goes out on a motor policy, and the insurer prices a young driver in a very fast car high enough that on the quickest cars they decline to write it at all. Every supercar in the catalogue sets its minimum at 28 or above, and most ask for 30. Our own fleet starts at 25, on the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7). ## How long must you have held your licence? Three to ten years, again depending on the car. 47 cars ask for 3 years of full licence held, 60 ask for 5, 6 ask for 8, and 1 — the Aston Martin Valhalla — asks for 10. Age and licence history are two separate tests and the same driver has to pass both on the same car. A 30-year-old who passed their test last year does not qualify for a car asking 5 years, even though the age is comfortably met. Both figures are published on each car's own page, and the full picture is on [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements). ## Do penalty points stop you hiring? Usually not, within a limit. 109 of the 116 cars tolerate up to 6 points. 6 of the fastest tolerate 3. 1 — the Valhalla again — tolerates none at all. It is the conviction code as well as the number. A speeding endorsement and a drink-driving conviction are not the same thing to an underwriter even where the points total matches, so tell us the codes rather than just the count. We ask for a DVLA check code so the endorsements are read rather than taken on trust. That is done before the car is booked out to you, not discovered on the doorstep. ## What documents do you need? Five things, and having them ready is the single biggest thing that speeds a lease up. Your full driving licence, physically, on the day. A DVLA licence check code. It is free, takes about a minute to generate and is valid for 21 days. Photo ID. Proof of address. A payment card in your own name for the deposit. An additional driver brings the same set and is checked the same way. Nobody drives the car who has not been named and checked in advance — an unnamed driver is not insured, which makes it an uninsured drive rather than a paperwork problem. ## Does the card have to be in the hirer’s own name? Yes. The deposit is held against a card in the hirer's own name, and the hirer is normally the named driver. A partner's card, a parent's card or a friend's card is not a workaround — it is the point of failure that stops a delivery at the kerbside. Deposits run from £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue, and from £2,000 to £10,000 on cars in our own fleet, so it needs to be a card that can actually take the hold. A debit card with a daily limit below the deposit is the single most common thing that stops a lease on the morning. Where a business is hiring the car for a director or an employee, say so at the enquiry stage and we will set it up that way from the start rather than reworking it the day before. ## When are the checks done? Before the car is booked out to you, and again at handover. The licence, the check code and the documents are seen in advance, then the physical licence is checked at the car alongside a joint walk round. Doing it in that order is deliberate. It means a problem surfaces while there is still time to fix it or to put you in a different car, rather than in front of a transporter on the morning the agreement starts. They are done once, at the start, rather than repeated every month. An agreement runs for a three-month minimum term — one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included — so the licence, the check code and the documents are read against the whole term rather than against a set of dates. Handover itself takes about fifteen minutes. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out the whole sequence. ## What if you do not meet the criteria for the car you want? We say so straight away and point you at what you can lease. 44 of the 116 cars in the catalogue are available at 25 — performance saloons, sports cars and luxury SUVs rather than mid-engined supercars. The criteria are per car, not per make. A brand's SUV is routinely available several years younger than its mid-engined coupé, because the insurer is pricing the car rather than the badge on the bonnet. Cars arranged through a partner carry that partner's criteria rather than ours, and we confirm them with you in writing before anything is agreed. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease on an overseas licence? It is handled case by case rather than assumed either way, because the answer depends on the licence and on the policy covering that specific car. Tell us which country issued it when you enquire and we will confirm the position before you plan around it. ### Can I add a second driver? Yes, if they are named before delivery and checked the same way you are. They also have to meet that vehicle’s own age, licence and points criteria in their own right. Nobody can be added at the roadside — an unnamed driver is uninsured, not merely unauthorised. ### Can a company lease the car for a director or an employee? Yes. Say so at the enquiry stage so the lease, the deposit and the named driver are set up correctly from the start. It is a routine arrangement, but it is much easier to build in at the beginning than to rework the day before delivery. ### Do partner-sourced cars have the same requirements? Not necessarily. Most of the catalogue is arranged through a vetted partner, and on those the age, licence and points criteria are set by whoever holds the vehicle. We confirm them with you in writing rather than assuming they match ours. ### How long is a DVLA check code valid for? Twenty-one days from the moment you generate it, and it can only be used once. Generate it close to the lease rather than the day you enquire — a code created three weeks early will have expired by the time the car arrives, and that is a doorstep problem rather than a paperwork one. ### What if my licence is a paper one, or I have changed address? Tell us before the day. An address that does not match the licence has to be reconciled before the car is booked out, because the insurer checks the licence record rather than the form you filled in. It is a five-minute conversation in advance and a cancelled delivery if it is left to the morning. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Supercar lease insurance and excess, explained URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-hire-insurance-explained Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A car from our own fleet is insured under a self-drive-hire policy we hold, not under yours, and the cover sits inside the monthly figure rather than being sold to you at handover. That policy is being finalised before launch. "Fully insured" does not mean no liability in any case: you carry an excess, £1,500 to £35,000 across the catalogue and £2,000 to £10,000 on fleet cars.** What is included, what the excess really means against a repair bill, the exclusions that catch people out, and what happens in the hour after damage. ## What does "fully insured" mean on a leased car? It means the vehicle is covered under a self-drive-hire motor policy for the named drivers, for the term of the agreement, and that the cover sits inside the monthly figure. There is nothing extra to buy to make the car legal to drive. It does not mean you walk away from every outcome. Two things sit between you and "no liability at all": the excess, which is a figure, and the exclusions, which are events the policy does not cover at any figure. On a car in our own fleet the policy is ours. On a partner-sourced car it is the supplying partner's, and the terms are confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. Our own policy is being finalised before launch, which is why [insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) sets out the arrangement we are putting in place rather than quoting a wording nobody has been shown. Every term that applies to your agreement is confirmed to you in writing before the car moves. ## What is the excess, and how much is it? The excess is the most you pay towards putting the car right on a claim the policy covers. Above it, the insurer pays. Below it, you do. Across the catalogue the excess runs from £1,500 to £35,000. On the cars in our own fleet it runs from £2,000 to £10,000. It is set per car and holds for the whole term rather than moving with the season, and it is published on every car's page before there is any form — because a deposit and an excess discovered late are the fastest way to lose somebody's trust in this business. The excess is not the deposit. The deposit is a refundable hold arranged before delivery; the excess is only ever reached if something is actually damaged. On most cars the two figures happen to match. ## Why does a kerbed wheel usually cost you the full repair? Because most cosmetic damage costs less to put right than the excess, and anything below the excess is paid in full by you. That is how a deductible works on every motor policy, hire or not. A kerbed wheel is the standard example. The lowest excess on any car in this catalogue is £1,500, so a wheel refurbishment almost never reaches the point where the insurer contributes anything at all. The insurance is genuinely there for the outcomes that would otherwise be ruinous; it is not there for a scuffed rim. Exactly how wheels, tyres, glass and underbody damage are treated is confirmed in writing for your specific lease rather than generalised here — it is the detail that varies most between policies. ## What is never covered? Some things sit outside any self-drive-hire policy. These are worth reading before the lease rather than after it. Anybody driving who is not named on the lease in advance. Circuit, competitive or timed driving of any kind. Driving under the influence of drink or drugs. Wrong fuel, and damage caused by ignoring a warning light. Deliberate damage, and use for anything unlawful. Your own belongings left in the car. An exclusion is not a penalty clause with a bigger number attached. Where the policy does not cover the event at all, the excess stops being your ceiling and the liability is the whole cost of the car. That is why an unnamed driver at the wheel is the one thing we are inflexible about. ## Can I use my own policy or a driving-other-cars extension? On a car from our fleet, no. The vehicle is ours and it goes out on our cover, which is already inside the monthly figure — there is nothing to save by substituting your own. Do not rely on a driving-other-cars extension on a personal policy either. Those extensions almost universally exclude hire and rental vehicles, they are usually third-party only, and they carry value ceilings far below the cars on this site. Arriving believing you are covered by one is the most common misunderstanding in this sector. If you hold a commercial or fleet motor policy and want the car added to it, say so at the enquiry stage. It is handled case by case, with your insurer's cover note seen and checked before the car moves — never as a verbal assurance on the day. ## How does a claim work? Tell us immediately and arrange nothing yourself. A repair you organise privately is not an insured repair, and it usually costs more than the excess would have. Make sure everybody is safe. If anyone is hurt, that is a 999 call first. Call us before the car is moved, if you safely can. Recovering a low car is not a job for a standard flatbed and a strap. Photograph the damage, the position of the vehicles, and the other driver's registration, name and insurer. Do not admit liability at the scene. We open the claim. On a fleet car the vehicle is ours, so the claim is ours to handle. Your liability is settled against the excess for that car, and no further. [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) works the same sequence through in more detail. ## Whose insurance covers a car you source rather than own? The supplying partner's. Most of the catalogue is badged "we can source", which means those cars are arranged through a vetted partner rather than owned by us. On those, the cover, the excess and the driver criteria are set by whoever holds the vehicle. We confirm all three with you in writing before anything is agreed rather than assuming they match ours — which is also why a sourced car is quoted on request rather than carrying a monthly figure we could confirm ourselves. On the cars badged "in our fleet" the answer is simpler: the car is ours, the policy is ours, the figures on the page are the ones that apply, and the monthly figure is confirmed on enquiry by us rather than by anybody else. [See the fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet). ## Frequently asked questions ### Can the excess be reduced? Ask when you enquire and we will tell you what is possible on that specific car. We do not publish a reduction we cannot honour on every vehicle, so the excess printed on a car’s page is the figure that applies unless something in writing says otherwise. ### Am I insured on a track day? No. Every UK motor policy excludes circuit driving, and the exclusion does not soften because the day is billed as a driving experience or an airfield session. Circuit use is outside what the agreement allows, so if a track day is part of what you want the car for, say so before anything is signed rather than afterwards. ### Are additional drivers covered? Yes, if they are named before delivery and checked in advance. They must also meet that vehicle’s own age, licence and points criteria. Anybody driving who was not named is not insured, and at that point the excess is no longer the limit of the liability. ### Do I still pay the excess if the other driver was at fault? Possibly not. If another driver was at fault and their insurer accepts it, you may pay nothing at all. What you should not do is settle anything privately at the scene, because that is what removes the claim from the insurers who would otherwise have recovered it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Can you lease a supercar at 25? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/can-you-hire-a-supercar-at-25 Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Not a mid-engined supercar. Every supercar in our catalogue sets a minimum driver age of 28 or above, and most ask for 30. But 44 of the 116 cars we list can be leased at 25 — performance saloons, sports cars and luxury SUVs. The insurer prices the car rather than the badge, so the answer changes model by model. Every agreement runs for a three-month minimum term.** The straight answer, exactly which cars in our catalogue a 25-year-old can lease, and why insurers set the age where they do on the fastest ones. ## Which cars can you lease at 25? forty-four of the 116 in the catalogue, and they are not the leftovers: eighteen luxury SUVs, seventeen performance saloons, seven sports cars, one convertible and one grand tourer. In practice that means the Audi RS and S models, the BMW M cars, AMG saloons, the Porsche Cayenne Coupé, Macan, Panamera and both Taycans, a Lotus Emira and a Ford Mustang GT. Deposits in that group run from £1,500 to £3,500 — materially lower than the £5,000-plus figures the fastest cars carry. Two of that group are ours: the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) — cars we buy, insure, prepare and deliver ourselves, with a confirmed figure on enquiry. Everything else open at 25 is arranged through a vetted partner and quoted on request. Either way the figure is put to you in writing before anything is agreed. ## Why do insurers set the age at 30 on the fastest cars? On a self-drive hire the vehicle goes out on a motor policy, and the underwriter prices the combination of driver and car rather than either alone. A 25-year-old in a 600bhp mid-engined car is priced very high, and above a certain performance level they simply decline to write it. We cannot underwrite it ourselves, so the age on each car's page is a hard floor rather than an opening position. There is no version of this where a larger deposit changes the answer — it is an insurance condition, not a commercial one. That is also why the fastest cars carry tighter points tolerances and longer licence requirements alongside the higher age. They move together, because they are all pricing the same risk. ## Is age the only test? No, and this catches more people out than the age itself. Every car sets a minimum period of full licence held as well, and the same driver has to pass both tests on the same car. Of the 44 cars available at 25, most ask for 3 years of full licence held and the rest ask for 5 or more. So a 25-year-old who passed their test at 22 has almost the whole group open to them; a 25-year-old who passed last year qualifies for none of it, however clean the licence is. Penalty points are the third test. 109 of the 116 cars tolerate up to 6 points, 6 tolerate 3, and 1 tolerates none. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out all three per car. ## Can you lease a Lamborghini, Ferrari or McLaren at 25? No, on the current catalogue, and it is worth saying so plainly rather than after a form. The lowest minimum age on any Lamborghini we list is 28, on the Urus SE — an SUV rather than a mid-engined car. The lowest on a McLaren is also 28, on the McLaren GT. Every Ferrari we list asks for 30. Porsche is the exception worth knowing about. The 718 Boxster S, the Macan Turbo Electric, the Cayenne Coupé S, the Panamera Turbo S E-Hybrid and both Taycans are all available at 25. The badge is within reach at 25 even where the mid-engined metal is not — useful to know if what you want is the crest on the bonnet rather than the layout of the engine. ## What does a lease at 25 cost? It depends on the car rather than on your age. Being 25 decides which cars you can be insured on; the car decides the monthly figure, together with how long you want it, how far you intend to drive it and the deposit and excess band it sits in. The two cars in that group that are ours — the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) — carry a confirmed figure on enquiry. Every partner-sourced car is quoted on request. Every agreement runs on the same shape — a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included as standard. Deposits in that group run from £1,500 to £3,500. Miles beyond the allowance are charged at the per-mile rate published on each car's own page, 95p to £10 depending on the vehicle. ## Does it get easier at 28 and 30? Substantially. 20 more cars open up at 28, taking the total to 65. That is where most of our own fleet arrives — the [Mercedes-AMG C 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63), the [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv), the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) and the [Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) — and where the first mid-engined car appears, the Audi R8 V10 performance, alongside the Lamborghini Urus SE and the McLaren GT. 50 more open up at 30. That is where the bulk of the mid-engined metal sits, all of it partner-sourced — the Lamborghini Huracán Tecnica, the Ferrari 296 GTB and the McLaren 750S among them. The rest of our own fleet opens up at 30 as well. 1 car in the whole catalogue asks for 32, and that is the Lamborghini Revuelto. ## What about hiring at 21 or 23? Nothing in this catalogue is available at 21 or 23. The lowest minimum age on any of the 116 cars is 25. That is the honest position across this part of the market rather than a rule we set. If somebody quotes you a supercar at 21, it is worth asking exactly which policy the car is going out on and who is named on it. We would rather tell you no on this page than take an enquiry we already know we cannot fill. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can somebody older lease the car and let me drive it? No. Only drivers named on the lease in advance are insured, and every named driver has to meet that car’s own age and licence criteria in their own right. A 25-year-old driving a car leased in a 40-year-old’s name is an uninsured driver, with the full value of the car at stake rather than the excess. ### Would a bigger deposit get me a car below the age limit? No. The age on a car’s page is an insurance condition rather than a commercial one, so it is not something we can price around. Deposits on the cars available at 25 run from £1,500 to £3,500, and raising that figure does not change what the policy will accept. ### Do partner-sourced cars have lower age limits? Sometimes, and nearly all of the 44 cars available at 25 are partner-sourced. Their criteria are set by whoever holds the vehicle rather than by us, which is why we confirm the age, licence and points requirements in writing before anything is agreed — and why those cars are quoted on request by whoever holds them. ### Will the criteria be the same when I turn 30? The figures published today are the ones that apply today, and they follow what the insurer accepts rather than what we would prefer. They are confirmed for your specific car and your start date before you commit, so nothing is planned around a number that has since moved. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How supercar delivery and handover work URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-supercar-delivery-works Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Every car is delivered to an address you choose anywhere in mainland Britain and collected from an address you choose when the agreement ends. There are no depots, branches or rental counters. Handover takes about fifteen minutes at the car: licence and identity checks, a joint photographed walk round, fuel or charge and mileage recorded, the agreement signed, then a proper run through the car.** We hold no depots or counters, so every lease is delivered and collected. What that means in practice, from lead time to the walk round to the fuel policy. ## Where can the car be delivered? Anywhere in mainland Britain, to anywhere a car can legally stand for ten minutes — a residential street, a mews, a hotel forecourt, an office loading bay, a private garage. thirty-seven areas have a page of their own because they are where we are asked most often, not because they mark a service boundary. An address that is not listed is not a problem; it is just an address. three airports are handled separately — Heathrow, Gatwick and Manchester — because an arrivals handover is timed to a flight rather than to a diary slot. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out what governs the handover window in each area. ## How much notice do you need? Two things decide it: whether the car is one of ours, and how far it has to travel. A car in our own fleet is ours to answer for, so nobody has to ask anybody else. A car arranged through a vetted partner needs a confirmation to come back before we can promise you a time. A longer agreement gives both routes more room; a start date at short notice is where the constraint bites. What we will not do is quote a window and hope. You get a date and a time in writing once the car is confirmed — and if the start date you want cannot be met, you get that answer instead, early enough to do something about it. ## What happens at handover? About fifteen minutes, standing at the car, done properly rather than rushed. It is the part people remember, and it is also the part that protects both sides if anything is disputed later. Licence and identity checks. The named driver’s physical licence, the DVLA check code and the documents agreed in advance. Any additional driver is checked at the same time. A joint walk round, photographed. Every panel, every wheel, the glass and the interior, recorded by us and by you. Take your own photographs as well — we would rather you did. Fuel or charge, and mileage, recorded. Written down at handover and again at collection. The agreement, signed. You will have read it beforehand; it is sent in advance rather than produced at the kerbside. A run through the car. The nose lift, the drive modes, the roof switch, where the charge flap is, and what the car does not like. Nothing is paid at the door beyond what was agreed in writing, and the deposit is arranged with a person before delivery rather than taken online. ## What is the fuel and charge policy? The car comes back as it arrived. Fuel or state of charge is recorded at handover and again at collection, and so is the mileage. That is the simplest way to keep the monthly figure the monthly figure. There is no service charge dressed up as a refuelling fee, and no incentive on our side for you to bring it back empty. On an electric car, plan the last leg. Arriving at collection with 8% is not a penalty, but it is an awkward twenty minutes for whoever is taking the car onto a transporter. ## How does an airport handover work? The handover is set to your inbound flight's landing time rather than to a fixed slot, so a delayed landing moves the handover rather than costing you it. It normally happens in a short-stay car park or at an agreed point rather than kerbside outside arrivals, because airport forecourts are timed and enforced. Tell us the terminal when you book — at Gatwick, North versus South is the single most common cause of a delayed handover, and Heathrow's five terminals are far enough apart to matter. Two things are worth saying before you plan around a supercar at an airport. Boot space in a two-seat car is a weekend bag and not much else, so check the luggage capacity against what is coming off the carousel. And the handover still takes about fifteen minutes with a walk round, which is not a thing to do at the kerb of a drop-off zone — which is exactly why we agree the meeting point in advance. ## How does collection work? The same checks in reverse, at an address you choose — and it does not have to be the address the car was delivered to. Delivered to your home at the start of the agreement and collected from an office or a second address at the end of the term is a normal arrangement rather than an exception. Mileage is read against the allowance on the agreement, which is 1,000 miles a month across the fleet. Anything beyond it is charged at that car's excess mileage rate, 95p to £10 a mile depending on the vehicle. Somebody has to be present for collection, the same as for delivery. It cannot be left with a neighbour or a concierge. ## What does delivery cost? Delivery and collection are quoted with your monthly figure, based on the address and the distance, and are on the quote before you agree to anything. It is never added afterwards and it is never discovered at handover. That is the whole cost of getting the car to you and back. The rest of the cost stack — the monthly figure, the refundable deposit, the insurance excess and the mileage allowance — is published on every car's own page. Hidden costs are the fastest way to lose somebody in this business, which is why the full stack is stated before the form rather than after it. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does somebody have to be there when the car is delivered? Yes — the named driver, in person, with their licence. Handover includes identity and licence checks and a joint walk round, so the car cannot be left with a neighbour, a concierge or a colleague. If you cannot make the time you asked for, tell us the day before and we will move it. ### Can the car be collected from a different address? Yes, and it is a common request rather than an exception. Give us both addresses when you enquire so the collection is planned rather than improvised — particularly if the second one has restricted access or is in a controlled zone. ### Is the delivery discreet? Yes. No branding on the vehicle transporting it, no signage at your address, no announcement. If you would rather the handover did not happen outside your house or your office at all, name a quieter spot nearby and we will meet you there instead. ### Do you deliver to Northern Ireland or the islands? Our stated coverage is mainland Britain. Anywhere involving a sea crossing is answered case by case rather than assumed, so send us the address and we will give you a straight answer before you plan around it. ### Can you deliver to a hotel I am staying at? Yes, and it is one of the more common requests. Give us the hotel name as well as the postcode so we can speak to the front desk about where the car will stand and who signs for it if you are still checking in. Most hotel car parks have a height barrier that a covered transporter cannot pass, so the last leg is normally driven. ### What happens if the weather is bad on the delivery day? The delivery happens. What changes is the handover: a walk round in horizontal rain is a worse condition record for both of us, so we will suggest somewhere covered nearby, or a few minutes under the tailgate of the transporter, rather than rushing it and arguing about a mark later. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What happens if you damage a leased supercar? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-happens-if-you-damage-a-hire-supercar Last checked: 2026-10-13 **On any claim the policy covers, you pay the repair up to the insurance excess for that car and no more — £2,000 to £10,000 on our own fleet, and up to £35,000 across the wider catalogue. The refundable security deposit is separate money, held against a card in the hirer's own name. Tell us straight away and arrange nothing yourself.** The clearest answer we can give to the question everybody asks and nobody wants to ask out loud: what a scratch actually costs, what the deposit can be used for, and what happens in the hour after an incident. ## What is the excess, and is it the same as the deposit? No, and conflating the two is how people end up feeling misled. The excess is a liability limit: on a covered claim you pay the repair bill up to it, and above it the insurance pays. You only ever meet it if there is damage. The deposit is money held for the term and given back at the end of the agreement. On our own fleet the excess climbs with the car, £2,000 to £10,000: £2,000 on the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport), £3,000 on the [Mercedes-AMG C 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63) and the [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv), £5,000 on the [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) and the [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition), £7,500 on the [Audi R8 Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) and the [Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus), and £10,000 on the [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante). On our cars the deposit matches the excess exactly; on some partner-sourced vehicles it is higher, and the Aston Martin Valhalla is the extreme with a £50,000 deposit against a £35,000 excess. Both figures are on the car's page before any form. ## Why is the deposit held on a card in the hirer’s own name? Because the person who is licence-checked, named on the agreement and insured to drive has to be the same person the money sits with. A third party's card cannot be used — not a spouse's, not a company card belonging to someone who is not on the lease, not a friend's. It is a simple identity control and it is also a fraud one: a car of this value handed over against somebody else's payment method is the oldest problem in vehicle rental. Where a business is hiring for a director or an employee, say so at the enquiry stage and we set it up that way from the start rather than untangling it at the kerb. Nothing is taken through this website — no deposit, no card details, no payment at any point in the enquiry. ## What can be deducted from the deposit? Four things, and nothing else: miles above the included allowance of 1,000 a month, fuel or charge not replaced, damage up to the insurance excess, and any penalty, toll or congestion charge incurred while the car was with you. The deposit is released once the car is back at the end of the term and checked, and we confirm the release timing in writing when the agreement is confirmed rather than leaving you to guess. It is refundable and it is not a payment towards the monthly figure. If the car comes back as it went out, the deposit comes back whole — which is a much less interesting outcome than the internet suggests, and it is the normal one. ## What counts as damage, and what is fair wear and tear? Road film, brake dust, insect marks and the tyre wear of normal use are wear and tear. A kerbed rim, a cracked windscreen, a scuffed front splitter, a scraped wheel arch or a dented panel are damage. The honest complication is that tyre, wheel, glass and underbody damage are treated differently from one policy to the next — sometimes within the excess, sometimes handled separately — so we set out exactly how they are handled on your agreement before delivery rather than after the event. Stone chips are the grey area people ask about most. A handful of motorway chips picked up at a thousand miles a month is a different conversation from a peppered bonnet, and it is a conversation held against photographs, not memory. ## How does the condition check protect you? The car is photographed at both ends of the agreement, by us and by you, alongside the odometer and the fuel or charge level. Take your own photographs at handover and keep them: it takes two minutes and it is the single most useful thing a hirer can do. Walk the car with whoever delivers it, point at anything you can see, and have it recorded there and then. This is deliberately symmetrical. The same record that lets us identify a new kerb mark is the record that proves an existing one was already there, and we would far rather resolve that at delivery than argue about it at collection. ## What happens after an incident? Five steps. First, make sure everybody is safe — if anyone is hurt or the car is blocking a live carriageway, that is a 999 call before it is anything else. Second, call us before you move the car if you safely can, because recovery of a low car is not a job for a standard flatbed and a strap. Third, photograph everything: the damage, the position of the vehicles, the road, the other registration, the other driver's name and insurer. Do not admit liability at the scene; that is for the insurers, and an apology can complicate a claim you would otherwise have won. Fourth, we open the claim — on a fleet car the vehicle is ours, so the claim is ours to handle and you give us a factual account. Fifth, your liability is settled against the excess. ## When does the excess stop protecting you? When the event is excluded from the policy altogether, which is a different thing from an expensive claim. Excluded: anybody driving who is not named on the lease; circuit, competitive or timed driving of any kind; driving under the influence of drink or drugs; wrong fuel and damage from ignoring a warning light; deliberate damage and use for anything unlawful; and your own belongings left in the car. An exclusion is not a penalty clause with a bigger number attached — if the policy does not cover the event, the excess stops being the ceiling and the liability is the whole cost. That is why an unnamed driver is the one thing we are inflexible about. The full position is at [insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance), and driver criteria are at [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements). ## Frequently asked questions ### What happens if I kerb a wheel? You tell us, and it is assessed against the photographs taken at handover. Wheel, tyre, glass and underbody damage are handled differently from one policy to the next, so the treatment that applies to your lease is written into your agreement before delivery — never presented as a surprise at collection. ### Am I charged for a stone chip picked up on the motorway? A chip or two picked up in normal driving is wear and tear. A bonnet peppered by repeated motorway running is damage. It is judged against the condition photographs from both ends of the agreement rather than anyone's recollection. ### What if another driver hits me and it was their fault? We open the claim and deal with their insurer. If liability is accepted by the other side, you may pay nothing at all. Your exposure is capped at the excess for that vehicle in the meantime, not at the value of the repair. ### Is the deposit taken when I book online? Nothing is taken through this website at any point — no deposit, no card details, no payment. The deposit is held against a card in the hirer's own name at handover, and released once the car is back and checked. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Supercar lease in London: what to know URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-hire-in-london-what-to-know Last checked: 2026-10-13 **The Congestion Charge and ULEZ apply to the vehicle whoever is driving it, so they apply to a leased car in the central zone on the days you drive there. Almost every modern petrol performance car meets the ULEZ standard. We have no London depot: the car is delivered to a street, mews, hotel or car park at a time you set.** The practical London detail: which charges apply and who settles them, where a low, wide car genuinely cannot go, how delivery works when a transporter cannot get in, and what to do about parking it overnight. ## Do the Congestion Charge and ULEZ apply to a leased car? Both schemes apply to the vehicle, whoever happens to be driving it, so a leased car is treated exactly like your own. The Ultra Low Emission Zone is rarely in play for the cars on this site: almost every modern petrol performance car meets the emissions standard. The Congestion Charge is a daily charge for driving in the central zone during its operating hours, and it applies for the days you drive there. We are deliberately not quoting the amount or the hours here — Transport for London sets both, they change, and a stale figure on a web page is worse than none. Check the current rate and hours with TfL before you travel. What we do commit to is telling you before you commit to anything which charges sit with us and which are billed on. ## Who pays a charge or a penalty incurred during the lease? You do, for anything incurred while the car is in your hands. Where we settle a charge on the vehicle's behalf, it is one of exactly four things that can be deducted from the security deposit — the others being miles above the allowance, fuel or charge not replaced, and damage up to the insurance excess. Nothing else comes out of it. Penalty charge notices for parking, bus lanes and box junctions work the same way. The practical advice is duller than the pricing: London enforcement is camera-led and unforgiving, red routes mean what they say, and a supercar is the most photographed object on any street it stands in. ## Where in London can the car be delivered? Anywhere a car can legally stand for ten minutes: a residential street, a Mayfair mews, a hotel forecourt, an office loading bay, a members' club, a private garage. Central deliveries are easiest before 10am or after 7pm, when kerb space exists at all. If you are on a red route or a permit-only street, give us the nearest side road and the handover happens there instead. What governs the window is the address rather than the distance: a Mayfair mews at nine on a weekday morning is a harder ten minutes to find than a Surrey driveway two hours further out. We agree the window with you and a person confirms it before anything is committed. ## Why does delivery beat collecting from a depot? Because we hold no premises in London and never will — the whole model is that the car comes to you. There is no counter, no queue and no branch, and handover happens standing at the car with the walk-round and the photographs done together. There is a practical wrinkle worth knowing: most private and hotel car parks will not admit a covered transporter, so we normally drive the car in on the last leg and agree a street-level meeting point nearby if access is tight. Tell us the barrier height at your car park and we check it against the specific car before the day rather than discovering it on a ramp. ## Where can you genuinely not take a wide, low car? This is the part nobody publishes. Underground car parks are the usual problem: a barrier that clears an ordinary saloon can be marginal for a supercar on lowered suspension with a front splitter, and the ramp into it is often the harder half. Sharp crests, aggressive speed cushions and steep driveway lips are all approach-angle problems rather than height ones. Narrow multi-storey bays are a door-opening problem, and a partner-sourced McLaren's dihedral doors need overhead clearance as well as space beside the car. None of this is a reason to avoid London — it is a reason to tell us where the car is going. Send the barrier height and the car park name when you enquire and we will tell you plainly whether that car fits, or which one does. ## How should you park and secure it? In a secure, attended or gated car park rather than on the street overnight, wherever that is possible. Treat the keys as you would your own: theft where the keys were left with the car is a common exclusion on motor policies generally, and an exclusion removes the excess ceiling entirely rather than raising it. Discretion is a stated policy on our side too — the car arrives without a branded transporter parked outside your office, and handover is a conversation at the kerb, not a performance. If a hotel is handling the parking, tell us at the enquiry stage so the arrangements are agreed with them directly rather than improvised by a valet. ## Is London the right place to lease, given the traffic? Most of the driving will not be in London. It is the Friday run down the A3 or out on the M40, the Cotswolds, a wedding in Surrey — and in between, a car that lives where you park it. On an agreement of three months or more that is the honest trade to weigh: the London part of it costs you in parking and enforcement rather than in miles. Mileage is the number to work backwards from. Every agreement includes 1,000 miles a month: London to the Cotswolds and back is around 200, a fifth of a month gone, and a daily cross-town commute will empty the allowance far faster than the weekends will. Say so at the enquiry stage if you need more, because extra mileage is priced into the quote rather than charged afterwards. Every car here is quoted on request, ours and partner-arranged alike, on a three-month minimum term: one month up front, then one a month. Delivery detail for the city is at [car leasing in London](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/london). ## Frequently asked questions ### Who pays the Congestion Charge on a leased car? You do, for the days you drive in the zone during your lease. Where we settle it on the vehicle's behalf it is deducted from the security deposit. We set out which charges sit with us and which are billed on before you commit, never afterwards. Check the current rate and hours with TfL. ### Do you have a depot in London? No, and we do not plan to. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose — a street, a mews, a hotel, an office or a car park — anywhere in mainland Britain, with collection arranged the same way. ### Can you deliver into an underground or hotel car park? Usually. Most private and hotel car parks will not admit a covered transporter, so we drive the car in on the last leg. Send us the barrier height and the car park name when you enquire and we check it against the specific vehicle before the day. ### Can the car be delivered to Heathrow or Gatwick instead? Yes. Airport handovers are arranged to arrivals or to a nearby agreed point rather than a rental desk, with the timing set against your flight. Ask when you enquire and we will confirm the meeting point in writing. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Can you lease a supercar on a foreign licence in the UK? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/hiring-a-supercar-on-a-foreign-licence Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A non-UK licence is answered case by case rather than yes or no, because the decision belongs to the policy on that car. The checks are the same in every case: that the licence is valid and current, that it has been held long enough for that vehicle, that the endorsement history can be evidenced, and that the driver may drive in Great Britain for the whole term — three months minimum. Send the details when you enquire.** A non-UK licence is not a refusal, but it is not automatic either. What actually gets checked, why the DVLA code cannot be used, and what to send at the enquiry stage so the answer arrives early. ## Is a non-UK licence accepted at all? It is not an automatic no, and it is not an automatic yes either. Leasing on a foreign licence is decided against the policy covering that specific vehicle, so the honest answer is that we confirm it before you plan around it. What we will not do is take the enquiry, take the details, and raise it the day before delivery. If the answer is going to be no, it is worth far more to you at the enquiry stage than at the kerbside. Ask in your first message and name the issuing country. That single line is usually enough for us to tell you which direction the answer is going. ## Why is a foreign licence a different conversation? Because of what a UK licence lets us verify. On a British photocard we ask for a DVLA check code, which shows the endorsement record directly from the licensing record rather than from what the driver tells us. There is no equivalent for most overseas licences. The endorsement history has to be evidenced another way, and that is the part that takes time rather than the licence itself. It matters because every car on this site sets a points tolerance as well as an age and a minimum period of licence held — 109 tolerate up to six points, 6 tolerate three, 1 tolerates none. A criterion that cannot be checked cannot be signed off. ## What gets checked, whatever the licence? Four things, and they are the same tests a UK driver passes: Validity. The licence is current, unexpired and covers the category of vehicle. Entitlement to drive here. The driver is entitled to drive in Great Britain for the whole of the agreement, not only on the day it starts. Over a term of three months or more that is a longer question than it first looks, and it is the one worth raising earliest. Time held. Every car sets a minimum period of full licence held, and across the catalogue that runs from three to ten years. It is measured from when the full licence was issued, not from when you started driving. Endorsement history. Whatever the equivalent of points is in the issuing country, evidenced rather than described. Identity and address are checked as they are for anybody: photo ID and something recent with your address on it. The [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) page sets out the full document list. ## What should you send at the enquiry stage? The issuing country, the date the full licence was issued, and whether there are any endorsements or convictions on it. Add the start date you want and the car or category, and that is enough to get a real answer moving. Send it in the enquiry rather than waiting to be asked. The gap between "we will check" and "yes, on this car" is entirely made of information we do not have yet, and every hour of it is an hour where somebody else could book the car. If you also hold a UK licence, say so — that usually simplifies the whole conversation. ## Does a foreign licence change the car you can lease? It can, and not in the way people expect. The constraint is rarely the badge — it is the combination of the licence, the time held and the endorsement record against the criteria for that specific vehicle. Those criteria climb steeply with the car. Age runs from 25 to 32 across the catalogue and licence held from three to ten years, and the fastest cars sit at the top of both ranges. A driver whose evidence is thinner will find the accessible end of the catalogue opens first: 44 cars are available at 25. So the useful question is not "do you accept my licence" but "which cars can be signed off for this driver, on a three-month term or longer, from this start date". That is the question we answer. ## What about an International Driving Permit? An International Driving Permit is a translation of a licence rather than a licence in its own right, and it does not replace the underlying document or the checks above. Where one is relevant it accompanies the licence rather than standing in for it. The same principle applies to a photograph of a licence, an app, a digital wallet or an expired card with a renewal receipt. What is checked is the current, valid licence itself, seen at handover as well as in advance. If your licence is being renewed or replaced during the term, tell us early. It is a solvable problem three weeks out and an unsolvable one on the morning. ## Is it different on a partner-sourced car? Yes, and it is worth knowing which you are looking at. Most of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners, and on those the driver criteria are set by whoever holds the vehicle rather than by us. We confirm them with you in writing rather than assuming they match ours. That is also why a sourced car carries no published monthly figure — it is quoted on request once the car is confirmed — and why it needs more notice. On a car in our own fleet the answer is ours to give. [See our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet). ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I use a DVLA check code with a non-UK licence? No. The check code service reads the DVLA record, so it only exists for licences the DVLA holds. On a non-UK licence the endorsement history has to be evidenced another way, which is the part worth starting early. ### I have lived here for years on my original licence. Does that help? It is relevant and worth telling us, along with how long you have held the licence and whether you have exchanged it. What matters to the check is the document you will actually present at handover and what can be evidenced about its history. ### Can somebody with a UK licence lease it and let me drive? No. Only drivers named on the lease and accepted for that vehicle are insured, and every named driver has to pass the criteria in their own right. Driving a car leased in somebody else’s name makes you an uninsured driver, with the value of the car at stake rather than the excess. ### Can I be added as a second driver on a foreign licence? Possibly, and it is checked exactly as a first driver would be — in advance, against that vehicle’s own criteria. Nobody is added at the roadside, whatever licence they hold. ### Will you tell me before I book, or after? Before. The whole point of raising it in the enquiry is that you get the answer while there is still time to choose a different car or a different date. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What happens when the car is handed over to you URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-happens-at-handover Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Handover takes about fifteen minutes, standing at the car, at the address you chose, on the day the agreement starts. The named driver’s licence and identity are checked, the car is walked round and photographed by both sides, fuel or charge and mileage are recorded, the agreement is signed, and the driver runs you through the car’s controls. Nothing is paid at the door beyond what was agreed in writing.** The handover is the part of a lease people remember and the part that protects both sides afterwards. What happens in it, what to bring, what to photograph, and what to ask before the driver leaves. ## What happens, in order? Licence and identity. The named driver’s physical licence, the DVLA check code and the documents named when the agreement was confirmed. Any additional driver is checked at the same time. The walk round. Every panel, both bumpers, all four wheels, the glass and the interior, photographed by us and by you. Fuel or charge, and mileage. Both recorded, and both recorded again at collection. The agreement. Signed at the car, having been sent to you in advance rather than produced at the kerb with an engine running behind you. The run through the car. The nose lift, the drive modes, the roof, the parking sensors, where the filler or charge flap is, and what that particular car does not like. Then you get a number that reaches a person for the whole term, and the driver leaves. ## Why does it take fifteen minutes? Because it is the only part of an agreement that cannot be done later, and everything that follows for the rest of the term is measured against it. Every dispute that ever happens in this business is a dispute about the condition of a car at a moment nobody recorded properly. Fifteen minutes of photographs at the kerb is what makes the difference between "there is a mark on the nearside sill" and "there is a mark on the nearside sill that was there at handover, here it is". It protects you far more than it protects us, because we are the ones with the repair invoice. It is also the only chance to ask about the car while somebody who knows it is standing next to you. Five minutes on the nose lift and the drive modes saves a phone call from a slip road. ## What do you need to have with you? Five things, all of them named in writing when the agreement is confirmed, and none of them fixable at the kerb. The named driver, in person. Not a colleague, not a partner, not whoever is free that morning. The physical licence and a DVLA check code, plus the same for any additional driver. Photo ID and proof of address. The payment card in the hirer’s own name, for the security deposit. Deposits run from £1,500 to £50,000, so it needs to be a card that can actually take the hold. Somewhere the car can legally stand for ten minutes, agreed with us beforehand. The full list is on [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements), and we send it again with the confirmation. ## What should you photograph yourself? All of it, and keep the photographs until the deposit is back. Take your own even though we are taking ours — it costs two minutes and it is the single most useful thing a hirer can do. Get the four corners, both sills, all four wheel faces, the front splitter from low down, the windscreen, and the interior including the seat bolsters. Photograph the odometer and the fuel or charge display. If anything is already marked, point at it and have it recorded there and then rather than mentioning it afterwards. The record is deliberately symmetrical. The same photographs that let us identify a new kerb mark are the ones that prove an existing mark was already there. ## What is worth asking before the driver leaves? Six questions, and none of them is an imposition: How does the nose lift work, and where does it need to be used on a car this low? Which drive mode should it be in for a cold start and a first mile? What fuel does it take, and is there anything it will not tolerate? Where is the charge flap or filler, and how does it release? What is the first warning light I should stop for rather than drive on with? Who do I call, and does that number reach a person at nine on a Sunday evening? The last one matters more than the rest combined. A lease where nobody answers is a different product from a lease where somebody does. ## Is anything paid at handover? Nothing beyond what was agreed in writing before the day. No payment is taken through this website at any point — no card details, no deposit, no monthly figure — and the security deposit is arranged with a person before delivery rather than produced as a surprise at the kerb. That is the whole reason the cost stack is published before the form rather than after it. The monthly figure and its three-month minimum term, the one month up front, delivery and collection, the refundable deposit, the insurance excess and the 1,000-mile monthly allowance are all on the car's page and on your quote. If a figure appears at handover that was not on the quote, something has gone wrong at our end. It should not happen, and it is not something you should have to argue about standing on a pavement. ## How is collection different? It is the same sequence in reverse at the end of the term, from an address you choose — and it does not have to be the address the car was delivered to. Delivered to a house at the start and collected from an office at the end of the term is an ordinary arrangement. We repeat the walk round and the photographs, and record the fuel or charge and the mileage, which is read against the 1,000 miles a month the agreement includes. Where everything matches, the deposit is released on the timing given to you in writing. Where it does not, you already know why, because you were standing next to the car when we looked at it. Somebody has to be present, exactly as at delivery. The car cannot be left with a neighbour, a concierge or a colleague. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can the car be dropped off without me there? No. The handover includes an identity and licence check on the named driver and a joint walk round, so it needs the person who is going to drive it. If the time no longer works, tell us the day before and we will move it. ### What if I find a mark after the driver has gone? Photograph it and tell us the same day rather than at collection. A mark reported straight away against a set of handover photographs is a conversation; the same mark raised three days later is a much harder one for both of us. ### Can somebody else be there instead of me? They can be there with you, but the named driver has to be present in person with their licence. Nobody signs on somebody else’s behalf and nobody is added to the agreement at the kerb. ### What if it is raining? The delivery still happens. What changes is where the walk round is done — a condition record made in horizontal rain serves neither of us, so we will suggest somewhere covered nearby rather than rushing it and arguing about a mark later. ### How long does collection take? Less than the handover, because the agreement and the checks are already done. It is the walk round, the photographs, and the fuel and mileage readings. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Supercar lease deposits: what is held, and when it comes back URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-hire-deposits-explained Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A refundable security deposit is held for the term of the agreement, separately from the monthly payments, against a card in the hirer’s own name. It runs from £1,500 to £50,000 depending on the car, and from £2,000 to £10,000 on the cars in our own fleet. It is not a payment towards the monthly figure, it is not the insurance excess, and nothing is taken through this website.** The refundable security deposit is the biggest number most people meet in this process and the least explained. What it is for, what it is not, what can come out of it, and how to make sure it comes back whole. ## What is the deposit for? It is security held against the car for the three months or more it is with you, and it exists so that the things that can go wrong have somewhere to be settled from without a difficult conversation about payment afterwards. It is not a booking fee, it is not one of the monthly payments, and it is not revenue. If the car comes back as it went out, the whole deposit comes back — which is the normal outcome and a far less interesting story than the internet suggests. The amount is set per vehicle, published on that car's page, and repeated on your quote. It is stated before there is any form to fill in, because a deposit discovered late is the fastest way to lose somebody's trust in this business. ## How much is it, and why does it vary so much? From £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue, and from £2,000 to £10,000 on the cars we own. The spread follows the value of the car and what it costs to put right, not a view about the customer. Our [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) holds £2,000; the [Mercedes-AMG C 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63) and the [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) hold £3,000; the [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) holds £10,000. At the top of the partner-sourced catalogue the Aston Martin Valhalla holds £50,000. That top figure is worth looking at properly before you fall in love with a car. A hold of £50,000 needs a card that will actually take it, and finding out at the kerb is nobody's idea of a good morning. ## Is the deposit the same as the insurance excess? No, and conflating the two is how people end up feeling misled. The excess is a liability limit: on a claim the policy covers, you pay the repair bill up to it and the insurer pays above it. You only ever meet it if something is actually damaged. Across the catalogue it runs from £1,500 to £35,000, and from £2,000 to £10,000 on our own cars. The deposit is money held and given back. On every car in our own fleet the two figures happen to match exactly. On some sourced cars they part company — the Valhalla again, with a £50,000 deposit against a £35,000 excess. Where they differ, both numbers are on the car's page. [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) explains the excess side in full. ## Why must the card be in the hirer’s own name? Because the person who is licence-checked, named on the agreement and insured to drive has to be the same person the money sits with. A third party's card cannot be used: not a spouse's, not a parent's, not a company card belonging to somebody who is not on the lease. It is an identity control and a fraud control at the same time — a car of this value handed over against somebody else's payment method is the oldest problem in vehicle rental. Where a business is hiring for a director or an employee, say so at the enquiry stage and it is set up that way from the start. The invoice goes to the company; the deposit still sits with the named hirer. [Business leasing](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/business) covers that arrangement. ## What can be deducted from it? Four things, and nothing else: Miles above the 1,000 a month the agreement includes, at that car's published per-mile rate — 95p to £10 a mile depending on the vehicle. Fuel or charge not replaced. Damage, up to the insurance excess for that car. Any penalty, toll or congestion charge incurred while the car was with you, plus the administration of handling it. There is no cleaning fee for a car that has been driven, no charge invented at the end of the term, and no line item that was not explained before you signed. If something is deducted, you will already know why, because it will have been discussed at the car. ## When does it come back? Once the car is back at the end of the term, checked, and anything owed is settled. We confirm the release timing in writing when the agreement is confirmed rather than leaving you to guess at it. The check is the collection walk round: the same photographs, the same odometer and fuel readings, done with you present. Where everything matches, there is nothing to hold the release up. What slows a release down is almost always a question rather than a dispute — a mark that needs a second look, a charge notice that has not landed yet. We would rather tell you that is happening than let a silence do it. ## How do you get it all back? Five things, in rough order of how often they matter: Watch the mileage. It is the most common deduction by a distance, and it is entirely predictable — work your real monthly mileage out against the 1,000 included before you choose the car, not in the last month of the term. Bring the fuel or charge back as it went out. Both are recorded at both ends. Photograph everything at handover. Your own photographs, kept until the deposit is back. Deal with charges as you go. A congestion charge paid by you at the time is simpler than one recovered from the deposit at the end of the term. Say something the same day. A kerbed rim reported the afternoon it happens is a much better conversation than the same rim found at collection. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the deposit taken when I enquire or book online? No. Nothing is taken through this website at any point — no deposit, no card details, no payment. It is arranged with a person before delivery, once the vehicle, the dates and the driver have been confirmed with you. ### Can I pay a larger deposit to lease a car I am too young for? No. The minimum age on a car’s page is an insurance condition rather than a commercial one, so it is not something money moves. What we can do is tell you which cars you can lease — 44 of the catalogue are available at 25. ### Does the deposit count towards the monthly payments? No. It is held separately and returned separately. The monthly figure is its own number, and the two are never netted off against each other. ### What if my card limit will not take the hold? Tell us at the enquiry stage. A card that cannot take the hold is the single most common reason a delivery does not go ahead, and it is completely avoidable with a week’s notice. It may also point you at a car with a smaller deposit. ### Is the deposit different on a partner-sourced car? The figure is set by whoever holds the vehicle, and it can be considerably higher than on our own cars. It is published on that car’s page as a guide and confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Supercar, grand tourer or prestige SUV — which should you lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-grand-tourer-or-suv-which-to-hire Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Take a supercar if the car itself is the point and two seats are enough for the whole term. A grand tourer if you cover distance and carry luggage. A prestige SUV if other people, a dress or a British B-road are involved. A convertible if the weather and the noise matter most. Over three months or more, seats, boot and the excess-mileage rate decide it more often than the badge.** Most people arrive wanting a supercar, and the shape that suits a lease of three months or more is often a different one. A comparison of the four shapes we lease, against what the term actually asks of a car. ## What are the differences that matter? Not the ones the brochures lead on. Across an agreement of three months or more, four things decide whether the car was the right choice: how many people get in it, what goes in the boot, what a mile beyond the allowance costs, and how much deposit and excess you are carrying for the length of it. The four shapes compared on the things that decide an agreement of three months or more SupercarGrand tourerPrestige SUVConvertible SeatsTwoFour, often 2+2Five, sometimes sevenTwo or four LuggageA soft bagA weekend, properlyAnythingLess with the roof down Included mileage1,000 miles a month, on every car and every agreement Miles beyond itThe dearest per mileMiddlingThe cheapestMiddling Deposit and excessThe highestMiddlingThe lowestMiddling Minimum driver age28 and above, mostly 30MixedFrom 25Mixed In our own fleetNone — all partner-sourcedNone — all partner-sourcedMost of what we ownOne, the Audi R8 Spyder That last row is worth reading twice, because it is the row nobody else in this sector publishes. ## When is a supercar the right answer? When the car itself is the point, and you want it on the drive every morning rather than for one occasion. Over three months or more that is a bigger decision than it looks: this is the car you will do the supermarket run in as well as the A-road on a Sunday. The trade is real and it is not about money. Two seats, a boot that takes a soft bag, a sill you climb over rather than step through, the dearest excess-mileage rates in the catalogue and the highest deposits and excesses with them. Every supercar we list is arranged through a vetted partner rather than owned by us, so none of them carries a published monthly figure — they are quoted on request. They are also the hardest cars to lease on age: every one asks 28 or above and most ask 30, with the longest licence-held requirements attached. ## When is a grand tourer the better car? When you actually cover distance. Proper roads at the weekend, long runs to a hotel, two people and luggage that is not a compromise — and a car that is still bearable on a wet Tuesday morning. A grand tourer gives you four seats — often 2+2 rather than four adults — a usable boot, and the ability to cover 300 miles without arriving broken. On a British B-road in November it is a far better car than a mid-engined one, and it is usually the more sensible answer once the term is described rather than imagined. Every grand tourer we list is partner-sourced, so there is no published monthly figure and the car is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed. Give that more room than you would give one of ours. ## When is a prestige SUV the right choice? More often than people expect, and it is where most of our own fleet sits — the [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv), the [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s), the [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition), the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) and both [Lamborghini Urus](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) among them. It is the answer whenever other people are involved: a wedding with a dress, a family, a client, a golf bag, a dog, a gravel drive, a Scottish single-track lane in weather. Five seats, a boot, upright doors, and a seat you sit down into rather than lower yourself towards. It is also the most forgiving on the numbers. Every agreement carries the same 1,000 miles a month, but the cheapest excess-mileage rates in our own fleet are here and on the saloon — our cars run £1.25 to £3.50 a mile beyond the allowance — and so are the lowest deposits and excesses, from £2,000 on the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport). ## And a convertible? When the weather, the photographs or the noise are the point. An open car changes a drive more than an extra hundred horsepower does, and it changes a photograph completely. The honest counterweights are British, and three months is long enough to feel all of them: the roof will be up more often than it is down, boot space shrinks with it folded, and an open car parked in a city is a more exposed proposition than a coupé. Modern folding hard tops handle rain properly, so a shower is an inconvenience rather than a ruined day. In our own fleet the open car is the [Audi R8 Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) — mid-engined, naturally aspirated, and the only one of its kind we own. The rest of the open cars in the catalogue are partner-sourced. ## What if you genuinely cannot decide? Describe the term rather than the car. Tell us who is getting in it, roughly how far it goes in a normal month, and what has to fit in the boot, and the shortlist writes itself. That is a better conversation than a filter, because the constraints that decide it — a dress, a gravel drive, a 400-mile Saturday, a barrier height at the car park you use every day — are not fields on a form. Every car's page carries its own seats, monthly figure, deposit, excess, mileage allowance and per-mile rate before there is anything to fill in, so you can also do it yourself. [Browse the catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars), or start with [the cars we own](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet). ## Frequently asked questions ### Which type is cheapest if you go over the mileage? The prestige SUVs and the saloons. Every agreement includes the same 1,000 miles a month whatever the car, so what separates them is the charge beyond it: across the catalogue that runs 95p to £10 a mile, with the supercars at the top of it and the four and five-seat cars at the bottom. ### Which is easiest to lease if I am under 30? A prestige SUV, a performance saloon or a sports car. 44 cars are available at 25, and every one of them is a saloon, an SUV, a sports car, a grand tourer or a convertible rather than a mid-engined supercar. ### Do you own any supercars? Not in the segment sense — every car we class as a supercar is arranged through a vetted partner, which is why none of them shows a monthly figure. The mid-engined car in our own fleet is the Audi R8 Spyder, which we list as a convertible because the roof is the point of it. ### Can I have more than one car at a time? Yes. Each car runs on its own agreement with its own minimum term, monthly figure, deposit and mileage allowance, and they do not have to start on the same day. Tell us both when you enquire so the deliveries are planned as one job rather than two. ### Which type is cheapest? Every monthly figure is quoted on request rather than published, on a three-month minimum term. A car we own is ours to confirm and we carry the risk on it; a partner-arranged car is confirmed by whoever holds it. In both cases the monthly figure is only part of it: check the deposit, the excess and the per-mile rate, all of which are published on every vehicle page, before comparing two cars on the headline number. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What is the 1.5 rule when leasing a car? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/the-1-5-rule-when-leasing-a-car Last checked: 2026-10-13 **The 1.5 rule is a rule of thumb: a car lease is priced sensibly if the monthly payment is no more than 1.5 per cent of the vehicle’s list price. At a list price of one hundred thousand pounds, that caps the payment at fifteen hundred pounds a month. It is folklore, not regulation.** A rule of thumb that a lease payment should not exceed 1.5 per cent of the car’s list price — explained, worked through, and tested against the cases where it breaks. ## What does the 1.5 rule say? Take the car’s list price. Multiply it by 0.015. If the monthly lease payment is at or below that figure, the rule says the deal is reasonable. If it is above, the rule says look harder. That is the whole of it. There is no second clause, no adjustment for the length of the agreement, no allowance for what is included in the payment. It is a single ratio between two numbers, and its appeal is precisely that you can do it on a phone while somebody is talking. The 1.5 version is the loosest of a family. The same folklore circulates as a 1 per cent rule, treated as the mark of a genuinely good deal, and a 1.25 per cent rule sitting between the two. In the version most often quoted, 1 per cent is excellent, 1.25 per cent is good, and 1.5 per cent is the ceiling above which you should ask why. ## How do you do the sum? Four list prices, and the monthly ceiling each version of the rule produces. Every figure below is illustrative arithmetic rather than a price anyone is quoting. Monthly payment ceilings produced by the 1, 1.25 and 1.5 per cent rules at four illustrative list prices List price (£)1% (£)1.25% (£)1.5% (£) 50,000500625750 100,0001,0001,2501,500 150,0001,5001,8752,250 250,0002,5003,1253,750 Run it backwards and it becomes more useful. Divide the monthly payment by the list price, multiply by a hundred, and you have the percentage the agreement is actually running at. That number is comparable across different cars in a way a monthly figure is not, which is the one thing the rule is genuinely good for. ## Where does the 1.5 rule come from? Nobody can point to who wrote it down first. It appears in buying guides and forum posts rather than in any agreement, any lender’s underwriting criteria or any trade body’s published standard, and you will not find it named in a lease contract. Its shape gives away its origin. A test expressed as a percentage of list price assumes a market where list price is the number everyone starts from, and where discounting is modest and broadly consistent. That describes a mainstream retail lease far better than it describes the prestige end of the market. Treat it the way you would treat any heuristic with no author: useful as a first sort, worthless as a verdict. It cannot tell you whether an agreement is good. It can tell you that two agreements on very different cars are, or are not, priced in the same neighbourhood — and that is a real use. ## What is the rule really measuring? Underneath, a lease payment is mostly one thing: the value the car loses while you have it, spread across the months you have it for. Add the cost of the money and anything else bundled into the payment, and that is your monthly figure. So the ratio the rule computes is, roughly, how fast the car is expected to lose value relative to what it cost, adjusted for how long you are keeping it. A car that holds its value well over a long agreement produces a low percentage. A car that depreciates steeply, or that is held for a short period, produces a high one. Read that way, the rule stops being arbitrary. A figure above 1.5 per cent is not evidence of overcharging. It is evidence that the months you are buying are expensive months — usually because they are early ones, and depreciation is front-loaded. ## When does the 1.5 rule apply? It works best where all of the following hold, and it is the last of them people forget. The agreement is long — two or three years, so early depreciation is averaged across many payments. The car is mainstream, with a settled, well-evidenced residual value. The list price is a real reference point rather than a starting position nobody pays. You are comparing two quotes that match on term, mileage and what is included. If they do not match, the percentage is comparing two different products. Where those hold, running the percentage across a shortlist is a quick and honest way of spotting the outlier. Where they do not, the rule will confidently point you at the wrong car. ## When does it stop working? On short agreements, first and worst. The shorter the term, the larger the share of steep early depreciation each payment has to carry, and the higher the percentage climbs — for reasons that have nothing to do with whether the price is fair. On performance and prestige cars, second. List prices at this end move with options to a degree that makes a percentage of list a soft number, and residual values are far more individual than they are on a family hatchback. On all-in agreements, third. If one payment covers delivery to your door and another covers collection from a site an hour away, the two percentages are not describing the same thing. The rule has no way to see a difference it cannot price. And on any comparison where the mileage allowances differ. Miles are bought inside the monthly figure, so a quote with a bigger allowance carries a higher percentage while being, for a driver who needs those miles, the cheaper agreement. ## What does it say about a short prestige lease? That the percentage will read high, and that this is arithmetic rather than a markup. Every agreement here runs on a three-month minimum term — one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. The opening months are the steepest part of a prestige car’s depreciation curve, and a short agreement has very few of them to spread it across. A car kept for three years spreads that same early loss across thirty-six. You can run the sum yourself once you have a figure, and on a car from [our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) that figure is confirmed on enquiry. What you should not do is compare the result with a three-year contract-lease quote and conclude that one of them is mispriced. You are comparing the earliest months of a car’s life with thirty-six averaged ones. ## What to check instead of a percentage Four numbers, and between them they answer the question the percentage is standing in for. Total across the minimum term. The monthly figure multiplied by the term. The initial payment is the first of those months rather than an addition to them, so the profile does not change the total. What the payment includes. Delivery, collection, the mileage allowance, anything else. Two quotes rarely include the same set. The mileage allowance, against your real mileage. Buying miles inside the quote is cheaper than buying them afterwards. What leaving early costs. The number nobody asks for at the start and everybody wants at month four. Those four are comparable between suppliers. A percentage of list price is not, unless everything else already matches — in which case you did not need it. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do UK leasing companies use the 1.5 rule? Not as a pricing method. A lease is priced off the vehicle’s cost, its expected value at the end of the term, the length of the agreement, the mileage and the cost of the money. The percentage is something a buyer computes afterwards, not something a lender works to. ### Should the sum use list price or the price paid for the car? The rule as it circulates uses list price, which is also its weakest point. Where a car is routinely discounted, list price flatters the ratio; where it is not, it does not. If you know the real transaction price, that version of the sum tells you more. ### Does a higher percentage mean I am being overcharged? No. It usually means the months you are buying are expensive months — a short term, an early-life car, or a great deal included in the payment. Overcharging shows up when two genuinely comparable quotes on the same car differ, not when one ratio sits above a number from a forum. ### Is there an equivalent rule for the initial payment? None with any currency. Initial payments are quoted as a multiple of the monthly figure rather than as a percentage of anything, which is why the trade writes them as profiles — 1+2, 6+23, 9+23. The multiple is the number to compare. ### Can I apply the rule to a car you would source for me? You can once there is a figure to apply it to. Every car on this site is quoted rather than listed, so the monthly figure arrives with the quote. On a car arranged through a vetted partner that figure comes back from the partner; on a car in our own fleet it is ours to confirm, which is why it comes back faster and firmer. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What is the 1.25% rule of leasing? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/the-1-25-percent-rule-of-leasing Last checked: 2026-10-13 **The 1.25% rule says a lease is well priced when the monthly payment is no more than 1.25 per cent of the car’s list price — a tighter version of the 1.5 rule. It screens a single ratio, and it cannot see the term, the initial payment, the mileage allowance or what the payment includes.** The stricter cousin of the 1.5 rule: what the percentage is made of, why two agreements can share a ratio and be nothing alike, and the four numbers to compare instead. ## What is the 1.25% rule? Divide the monthly payment by the car’s list price. If the answer is 1.25 per cent or less, the rule says the agreement is good value. At a list price of eighty thousand pounds that is a thousand pounds a month; at a hundred and sixty thousand, two thousand. It is the middle rung of a three-rung ladder that circulates as leasing folklore: 1 per cent for an unusually good deal, 1.25 per cent for a good one, 1.5 per cent as the ceiling. The arithmetic and the origins of the family are set out in [the guide to the 1.5 rule](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/the-1-5-rule-when-leasing-a-car). This page is about something else: what that single number is built from, and the four large facts it is structurally incapable of noticing. ## Can two agreements share a ratio and be nothing alike? Easily. Both of these sit at exactly 1.25 per cent of the same list price. Two agreements with an identical monthly-payment-to-list-price ratio, compared on the terms the ratio cannot see Agreement AAgreement B Ratio to list price1.25%1.25% Term36 months3 months Paid before the car arrivesNine months’ worthOne month’s worth Mileage included8,000 miles a year — about 670 a month1,000 miles a month Getting the car to youCollect it yourselfDelivered to your address Committed toThree yearsThree months The ratio says these are the same deal. They are not remotely the same deal, and which one is better depends entirely on facts about you that the ratio never asked for. ## What is the percentage made of? Three ingredients, in roughly this order of size. The largest is depreciation: what the car is expected to be worth at the end of the term, subtracted from what it is worth now, divided by the months in between. The second is the cost of the money tied up in the vehicle for that period. The third is whatever else has been folded into the payment — delivery, collection, an allowance of miles, anything the supplier is absorbing. Only the first two have anything to do with the car. The third is a bundling decision, and it is why two suppliers quoting the same vehicle can produce percentages that differ by a third without either of them being out of line. A ratio that adds all three together and divides by list price cannot tell you which of the three moved. ## What are the four things the ratio cannot see? Term is the first and the biggest. Depreciation is front-loaded, so the first six months of a car’s life cost far more per month than the thirtieth to thirty-sixth. A short agreement will always show a higher percentage than a long one on the same car, and that is not a pricing signal. The initial payment is the second. A profile with nine months up front reduces the monthly figure, and therefore the percentage, without reducing the money. The ratio rewards paying earlier. The mileage allowance is the third. Miles cost money whether you buy them in the quote or afterwards, and a bigger allowance raises the monthly figure. On this test, the quote that will cost you less overall looks worse. What is included is the fourth. Delivery to your door is a real cost being carried by someone. If it sits inside the payment the percentage rises; if it is invoiced separately the percentage falls and the total does not. ## Does the rule survive being imported from another market? Not cleanly. The rule circulates in a form that assumes the monthly figure and the list price are quoted on the same basis, and in the UK a personal lease is quoted with VAT included. A figure taken from a market that quotes before tax is a smaller number over the same car, so the percentage it produces is not comparable with a British one. Comparing a UK quote against an imported benchmark therefore makes the UK quote look worse than it is, for reasons that have nothing to do with the agreement in front of you. The fix is not to adjust the benchmark. It is to stop using a benchmark from another market at all, and compare UK quotes with UK quotes, on the same basis, over the same term. ## Why does a short prestige lease read high on this test? Because every factor above points the same way at once. The minimum term is three months, which sits in the steepest part of the curve. The cars are expensive and depreciate in absolute terms accordingly. The payment includes 1,000 miles a month and delivery to an address you choose in mainland Britain, and it carries a minimum term you can realistically reach the end of. Run the 1.25 per cent test against a supercar’s list price and it will fail, comprehensively. Run the honest test — what does this car cost me for the months I want it, all in, and what does it include — and you get an answer to a question you actually have. ## What is a better test? Four numbers, and they work across suppliers because they are facts rather than ratios. Take the [BMW X5](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport). The minimum term is three months, so the total across the term is the monthly figure three times over, with the first of those three paid up front. The allowance is 1,000 miles a month, which is 3,000 miles across those three months. Divide the one by the other and you have the cost of a mile of included motoring, before you have compared anything to anything. Now run the same four numbers on whatever you are weighing it against — total across the term, what is included, miles included, and what it costs to leave early. If one of the four is missing from a quote, that absence is the finding. A supplier who will not put the early-exit cost in writing has told you something the percentage never could. ## So is the rule worth anything at all? As a sorting tool, yes. If you are looking at a shortlist of similar cars on identical terms from the same supplier, the percentage will surface the odd one out faster than reading the quotes will. As a verdict, no. It has no view on whether the term suits you, whether the mileage is enough, what happens if your circumstances change, or whether the car arrives at your door or waits at a compound. Those are the things that decide whether an agreement was a good idea, and not one of them appears in the sum. Use it to raise a question. Do not use it to answer one. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is 1.25 per cent good, or just average? In the version that circulates it is the “good deal” rung, with 1 per cent above it and 1.5 per cent as the ceiling. None of the three thresholds comes from a source you can check, so treat the ladder as a rough ordering rather than as grades. ### Does the initial payment go into the sum? Not in the rule as it is normally stated, which is one of its blind spots. A profile with more months up front lowers the monthly figure and improves the ratio while the total goes up. Compare initial payments as multiples of the monthly figure instead. ### Does the rule work on a used or ex-demonstrator car? Poorly. The sum needs a list price, and a car that is no longer new does not have one in the sense the rule assumes. Using the original list price understates the ratio; using the current value changes what you are measuring. Compare totals rather than percentages. ### Where do I find a car’s list price? The manufacturer publishes it, and for a specific car it is the list price of that specification rather than of the base model. On performance and prestige cars options move the figure substantially, which is part of why a percentage of list is a softer number here than elsewhere. ### Do you price your leases to hit a percentage? No. A monthly figure here reflects the vehicle, the three-month minimum term, the 1,000-mile monthly allowance and delivery to your address. On a car in our own fleet that figure is ours to confirm on enquiry; a car arranged through a partner is quoted on request, because we will not print a price nobody has confirmed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How does car leasing work in the UK, start to finish? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-car-leasing-works-in-the-uk Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Leasing is long-term hire. You choose a car and a term, agree a mileage allowance, pass a credit check, sign an agreement, pay an initial payment and then a fixed amount each month. The car stays registered to its owner. At the end you hand it back — you never own it.** The full sequence of a UK car lease in the order it happens, from choosing a term to handing the car back, and what you are responsible for at each stage. ## What is a car lease, in plain terms? You are paying for the use of a car for an agreed period, not for the car. Somebody else owns it throughout, and at the end of the agreement it goes back to them. That single fact explains nearly everything else about how leasing behaves. You do not build equity, so there is nothing to sell at the end and nothing to negotiate about. Because the owner gets the car back, they care about its condition and its mileage, which is why both are written into the agreement. And because you never take title, the payments buy months rather than a share of an asset. The trade calls the personal version contract hire, and the business version contract hire too. The name is literal: it is hire, on a contract, over a period long enough that it behaves nothing like a rental. ## Step one: choosing the car, the term and the mileage Three decisions, and they interact. The car sets the cost of the depreciation. The term sets how many months that cost is spread across. The mileage allowance sets how hard the car is worked and therefore what it is worth at the end. Change any one and the monthly figure moves. A longer term usually lowers it, because the expensive early months are averaged with cheaper later ones. A bigger mileage allowance raises it. On this site those three are largely settled before you start. Every agreement runs on a three-month minimum term with 1,000 miles a month included, which leaves the car as the decision you are actually making. Cars in [our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) publish a monthly figure; the rest of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners and is quoted on request. ## Step two: the quote, and what has to be in it A quote that only tells you the monthly figure has told you a fraction of the deal. Before you go any further, you want six things in writing. The monthly figure, and whether it includes VAT. The minimum term the figure is quoted on. A price without its term is half a sentence. The initial payment, expressed as a multiple of the monthly figure. The mileage allowance, and the charge for miles beyond it. Any refundable deposit, and any insurance excess that applies. What it costs to end the agreement early. On this site the first five are published on each car’s page before any form appears, rather than arriving after you have handed over your details. ## Step three: the credit check and the agreement Leasing is a credit product, because the owner is handing over an expensive asset in exchange for a promise of payments over time. So there is a check, and it is run on the person or the company that will be named on the agreement. What is being assessed is whether the payments are affordable and whether the history suggests they will be made. The detail — quotation searches, full application searches, what a business application adds — is in [the guide to credit checks on a car lease](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/credit-checks-on-a-car-lease). The agreement itself arrives after that. Read the mileage clause, the condition standard and the early termination clause before you sign anything, because those three decide what the agreement costs you if your circumstances change. ## Step four: the initial payment Almost every lease starts with a payment larger than the ones that follow. It is rent paid in advance, not a deposit, and it is not refundable — a distinction that catches people out often enough to have [a guide of its own](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/initial-payment-vs-deposit-on-a-car-lease). It is quoted as a multiple of the monthly figure, which is why the trade writes payment profiles as two numbers: the months paid at the start, then the months that follow, and the two add up to the term. A 9+23 profile means nine months up front and twenty-three after it. Ours is the smallest first payment the structure allows. On the three-month minimum it is 1+2 — one month up front, then two monthly payments — and on a longer term the second number simply grows: 1+11 over twelve months, 1+23 over twenty-four. The first number does not change. A larger multiple lowers the monthly figure without lowering the total by much. Choosing a profile is mostly a question of when you want the money to leave, not how much of it leaves. ## Step five: getting the car In mainstream leasing the car is usually delivered by a transport company on behalf of the funder, and you will often never meet anyone from the company you signed with. Here it is delivered to an address you choose in mainland Britain — Northern Ireland is not served — and there are no depots or counters to visit. Handover is a joint walk round, a look at the physical licence, and the documented condition of the car at the moment it becomes your responsibility. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out the sequence. Whatever the arrangement, the condition report taken at handover is the document that matters later. Photograph what you are signing, and keep it. ## Step six: the months in between The monthly payment goes out on a fixed date. The mileage clock runs whether you drive the car or not — an allowance accrues with the term, and unused miles are not a budget you can defer. Servicing, maintenance and roadside assistance are sometimes bundled into a lease and sometimes not, and the only reliable way to know is to read what your agreement says rather than assume the industry norm. The same applies to tyres, which are the item most often excluded from a maintenance package. Insurance is the other standing obligation, and it works differently on a lease from the way it works on a car you own — the owner has an interest in the vehicle and that has to be reflected. [Who insures a leased car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/who-insures-a-leased-car) covers it. ## Step seven: the end of the agreement The car is collected, inspected against a fair wear and tear standard, and the mileage is read. Damage beyond fair wear is charged; miles beyond the allowance are charged at the rate in the agreement. Then it is over. There is no balloon payment, no option to purchase and nothing to settle, because you were never buying the car. That is the cleanest thing about leasing and the thing that most often surprises people arriving from PCP. [What happens at the end of a car lease](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-happens-at-the-end-of-a-car-lease) takes the hand-back in detail, including what counts as fair wear and how a charge is disputed. ## What leasing is not It is not hire purchase, where the payments are buying the car and the last one transfers ownership. It is not PCP, where a deferred lump sum sits at the end and you choose whether to pay it. [The comparison guide](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-vs-pcp-vs-hire-purchase) sets the three side by side. It is not a subscription either, although the two have converged at the edges. A subscription usually bundles insurance and runs month to month; a lease usually does not and runs to a term. And it is not renting. We do not do daily, weekend or weekly hire — the shortest agreement written here is three months, and that is a lease by any measure that matters. ## Frequently asked questions ### Who is the registered keeper of a leased car? Not you. The vehicle is registered to its owner or their nominated keeper for the duration, which is why the V5C never arrives in your name. It also means correspondence about the vehicle reaches the owner first, and is passed to you. ### Can I modify a leased car? Assume not without written permission. The car has to go back in a condition the owner can resell, so anything that alters it — wraps, wheels, tints, remaps — needs agreeing in advance and usually reversing before collection. Ask before ordering the parts, not after. ### Can I take a leased car abroad? Only with the owner’s permission, and there is usually paperwork involved because the vehicle is not registered to you. Ask well before you travel rather than the week of the ferry, and tell us the countries and the dates. ### What happens if I miss a payment? Tell whoever holds your agreement before the payment is due rather than after it fails. A missed payment on a credit agreement can be reported, and the practical remedies available to an owner are wider than most people expect. A conversation in advance is a different conversation. ### Is a lease the same thing as contract hire? In everyday UK usage, yes. Contract hire is the formal name for the product: an agreed term, fixed payments, agreed mileage, car goes back at the end. "Leasing" is the word people search for and "contract hire" is the word on the paperwork. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What does 1+2 mean on a car lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-does-1-plus-2-mean-on-a-car-lease Last checked: 2026-10-13 **1+2 is a payment profile: one month up front, then one a month. The first payment is one month of the monthly figure and so is every payment after it, and the two numbers together cover the three-month minimum term. It is the leasing trade’s shorthand for the shape of the money rather than for its size.** The payment profile explained: what each number means, what it costs you on day one, and how a 1+2 compares with the nine-months-up-front profiles quoted elsewhere. ## What do the two numbers mean? The first number is the initial payment, counted in multiples of the monthly figure. The second is the recurring payment that follows it, counted the same way. So a 1+2 profile means the first payment is one month’s worth and each payment after that is one month’s worth. A 9+23 profile means nine months’ worth up front, then twenty-three further monthly payments. A 6+47 means six up front and forty-seven after. The notation looks like arithmetic and is not. The numbers are not being added together to give a term — they are describing two different payments. The term is a separate figure, and a quote that gives you a profile without a term has not told you what you are signing up to. ## What does 1+2 cost you on the first day? One month of rent, whatever the monthly figure on your car turns out to be. That is the part worth being clear about, because the notation invites the wrong reading. The initial payment is not a multiple of the monthly figure and it is not an extra month bolted onto the front: it is the first of the three months, paid before the car is delivered, and the two that follow are the same amount on the same day of each of the next two months. Change the car and the monthly figure changes; the shape does not. A refundable deposit sits alongside that first payment and is a separate thing entirely — held as security, not as rent. That one is published, £1,500 to £50,000 depending on the car, and the distinction is the subject of [the next guide in this set](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/initial-payment-vs-deposit-on-a-car-lease). ## Why is the first payment taken before delivery? Because a car loses value fastest at the start, and an owner handing over an expensive vehicle to someone they met a fortnight ago wants a month’s money behind them before it leaves. That is the honest version. The polite version is that rent paid in advance reduces the monthly figure, which is true, but on a short profile like 1+2 the reduction is small — there is only one month of advance rent doing the work. On the long profiles common elsewhere, the effect is much larger. Nine months up front against a three-year term is a quarter of the agreement paid before the car arrives, and the monthly figure drops accordingly. What has not dropped is the total. ## How does 1+2 compare with the profiles quoted elsewhere? It asks for far less at the start, and it is quoted against a far shorter term. The standard UK contract-lease profiles — 3+23, 6+23, 9+23, 9+35 — are built for agreements of two to four years. A 9+35 on a three-year lease means nine months’ money before the car arrives, and then thirty-five payments you cannot easily stop. One month up front on a three-month minimum is a different proposition. Less money leaves at the start and the commitment behind it is shorter. The trade-off is that the monthly figure on a short agreement carries more of the car’s early depreciation, so it is higher than the same car would be over three years. That is the deal: pay more per month, commit to far less. ## Is the initial payment on top of the term, or part of it? This is the question worth asking of any supplier, including this one, and the answer belongs in writing on your quote rather than in a guide’s generalisation. In the trade’s long profiles the two numbers are cumulative: a 9+23 over twenty-four months means thirty-two months’ worth of money across a two-year agreement. That is not a trick, it is how the notation works, but it surprises people who read the plus sign as an addition to a total rather than a description of two payments. Here the shape is stated the same way everywhere on the site: a three-month minimum term, taken as one month up front, then one a month. The dates and amounts of every payment appear on your quote before anything is agreed, and nothing about the schedule appears for the first time after a form. ## Does a bigger initial payment save money? A little, and less than the drop in the monthly figure suggests. Paying more up front removes some of the owner’s exposure and some of the cost of funding the car, so the monthly figure falls. But you have paid the money either way, just earlier. The saving is the difference between the two, and on a short agreement there is not much room for it. What a large initial payment definitely does is concentrate your risk. Money paid as advance rent is gone whether or not you keep the car for the full term, so a nine-month initial payment on an agreement you end at month four has bought you months you did not use. On a 1+2 there is only one month of exposure. ## What is included in the monthly figure here? The use of the car for the month, and 1,000 miles of it, on every agreement and every car. Delivery to an address you choose in mainland Britain sits in the arrangement rather than appearing as a line item later. Collection at the end does too. What is not inside the monthly figure is the refundable deposit, the insurance excess if you are unlucky, fuel or charge, and anything you spend on parking, tolls or clean-air zones. Those are published on each car’s page, and the full cost stack is on [how it works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/how-it-works) rather than arriving as a surprise. ## Who does a 1+2 profile suit? Someone who wants the car now and does not want to tie up a quarter of a year’s payments before it turns up. That is most people who have looked at a 9+23 and hesitated. It suits a shorter horizon too. If you are between cars, waiting on a factory order, testing whether a particular car works for your life, or simply do not want to commit to three years of anything, paying one month up front matches the commitment to the uncertainty. It suits you less if your priority is the lowest possible monthly figure over the longest possible period. That is what the long profiles are for, and they are widely available elsewhere. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the initial payment refundable if I change my mind before delivery? Ask before you pay it, and get the answer in writing. Advance rent and a security deposit behave very differently if an agreement does not start, and the position depends on what your agreement says rather than on a general rule. ### Can I pay more up front to lower the monthly figure? It is worth asking at the enquiry stage rather than assuming either way, because it changes the quote rather than the price list. Tell us what you would like the shape to be and it can be priced properly instead of being reworked afterwards. ### Does the initial payment cover the deposit as well? No. They are separate amounts with separate jobs — one is rent in advance, one is security held against damage or an excess. Every car publishes its deposit figure, and the monthly figure it sits beside is confirmed when you enquire. ### Is 1+2 unusual in UK leasing? The short initial payment is unusual; the notation is not. Most UK contract hire is quoted at three, six or nine months up front because the agreements behind it run for two to four years. A two-month profile goes with a three-month minimum term. ### How is the initial payment taken? The method and the date are set out on your quote and confirmed before anything is agreed. No payment is taken online — a person confirms every booking, and that is the point at which the schedule is agreed rather than assumed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Initial payment or deposit — what is the difference? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/initial-payment-vs-deposit-on-a-car-lease Last checked: 2026-10-13 **They are different payments with different jobs. An initial payment is rent — the first instalment, larger than the rest, and not refundable. A deposit is security, held against damage or an insurance excess and returned when the car goes back in the condition agreed. One buys months; the other buys nothing.** Two payments at the start of a lease, doing two entirely different jobs. Which one comes back, what each is protecting, and the questions that separate them on a quote. ## What is an initial payment? Rent, paid in advance. It is the first payment under the agreement, it is larger than the ones that follow, and it buys you time in the car exactly as the monthly payments do. Because it is rent, it does not come back at the end. There is nothing to return — you consumed what you paid for. That is not a penalty or a fee; it is the same money as a monthly payment, taken earlier. It is quoted as a multiple of the monthly figure, which is where payment profiles come from: 1+2, 6+23, 9+35. The guide to [what 1+2 means](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-does-1-plus-2-mean-on-a-car-lease) takes the notation apart. ## What is a deposit? Security. A sum held, usually against a payment card in the hirer’s own name, that is there to cover a defined risk — damage beyond fair wear, an insurance excess, a charge left unpaid. Because it is security rather than rent, it buys you nothing. It is not a month in the car and it is not a discount on anything. If the risk it is protecting against never materialises, it comes back to you in full. Every car on this site publishes its own deposit figure, and the range across the catalogue is £1,500 to £50,000. Those figures are provisional pending confirmation, and they are published as provisional rather than presented as settled. ## Why do the two words get mixed up? Because the everyday meaning of "deposit" is money you put down towards something, which is exactly what an initial payment is and exactly what a lease deposit is not. The motor trade has not helped. "Deposit" is used loosely for the down payment on a PCP, for the advance rental on a lease, for a holding payment on an order and for a genuine refundable security sum, all in the same showroom. Four different things, one word. The test that cuts through it is a single question: does this money come back if nothing goes wrong? If yes, it is security. If no, it is rent. Everything else is vocabulary. ## Which one comes back, and when? The deposit comes back. The initial payment does not. A returned deposit normally follows the end-of-agreement inspection rather than the collection itself, because the inspection is what establishes whether anything needs to be taken from it. Ask at the start how long that takes and what triggers a deduction, and get the answer in writing alongside the figure. Deductions should be itemised against a condition standard rather than asserted. If money is held back, you are entitled to know what for, with reference to the report taken at handover — which is why photographing that report is worth the ninety seconds it takes. ## Is the deposit the same as the insurance excess? No, though they are related and on some cars here they carry the same figure. An excess is the amount you contribute towards a covered claim. A deposit is a sum held in advance, and one of the things it can be applied to is an excess you owe. Same money, different stage: the excess is a liability, the deposit is a holding against liabilities. The excesses published across the catalogue run to £1,500 to £35,000, and these figures are provisional too. The insurance arrangement for any specific car is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed rather than assumed from a page — [the insurance page](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) sets out the position as it stands. ## What should you check on a quote? Five questions, and they take a minute between them. Which of these amounts is rent, and which is security? Is the security sum held, or taken? A hold on a card and a debit from an account are not the same thing. What can be deducted from it, and against what standard? How long after collection is it returned? If the agreement never starts, what happens to each amount? A supplier who answers all five in writing has told you more about how they operate than any amount of marketing copy will. A supplier who will not answer the fifth has told you something too. ## Does the card the deposit is held against matter? Yes, and it is a more common point of failure than people expect. A deposit is normally held against a card in the hirer’s own name, and the hirer is normally the named driver. A partner’s card, a parent’s card or a company card where the individual is the hirer is not a workaround. It is the thing that stops a delivery at the kerbside on the morning, with a transporter waiting and nothing anybody present can do about it. The practical check is whether the card can actually take the hold. A debit card with a daily limit below the figure will decline it, and that is discovered at the worst possible moment unless it is raised in advance. Deposits here reach £50,000 at the top of the range. ## How does it work on an agreement here? One month up front as the initial payment, which is rent and is not refundable. A refundable deposit alongside it, held against a card at handover, published on each car’s page before you enquire. Every figure in that stack — the monthly, the one month up front, the deposit, the insurance excess, the mileage allowance and the charge beyond it — is on the vehicle’s own page rather than appearing after a form. That ordering is deliberate: nothing material should be seen for the first time once you have already committed your details. No payment is taken online at any point. A person confirms every booking, and the payment schedule is agreed with you rather than processed by a checkout. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can the deposit be used to cover a monthly payment? Assume not. Security held against damage is not a payment holiday, and using it that way would leave the risk it was covering unprotected. If a payment is going to be a problem, raise it before the date rather than expecting the deposit to absorb it. ### Is the deposit held or charged? That depends on the arrangement and it is a fair question to ask before handover. A hold ring-fences the money on your card without taking it; a charge moves it. They feel different on a statement and they unwind differently. ### Does a bigger deposit reduce the monthly payment? No, and if someone tells you it does they are describing an initial payment rather than a deposit. Security is not rent. It cannot buy down a monthly figure because it was never paid for the use of the car. ### What happens to the deposit if the car is written off? That is settled through the insurance arrangement rather than by rule of thumb, and it depends on the excess, the claim and what your agreement says. It is one of the specifics confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. ### Do partner-sourced cars use the same deposit figures? Not necessarily. Most of the catalogue is arranged through a vetted partner, and the deposit, excess and criteria on those cars are set by whoever holds the vehicle. We confirm them with you in writing rather than assuming they match our own. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What happens at the end of a car lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-happens-at-the-end-of-a-car-lease Last checked: 2026-10-13 **At the end of a car lease you hand the car back. It is inspected against a fair wear and tear standard, the odometer is read and compared with your allowance, and anything beyond either is invoiced. Then the agreement ends. You never owned the car, so there is no balloon payment and nothing to settle.** The hand-back in sequence: what is inspected, what counts as fair wear, what gets charged, and how to challenge an invoice you think is wrong. ## What happens on the day the car goes back? The car is collected, usually from an address you choose, and its condition is recorded before it is loaded. That record is the document everything afterwards refers to. Expect a walk round with a handset or a form: panel by panel, wheels, glass, interior, tyres, and a photograph of the odometer. Expect to be asked for the keys — all of them — the locking wheel nut, the handbook and the charging cable if there is one. Missing items are chargeable and are the easiest charge in leasing to avoid. Ask for a copy of the collection report before the transporter leaves, and take your own photographs in daylight. It costs you five minutes and it is the only evidence you will have if the report and the later invoice disagree. ## What is fair wear and tear? Damage a car picks up from ordinary, careful use over the term is fair wear. Damage from neglect, misuse or an incident is not, and that is the line every end-of-lease charge sits on. The UK industry’s reference point is the fair wear and tear standard published by the BVRLA, which sets out what is acceptable panel by panel with measurements rather than opinions — the length of a scratch, the depth of a dent, the condition of a tyre. Most owners and funders assess against it, and it is worth reading a month before collection rather than on the day. The standard is specific for a reason. "It looked fine to me" is not a position you can argue from; "that scratch is within the published tolerance" is. ## What can you be charged for? Four things, and they are separable. Damage beyond fair wear. Assessed against the standard, itemised, priced. Excess mileage. The odometer against your allowance, at the rate in the agreement. Missing items. Second key, locking wheel nut, parcel shelf, cable, handbook. Outstanding sums. Unpaid charges, fines passed on, anything still owed on the account. Note what is not on that list. There is no end-of-term purchase figure, no balloon and no settlement, because you were never buying the car. Arriving from PCP, that absence is the biggest single difference. ## How do you avoid an end-of-lease charge? Mostly by dealing with things while they are cheap. A stone chip repaired in month two is a small bill; the same chip rusting at collection is a panel. Book the car in for a look a month before the end rather than the week of. That gives you time to have a wheel refurbished or a scratch removed at your own choice of price, instead of accepting whatever the recharge schedule says. Find the second key now, not on the day. It is the most common missing item and one of the most expensive to replace on a prestige car. And if the car is going to be over its mileage, say so in advance rather than letting it be discovered. It is the same money, but it is a conversation rather than a surprise. ## Can you challenge a charge you think is wrong? Yes, and the process is evidential rather than a negotiation. Ask for the itemised assessment, the photographs it is based on and the standard it is being measured against. Put your own photographs and the handover condition report beside them. Most disputes resolve at that point, because most disagreements are about whether damage was there at the start rather than about whether it is chargeable. If it does not resolve, escalate in writing and ask for the complaints procedure. Keep it factual and keep it dated. A calm sequence of emails with photographs attached is worth considerably more than a phone call you cannot quote afterwards. ## Can you extend a lease, or take a different car? Both are normal requests, and both need agreeing rather than assuming. Extending suits someone whose replacement car is delayed or who simply wants longer in the same one. It is not automatic — the owner has a plan for the vehicle and may have committed it elsewhere — so ask early. Weeks early, not days. Moving to a different car is the other common ending, and the practical question is timing: the new car has to be ready as the old one goes, or you are without either. Raise both conversations at the same time and let whoever holds your agreement line them up. ## What happens at the end of an agreement here? Three months is a minimum term, not a fixed expiry. What happens once you reach it — hand the car back, continue, or move to something else — is agreed with you rather than defaulted to one outcome. Collection works the way delivery does, in reverse: from an address you choose in mainland Britain, with a joint walk round and a documented condition report. There is no depot to drive the car to and no counter to queue at. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out the sequence. The refundable deposit is dealt with after the inspection rather than at the kerbside, because the inspection is what establishes whether anything is owed against it. ## What if the car is damaged or written off during the term? That is an insurance matter rather than an end-of-lease matter, and it is handled while the agreement is running rather than at the end of it. The practical first hour is the same as on any car: make it safe, get the details, photograph everything, and tell whoever holds the agreement the same day. Do not agree liability at the roadside and do not arrange your own repair on a car you do not own. A total loss ends the agreement early by a different route, with different consequences from a voluntary exit. [Who insures a leased car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/who-insures-a-leased-car) covers the shape of it, and the specifics are always in your own agreement. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do I get anything back at the end of a lease? The refundable deposit, if nothing has been deducted from it. Nothing else — the payments were rent for the months you had the car, and there is no equity in a vehicle you never owned. That is the trade-off leasing makes explicit. ### Can I buy the car at the end? Not as a right. A lease contains no option to purchase, which is the legal difference between it and hire purchase. Whether the owner would sell it to you separately is a different question with a different answer, and it is theirs to give. ### Who pays for the final service before collection? You do, if servicing is your responsibility under the agreement, and a car handed back with a missed service is worth less and can be charged for. Check the service book position a month out rather than on the day. ### What if the car is cleaner and better than when it arrived? There is no credit for it. The standard sets a ceiling on acceptable wear, not a scale you can score above. Present the car clean anyway — an assessor can see damage far more easily on a dirty car, and marginal calls go the way the evidence points. ### How long after collection does the invoice arrive? That varies with who holds the agreement, and it is a fair thing to ask at the start. What matters more is that it should be itemised and evidenced when it does arrive, rather than presented as a single figure with no working. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Can you end a car lease early, and what does it cost? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/ending-a-car-lease-early Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Usually yes, and it costs. Ending a lease early is a termination rather than a cancellation: the agreement sets out what becomes payable, normally a proportion of the payments you would still have made, and any rent paid in advance is gone. Ask for that figure in writing before you sign.** What it takes to get out of a lease before the term ends, how the charge is worked out, and the questions to ask before you sign rather than after. ## Can you end a lease early at all? In most cases yes, because most agreements contain a clause that says how. What you cannot usually do is simply stop paying and return the car — that is a breach, and it is handled as one. The distinction matters. A termination under the agreement is a route the contract provides, with a price attached. A breach is you failing to do what you promised, and the consequences are wider and less predictable. So the first thing to find is the clause. It will be called early termination, early settlement or voluntary termination depending on who drafted it, and it will tell you both whether you can and what it costs. ## How is the cost worked out? The principle is straightforward even when the arithmetic is not: the owner priced the agreement on the assumption it would run its term, and ending it early leaves them holding a car earlier than planned and with less rent than expected. So the charge is built from what is left. Agreements commonly express it as a proportion of the payments still to come, sometimes with a notice period on top, sometimes with an administration fee. The proportion is set by the agreement rather than by law or by any industry standard, so it varies and it must be read rather than assumed. Anything you have already paid stays paid. Advance rent bought months, and months you do not use are not refunded — which is the strongest practical argument against a nine-month initial payment on an agreement you are unsure about. ## Does the length of the term change the exposure? Enormously, and it is the single biggest thing within your control at the point of signing. Exposure to an early exit is roughly a function of how many payments are left. Four months into a four-year agreement leaves forty-four payments behind the charge. Two months into a three-month minimum leaves one. That is the honest case for a short minimum term, and it is not a pricing argument. A short agreement costs more per month, because the months are the expensive early ones. What it buys is a much smaller downside if your circumstances change, which is a different kind of value and one that percentage rules of thumb never price. ## What are the alternatives to terminating? Four, and they are all worth raising before you reach for the termination clause. Reduce the mileage allowance. If the reason is cost rather than the car, a smaller allowance may be re-priceable mid-term. Move to a cheaper car. Replacing an agreement is sometimes easier for an owner to accommodate than ending one. A payment arrangement. If the problem is temporary, raise it before a payment fails rather than after. Transfer the agreement. Rarely permitted, occasionally possible, never something to arrange privately without written consent. Whichever you ask for, ask early. Every one of these is easier to arrange from a position of "this is coming" than from "this has happened". ## What should you never do? Three things, and each of them turns a manageable situation into a serious one. Do not stop the payments and hope it resolves. A missed payment on a credit agreement can be reported, and the car is not yours to withhold. Do not sell, sublet or hand the car to anyone else. You have no title to pass and no right to grant, and doing it can move the matter well beyond a contractual dispute. Do not agree a figure verbally. Whatever is settled, have it in writing with the amount, the date the agreement ends, the arrangements for collection and confirmation that nothing further is owed. ## What should you ask before you sign? Five questions, and a good supplier answers them in writing without hesitating. Can I end this agreement early, and under which clause? How is the charge calculated, in a worked example at month two and month four? Is there a notice period, and does it run alongside the charge or after it? What happens to the advance rent and the deposit? What happens if the car is written off, which is an early ending you did not choose? The questions are more useful than any answer. A supplier who will not put an early-exit figure in writing at the start is telling you how the conversation will go if you ever need it. ## How does this work on a three-month minimum? A three-month minimum term is the shortest agreement written here, and it is deliberately short. The whole exposure you are taking on is three months of payments, taken as two up front and then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. That does not make an early exit free. A minimum term is a commitment for its length, and the terms that apply to ending one early are set out in the agreement you are given before anything is signed. What it does mean is that the worst case is bounded and visible from the start, rather than being a clause you will read for the first time in a difficult month. [Our terms](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/rental-terms) and the agreement itself are the authority, and they are provided before a commitment, not after it. ## Does ending early affect your credit file? A lease is a credit agreement, so how it ends can be recorded. An agreement terminated under its own terms, with everything owing settled, is a different record from one that ended in arrears. That is the practical reason to use the clause rather than stop paying: the route through the contract produces a clean closure, and the route around it does not. If money is the underlying problem, say so early to whoever holds the agreement, and get free independent advice. There are national services that provide it without charge, and they are far better placed to help than a car company is. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is there a cooling-off period on a car lease? It depends on how and where the agreement was made, and on what kind of agreement it is. It is not a universal right you can rely on. Ask the question before you sign and get the answer in writing rather than discovering the position afterwards. ### What if my circumstances change through no fault of my own? Raise it immediately with whoever holds the agreement. Redundancy, illness and relocation are common and the response is usually a conversation about options rather than a refusal — but only if it happens before payments start failing. ### Can I hand the car back and walk away if I have paid half? Do not assume so. A right to terminate after paying a proportion belongs to certain kinds of agreement and not to others, and a lease is not automatically one of them. Read the clause in your own agreement rather than a summary of somebody else’s. ### Does an early termination charge include the excess mileage? Usually it is separate. Miles driven are assessed on the odometer when the car goes back, whether the agreement ended early or ran its term. Budget for both rather than assuming one absorbs the other. ### Is a short minimum term just a more expensive lease? Per month, yes — the early months of a car’s life carry the steepest depreciation. What you are buying with the higher figure is a much smaller commitment, which is worth more to some people than a lower monthly figure over three years. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What is excess mileage, and how is it charged? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-is-excess-mileage-and-how-is-it-charged Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Excess mileage is the charge for driving further than your agreed allowance. The agreement sets a rate per mile, the odometer is read when the car goes back, and the miles above the allowance are billed at that rate. Across our catalogue the rate is 95p to £10 a mile on a 1,000-mile monthly allowance.** The charge for driving beyond your allowance: how the rate is set, when it is measured, what the invoice is built from, and the ways it can be got wrong. ## Why does mileage cost money at all? Because the owner gets the car back and its value depends on how far it has been driven. Two identical cars of the same age are worth different amounts if one has done twice the miles, and the difference is real money to whoever is selling it. So the allowance is not an arbitrary restriction. It is the assumption the price was built on. Drive further and the car is worth less at the end than the agreement assumed, and the charge is the mechanism for correcting that. It follows that the rate should scale with the car. A mile on a car that depreciates steeply costs more than a mile on one that does not, which is exactly what the figures across this catalogue show. ## How is the rate set, and what is it here? It is set per vehicle and written into the agreement before you take the car, expressed in pence or pounds per mile. Across the catalogue the rate runs 95p to £10 a mile, and on cars in our own fleet it runs £1.25 to £3.50. The spread is the depreciation curve made visible: the supercars sit at the top of it, the large SUVs at the bottom. Every car publishes its own rate on its own page, alongside its allowance, its deposit and its insurance excess. That is on purpose — a charge you can only discover after signing is the thing this sector is most often criticised for, and the allowance and the rate beyond it are two of the numbers most often left off a quote. ## When is the mileage measured? At collection, from the odometer, and it is photographed as part of the condition report. There is no monthly reconciliation and no running meter. The allowance is expressed per month and assessed against the total distance the car has covered while you had it, which means a heavy month early on is not a problem if a quiet one follows. That also means the number is not a surprise if you look at it. The odometer is on the dashboard. Checking it against where you expect to be, a few months in, is the entire technique for never receiving an unexpected excess mileage invoice. ## How is the bill calculated? Miles above the allowance, multiplied by the rate. That is the whole sum, and it is worth doing yourself before the invoice arrives. The allowance for the period is the monthly figure multiplied by the months you had the car — at 1,000 miles a month, a three-month minimum term carries 3,000 miles. Subtract that from the distance covered. Multiply the remainder by the rate in your agreement. Two things to check on any invoice. That the starting odometer reading matches the handover report rather than a figure from the system, and that the rate charged is the rate in your agreement rather than a current price list. Both are ordinary clerical errors and both are worth catching. ## Is it cheaper to buy the miles up front? Usually, yes, and the difference is the most reliable saving available in leasing. Miles bought inside the quote are priced into a monthly figure with the rest of the agreement. Miles bought afterwards are priced as a correction to a value that has already been lost. The second is rarely the cheaper of the two. So if you know the allowance will not be enough, say so at the enquiry stage. Here that means the extra mileage is priced into the quote rather than settled afterwards, which is a different conversation and a different number. It also means it appears on the agreement you sign, rather than as an invoice at the end of the term. ## What if you drive fewer miles than the allowance? Nothing happens. Unused miles are not refunded and do not carry forward, on any mainstream lease. That asymmetry is not generosity in one direction and meanness in the other — it reflects how the price was built. The allowance is the assumption behind the residual value, and coming in under it means the car is worth slightly more than assumed, which is the owner’s gain rather than yours. The practical consequence is that a hugely oversized allowance is money spent for nothing. There is a balance to strike, and [choosing a mileage allowance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/choosing-a-mileage-allowance) is about how to strike it. ## Can an excess mileage charge be disputed? Yes, on three grounds, and all three are evidential rather than matters of opinion. The reading. If the collection odometer does not match the report, or the handover figure was recorded wrongly, the whole calculation is wrong. Your photographs settle it. The rate. It must be the rate in your agreement. A newer, higher figure applied to an older agreement is simply an error. The period. The allowance has to be scaled to the time you actually had the car, and an agreement that ran longer or shorter than planned needs the pro-rating to reflect that. Put the request in writing, attach the two odometer photographs, and ask for the calculation rather than the total. ## Does excess mileage apply to partner-sourced cars? Yes, and the figures are set by whoever holds the vehicle rather than by us. Most of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners. Those cars carry the partner’s allowance and the partner’s rate beyond it, and we confirm both with you in writing before anything is agreed rather than assuming they match our own. The cars in [our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) publish the allowance and the rate beyond it on their own pages, so you can read both before you enquire. On both sides of that split, the rule is the same: nothing about mileage should be seen for the first time after you have committed. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is excess mileage charged monthly or at the end? At the end, from the odometer, on any normal lease. There is no running charge through the term, which is why the figure can build quietly if you never look at the dashboard against your expectations. ### Does the charge include VAT? Check the agreement, because rates are sometimes quoted one way and invoiced the other. It is a simple question to ask before you sign and an irritating one to discover on an invoice. ### What happens if the odometer fails or is replaced? Tell whoever holds the agreement immediately and keep the evidence — the fault report, the replacement record and the readings either side. A documented instrument change is a solvable problem; an unexplained mileage jump at collection is not. ### Can I increase my allowance part-way through? It is worth asking rather than assuming, and asking early is what makes it possible. Adjusting the agreement before the miles are driven is a re-price; asking afterwards is just a discussion about an invoice. ### Do delivery and collection miles count against me? They should not. The car is delivered to you and collected from you, and the distance covered by whoever moves it is not yours. The handover and collection readings are what define your period, which is another reason to photograph both. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How do you choose a mileage allowance you will not regret? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/choosing-a-mileage-allowance Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Start from evidence, not estimates: your last two MOT readings give your real annual mileage in one sum. Add any change of circumstance, add the journeys people forget, then add a margin. Buying miles inside the quote costs less than buying them afterwards, so round up rather than down.** A method for setting the allowance rather than guessing at it — where your real number comes from, the journeys that get left out, and how to handle being wrong. ## Where do you find your real annual mileage? From your MOT history, which records the odometer at every test and is free to look up with a registration number. Subtract the reading at one test from the reading at the next and you have a measured year, not an impression of one. Do it for the last two or three years rather than one. A single year can be distorted by a house move, a long trip or a period when you barely drove, and the pattern across three is a better predictor than the most recent one. Almost everyone who does this discovers they were wrong. The common direction is underestimating, because the journeys you remember are the long ones and the miles you actually do are the short ones. ## Which journeys do people forget? Four, reliably, and together they are often the difference between an allowance that works and one that does not. The commute, counted properly. Round trip, times the days you actually go in, times the weeks you actually work. The regular obligation. Family, a second home, a sport, a standing appointment. Small distances, high frequency. The unplanned year. A relative who becomes ill, a job that changes, a friend who moves away. The reason you leased this car. People drive an interesting car more than they drove the last one. That is the point of it. The last of those is the one nobody budgets for and almost everybody does. ## How do you build the number? Work it up from the parts rather than picking a round figure that sounds right. Take the commute first: a thirty-mile round trip, three days in the office, forty-four working weeks, is just under four thousand miles before you have done anything else. Add the regular runs at their real frequency. Add a realistic holiday or two. Add the weekend driving you are planning to do, honestly. Then compare the total with your MOT-derived figure. If your built-up number is far below your measured history, you have left something out — go back and find it. If it is far above, you are probably double-counting a journey. Finally, add a margin. Not a large one, but enough that an ordinary surprise does not put you over. ## What is the cost of getting it wrong in each direction? They are not symmetrical, and that asymmetry should decide which way you round. Too small, and you pay the excess rate on every mile above the line. Across this catalogue that runs 95p to £10 a mile, which accumulates quickly and is charged at the end when you have no way to change it. Too large, and you have paid a slightly higher monthly figure for miles you did not use. Unused miles are not refunded and do not carry over, so the money is gone — but it was a smaller amount, spread across the term, and you knew about it at the time. A modest overestimate costs a little and is predictable. A modest underestimate costs more and arrives as a bill. Round up. ## Does a shorter agreement make this easier? Considerably, and it is the under-appreciated advantage of a short minimum term. Estimating your mileage over three years is a forecast about a life you have not lived yet. Over three months it is close to a description of the life you are living now. The forecasting error shrinks with the horizon. Every agreement here includes 1,000 miles a month, and the minimum term is three months. That is a far smaller bet on your own predictions than a 30,000-mile commitment over a three-year contract, and if you turn out to be wrong you are wrong by three months rather than by thirty-six. ## What if the standard allowance is not enough? Say so at the enquiry stage and it is priced into the quote instead of being settled afterwards. That is not a courtesy, it is arithmetic. Miles bought inside an agreement are part of a monthly figure; miles bought afterwards are a correction to value that has already gone. The first is nearly always the cheaper of the two. It also puts the number on the agreement you sign. An allowance agreed in an email and not reflected in the contract is not an allowance, and the document is what will be read at collection. Check that the figure you discussed is the figure written down. ## Should the car change the number? Your mileage should set the allowance, but the car should tell you how much precision matters. On a car with a low excess rate, being a couple of thousand miles out is an irritation. On a supercar at the top of the range, the same error is a materially different sum. The rate is published on every car’s page, so the consequence of being wrong is visible before you choose. There is a behavioural point too, and it works the other way round from what people expect. A car that is a pleasure to drive gets driven. If you are moving from something you tolerated to something you actively want to take the long route in, your historical mileage is an underestimate of your future one. ## What should you do once the agreement has started? Check the odometer against a straight line, every couple of months. The allowance is 1,000 miles a month, so the line is a thousand miles for every month you have had the car, and a glance at the dashboard tells you whether you are above or below it. If you are running ahead, you have options while the miles are still in front of you — ask whether the allowance can be adjusted, or change how you use the car. Once the miles are driven, there is nothing left to decide. Nobody is ever surprised by an excess mileage invoice they could have seen coming. The surprise is always the consequence of never looking. ## Frequently asked questions ### What counts as a high mileage for a lease? It is relative to the allowance rather than an absolute figure — the number that matters is whether you are above or below the line you agreed. What is high for one agreement is comfortably inside another, and the only relevant comparison is with your own contract. ### Can I check my mileage history if I have changed cars? Yes, if you have the registrations. The MOT record follows the vehicle, so pulling the readings for each car you have run and adding the periods together reconstructs your own history even across several vehicles. ### Does a business lease usually need a bigger allowance? Often, because business driving is more predictable and more frequent than personal driving. The useful exercise is the same one: take the measured history rather than the impression, and price the allowance into the quote. ### Do you offer more than 1,000 miles a month? Tell us at the enquiry stage what you actually need and it is priced into the quote rather than charged afterwards. The standard allowance on every car here is 1,000 miles a month, and anything above it is a conversation before the agreement, not after it. ### Should I pick the allowance before or after choosing the car? Work out your mileage first, because it is a fact about you rather than about the car. Then let the car’s published excess rate tell you how much margin to build in, since the cost of being wrong differs sharply across the catalogue. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What credit check does a car lease involve? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/credit-checks-on-a-car-lease Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A lease application involves a credit search, because a lease is a credit agreement. The lender is assessing affordability and payment history against the person or company that will be named. A quotation search and a full application search are different things, so ask which is being run before you give permission.** Why leasing involves a credit check at all, what is being assessed, the two kinds of search, and what to have ready before an application is submitted. ## Why does leasing involve a credit check? Because someone is handing over an expensive asset today in exchange for a promise of payments over a period. That is credit, whatever it is called on the paperwork, and it is assessed as credit. The owner’s exposure is the car. If the payments stop, they are left recovering a vehicle that has already lost value, which is a worse position than the one they priced. The check is how that risk is managed before it exists rather than after. It follows that the check is run against whoever is legally promising to pay. On a personal lease that is you. On a business lease it is the business, and often a director as well. ## What is being assessed? Three things, roughly in this order. Identity. That you are who you say you are, and that the address history checks out. This is where the electoral roll matters. Payment history. How existing and recent credit commitments have been handled. Patterns count for more than any single event. Affordability. Whether the monthly figure is sustainable alongside what you already commit to each month. The third is the one people underestimate. A strong history does not automatically carry an application if the commitment is large relative to income, and on prestige leasing the commitment is large by definition. ## What is the difference between a quotation search and a full search? A quotation search is used to see whether an application is likely to succeed, without submitting one. A full application search is the real thing, run when an application is made, and it is recorded on your file where other lenders can see it. The distinction is important if you are shopping around, because a series of full searches in a short period is visible and can be read as a pattern. A series of quotation searches is not the same signal. Practices differ between suppliers, and the only safe approach is to ask directly which kind of search is about to be run, and to give permission on that basis rather than assume. That is a reasonable question and a straight answer is easy to give. ## What does a business application add? A second subject and a second set of documents. The business is assessed in its own right — how long it has traded, its filed accounts, its payment behaviour. A company with a long, clean trading history is a different proposition from one incorporated last quarter, and the assessment reflects that. Where the business is young or thinly capitalised, a personal guarantee from a director is commonly requested. That is a serious commitment and it is worth reading carefully rather than treating as a formality: it makes an individual responsible for a company’s obligation. Expect to be asked for company details, trading history and, frequently, bank statements. [Business leasing](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/business) sets out how it works here. ## What should you have ready before applying? Preparation is the single biggest thing that shortens the process, and none of it is difficult. Gather it before you are asked rather than after, because an application that stalls waiting for a document is an application somebody has to pick up again. Three years of address history, with dates, and no gaps. Your full driving licence and a DVLA check code, which is free and takes about a minute to generate. Proof of income in whatever form matches how you are paid. Bank details for the payments. If you are self-employed, expect to evidence income differently and gather it before rather than during. If you have recently moved, make sure the electoral roll and your licence address agree, because a mismatch is one of the most common causes of a delay on an application that was always going to succeed. ## Does the check happen before or after you choose the car? After you have chosen, in nearly every case, because the assessment is of a specific commitment rather than of you in the abstract. The monthly figure, the term and the deposit are inputs to it. That ordering has a practical consequence worth knowing. A decision on one car is not automatically a decision on a more expensive one, so if you are weighing two cars at very different figures it is better to say so early than to be assessed twice. Here, nothing is taken online and a person confirms every booking. So the sequence is a conversation, then a quote you can see in full, then an application — rather than a form that commits you before you have seen the numbers. ## What happens if an application is not accepted? You are told, and you should be told promptly rather than left to infer it from silence. You are entitled to know that a credit reference agency was used and which one, so that you can check your own file. That is worth doing regardless of the outcome, because errors on credit files are more common than people expect and they are correctable. What a supplier cannot do is give you the lender’s reasoning line by line, because they are usually not the decision-maker. What they can do is be straight with you about where the application stands and what, if anything, would change it. ## Is the check different because these are expensive cars? The mechanics are the same. The scale changes the emphasis. A larger monthly commitment means affordability carries more weight, and the documentation asked for tends to be fuller. That is not suspicion; it is proportion. Every agreement here is capable of running for three months or more, which is why the credit question is asked of everyone rather than of some people. It is an ordinary part of an underwritten agreement, it happens before the car is booked out to you rather than at the kerbside, and the criteria that go with it are on [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements). ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I see what the lender sees? You can see your own file. Each of the UK credit reference agencies has to provide you with access to your statutory report, and checking it before you apply is the cheapest way to catch an error that would otherwise surface at the worst moment. ### Does a joint application make a difference? It changes what is being assessed rather than guaranteeing an outcome, and it also links the two people financially on their files. Worth understanding before it happens rather than after, because that link outlives the agreement. ### How long does a decision take? It varies with the lender and with how complete the application is when it is submitted. The reliable way to make it quick is to have the address history, licence, check code and income evidence ready before it goes in rather than assembling them afterwards. ### Does a business lease avoid a personal check? Not necessarily. Where a personal guarantee is requested, the individual giving it is assessed too. A long-established, well-capitalised company is more likely to be assessed alone, but that is a function of the company rather than of the product. ### Do I need a credit check for a car you source through a partner? Most of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners, and those cars carry that partner’s criteria and their process rather than ours. We confirm what applies with you in writing before anything is agreed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Personal lease or business lease — the practical differences URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/personal-lease-vs-business-lease Last checked: 2026-10-13 **The difference is who the agreement is with. On a personal lease you contract in your own name and are assessed personally. On a business lease the company contracts, the company is assessed, and a director may be asked to guarantee it. How it is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant.** The differences that change how an agreement is set up and run — the contracting party, the assessment, the drivers and the paperwork. Treatment is a question for your accountant. ## What changes between the two? One thing, and everything else follows from it: the identity of the party promising to pay. On a personal agreement that party is you. Your name is on the contract, your credit file carries it, your insurance covers it, and your household absorbs it if your circumstances change. Nothing sits between you and the obligation. On a business agreement the party is the company. The contract is with the entity, the assessment is of the entity, and the vehicle is a company asset in use rather than a household one. The car may be driven by someone who never signed anything. Everything below is a consequence of that single difference. ## How do the two compare, side by side? Personal and business car leases compared on the practical arrangements rather than on accounting treatment Personal leaseBusiness lease Who signsYou, as an individualThe company Who is assessedYouThe company, and often a director GuaranteeNot applicableA personal guarantee may be requested Documents asked forID, address history, incomeCompany details, accounts, bank statements Who drivesYou and named driversNominated employees or directors Insurance in whose nameYoursUsually the company’s Quote basisOften stated one wayOften stated another — compare like with like The last row is the one that causes the most confusion when comparing quotes from different suppliers, and it is worth confirming before you set two figures beside each other. ## Who is credit-checked, and against what? On a personal agreement, you — on identity, payment history and affordability. The detail is in [the guide to credit checks](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/credit-checks-on-a-car-lease). On a business agreement the company is assessed on its trading history, its filed accounts and its payment behaviour. Length of trading matters a great deal: an established company with several years of filed accounts is a straightforward proposition, and a recently incorporated one is not. Where the company cannot carry the assessment alone, a personal guarantee from a director is commonly requested. Read it properly. It moves the obligation onto an individual if the company cannot meet it, and that is a materially different commitment from signing on behalf of a limited company. ## Who is allowed to drive the car? This is the practical difference people hit first, and it is worth settling before delivery rather than after. On a personal agreement the drivers are you and anyone named and checked in advance. Each of them has to meet the vehicle’s own age, licence-held and points criteria in their own right. On a business agreement the driver is typically a nominated employee or director, and it is often not the person who signed. That person still has to be named, checked and insured before they drive, and the checks are done against them rather than against the signatory. Nobody is added at the roadside. An unnamed driver is an uninsured driver, which is a different order of problem from a paperwork oversight. ## Does the insurance work differently? The arrangement usually sits in a different name, which changes who arranges it and who is on the certificate rather than what it covers. On a business agreement the policy is normally the company’s, with the nominated driver named on it. On a personal agreement it is yours. Either way, the vehicle’s owner has an interest in it, and that has to be reflected properly — [who insures a leased car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/who-insures-a-leased-car) sets out why. On cars here, the insurance arrangement is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed rather than assumed from a web page, and [the insurance page](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) states the position as it currently stands. ## What about how it is treated in the accounts? That is a question for your accountant, and deliberately not one this page answers. Treatment depends on the structure of the business, how the vehicle is used, and rules that change. A car company generalising about it on a marketing page would be giving advice it is not qualified to give and you would be relying on it at your own risk. What we can tell you is the commercial shape of the agreement, in writing, in enough detail for your accountant to work with: the monthly figure, the term, the initial payment, the mileage allowance, the deposit and the excess. Take that to them, and let them tell you what it means for you. ## Which one should a sole trader or a small company use? It depends on facts about the business rather than on a preference, and it is genuinely worth a short conversation with your accountant before the application rather than after it. The practical considerations are these. Whether the company has a filed trading history to be assessed on. Whether you are willing to give a personal guarantee if one is asked for. Who is actually going to drive the car. Whose name the insurance can sensibly sit in. Answer those four and the right route is usually obvious. Answer none of them and you will end up reworking an application the week before delivery. ## How does it work here? The same cars, the same three-month minimum term, the same 1+2 shape, the same 1,000 miles a month. The route through is what changes. A business enquiry asks for the company as well as the driver, because the agreement and the person behind the wheel may not be the same party. Cars in our own fleet publish their monthly figures; the rest of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners and quoted on request. [Business leasing](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/business) sets out what is asked for and in what order. If you are not sure which route applies, say so at the enquiry stage and it gets set up correctly from the start rather than rebuilt later. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I switch an agreement from personal to business part-way through? Treat it as a new agreement rather than an amendment, because the contracting party would be changing. Raise it before you sign if there is any chance it will come up, so the right party is on the contract from the beginning. ### Can a company lease a car for a director’s private use? It is a routine arrangement commercially, and the practical points are the ones on this page — who signs, who is named, whose insurance. What it means for the company’s accounts is a question for the accountant, not for us. ### Does a business lease need a director’s personal guarantee? Not always. It depends on the company’s trading history and financial position, and a well-established business is often assessed on its own standing. Where one is asked for, read it in full — it is a personal obligation, not a formality. ### Is the car registered to the company on a business lease? No. On any lease the vehicle stays registered to its owner or their nominated keeper, whichever route you take. What changes is the identity of the hirer on the agreement, not the registration. ### Which is quicker to arrange? Whichever one you have the documents ready for. A personal application needs ID, address history and income evidence; a business application needs company details and accounts. The delay is almost always assembling paperwork, not the decision itself. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Leasing, PCP or hire purchase — what is the difference? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-vs-pcp-vs-hire-purchase Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Hire purchase buys the car in instalments and you own it at the end. PCP buys it too, but defers a large final payment you can choose not to make. A lease never buys it: you pay for the months you use it and hand it back. Everything else follows from that.** The three monthly-payment routes set side by side, and the single question — who owns the car at the end — that decides which one you are actually looking at. ## What is the one question that separates them? Who owns the car when the payments stop. On hire purchase, you do. The agreement is a purchase spread over time, and the final payment transfers title to you. On PCP, you can — a large deferred payment sits at the end, and paying it makes the car yours. On a lease, you never do, because you were never buying it. That single fact drives everything else: whether there is anything to sell at the end, whether mileage and condition are policed, whether a deposit is rent or a down payment, and what your exposure looks like if you want out early. Everything below is the consequence, worked through. ## How do they compare side by side? Leasing, PCP and hire purchase compared on ownership, end-of-term position, mileage and condition LeasePCPHire purchase Do you own the car?NeverOnly if you pay the final sumYes, at the end At the endHand it backPay, hand back or part-exchangeKeep it Large payment at the endNoYes, deferredNo Mileage limitYesYesNo Condition assessed at the endYesYes, if handed backNo Payment at the startRent in advanceDeposit towards the carDeposit towards the car Equity in the carNonePossibleYes, building Read the last row first. It explains both why leasing payments buy no stake and why leasing is the only one of the three with nothing to unwind at the end. ## How does hire purchase work? You pay a deposit, then fixed instalments, and the car becomes yours when the last one clears. Until then it is not yours to sell, which surprises people who think of it as ownership from the start. Because you are buying the car, nobody restricts your mileage and nobody inspects the paintwork at the end. You are free to run it into the ground if you want to, and its condition is your own problem in the same way it would be on a car bought outright. The monthly figures are the highest of the three, because the payments are buying the whole car rather than part of its value. What you get for that is an asset at the end. ## How does PCP work? A deposit, then instalments calculated to cover part of the car’s value, then a large deferred payment at the end if you want to keep it. That final sum is set against a forecast of what the car will be worth. Three routes open up at the end: pay it and keep the car, hand the car back and walk away, or use any value above the forecast as a deposit on the next one. It is a flexible structure and a widely misunderstood one. The forecast is a forecast: if the car is worth less than expected, the equity people were counting on is not there. And because handing it back is one of the routes, mileage and condition are policed exactly as they are on a lease. ## How does a lease work? You pay for the months you have the car and hand it back at the end. There is no final payment, no option to purchase and nothing to settle. The monthly figure is usually the lowest of the three on the same car, because it is covering the value lost while you have it rather than the whole vehicle. The trade is that you own nothing at the end. Mileage and condition matter, because the owner is going to sell the car and both affect what it makes. So the allowance is in the agreement, the condition standard is in the agreement, and both are assessed at collection. [How leasing works in the UK](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-car-leasing-works-in-the-uk) takes the sequence in order. ## Which one suits which person? Hire purchase suits someone who wants the car at the end and intends to keep it for a long time. If a car is going to be yours for eight years, buying it over four is straightforward and the mileage freedom is worth something real. PCP suits someone who wants to change cars regularly, does not want to commit to ownership and is comfortable with a deferred decision. It is the default in mainstream retail for a reason. Leasing suits someone who wants the use of the car, does not want an asset, and values knowing the whole cost up front. If the thought of managing a resale in three years holds no appeal at all, that preference alone is a reasonable answer. ## What does each one cost you to get out of early? All three have a route out and none of them is free, but they behave differently. On hire purchase and PCP you are part-way through buying something, so the position turns on the settlement figure against what the car is worth. Sometimes those numbers are close; often, early on, they are not. On a lease there is no asset to weigh. The exposure is the payments you have not made yet, which is why the length of the term is the variable that matters most. Two months into three is a very different position from two months into forty-eight — [ending a car lease early](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/ending-a-car-lease-early) works through it. ## Where does a short prestige lease sit in this? At the far end of the leasing option, and it is not competing with the other two. Nobody buys a supercar on hire purchase over four years because they want the flexibility. Nobody takes a PCP on one expecting to hand back the equity. The reason to lease a car like this for three months is that three months is what you want it for. Every agreement here runs on a three-month minimum term, taken as one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and delivery to an address you choose in mainland Britain. A car from our own fleet carries a confirmed figure on enquiry; a car arranged through a vetted partner is quoted on request. ## Frequently asked questions ### Which has the lowest monthly payment? Usually the lease, on the same car over the same period, because the payments cover the value lost rather than the whole vehicle. The comparison only holds if the terms match — the same car, the same duration, the same mileage. ### Can I part-exchange a leased car? No. There is nothing to part-exchange, because you never owned it. That is the structural difference from PCP, where any value above the forecast can be rolled into the next agreement. ### Is PCP a kind of lease? It is a purchase agreement with a deferred final payment, not a lease agreement — even though it behaves like a lease if you always hand the car back. The distinction matters most in what rights it carries and how an early exit is calculated. ### Does hire purchase avoid mileage charges? Yes, because you are buying the car and nobody else has a stake in its resale value. The mileage still costs you, of course — it just arrives as a lower price when you come to sell rather than as an invoice. ### Do you offer PCP or hire purchase? No. We lease, and the shortest agreement written here is three months. There is no daily, weekend or weekly hire either — one monthly figure on a minimum term is the only thing this site sells. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Car subscription or car lease — which suits which person? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/car-subscription-vs-car-leasing Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A subscription bundles more and commits you for less time: many include insurance and maintenance and run month to month. A lease bundles less, commits you to a term, and usually costs less per month for the same car. Choose on what you want included and how long you want to commit.** What a subscription bundles that a lease does not, what you give up for it, and an honest account of which reader is better served by which — including when it is not us. ## What is the actual difference? Two things: what is inside the monthly figure, and how long you are committed for. A subscription is built to be all-in and short. Many include insurance, maintenance, servicing and breakdown cover in a single payment, and many run month to month with a short notice period rather than to a minimum term. A lease is built to be long and unbundled. You arrange your own insurance, servicing may or may not be included, and you commit to a term. In exchange the monthly figure on the same car is usually lower. Neither is better. They are different products aimed at different situations, and the mistake is comparing the two headline figures as though they described the same thing. ## What does each one include? What a typical car subscription and a typical car lease include, and how each is committed to SubscriptionLease InsuranceOften includedUsually arranged by you Servicing and maintenanceUsually includedSometimes, sometimes not CommitmentOften month to monthA minimum term Paid at the startOften one monthA multiple of the monthly figure Monthly figure, same carHigherLower Swapping carsSometimes offeredNo Mileage allowanceYesYes Every row in the subscription column is a cost being carried by somebody, and all of them are inside the monthly figure. That is the whole explanation for the last row but one. ## Why is a subscription more per month? Because it is buying more things and committing to fewer of them. Insurance on a prestige car is a substantial annual cost. Maintenance is another. Wrapping both into a monthly figure does not make them cheaper; it makes them somebody else’s problem to price, and they price the risk as well as the cost. Short commitment adds to it separately. A provider who might have the car back in six weeks has to plan for that, and an asset with an uncertain occupancy earns less reliably than one on a term. That uncertainty is in the price. So the premium over a lease is not a markup on convenience. It is the arithmetic of a bundle and a short horizon. ## Who is a subscription genuinely better for? Several people, and it is worth saying so plainly rather than pretending otherwise. Anyone who wants one payment covering everything, including insurance, with nothing left to arrange. Anyone who cannot commit beyond a few months — a contract with an uncertain end, a stay in the UK of unknown length. Anyone who would struggle to arrange their own cover on a high-value car, which is a real constraint at this end of the market. Anyone who wants to change cars every few months rather than keep one. If two or more of those describe you, a subscription is very likely the better product and you should go and find a good one. ## Who is a lease better for? Someone who knows roughly how long they want the car for, and would rather not pay a premium for flexibility they are not going to use. Someone who already has a broker or an insurer they trust on high-value cars, and for whom arranging cover is a phone call rather than an obstacle. Someone comparing total cost over a period rather than a monthly headline. Across three months the gap between a bundled monthly figure and an unbundled one is a real number, and it is worth computing rather than assuming. And someone who wants a specific car rather than access to a pool. Subscriptions tend to offer what is available; a lease is arranged around the car you actually asked for. ## How do you compare the two honestly? Not on the monthly figure, which is the one number that is guaranteed not to be comparable. Take the same period — three months, say — and build the total for each. For the subscription, that is the monthly figure times three, plus anything up front. For the lease, it is the monthly figure times three, plus the extra month the initial payment adds, plus your own insurance quote for the period, plus servicing if it is not included. Then check the two lists of inclusions against each other and add anything missing from one of them. Only then are the totals describing the same thing. Do it on paper. It takes ten minutes and it routinely reverses the answer people assumed from the headline figures. ## Where do we sit, honestly? We are a lease, not a subscription, and the differences are real ones rather than positioning. The minimum term is three months, taken as one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and delivery to an address you choose in mainland Britain. That is one month at the start where a subscription would commonly ask for one, and a three-month floor where a subscription might let you leave sooner. Insurance is not presented here as a bundled headline feature. The arrangement that applies to a particular car is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, and [the insurance page](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) states the position as it stands rather than implying a cover level we have not confirmed. If an all-in monthly figure with cover inside it and a one-month commitment is what you need, that is a subscription, and we would rather tell you than sell you something else. ## What should you ask either kind of supplier? The same five questions, and the answers tell you which product you are actually being offered. What is inside the monthly figure, itemised. What is the shortest period I am committed to. What do I pay before the car arrives. What is the mileage allowance and the charge beyond it. What does it cost to stop. A supplier of either product should answer all five in writing without hesitation. Where they will not, the gap is the answer. And if the two quotes in front of you differ on more than one of the five, you are not comparing prices — you are comparing products. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a car subscription just an expensive lease? No, it is a different bundle. The higher figure is buying insurance, maintenance and the right to stop sooner. Whether that is good value depends on what those three would cost you separately and how much the flexibility is worth. ### Can you swap cars part-way through a lease? Not as a feature of the agreement. Moving to a different car means ending one arrangement and starting another, which is a conversation rather than a switch. Subscriptions that offer swapping build that cost into the monthly figure. ### Which is quicker to start? A subscription is often quicker, because a shorter commitment usually carries a lighter process. A lease is an underwritten agreement, so there is a credit assessment and paperwork before the car moves. ### Do subscriptions have mileage limits too? Almost always. Miles affect the car’s value whoever is carrying it, so an allowance and a charge beyond it are standard on both products. Compare the allowances as carefully as you compare the monthly figures. ### What is the shortest agreement you will write? Three months. There is no daily, weekend or weekly hire here and there never has been on the current product — one monthly figure on a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Who insures a leased car, and what does the arrangement look like? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/who-insures-a-leased-car Last checked: 2026-10-13 **On most UK leases the hirer arranges fully comprehensive cover and the owner’s interest in the vehicle is noted on the policy, because the car belongs to someone else throughout. On cars here, the arrangement that applies is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed.** How insurance works on a car you do not own — whose policy, whose name, why the owner’s interest is noted, and what happens if the car is written off. ## Why is insurance different on a leased car? Because two parties have an interest in the same vehicle, and only one of them is driving it. You have the use of the car and the liability that comes with driving it. The owner has the asset — and if it is damaged or destroyed, it is their money that has gone, not yours. An insurance arrangement that ignores that leaves the person with the most to lose outside the contract. So a lease almost always specifies what cover has to be in place, at what level, and how the owner’s position is protected. It is not a formality and it is not negotiable in the way an excess sometimes is. It is the condition on which the car is handed over at all. ## Whose policy is it, normally? On mainstream UK leasing, yours. The standard arrangement is that the hirer arranges fully comprehensive cover for the whole term, in their own name or their company’s, and provides evidence of it before the car is released. Fully comprehensive is not a preference there. Third-party cover protects other people’s property, and the vehicle you would be leaving unprotected belongs to someone else. There are arrangements where cover sits with the supplier instead, usually on shorter agreements or on specialist vehicles, and the monthly figure reflects it. The only reliable way to know which you are looking at is to read the agreement rather than infer it from the price. ## What does "the owner’s interest is noted" mean? It means the insurer is told, in writing and on the policy, that the vehicle belongs to a named third party. The practical effect shows up at claim time. Where the car is a total loss, the settlement relates to a vehicle the owner owns, and noting the interest is what makes sure the money goes to the right place rather than to whoever happens to have made the claim. It also protects you. A policy that describes you as the owner of a car you do not own is inaccurate, and inaccuracy in a proposal is the thing insurers rely on when they decline to pay. Declare the position properly at the outset and the problem never arises. ## Who is the registered keeper, and does it matter? Not you, and yes — but less than people fear. On any lease the vehicle stays registered to its owner or their nominated keeper for the duration, so the V5C never arrives in your name. That is normal and every insurer at this end of the market understands it. What it changes is your declaration. You are the driver and the policyholder, not the owner and not the registered keeper, and the proposal form has separate questions for those things. Answering them accurately is the whole task. It also means correspondence about the vehicle — recalls, notices, penalty charges — reaches the owner first and is passed on to you, which is why telling them promptly about an incident matters. ## Who can drive it? The people who have been named and checked in advance, and nobody else. Every named driver has to meet the vehicle’s own criteria in their own right — minimum age, years of licence held, tolerance for penalty points — and those criteria vary by car rather than by make. Across this catalogue the minimum age starts at 25 and climbs with performance, and [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out the bands. There is no adding somebody at the kerbside. An unnamed driver is an uninsured driver, and an uninsured driver in a car worth several times the average UK house deposit is not a paperwork problem — it is an offence and an uncovered loss at the same time. ## What happens if the car is written off? The agreement ends early, by a route you did not choose, and there is usually a gap. An insurer settles at the vehicle’s market value at the time of the loss. What the owner is owed under the agreement is a different calculation, and the two rarely match exactly. The difference is the shortfall, and who carries it is set out in the agreement rather than assumed. Shortfall cover — commonly sold as GAP insurance — exists to meet that difference. Whether it is needed, and in what form, depends on the agreement, so it is a question to ask at the outset rather than after an accident. The immediate practical steps are the ordinary ones: make it safe, gather details and photographs, do not admit liability at the roadside, and tell whoever holds the agreement the same day. ## What about the excess? The excess is your maximum contribution to a covered claim, and on an expensive car it is a substantial figure rather than a nominal one. Across the catalogue the published excesses run £1,500 to £35,000, and on cars in our own fleet £2,000 to £10,000. Those figures are provisional pending confirmation and are published as provisional rather than presented as settled. A refundable deposit is held separately, and one of the things it can be applied to is an excess you owe. They are not the same payment and they are not the same obligation — [initial payment versus deposit](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/initial-payment-vs-deposit-on-a-car-lease) separates them properly. ## How does it work on a car from here? The arrangement that applies to a particular vehicle is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. That is the honest answer, and it is the answer rather than a holding position: most of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners, and the arrangement on a partner’s vehicle is the partner’s to set. We do not describe a car as insured until that is confirmed for that car, and we do not ask you to assume it either. [The insurance page](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) states the position as it currently stands, and it is updated as arrangements are confirmed rather than written to sound complete. What is settled is the shape around it: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, 1,000 miles a month, delivery to an address you choose in mainland Britain, and every figure in the cost stack visible before a form rather than after it. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I insure a leased car on my existing policy? Ask your insurer before you assume it. Adding a high-value car to an existing policy is common, but the vehicle’s value, the ownership position and the named drivers all have to be declared accurately, and not every insurer will write it. ### Does my no-claims discount apply? That is between you and your insurer, and it depends on whose policy the car sits on. Where cover is arranged by a supplier rather than by you, your own discount is usually unaffected because no policy of yours is involved. ### What is GAP insurance and do I need it? It covers the difference between an insurer’s settlement and what is owed under the agreement after a total loss. Whether it is needed depends on the agreement, so ask what your shortfall exposure would be before deciding. ### Who deals with the claim — me or the owner? Both, in sequence. You report it to the insurer and to whoever holds the agreement, and the owner has an interest in the outcome because it is their vehicle. Do not arrange repairs on a car you do not own. ### Are the published excess figures final? They are provisional, and they are labelled as provisional rather than presented as confirmed. The figure that applies to your agreement is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What does a car lease agreement actually commit you to? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-a-lease-agreement-commits-you-to Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A lease commits you to pay for the term, to stay within an agreed mileage, to keep and return the car in an agreed condition, to insure it, to use it only as permitted and to let nobody else drive it unnamed. It does not commit you to buy the car, ever.** Seven obligations a lease puts on you, the things it does not commit you to, and the five clauses worth reading properly before anything is signed. ## What are you promising? Seven things, and they are the same seven on nearly every lease whoever wrote it. To make the payments, for the length of the term. To stay within the mileage allowance, or pay the rate beyond it. To keep the car in a condition that meets the return standard. To insure it, at the level the agreement specifies. To use it only as permitted, and not to modify it. To let nobody drive it who has not been named and checked. To give it back at the end. Everything else in the document is machinery around those seven. Read them against your own life before you read anything else. ## What does committing to a term really mean? That the payments are owed for the length of the agreement, not for as long as you happen to want the car. This is the obligation people most often misread, because a monthly payment feels like a subscription. It is not. The term is the thing you agreed to, and the monthly instalments are how it is paid for. The practical consequence is that the length of the term is the size of the commitment. A four-year agreement is a four-year promise, and there is a price on getting out of it — [ending a car lease early](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/ending-a-car-lease-early) sets out how that is calculated. Every agreement here runs on a three-month minimum term, which is the smallest version of this promise the business writes. ## What condition are you committing to return it in? Not showroom. A standard, and a specific one. The return standard is what separates ordinary wear from chargeable damage, and the UK industry’s reference point is the fair wear and tear standard published by the BVRLA — measurements rather than opinions, panel by panel. Your agreement will name whatever standard applies to it. Two practical obligations sit underneath this and are easy to miss. Servicing on schedule, evidenced, because a missing service history is a real reduction in value. And telling the owner about damage rather than arranging your own repair on a car that is not yours. The hand-back itself is covered in [what happens at the end of a car lease](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-happens-at-the-end-of-a-car-lease). ## What are you committing to on mileage and use? An allowance and a set of permissions, and the second one catches more people than the first. The allowance is a number in the agreement, and miles beyond it are charged at a rate that is also in the agreement. That is straightforward, and [excess mileage](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-is-excess-mileage-and-how-is-it-charged) covers the mechanics. Use is less obvious. A lease will typically prohibit hiring the car out, using it for reward, taking it on a track, taking it abroad without permission, and modifying it. None of these is unreasonable when the car belongs to someone else, but all of them are easy to breach without realising, and a breach is a different and more serious thing than a charge. If you want to do any of them, ask in advance and get the answer in writing. ## What are you not committing to? To buying the car. There is no option to purchase in a lease and no balloon payment at the end — that is the structural difference between leasing and both PCP and hire purchase, and [the comparison guide](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-vs-pcp-vs-hire-purchase) sets the three out. To an open-ended relationship. The term is the term. What happens after a minimum term is reached is agreed rather than assumed. To anything you have not been shown. A charge that appears for the first time after signature is a charge worth challenging, and a supplier who publishes the cost stack before the form rather than after it has made that unlikely by design. ## Which five clauses should you read twice? These, in this order, and the whole exercise takes about fifteen minutes. Early termination. What it costs to stop, with the calculation, not just the existence of a right. Mileage. The allowance, the rate beyond it, and how a part-period is pro-rated. Condition and return. The standard, who assesses it, and how a charge is disputed. Insurance. What level is required, in whose name, and what happens after a total loss. Default. What counts as a breach and what the owner can do about it. If any of the five is absent, vague or cross-referenced to a document you have not been given, that is the finding. Ask for it before you sign rather than after. ## Can the agreement be changed once it has started? Not by either side alone, and that cuts both ways. Anything you want to change — the mileage allowance, a named driver, taking the car abroad — needs agreeing and recording in writing. A change discussed on the phone and not written down is not a change; the document is what will be read at collection, in a dispute, or by anyone who was not on the call. The same applies to anything the owner wants to change. A variation clause is worth reading for exactly this reason: it tells you what can move without your agreement, which on a well-drafted agreement should be very little. Keep the correspondence. A dated email confirming a variation has resolved more end-of-term disputes than any amount of recollection. ## What should you have in writing before you commit? The agreement itself, in full, with time to read it — not a summary, not a quote, and not a link to terms you are asked to accept at a checkout. Alongside it: the monthly figure and the term it is quoted on, the initial payment, the mileage allowance and the rate beyond it, the deposit, the insurance excess, the early termination position, and the delivery and collection arrangements. That is the whole cost stack, and on this site it is published on each car’s page before any form appears rather than arriving afterwards. Nothing material should be seen for the first time once you have already committed your details. No payment is taken online here. A person confirms every booking, and that conversation is where the agreement is explained rather than assumed. [Our terms](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/rental-terms) and [the FAQs](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/faqs) are the starting points. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the agreement the same for every car? The shape is consistent — a three-month minimum term, one month up front, 1,000 miles a month — but the figures are per vehicle, and cars arranged through a partner carry that partner’s terms. Those are confirmed with you in writing rather than assumed to match ours. ### What happens if I break one of the use restrictions? It depends what and how seriously, and it is handled as a breach rather than as a charge. That is why permission in advance is worth asking for even when the answer seems obviously yes — a written yes costs nothing and removes the question entirely. ### Can I let my partner drive the car? Only if they are named and checked in advance, and only if they meet that vehicle’s own age, licence and points criteria in their own right. An unnamed driver is an uninsured driver, and nobody can be added at the roadside. ### Who pays a parking fine or a congestion charge? You do. Charges incurred while you have the car are yours, and they typically reach the registered keeper first and are passed on, sometimes with an administration fee. Deal with them promptly — they escalate faster than most people expect. ### Where can I read the terms before enquiring? They are published on the site rather than sent after an enquiry, and the cost figures for each car are on that car’s page. If anything in them is unclear, ask before you commit rather than after — that is what the enquiry conversation is for. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Can you lease a car for three months in the UK? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/can-you-lease-a-car-for-six-months Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Yes. A three-month car lease is uncommon in the UK but it exists, and it is the shortest agreement we write on any car. The structure is one month paid up front and then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and the car delivered anywhere in mainland Britain, or collected by you.** Three months is the shortest agreement we write. What that term includes, what it costs against a longer one, and who it actually suits. ## What does a three-month lease mean? A term with a date on the end of it, a fixed monthly figure, a fixed mileage allowance, and a car that arrives at your address and is collected from it at the end. Nothing about it is provisional once the agreement is signed, which is the whole difference between a lease and an arrangement you renew every few weeks. Every agreement here runs on the same shape: one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. The first payment is larger because it is two payments, not because there is a fee hiding inside it. There is no day or weekend product here to compare it against. Three months is the floor, not the entry point to something shorter. ## Why are three-month leases so hard to find? Because most leasing is written over two to four years, and the arithmetic of a car does not shorten neatly. A lease is, at bottom, a way of paying for the value a car loses while you have it, plus the cost of holding it. Over three years that loss is spread across a lot of payments. Over three months it is spread across three. That is why a short term costs more per month than a long one on the same car, and why most of the market does not offer it. It is not a penalty. It is the same cost divided differently. The second reason is practical. A car coming back after three months has to go somewhere — out again to another customer, or into a sale. A business that only writes long agreements never has to solve that problem. A business that writes short ones solves it on every car. ## What is included in the three months? The car, for the whole term, on an agreement that does not change underneath you. 1,000 miles a month, the included allowance on every agreement. Excess mileage is charged per mile at a rate published on each car's page, 95p to £10 across the catalogue. Delivery to the address you choose, and collection from an address you choose at the end. They do not have to be the same one. A person to call for the length of the term, rather than a portal. Fuel or charge is yours. The refundable security deposit is separate money and is not a payment towards the monthly figure. Insurance is not assumed either way on this site: the arrangement for your car is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, and it is not something to plan around on an assumption. ## How much is a three-month lease? Every car on this site is quoted rather than listed, so the figure comes back against your enquiry rather than off a page. What moves it is the car first and furthest; then the term, because a short one carries more of the car's early depreciation than a long one; then the mileage, if you need more than the 1,000 miles a month included; then the deposit and excess band that particular car sits in. The last thing that moves it is whose car it is. A car in our own fleet is one we buy, insure, prepare and deliver ourselves, and the agreement is directly with us, so the figure is ours to confirm and it comes back firm. Most of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners, and those are quoted on request against your term, your mileage and the specific vehicle — a real constraint rather than a sales technique, and [why prestige leases are quoted rather than listed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/why-prestige-leases-are-quoted-not-listed) sets out the reason in full. The shape of the money does not move whatever the figure is: a 3-month minimum term, one month of it up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. Compare a three-month figure against a longer one on total commitment, not on the monthly number alone — on the shortest term most of the money leaves in the first payment, and the shortest term at a higher monthly figure can be less money out of the door than a longer one at a lower figure. The total is the only comparison that answers the question you are actually asking. ## What do you pay before the car arrives? One month of the monthly figure, and a refundable security deposit held against a card in the hirer's own name. Nothing is taken through this website at any point — no card details, no deposit, no monthly payment. A person confirms every agreement. Deposits across the catalogue run from £1,500 to £50,000, and from £2,000 to £10,000 on cars in our own fleet. They are provisional figures pending final confirmation, and the one that applies to your car is stated in writing before you commit to anything. The deposit comes back at the end of the term once the car is checked, less anything properly deducted: miles above the allowance, fuel or charge not replaced, damage up to the excess, and any fine or charge incurred while the car was with you. A debit card with a daily limit below the deposit is the most common thing that stops an agreement on the morning of delivery. Check it early rather than at the kerb. ## Who is three months right for? Five situations come up repeatedly, and they share a shape: a need with an end date. A contract or secondment with a known finish, where a three-year agreement would outlive the reason for it. A car on order. A build slot landing in the spring leaves a gap over the winter, and three months covers it without overlapping the delivery. A season. A convertible from April, something heavier from October — [leasing a convertible for the summer](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-convertible-for-the-summer) works that through properly, including the terms longer than the minimum that a full summer needs. Trying a car before a long commitment. Three months tells you whether you can live with a low nose, a firm ride or a real-world range in a way a test drive cannot. A business need with a project attached. [Business leasing](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/business) covers how that is set up; how it is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant rather than for us. ## What do you need to qualify? A full driving licence held for long enough for the car you want, and an age at or above that car's minimum. Both tests are set per car and both have to be passed by the same driver: across the catalogue the minimum age is 25 on 44 cars, 28 on 20, 30 on 50 and 32 on 1, and licence-held requirements run from three years to ten. We also ask a single question about your credit standing. Every agreement this site takes runs for months rather than days and is underwritten accordingly, so the question is ordinary in that context. It is asked once, at the enquiry stage. The published criteria are provisional pending final confirmation. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) carries the current position, and cars arranged through a partner carry that partner's criteria, which we confirm with you in writing rather than assuming they match ours. ## How do you set one up? Tell us the car, the date you want it and roughly how long you need it for. We come back with a written quote covering the monthly figure, the term, the mileage, the deposit, the excess and the delivery arrangement, and nothing about it moves afterwards. If the car you want is arranged through a partner, that stage is where the real figure comes from, so give us the term and the mileage rather than asking what it costs in the abstract. A term and a mileage produce a number; a question without them produces a range that helps nobody. [How it works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/how-it-works) sets out the sequence end to end, and [the enquiry form](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) is the start of it. A person confirms every booking, no payment is taken online, and the car is delivered to you or collected by you. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can a three-month lease be extended? Ask at the start rather than at the end. An extension depends on what has been arranged for that particular car after your term, which is a constraint on a specific vehicle rather than a policy we can state in advance. Saying at the enquiry stage that you might want longer makes it far more likely to be possible. ### Can you end a lease early? The term is agreed at the outset and it is a commitment on both sides, so early termination is not something to plan around. If your need genuinely has an uncertain end, say so before you sign — choosing a shorter term at the outset is a much better answer than signing a long one and hoping to get out of it. ### Is three months available on every car? It is the floor on everything we lease, but availability on a specific vehicle is a separate question from term length. Cars arranged through a partner depend on what that partner holds and what is already committed, so we confirm the car and the dates together rather than one at a time. ### Do you lease to Northern Ireland? No. Delivery and collection cover mainland Britain only. That is a limit on where the car can go rather than on who may enquire, and it is better known now than after a quote. ### How does the mileage allowance work on a short term? The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month, so it follows the length of the term rather than having to be apportioned out of an annual figure, and your agreement states the mileage it carries. Tell us at the quote stage if you expect to do more — mileage agreed in advance is always cheaper than mileage settled at the end, and a term this short leaves little room to average a heavy month out. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What is the shortest car lease you can get in the UK? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/shortest-car-lease-in-the-uk Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Three months is the shortest agreement we write, on every car in the catalogue, and a term that short is uncommon in the UK. Most leasing is written over two to four years. Anything shorter than about three months is normally a rolling subscription or a rental rather than a lease, and the difference shows up in what you commit to.** The term ladder from a few days to four years, where a real lease starts, and the four questions that separate a committed short term from a rolling product. ## Where does the floor sit? At three months, if what you want is an agreed term, a fixed monthly figure and a date on the end of it. Below that the market changes character: what is on offer stops being a lease and becomes either a rolling monthly subscription you can cancel, or a rental agreement priced by the day. Those are legitimate products and they suit some people. They are not the same commitment, they are not priced the same way, and a comparison that puts them in the same column as a lease is comparing the wrong things. Above three months the ladder is familiar. A year is the shortest term many brokers will look at. Two, three and four years are where the mainstream sits, and where the lowest monthly figures live. ## Why do most leases start at two years? Because the cost of a car is dominated by what it loses in value while you have it, and that loss is heaviest early. Spread it over three or four years and each payment is small. Spread it over three months and each payment carries a much larger share of it. Everything else follows. Preparation, delivery, collection, inspection and putting the car back into service happen once per agreement regardless of its length, so a short agreement carries the same fixed work over fewer payments. None of this makes a short term bad value. It makes it a different trade: more per month, far less in total, and an end date you chose rather than one you have to live with. ## Is a subscription the same as a short lease? No, and the distinction matters more than the marketing suggests. A subscription is usually rolling: you give notice, you hand the car back, and the monthly figure reflects the flexibility you are buying. A lease runs for the term you agreed at a figure that was set then, and neither side can change its mind halfway through. Flexibility costs money, and that is the honest way to read the price difference. If you genuinely do not know whether you will still want the car in month four, it may be worth paying for. If you do know, you are paying for an option you will never exercise. The other difference is what is bundled. Subscriptions often fold insurance and maintenance into one figure; a lease is more commonly the car and the term, with the rest confirmed separately. Neither is automatically better. They are simply not comparable on the headline number. ## What is the shortest term we will write? Three months, on every car, from the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) through to anything arranged through a partner. It moved to three months on 13 October 2026, and the reason was the market rather than an internal preference: demand for short terms is real, and a higher floor could not answer it. Three months is a floor rather than a default. Longer terms are available on request, and the monthly figure normally improves as the term lengthens — the same arithmetic as above, running the other way. What has not changed is the shape of the agreement. One month up front, then one a month, 1,000 miles a month, delivered or collected. A shorter term does not thin the agreement out. ## How do you tell a real short lease from a rebadged one? Four questions, and they take about a minute to ask. Is the term set at the start, or rolling with a notice period? A notice period means a subscription. Is the monthly figure fixed for the whole term? If it can be repriced mid-term, it is not a lease figure. What is the total commitment, including everything paid at the start? A low monthly figure with a large initial payment is a different deal from the same figure without one. What is actually included? Insurance, servicing, tyres and mileage are the four that move a headline number most. [How to compare two lease quotes properly](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-to-compare-two-lease-quotes) turns those into a method you can apply to two real offers side by side. ## Does a shorter term change what you can lease? It changes availability rather than eligibility. Driver criteria are set against the car and do not move with the term: the minimum age is 25 on 44 cars and 30 or above on the fastest, whether you take that car for three months or three years. What a short term does affect is which specific vehicles are free for your window. A car already committed for the spring cannot start a three-month agreement in March, and no flexibility on price changes that. It is why we ask for a date early rather than late. Across a catalogue of 116 cars, and the 10 supercars within it, the practical answer is usually that something suitable is available on your dates even when your first choice is not. ## What about terms shorter than three months? We do not write them — not because a shorter agreement is impossible to price, but because it is a different product with different economics, and offering it badly would be worse than not offering it. If your need is genuinely a few days, you want a rental company, and saying so is more use to you than a quote you will not take. If it is a matter of weeks, three months may still be worth costing out; the totals land closer together than people expect once several weeks of daily figures are added up. The one thing we will not do is describe a three-month agreement as something it is not. It is a lease, its end date is set before it starts, and both sides are held to it. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a longer lease cheaper per month than three months? Usually, on the same car with the same mileage, because the cost is spread across more payments. Whether it is cheaper overall depends entirely on how long you actually need the car, which is the comparison that matters rather than the monthly figure on its own. ### Can I take a longer term than three months? Yes. Three months is the shortest we write, not the longest. Tell us the term you want at the enquiry stage and it is quoted against that, because the term and the mileage together are what produce the figure. ### Do short leases need a bigger deposit? The security deposit is set against the vehicle rather than the term — it reflects what the car is and what it would cost to put right. Deposits across the catalogue run from £1,500 to £50,000 and are confirmed in writing for your specific car before anything is agreed. ### Is a short lease harder to get approved? The checks are the same ones, done once at the start and read against the whole term. We ask about age, licence history and credit standing at the enquiry stage precisely so anything awkward surfaces while there is still time to put you in a different car. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Three months or longer? How to choose a lease term URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/choosing-a-lease-term-three-months-or-longer Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Choose the term by how long you genuinely need the car, then check the total cost rather than the monthly figure. A longer term almost always costs less per month and more in total. The 3-month minimum suits a need with an end date, a longer term suits a need without one, and mileage is usually the tie-breaker.** The monthly figure is the wrong thing to decide on. How to work out which term costs less in total, and what changes when the end date is uncertain. ## Start with the need, not the price The most expensive mistake in leasing is choosing a term to reach a monthly figure. A long agreement taken because it looked cheaper per month, on a need that ended in July, costs more than the short one that would have matched it. So the first question is not what you can afford a month. It is how long you will actually want this car. If there is a date — a contract ending, a build slot arriving, a season closing — the term should reach it and stop. If there is no date, a longer term is usually the better buy, because you are not paying a premium for an ending you do not need. ## Do the total, not the monthly Work it out on the back of an envelope before anything else. Take the monthly figure, multiply by the term, and remember that the month up front is the first of those months rather than an addition to them. Take the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport): on the 3-month minimum the total is its monthly figure three times over, and doubling the term doubles the total. If your need is four months, ask for both — the 3-month minimum plus the cost of covering the gap, and a four-month term quoted properly — because which of the two is cheaper is not something the monthly figure will tell you. The comparison only works when both sides sit on the same mileage, the same term and the same inclusions. If they do not, you are comparing two different products and the arithmetic is decoration. ## How does mileage change the answer? The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month on every agreement, and excess mileage is charged per mile at a rate published on each car's page, 95p to £10 across the catalogue. That matters more on a short term than a long one, because a long term has more months to absorb a heavy one. A thousand miles over the allowance inside a three-year agreement disappears into the quiet months. Across three months there is very little room for it. So if your use is uneven — a summer of long journeys, a project two hundred miles away — say so at the quote stage and have the mileage set for it. Mileage agreed in advance is priced into the figure. Mileage discovered at collection is settled per mile, and per mile is always the expensive way to buy it. ## What if the end date is uncertain? Take the shorter term. The term binds both sides once it is agreed and early termination is not a plan; an extension is a conversation, and a conversation is a much better position to be in than a contract you want out of. Tell us at the enquiry stage that the end is uncertain. It changes which cars we suggest, because a vehicle with nothing committed after your window is a far better candidate for an extension than one that is already spoken for. The reverse holds too. If you know the need is long and stable, say that as well — the monthly figure normally improves as the term lengthens, and there is no reason to buy flexibility you will not use. What you should not do is split the difference by guessing. A term chosen to hedge an unknown date tends to be wrong at both ends: long enough to outlive the need, short enough to need extending anyway. ## The five questions that settle it Is there a date the need ends? If there is, match the term to it. What is the total across each term? Not the monthly figure. How many miles will you really do, and when? Uneven use punishes a short term. How certain is that end date? Uncertainty argues for shorter, not longer. Is this the right car for the whole period? A convertible from October is a different proposition from a convertible from April. If four of the five point the same way, that is your term. If they split, the tie-breaker is almost always the end date rather than the money. ## Does the car itself change the choice? It does, in two ways that are easy to miss. The first is practical fit. A car you are unsure about — a low nose in a town full of steep ramps, a firm ride on a long commute, a real-world range on a route without chargers — is an argument for the shortest term. Three months is long enough to find out and short enough to be wrong. The second is availability. Some cars are easier to secure for a long window and some for a short one, and across the partner-sourced part of the catalogue that is genuinely vehicle by vehicle. Asking what is available from March for three months gets a better answer than naming one car and one term with no room in either. [Supercar, grand tourer or SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-grand-tourer-or-suv-which-to-hire) is the companion question if the car itself is still open. ## What does not change with the length of the term? Everything about the shape of the agreement. One month up front, then one a month, whichever term you choose. The same 1,000 miles a month. The same delivery, or collection by you, and the same return at the end, anywhere in mainland Britain. The same driver criteria, because those are set against the car rather than the term. The security deposit does not move with the term either. It is set against the vehicle — from £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue — and confirmed in writing for your car before anything is agreed. The insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before signing in both cases, and it is never something to infer from the length of the term. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is it cheaper to take a longer term and hand the car back early? No. The term you agree is a commitment for its whole length, so handing a car back early does not shorten it or reduce what is owed. If three months is what you need, take three months. ### Can I start on three months and extend? It depends on what is committed on that specific car after your window, so raise it at the enquiry stage rather than in the last few weeks. Flagging it early costs nothing and often changes which vehicle we put you in. ### Does a longer term always mean a lower monthly figure? Normally, on the same car and the same mileage, because the cost is spread across more payments. It is not something we can guarantee on a partner-sourced car, which is quoted against the specific vehicle, so ask for both terms and compare the written figures. ### What happens at the end of the term, whichever you choose? We collect the car from an address you choose, repeat the condition check and the photographs taken at handover, read the mileage against the allowance, and release the deposit on the timing given to you in writing once everything matches. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Short-term supercar leasing, explained URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/short-term-supercar-leasing-explained Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Short-term supercar leasing means an agreement measured in months rather than the two to four years mainstream leasing is built on. Our floor is 3 months on every supercar, all of which are arranged through vetted partners and quoted on request. One month is paid up front, with 1,000 miles a month included.** How short-term supercar leasing works in the UK, why supply rather than money is usually the obstacle, and where our terms are plainly not the loosest available. ## What counts as short term on a supercar? A few months rather than a few years. Mainstream leasing is written over two to four years, so anything inside a year is short by the standards of the market, and anything inside three months has usually stopped being a lease and become a rental or a rolling subscription. Our floor is three months, on every car, and it moved there on 13 October 2026. Below three months there is nothing here, and there is no day or weekend product sitting underneath it. Be aware of what else is out there before you decide we are the right fit. Some providers in this segment will write one month, and some fold insurance into a single figure. We do neither, and if that is what you need then somebody else is the better answer. ## Why is supply the hard part, not the money? Because a supercar is not a stock item. Every supercar in our catalogue — the 10 of them — is arranged through a vetted partner rather than held by us, and a partner's car is committed to real dates for real customers. That has two consequences worth knowing before you enquire. The first is that the answer to "can I have a Revuelto from March" is a question about one specific vehicle rather than about a model. The second is that flexibility on your dates is worth more than flexibility on your budget. It also means we do not publish a price for any of them. A car we do not hold cannot carry a figure we can stand behind, and a number invented to fill the gap is worth nothing to you the moment you try to book against it. ## What does a three-month supercar agreement look like? The same shape as every other agreement here, with the segment's own weights attached to it. 3-month minimum term, with a monthly figure fixed for the whole of it. One month up front, then one a month. 1,000 miles a month included. Excess mileage on the faster cars is at the top of the catalogue range, 95p to £10. Delivered to your address and collected from one you choose, mainland Britain only. A refundable security deposit held against a card in your own name, £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue and highest on exactly the cars you would expect. The insurance arrangement on a partner-sourced car is set by whoever holds the vehicle, and it is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed rather than assumed from what the rest of the market does. ## Why does every supercar say "on request"? Because the figure depends on the specific car, your term and your mileage, and none of those exist until you tell us. A published number would have to assume all three, and an assumption presented as a price is the thing this sector is criticised for. What you get instead is a written quote against a named vehicle and named dates, with the deposit, the excess, the mileage and the delivery arrangement all on the same page as the monthly figure. Nothing in our own fleet is a mid-engined supercar either, so this is not a presentational choice about the segment. Where the car is ours we are the ones confirming the figure, which is why it comes back faster and firmer; where it is a partner's we are waiting on the partner. That is the honest shape of the catalogue rather than a quirk of presentation, and [why prestige leases are quoted rather than listed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/why-prestige-leases-are-quoted-not-listed) goes into why. ## What will stop you before the car does? The driver criteria, usually, and they are stricter in this segment than anywhere else in the catalogue. Every supercar sets its minimum age at 28 or above and most ask for 30; 1 of the catalogue asks for 32. Licence-held requirements on the fastest cars run to eight and ten years, and points tolerance narrows as the car gets quicker — 6 cars tolerate three points and 1 tolerates none. Age and licence history are two separate tests and the same driver has to pass both on the same car. A thirty-two-year-old who passed their test three years ago does not qualify for a car asking eight. These figures are provisional pending final confirmation, and a partner-sourced car carries that partner's criteria, which we confirm with you in writing. [Driver age and licence rules](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/driver-age-and-licence-rules-for-prestige-cars) sets out how the bands work and what to do if you sit under one. ## What does it cost to run one for three months? More than the monthly figure, and it is worth costing properly before you commit to a term rather than discovering it in month two. Fuel on a large-capacity engine driven the way these cars invite is the obvious one. Tyres are the less obvious one: a set on a mid-engined car is not a set on a saloon, and even three months of enthusiastic use is long enough to matter. Then there is the Congestion Charge and ULEZ if you are in London, parking that will actually take a wide car, and somewhere secure to leave it. Excess mileage is the one people underestimate. At the top of the 95p to £10 band, a few long trips beyond the allowance add up quickly, and mileage bought in advance is always cheaper than mileage settled at the end. ## Is three months the right instrument for a supercar? Count the days first. Most people who lease a car like this drive it on a fraction of the days they have it, and three months of payments against fifteen or twenty real outings is a particular kind of purchase. Some will look at that and stop; others will point out that the whole value is the car being there on the morning you want it, which is not something a booking can deliver. Both answers are defensible. What is not defensible is arriving at the figure by accident, which is what happens when the term is chosen to reach a monthly number rather than to match a use. The honest alternative in this segment is a different car rather than a different term. A grand tourer or a fast SUV goes out on the same 3-month floor, costs less to run across a quarter, and some of them are cars we own rather than source — the [Lamborghini Urus](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) and the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) among them, so the figure on either is ours to confirm rather than a partner's. [What a supercar is like to live with](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/can-you-lease-a-supercar-in-the-uk) covers the practical side of the choice. ## How do you start one? Give us three things: the car or the kind of car, the date you want it, and roughly how long for. With a partner-sourced vehicle those three are what turn an enquiry into a real answer, and without them nothing can be checked. We come back with what is genuinely available on your dates, which is sometimes the car you asked for and sometimes the nearest thing that is free. A written quote follows, and it holds. Nothing is paid through this website — no card details, no deposit, no monthly payment. A person confirms every booking, and the car is delivered to you or collected by you. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease a supercar for one month? Not with us. Three months is the shortest agreement we write on any car. Providers offering one month do exist in this segment, and if a month is genuinely what you need then one of them is the right answer rather than us. ### Is insurance included in the monthly figure? Do not assume it either way. The arrangement that applies to your car is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, and on a partner-sourced vehicle it is set by whoever holds the car. Ask the question at the quote stage and get the answer in writing. ### Does a short term cost more per month on a supercar? Normally, yes, for the same reason it does on any car: the cost is spread across fewer payments. On a partner-sourced vehicle the figure also reflects what that specific car costs to hold and to put right, which is why it is quoted rather than listed. ### Do I need to have owned a performance car before? There is no experience test as such. What is tested is age, licence history and endorsements, and on the fastest cars those bands are set high enough that they do a similar job. The criteria for a specific car are confirmed before anything is agreed. ### Can the term start on a specific date? That is exactly the conversation to have first on a partner-sourced car. Dates drive availability far more than budget does, so tell us the date at the enquiry stage rather than after a figure has been discussed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Can you lease a supercar in the UK? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/can-you-lease-a-supercar-in-the-uk Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Yes. Supercars are leased in the UK on agreed terms in the same way as any other car, with three differences: the driver criteria are stricter, almost every car is sourced through a partner rather than held in stock, and the price is quoted against a specific vehicle rather than listed. Our minimum term is 3 months.** What it takes to put a supercar on your drive on a lease: the criteria, the sourcing, the full cost stack and the practical realities over months rather than a day. ## Can anyone lease a supercar, or is it a closed shop? It is not a closed shop, but it is a filtered one, and the filter is the insurer rather than the seller. A supercar goes out on a policy, and the underwriter prices the combination of a very fast car and a specific driver. That is why the criteria tighten as the car gets quicker. In practice the gate is age, licence history and endorsements rather than anything to do with status or occupation. Every supercar in the catalogue sets its minimum age at 28 or above, most ask for 30, and 1 of the cars ask for 32. Nothing about that is a judgement on the driver. It is the same arithmetic every insurer in the country applies, arriving at a stricter answer because the car is faster. ## Which supercars can you lease? There are 10 in the catalogue, and they span most of what people mean by the word: the [Ferrari 296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb), the [Lamborghini Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto), the [McLaren 750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), the [Maserati MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20) and the [Audi R8 V10 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) among them. Every one of them is arranged through a vetted partner rather than held by us, so the figure comes back from the partner against your term and your dates. The wider catalogue runs to 116 cars, and the ones in our own fleet — which we buy, insure, prepare and deliver, and whose figure is therefore ours to confirm — are fast saloons, convertibles and performance SUVs rather than mid-engined cars. [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) is browsable by segment, and every car's page carries its own criteria, deposit, excess and mileage terms, all of them readable before you enquire. ## How is a supercar sourced? You tell us the car and the dates; we check it against what our partners genuinely have free, and come back with a written answer rather than an optimistic one. Three things make that go well. Give a date rather than a season. Say how long you want the car for, because a short window and a long one are different questions to a partner. And say whether the specific model matters or whether the segment does, because "a V8 convertible in June" has far more answers than one car in one colour. If the car you want is not free, we will say so and offer what is. That is a better outcome than a provisional yes that unravels a fortnight before you need it. ## What do you pay, and when? One month of the monthly figure at the start, then one a month for the rest of the term, with 1,000 miles a month included. Alongside that sits a refundable security deposit, held against a card in the hirer's own name. Deposits and insurance excesses climb steeply in this segment, and they are the figures worth checking before the monthly one. Across the catalogue deposits run from £1,500 to £50,000 and excesses from £1,500 to £35,000; on our own fleet the excess range is £2,000 to £10,000. They are provisional pending final confirmation and each car's own figures are confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. Nothing is taken through this website at any point. A person confirms every booking, and no payment is taken online. ## What is the insurance position? It is confirmed with you in writing before the agreement is signed, and it is deliberately not asserted on this site in either direction. On a partner-sourced car the arrangement is set by whoever holds the vehicle, so a blanket claim from us would be a claim about somebody else's policy. What is true in every case is the mechanism. The excess is your maximum contribution to a repair on a claim the policy covers; it is separate money from the deposit; and an unnamed driver is not insured, which makes handing the keys to somebody who has not been checked a far more serious thing than a paperwork lapse. [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) carries the current position, and [supercar insurance explained](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-hire-insurance-explained) covers how a claim actually runs. ## What is a supercar like to live with for months? Different from the afternoon that made you want one, and worth thinking about honestly before even a three-month commitment. The practical frictions are ground clearance on ramps and speed humps, width in multi-storey bays and on lanes, luggage space that will not take a weekly shop, and a cabin that is loud on a long motorway run. Add the attention: it is constant, it is mostly good-natured, and after three months some people find it tiring. Set against that, these cars are genuinely usable now in a way they were not fifteen years ago — nose lifts, civilised low-speed modes and real visibility aids are standard rather than exotic. Ask about the specific car's quirks at handover, because the person delivering it knows them. ## Where can you have it delivered? Anywhere in mainland Britain, to an address you choose, on the day the agreement starts. There is no depot to collect from and no branch to visit, which on a car this low is an advantage rather than a compromise. What we do need is somewhere the transporter can legally stand for a few minutes and enough room to unload a wide, low car safely. A steep entrance, a low archway or a narrow terraced street is worth mentioning in advance; it usually means meeting a short distance away rather than a problem. Northern Ireland and the islands are outside the area. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out the whole arrangement, and [how delivery works without a depot](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/delivery-and-collection-without-a-depot) explains why it is built this way. ## What if the answer is no for now? Then it is worth knowing which part said no, because two of the three are temporary. Age and licence history both change with time, and a car asking 30 is a car you qualify for in due course. Endorsements fall off in their own time too. Availability is temporary in a different way: a car committed for your window may be free three months later, and a partner's fleet is not static. The part that does not move is the criteria for a specific vehicle, and no deposit or additional payment changes it. What we can do in the meantime is point you at what you do qualify for — 44 of the catalogue is available at 25, and the list is longer than people expect. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do you need a special licence to drive a supercar? No. A full UK driving licence covers any of these cars legally. What changes is what the insurer asks for on top: a minimum age, a minimum number of years held, and a limit on endorsements, all set per vehicle. ### Can a company lease a supercar for a director? Yes, and it is an ordinary arrangement. Say so at the enquiry stage so the agreement, the deposit and the named driver are set up correctly from the start. How it is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant rather than for us. ### Can somebody else drive the car? Only if they are named in advance and checked in their own right against that vehicle’s age, licence and endorsement criteria. Nobody can be added at the roadside, because an unnamed driver is uninsured rather than merely unauthorised. ### Can I lease a supercar with a foreign licence? It is handled case by case rather than assumed either way, because it depends on the licence and on the policy covering that specific car. Tell us which country issued it when you enquire, and we will confirm the position in writing before you plan around it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What actually drives the monthly figure on a prestige lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-drives-the-monthly-figure-on-a-prestige-lease Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Four things set the monthly figure on a prestige lease: what the car loses in value over your term, how long that term is, how many miles you cover, and what the car costs to hold, insure and repair. Depreciation is the largest single component, and a shorter term concentrates it into fewer payments.** Why one car is double another that looks much like it, why a shorter term costs more per month, and which parts of the figure you can actually move. ## What is being priced? Not the car. What you are paying for is the use of it for a defined period, which in cost terms is mostly the value the car loses while you have it, plus what it costs to hold, prepare, deliver and put back into service. That single idea explains almost every surprise in leasing. It is why a car worth twice as much is not necessarily twice the monthly figure, and why two cars at similar prices can be nowhere near each other. The rest of the figure is the practical cost of the agreement — preparation, delivery, collection, the inspection at both ends — spread across however many payments the term contains. ## Why does depreciation dominate? Because it is the biggest number in the calculation and it is heaviest early in a car's life. A car that holds its value strongly costs less to lease than one that does not, even if the two have similar list prices, because the gap between what it is worth at the start of your term and what it is worth at the end is smaller. This is where reputation and rarity genuinely show up in the price rather than in the marketing. Cars with strong demand behind them hold value; cars that are plentiful do not. It is also why the same model in different specifications can differ. A specification the next buyer wants protects value; one that narrows the audience does not. ## How much does the term move the figure? A great deal, and always in the same direction: the shorter the term, the higher the monthly figure on the same car. The reason is arithmetic rather than policy. The value lost and the fixed work of the agreement are divided by the number of payments, so three payments each carry more than twenty-four do. A three-month agreement is the most expensive way to buy a month of a car and the cheapest way to buy three months of one. If the monthly figure is the constraint, lengthening the term is the lever that moves it most. If the total is the constraint, shortening it is. [Three months or longer](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/choosing-a-lease-term-three-months-or-longer) works through which of those you are actually solving for. ## How does mileage feed into it? Every agreement includes 1,000 miles a month, and mileage above that is charged per mile at a rate published on each car's page: 95p to £10 across the catalogue, with our own fleet covering £1.25 to £3.50 of that band. Miles matter because they are value coming off the car. A higher agreed allowance raises the monthly figure; a lower one does not always lower it, because the fixed costs of the agreement do not shrink. The practical advice is the same on every car: agree the mileage you will really do. Mileage bought in advance is priced into the figure, and mileage discovered at collection is settled per mile, which is always the expensive way round. ## What about the car itself? Three things about a specific vehicle move the number beyond its value: what it costs to insure, what it costs to repair, and what it costs to keep in a condition fit to hand to the next customer. Repair cost is the one people underestimate. Carbon panels, large-diameter wheels, ceramic brakes and complex lighting are expensive to put right, and that risk is priced in. It is the same reason the insurance excess climbs with the car: £1,500 to £35,000 across the catalogue, and £2,000 to £10,000 on our own fleet. Consumables count too. A set of tyres for a mid-engined car and a set for a fast saloon are not comparable purchases, and even a term of three months is long enough for that to be a real cost rather than a theoretical one. ## Why can two similar cars be priced so differently? The clearest example is in our own fleet. The [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) is a materially higher monthly figure than the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) on the same 3-month minimum term. Same badge, same body, very different cars underneath — and the Competition carries a higher excess and a higher per-mile charge as well, both of which are published on its page. The same pattern repeats higher up. The [Lamborghini Urus](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) and the [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) are two versions of one car and are not quoted as one, with the Performante carrying the highest deposit and excess in the fleet. So a comparison between two cars is only meaningful at the level of the specific vehicle. Model names are not prices, and the differences that matter are usually invisible in a badge. ## What is not in the monthly figure? Four things, and knowing them is the difference between a budget and a surprise. Fuel or charge. Yours throughout, and returned at the level it went out at. The security deposit. Separate, refundable money held against a card in your own name, £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue. Insurance. Not assumed either way here — the arrangement for your car is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. Charges you incur. Congestion Charge, ULEZ, tolls, parking and any penalty issued while the car is with you. [What a prestige lease includes and what it does not](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-a-prestige-lease-includes-and-excludes) sets the full scope out line by line. ## Which parts of the figure can you move? Three, in descending order of effect. The term is the biggest lever: lengthening it lowers the monthly figure and raises the total. The car is the second: a different specification or a near neighbour in the same segment can change the number substantially without changing the experience much. The mileage is the third, and it is the one to set accurately rather than to game. What does not move it is asking. Prestige lease figures are not built with a margin for haggling, and a quote that drops when challenged was not an honest quote to begin with. The useful version of the conversation is to give us the constraint — a monthly ceiling, a total, a date — and let the quote be built against it, rather than negotiating against a number after the fact. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does a bigger deposit reduce the monthly figure? No. The security deposit is refundable money held against the condition of the car and the terms of the agreement; it is not a payment towards the monthly figure and it does not buy the figure down. The month paid at the start is the monthly figure, brought forward. ### Is VAT included in the figure you quote? Yes. Every figure on this site and in a quote from it is inclusive of VAT. If you are leasing through a business, ask for the quote to be set out the way your finance team needs it, and take the accounting treatment up with your accountant rather than with us. ### Why is there no price on the cars? Because a monthly figure is only true of a specific car on a specific term with a specific mileage, and none of those exist until you tell us. On a car arranged through a vetted partner there is the further reason that it is not ours to price. Every car reads "on request" and is quoted against what you actually want. ### Does the figure change once it is quoted? What a car costs to hold moves over time, so the same car can be quoted differently six months apart. A figure quoted to you in writing for a specific car, term and mileage is the one that applies to your agreement, and it does not move afterwards. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Why are prestige lease prices quoted rather than listed? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/why-prestige-leases-are-quoted-not-listed Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Prestige lease prices are quoted rather than listed because a monthly figure is only true of a specific vehicle on a specific term with a specific mileage, and because a car arranged through a partner is not ours to price. Every car here reads "on request" against a 3-month minimum: a car in our own fleet carries a figure we confirm ourselves, and a partner-sourced one is quoted by the partner.** Not a haggling tactic. Why a figure only becomes true against a term and a mileage, what you get instead, and the questions that make a quote useful. ## Why does every car say "on request"? Two reasons, and they stack. The first runs across the whole catalogue: a monthly figure is only true of a specific car on a specific term with a specific mileage, and a single printed number has to assume all three and hope it guessed your three. The second applies to most of the catalogue. Most of it is arranged through vetted partners rather than held by us, and a car we do not hold is a car whose availability, condition and cost to hold belong to somebody else — publishing a figure against it would be publishing a price we cannot guarantee. That is a schema rule here rather than a stylistic one. A partner-sourced vehicle carries no price, no firm availability state and no instant booking, and it never gains one. The badge on every car's page tells you which side of that line it sits on before you read anything else. The alternative — an indicative figure with a footnote — is worse for you than silence. It anchors a number you will be talked away from later, which is the specific practice this sector is criticised for. ## What would a listed price have to assume? Four things, and every one of them changes the answer materially. The term. Three months and twenty-four months on the same car are not close to each other. The mileage. The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month; a higher agreed allowance is a different figure. The specific vehicle. Specification, wheels, brakes and condition all sit inside the number. Your dates. A car free in March and a car free in September are different vehicles with different costs behind them. A single published number has to pick one of each and hope. A quote asks you instead, which takes a few minutes and produces a figure that holds. ## Does it matter whether the car is yours or sourced? It matters a great deal, even though both read "on request". A car in our own fleet is one we have bought, insured and prepared, and the agreement is directly with us — so the figure is ours to confirm, it comes back quickly, and the availability behind it is ours to promise rather than to ask about. A car arranged through a vetted partner is quoted by that partner against your term and your dates, and neither the figure nor the date is ours to commit until they have confirmed both. That distinction is read off the catalogue at build time and carried by the badge on every card and every car page, rather than written into the copy, which is why it cannot quietly drift out of date. [Our own fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) lists the cars we hold. [The full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) of 116 cars carries every vehicle's criteria, deposit, excess and mileage terms, every one of them published before you enquire. ## Is "on request" just a way of sizing you up? No, and it is a fair suspicion to have, because in some markets that is exactly what it is. The test is simple: ask what the figure depends on. A business that answers with the term, the mileage, the dates and the specific vehicle is pricing a car. A business that answers with a question about your budget is pricing you. Our quote is built from the car and the terms you give us, not from what you say you can afford. If you tell us a monthly ceiling, it is used to decide which cars to put in front of you — not to decide what to charge for one. It also means the figure does not move if you push. A price that drops when challenged was not honest to start with, and this catalogue does not carry a haggling margin. ## What is on a written quote? Everything you need to decide, on one page, before any form is filled in: The monthly figure and the term it is written on. The month payable up front, and when. The mileage allowance and the per-mile charge beyond it. The refundable security deposit and the insurance excess for that vehicle. The delivery and collection arrangement, and the address it is based on. Whether the car is ours or arranged through a partner, and whose criteria apply. The whole cost stack is stated before the form rather than after it. That is a deliberate ordering, and it is the one thing on this site worth judging us on. ## What do we need from you to produce one? Three things, and none of them is financial. The car or the kind of car. The date you want it. Roughly how long you want it for. With those, a partner-sourced vehicle can actually be checked rather than guessed at, and the figure that comes back is against a real car on real dates. Without them the honest answer is a range, and a range helps nobody. We also ask a single question about your credit standing at the enquiry stage, because every agreement here runs for months and is underwritten accordingly. It is asked once, and it is asked of everyone. ## How should you read a quoted price anywhere else? Four questions will tell you almost everything about an offer you are given. Ask what term and what mileage the figure is written on, because a headline figure quoted on a long term and a low allowance is a different product from the one you want. Ask what is payable before the car arrives, in total. Ask what is included and what is not — insurance, servicing, tyres and delivery are the four that move a number most. And ask who actually supplies the car, because that determines whose criteria and whose terms you are agreeing to. [How to compare two lease quotes properly](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-to-compare-two-lease-quotes) turns those into a method, with the arithmetic set out. ## Does a quoted price cost more than a listed one? Not inherently. A quoted figure is not a premium for asking; it is the same calculation done against your actual terms rather than a set of assumed ones. What is true is that the assumptions behind a low listed figure are usually the ones that suit the seller: a long term, a low mileage allowance, a large initial payment, or a specification nobody wants. Restated on your terms, those figures often move a long way. The comparison that matters is like for like on term, mileage and inclusions. Anything else is comparing a headline with a contract. ## Frequently asked questions ### How long does a quote take? On a car in our own fleet the figure is ours to confirm, so it is a matter of pricing your term and checking the car is free on your dates. On a partner-sourced car it depends on how quickly that partner confirms the specific vehicle, which is why giving us a date at the enquiry stage speeds everything up. ### Is a quote binding? The figure quoted to you in writing for a specific car, term and mileage is the one your agreement is written on, and it does not move afterwards. It is given against particular dates, so a quote for March is not automatically a quote for September. ### Do I have to give a budget to get a price? No. A budget is only useful for deciding which cars to show you. The figure for any given vehicle is built from the car, the term and the mileage, and telling us what you can afford does not change what a car costs. ### Why do some sites publish a price for the same model? Usually because they are pricing a stock vehicle on assumed terms, or an order rather than a car that exists. Check what term, mileage and initial payment the figure assumes before treating it as comparable to a quote written on yours. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What does a prestige car lease include? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-a-prestige-lease-includes-and-excludes Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A prestige lease here includes the car for an agreed term of 3 months or more, 1,000 miles a month, delivery anywhere in mainland Britain (or collection by you) and the return at the end. It does not include fuel or charge, the refundable security deposit, charges you incur, or mileage above the allowance. The insurance arrangement is confirmed in writing before signing.** The full scope of an agreement here — the car, the term, the mileage, the delivery — and an honest list of everything that is not inside the monthly figure. ## What the monthly figure covers The vehicle, for the whole of the agreed term, with the figure fixed for that term. A minimum term of 3 months, structured as one month up front, then one a month. 1,000 miles a month, the included allowance on every agreement. Delivery to the address you choose, anywhere in mainland Britain. Collection at the end, from an address you choose — it does not have to be the delivery address. A named contact for the length of the term, rather than a ticket queue. A monthly figure is never published on this site without the term it is written on beside it. Omitting the term is the half-truth this sector is criticised for, and it is the reason every price here is a from price on a stated minimum term. ## What sits outside the monthly figure Fuel or charge. Yours for the term, and returned at the level the car went out at. The security deposit. Refundable, separate money, held against a card in the hirer's own name — £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue. Mileage above the allowance, charged per mile at the rate published on the car's page: 95p to £10. Damage, up to the insurance excess on a covered claim. Charges you incur. Congestion Charge, ULEZ, tolls, parking, and any penalty issued while the car is with you. Your own belongings left in the car. None of that is unusual for a lease. What is unusual is printing it before the enquiry form rather than in a document you see after you have committed. ## Is insurance included? Do not assume it either way, and be wary of anyone who answers that question casually. The arrangement that applies to your car is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, and on a car arranged through a partner it is set by whoever holds the vehicle. What is true in every case is the mechanism. The excess is your maximum contribution towards a repair on a claim the policy covers, and it climbs with the car: £1,500 to £35,000 across the catalogue and £2,000 to £10,000 on our own fleet. An unnamed driver is not insured at all, which is why nobody can be added at the kerbside. [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) carries the live position, and it is the page to read before the agreement rather than after an incident. ## What about servicing, tyres and maintenance? The position for your car is set out in your agreement before delivery, and it is worth reading that section rather than assuming the market norm applies. Terms of this length sit in an awkward middle: too short for a scheduled service on most cars, long enough for tyres and consumables to become a real question. What we will not do is tell you in a guide that a cost is covered when the answer depends on the specific vehicle and, on a partner-sourced car, on the partner. That is precisely the sort of claim that reads well on a page and collapses at collection. Ask the question at the quote stage. It is a two-minute answer and it belongs in writing alongside the monthly figure. ## How is the deposit different from the excess? They are different money and conflating them is how people end up feeling misled. The deposit is held for the term and returned at the end once the car is checked. You always get it back unless something is properly deducted from it. The excess is a liability limit: you only ever meet it if there is damage, and it caps your contribution to a repair on a claim the policy covers. On some vehicles the two figures match and on others they do not, which is one more reason to read both on the specific car's page rather than working from a rule of thumb. [Deposits explained](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-hire-deposits-explained) covers the deposit in full. ## What can be deducted at the end? Four things, and nothing else: miles above the allowance, fuel or charge not replaced, damage up to the excess, and any charge or penalty incurred while the car was with you. Everything in that list is measurable, and all of it is measured at both ends of the agreement. Fuel or charge and mileage are recorded at handover and again at collection, and the car is photographed both times by us and by you. Fair wear and tear is not damage. Road film, brake dust and the tyre wear of normal use over your term are expected. A kerbed rim, a cracked screen or a scraped splitter are not, and they are assessed against the photographs rather than against anybody's memory. ## What is included in delivery and collection? Both, to and from addresses you choose within mainland Britain. There is no depot to collect from and nothing to drive away from a forecourt, which on a wide, low car is a feature rather than a limitation. Northern Ireland and the islands are outside the area. That is a hard boundary rather than a starting position, and it is better known before a quote than after one. What is needed at your end is somewhere the transporter can legally stand for a few minutes, and someone present — the named driver, in person, with the physical licence. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out the whole arrangement. ## What is not part of the agreement at all? Track use, competitive or timed driving of any kind. Taking the car outside mainland Britain without it being agreed in advance and in writing. Anyone driving who is not named and checked. Any unlawful use. These are not fine-print traps to be negotiated at the margin. An excluded event is not a bigger bill than a covered one — it is a different situation entirely, because the excess stops being a ceiling and the liability becomes the whole cost. [The agreement terms](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/rental-terms) carry the full list, and they are published rather than sent after signature. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I take the car abroad? Only if it is agreed in advance and in writing. Delivery and collection cover mainland Britain, and taking a car outside that area without agreement affects both the agreement and the cover position. Ask before you book the crossing, not after. ### Does the monthly figure ever change during the term? No. The figure quoted in writing for your car, term and mileage is fixed for the whole term. What can vary at the end is what is settled against the allowance and the condition of the car, and both of those are measured rather than estimated. ### Is breakdown assistance included? The arrangement for your car is set out in your agreement before delivery. Ask at the quote stage and have the answer in writing; it is not something to infer from the price or from what is usual elsewhere. ### What happens if I want a second driver? They are named before delivery and checked in their own right against that vehicle’s age, licence and endorsement criteria. There is no way to add somebody at the roadside, because an unnamed driver is uninsured rather than merely unauthorised. ### Is VAT included in the figures on this site? Yes. Every figure here, published or quoted, is inclusive of VAT. If you are leasing through a business, ask for the quote in whatever form your finance team needs, and take the accounting treatment up with your accountant rather than with us. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Leasing a convertible for a summer URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-convertible-for-the-summer Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Three months is the shortest agreement we write and it covers the heart of a British summer, June to the end of August. A term reaching from April to the end of September sits above the minimum and is quoted on request, so ask for the months you actually want rather than trimming the season to fit a figure. Enquire well before spring: convertibles are the most seasonal cars in the catalogue and the good ones commit early. Every agreement includes 1,000 miles a month, delivered anywhere in mainland Britain or collected by you.** How to plan a convertible around the months you would actually use it: start dates, lead time, mileage over a touring summer, and what collection in autumn involves. ## How long a term does a summer actually need? Three months buys the heart of it. June to the end of August is the stretch when an open car earns its keep, and it is also the shortest agreement we write, so that is the floor to plan from. A longer term reaches both ends of the season. Start at the beginning of April and run to the end of September and you have the whole of the period anybody in Britain seriously uses a roof-down car; start in May, finish in October, and you catch a decent autumn instead. Terms above the minimum are quoted on request, so give us the months you want. Either way the argument against a long agreement is the same. A three-year commitment on a convertible means paying for two winters you will spend looking at it, and a car used in January is not the car you leased it for. The alternative people usually compare it against is buying, and the comparison that matters there is not the monthly figure but what happens once the season closes — the car you own is still yours in the rain. ## When should you enquire? Earlier than feels necessary. Convertibles are the most seasonal cars on this site and demand for them concentrates into the same few weeks of the year, which means the interesting ones are committed while it is still cold. Two months ahead of your start date is comfortable. A fortnight ahead, in March, is optimistic. If you are set on a specific car rather than a kind of car, longer again — most convertibles here are arranged through partners, so availability is genuinely vehicle by vehicle rather than a matter of stock. If your dates have any flexibility at all, say so. A start date that can move by a fortnight opens up considerably more than a fixed one. ## Which convertibles can you lease? Our own fleet has the [Audi R8 Spyder performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) — a naturally aspirated V10 with a folding fabric roof, which is a combination that is not being made any more. It is ours, so its figure on the 3-month minimum term is confirmed on enquiry rather than waited on. Beyond that the catalogue runs from the [Porsche 718 Boxster S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-boxster-s) and the [Mercedes-AMG SL 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-sl-63) through the [Bentley Continental GTC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gtc) and the [Maserati GranCabrio Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grancabrio-trofeo) to the [Ferrari Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider), the [McLaren 750S Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s-spider) and the [Lamborghini Huracán EVO Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-evo-spyder). Those are arranged through vetted partners and are quoted on request against your term and your dates, with the figure coming back from whoever holds the car. ## How does the mileage behave over a summer? This is the thing to get right at the quote stage, because a convertible summer is not an average few months of driving. The whole point of the car is long routes on good roads, and a handful of touring trips covers ground quickly. The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month and excess mileage is charged per mile at the rate on the car's page — 95p to £10 across the catalogue, and the convertible in our own fleet sits at the top of the £1.25 to £3.50 band. So count the trips you actually intend to make before you agree a mileage. A summer of two long European-style touring routes at home, plus ordinary weekend use, adds up faster than people expect, and mileage agreed in advance is always cheaper than mileage settled at collection. ## What does the roof mean day to day? More than the pictures suggest, and the differences are worth knowing before the term starts rather than after the first month of it. A folding fabric roof is lighter, packs smaller and is usually quicker; it is also less soundproof at motorway speed and needs a little care — it should be dry when it is folded away for any length of time, and it does not love being left under a tree for a month. A folding hard top is quieter and more secure and takes more of the boot when it is down. Then there are the practicalities: boot space with the roof stowed is often a fraction of the figure in the brochure, a wind deflector transforms how usable the car is above fifty, and anything left visible in an open car is an invitation. None of that is a reason not to take one. It is a reason to pack differently. ## Where should a convertible live? Somewhere covered, if you have it, and particularly with a fabric roof. It is not a requirement — cars live outside all summer perfectly well — but a car parked under a lime tree for a whole season needs washing far more often than one that is not, and sap and bird lime are harder on a soft top than on paint. Security matters more than it does on a saloon. A folding roof is a fabric door, and the standard advice applies more strictly: nothing visible inside, ever, and a gate, a driveway or a covered space is worth having if the choice exists. Tell us where the car will normally be kept when we arrange delivery. It is not a condition of anything, but it changes the practical advice we give you about that specific car. ## What happens when the term ends in autumn? We collect from an address you choose, which does not have to be the one the car was delivered to. The condition check and the photographs from handover are repeated, the mileage is read against the allowance, and the deposit is released on the timing set out in writing once everything matches. A summer of real use leaves marks that are worth understanding in advance. Stone chips from motorway miles, road film and normal tyre wear are wear and tear. A kerbed rim, a torn roof or a cracked screen are damage, assessed up to the excess on a covered claim. The simplest protection is the two minutes at handover: photograph the car yourself, including the roof mechanism working, and keep the pictures until the deposit is back. ## What do you need to qualify for one? The same two tests as any car here, set against the specific vehicle. The convertible in our own fleet asks for a minimum age of 30 and five years of full licence held. The lighter sports convertibles sit lower and the mid-engined ones sit higher, and every car's page carries its own figures. The criteria are provisional pending final confirmation, and a partner-sourced car carries that partner's criteria, which we confirm in writing rather than assuming they match ours. The insurance arrangement for your car is confirmed before anything is agreed. Do not plan a summer around an assumption about it. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can the term start on a specific date in spring? That is exactly what to ask for first, because on a seasonal car the date drives everything else. A fixed date is workable if you enquire early; a date decided in March for an April start is the version that tends not to work. ### Is a convertible more expensive to lease than the coupé? Not as a rule — it depends on the specific vehicle and on what it costs to hold and to put right, which is why cars are quoted individually rather than by body style. Ask for both and compare the written figures on the same term and mileage. ### What happens if the summer is a washout? The agreement runs for its term either way, which is the honest answer. It is also the argument for taking the months you need and no more: a bad summer costs you the payments inside it rather than a commitment stretching well past it. ### Can I keep it past September? Raise it at the enquiry stage rather than in August. An extension depends on what is already committed on that particular car after your window, and a vehicle with nothing booked behind it is a far better candidate than one that is spoken for. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What happens if you damage a car during a lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/damage-during-a-prestige-lease Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Report it to us straight away, arrange nothing yourself, and expect the term to continue — the term does not pause because the car is being repaired. Your liability on a covered claim is capped at that vehicle’s insurance excess. What happens about a replacement car is set out in your agreement rather than assumed.** Damage on an agreement that runs for months is a different problem from damage on a short booking. What happens to the term, the car and the record while it is put right. ## The first hour, briefly Make sure everyone is safe; if anybody is hurt or the car is blocking a live carriageway, that is an emergency call before it is anything else. Then tell us, before the car is moved if it can safely stay put — recovering a low car is not a job for a standard flatbed and a strap. Photograph everything: the damage, the position of the vehicles, the road, the other registration, the other driver's name and insurer. Do not admit liability at the scene. That is for the insurers, and an apology can complicate a claim you would otherwise have won. The mechanics of the claim itself — the excess, what the deposit can and cannot be used for, what is excluded — are set out in full in [what happens if you damage a car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-happens-if-you-damage-a-hire-supercar). This guide is about what it does to the rest of your term. ## Does the agreement pause while the car is repaired? Not by default. A lease runs for the term you agreed at the monthly figure you agreed, and neither stops because the vehicle is off the road. That is the honest answer and it is the one worth knowing before it happens rather than after. What can be arranged around it is a separate question, and it is one to settle in writing at the quote stage rather than in the week you need it. On a car arranged through a partner it is the partner's position that applies, not ours. So ask two things before you sign: what happens to the monthly payments if the car is off the road for a period, and what happens about a replacement vehicle. Have both answers in writing. A guide is not the right place to promise you either. ## Why does a prestige repair take longer? Because almost every part of it is a specialist job. The repairer has to be right for the make, the paint has to match on finishes that are often multi-layer, and structural work on aluminium or carbon is not the same trade as steel. Add parts that come from one place in the world, and a straightforward-looking repair can sit still for a while. That is why the sequence matters more than the urgency. A car assessed properly and repaired once is back sooner than a car rushed to the nearest available bodyshop and then put right again afterwards. It is also why arranging your own repair is the single worst move available. It can invalidate the claim, it puts a non-approved repair on a car that is not yours, and it turns a covered incident into a dispute about the work itself. ## What about small damage over a long term? Report it when it happens rather than saving it for collection. A kerbed rim in month two is a small, well-documented event. The same kerbed rim discovered at collection alongside three other things is an argument. Over three months or more, small things accumulate in a way they never do on a short booking. A stone chip, a trolley mark in a car park, a scuff on a splitter from a ramp that looked fine — each is minor, and the sum of them is what people are actually surprised by at the end. Keep a running record. A photograph and a date, sent to us when it happens, costs nothing and turns the final inspection into a confirmation rather than a discovery. ## Where is the line between damage and wear over months? Wear and tear is what a careful driver produces by using the car normally for the length of the term. Road film, brake dust, insect marks, and the tyre wear of the miles you have covered are all expected. Damage is an event: a kerbed rim, a cracked windscreen, a scraped arch, a dented panel, a torn roof. The distinction is not about size, it is about cause. The genuinely grey area is chips. A handful of motorway chips across three thousand miles is different from a peppered bonnet, and the conversation is held against photographs rather than memory. That is the whole reason both sides photograph the car at handover and again at collection. ## What does it cost you? On a claim the policy covers, your contribution is capped at that vehicle's insurance excess and no more. Across the catalogue those run £1,500 to £35,000, and £2,000 to £10,000 on cars in our own fleet, with the figure for your car stated in writing before anything is agreed. The security deposit is separate money and is not the same thing. It is held for the term against a card in the hirer's own name — £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue — and returned at the end once the car is checked, less anything properly deducted. An excluded event is a different situation altogether. If the policy does not cover what happened — an unnamed driver, track use, driving under the influence — the excess stops being a ceiling and the liability is the whole cost. That is why we are inflexible about who drives the car. ## How is it all read at collection? Against the handover record, which is the reason that record is taken so carefully at the start. The car is walked round and photographed, the mileage and the fuel or charge are read, and everything is compared with what was recorded on the day the term began. Where everything matches, the deposit is released on the timing given to you in writing. Where it does not, you should already know why, because anything reported during the term is on file and anything visible at collection is looked at while you are standing next to the car. Nothing is assessed from photographs alone after the event, and nothing is decided in a room you are not in. That is a deliberate choice about how the end of a term should work. ## What not to do Do not arrange your own repair, however convenient the local bodyshop is. Do not delay reporting. A late report is harder to evidence and looks worse than the damage usually is. Do not let an unnamed driver take the car, even for ten minutes, even to move it. Do not settle privately at the roadside. A cash arrangement with another driver collapses the moment a claim is made anyway. Do not assume a mark is too small to mention. It is smaller now than it will look at collection. ## Frequently asked questions ### Will damage end the agreement early? Not usually. A repairable car goes in for repair and the term continues. Where a vehicle cannot be returned to service at all, what happens next is governed by the agreement, which is one more reason to read the termination section before signing rather than after an incident. ### Can I use my own insurance for a repair? No. The car is not yours, so the claim is handled through the arrangement that covers it, and that arrangement is confirmed with you in writing before the agreement starts. Tell us what happened and let the claim run through the proper route. ### What if the damage was not my fault? Tell us anyway, immediately, with the other driver’s details. If liability is accepted by the other side you may pay nothing at all, but that outcome depends on the claim being opened properly and early rather than reconstructed later. ### Does reporting damage affect my deposit straight away? Reporting it does not, in itself, take money from anything. The deposit is settled at the end of the term against what is actually found, and reporting early makes that assessment simpler rather than harsher. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Driver age and licence requirements for prestige cars URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/driver-age-and-licence-rules-for-prestige-cars Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Two tests, both set per car and both passed by the same driver: a minimum age, and a minimum number of years the licence has been held. Across our catalogue the minimum age runs from 25 to 32 and licence-held requirements from three years to ten. Both are checked once, against the whole term.** Age and licence history are separate tests and both are set per car. How the bands work, and the part nobody explains: what changes mid-term and what you must tell us. ## What are the two tests? Age, and how long you have held a full licence. They are separate and a driver has to clear both on the same car. It catches people out in both directions. A thirty-five-year-old who passed their test two years ago does not qualify for a car asking five. A twenty-six-year-old who has driven since seventeen has plenty of licence history and still cannot take a car with a minimum age of 30. Neither test has a workaround, and neither can be bought off with a larger deposit. They are conditions of the cover on that vehicle rather than preferences we hold. ## How do the bands move across the catalogue? The minimum age is 25 on 44 cars, 28 on 20, 30 on 50 and 32 on 1. Licence-held requirements sit at three years on 47 cars, five on 60, eight on 6 and ten on 1. Endorsements narrow the same way. 109 cars tolerate up to six points, 6 of the fastest tolerate three, and 1 tolerates none at all — and it is the conviction code as much as the number, because a speeding endorsement and a drink-driving conviction are not the same thing to an underwriter. These figures are provisional pending final confirmation, and each car's page carries its own. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) is the live reference. ## Why is it set per car rather than per make? Because the underwriter is pricing the car rather than the badge on the bonnet. That is why a brand's SUV is routinely available several years younger than its mid-engined coupé, and why two cars from the same maker can sit in different bands. It also means that being declined on one car tells you very little about the next. 44 of the catalogue is available at 25 — performance saloons, sports cars and luxury SUVs rather than supercars — and our own fleet starts at 25, on the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7). The practical move is to tell us your age and licence history at the enquiry stage, before you fall for a specific car. It takes a minute and it saves a disappointment. ## Does a longer term change the checks? It changes when they are done rather than what they are. On an agreement that runs three months or more, the licence, the check code and the documents are read once at the start and against the whole term — not repeated every month. That has a consequence worth understanding. The checks are done before the car is booked out to you, and again in person at handover, precisely so that a problem surfaces while there is still time to fix it or to put you in a different car. Nobody wants to discover an issue standing in front of a transporter. A DVLA check code is valid for twenty-one days and can be used once, so generate it close to the start date rather than on the day you first enquire. ## What happens if your licence changes mid-term? Tell us. This is the part nobody explains, and on an agreement of three months or more it is a live question rather than a theoretical one. New endorsements. Points picked up during the term can take you past that vehicle's tolerance, and the position has to be looked at rather than ignored. A disqualification. A ban ends your ability to drive the car immediately, whatever the agreement says about its term. A change of address. The insurer works from the licence record, not the form you filled in, so an address that has moved needs reconciling. A licence renewal or replacement. Tell us the new details rather than assuming the record follows automatically. None of these is a trap. All of them are far easier to deal with when they are reported than when they are found. ## Can you add a driver during the term? Yes, if they are named and checked in advance, and if they meet that vehicle's own age, licence and endorsement criteria in their own right. Passing on one car is not passing on another. What cannot happen is somebody driving who has not been through that process — not for ten minutes, not to move the car off a driveway, not because they are insured on their own vehicle. An unnamed driver is uninsured, which turns an incident into an excluded event and the excess stops being a ceiling. Over months rather than days the temptation is real, because life happens and somebody else is standing there with the keys in reach. It is the one thing on this site we are genuinely inflexible about. ## What about a partner-sourced car? The criteria belong to whoever holds the vehicle. Most of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners, and on those cars the age, licence and endorsement requirements are theirs rather than ours. We confirm them with you in writing rather than assuming they match. It is one of the reasons a partner-sourced car is quoted rather than listed: the terms as well as the figure are specific to that vehicle. If you qualify comfortably on one car and marginally on another, say so at the enquiry stage. It changes which vehicles we put forward. ## What if you do not qualify yet? We say so straight away and point you at what you can lease. It is a better use of everyone's time than a quote that cannot be honoured. Two of the three barriers move on their own. Age changes with time and licence history accrues with it, so a car asking for 30 and five years is a car you qualify for in due course. Endorsements fall off in their own time as well. In the meantime the list is longer than people expect: 44 cars are available at 25, spanning eighteen luxury SUVs, seventeen performance saloons, seven sports cars, one convertible and one grand tourer. [Can you lease at 25](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/can-you-hire-a-supercar-at-25) covers that end of the catalogue in detail. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can somebody older take the agreement and let me drive? No. The person named on the agreement and the person driving have to be the same, and every driver is checked against that vehicle’s criteria in their own right. An arrangement built the other way leaves the car uninsured the moment it moves. ### Do you check the licence again during the term? The checks are done at the start and read against the whole term. What we rely on is that you tell us if something changes — new points, a ban, a change of address or a replacement licence. Those are obligations under the agreement rather than courtesies. ### Does an automatic-only licence limit what I can lease? It limits you to cars you are legally entitled to drive, which in this part of the market covers a great deal of the catalogue. Tell us at the enquiry stage so the cars we put forward are ones you can actually take. ### Do medical conditions or declarations matter? Anything that affects your licence status matters, because the insurer works from the licence record. If the DVLA has been notified of something, tell us at the enquiry stage rather than at handover. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How does delivery work when there is no depot? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/delivery-and-collection-without-a-depot Last checked: 2026-10-13 **There is no depot and no branch. The car is brought to an address you choose anywhere in mainland Britain on the day the agreement starts, and collected at the end from an address you choose, which need not be the same one. Northern Ireland and the islands are outside the area served.** Why this operation has no depot, what that means for the address you nominate, where mainland Britain ends, and how collection works from somewhere else entirely. ## What does "no depot" mean? That the address you give us is the branch. There is nothing to visit, nothing to drive off a forecourt and nowhere to queue, and the car arrives where you asked for it on the day the term starts. It is not a compromise dressed up as a convenience. A wide, low, valuable car driven across a city to meet you arrives with more miles, more road film and more risk on it than one delivered properly, and a forecourt handover puts you in the worst possible place to inspect a car carefully. The trade is that the address has to work. That is a real constraint rather than a formality, and it is the thing worth sorting out early. ## What does your address have to allow? Three things, none of them exotic. Somewhere legal to stand for a few minutes. Not a red route, not a live bus lane, not a space that needs a permit nobody has. Room to unload safely. Wide, low cars need clearance at both ends and space to open a door fully. Somebody present. The named driver, in person, with the physical licence — not a neighbour, a concierge or a colleague. If your street is narrow, the entrance is steep, there is a low archway or the access is a private road with a barrier, tell us in advance. It almost never means we cannot deliver. It usually means meeting a short distance away at a spot that works, agreed beforehand rather than improvised on the morning. ## Where do we deliver, and where do we not? Anywhere in mainland Britain. We publish 40 named delivery areas — thirty-seven towns and cities, plus three airports — but the list is a guide to where deliveries commonly go rather than a boundary. If your address is between two of them, that is an ordinary delivery. Northern Ireland is not served, and neither are the islands. That is a hard limit rather than a starting position for a negotiation, and it is better known before a quote than after one. Taking a car outside mainland Britain during the term needs agreement in advance and in writing. [Delivery locations](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/locations) lists the published areas, each with the local detail that actually matters — clean-air zones, access, and where a car like this can and cannot go. ## What happens the day before? You get a confirmation of the address, the window, the named driver who has to be present and the documents to have to hand. Nothing in it should be a surprise, because all of it was agreed when the quote was confirmed. That is also your last easy chance to flag a problem: a delivery window that no longer works, an address change, a driver who cannot be there. All three are simple the day before and awkward on the morning. Have the physical licence, the DVLA check code, photo ID, proof of address and the deposit card ready. The code lasts twenty-one days and can be used once, so generate it close to the date. ## Can the address change during the term? The delivery address is fixed for the day of delivery; where the car lives afterwards is your business, within the terms of the agreement. If you move house in month three, tell us — not because the car has to stay put, but because the address on the agreement and on your licence matters to the cover position. Collection at the end is arranged against a fresh address anyway. Delivered to a house in April and collected from an office in October is an ordinary arrangement and needs no special handling, as long as the collection address meets the same access conditions as the delivery one did. Taking the car outside mainland Britain is the one change that needs agreement in writing in advance. Everything else is a conversation rather than a problem. ## How does collection work at the end? The same sequence in reverse, at the end of the term, from an address you choose. Somebody has to be present — the car cannot be left with a neighbour, a concierge or a colleague, exactly as at delivery. We repeat the walk round and the photographs taken at handover, record the fuel or charge and read the mileage against the allowance. Where everything matches, the deposit is released on the timing given to you in writing. Where it does not, you know why, because you were standing next to the car when we looked at it. Book the collection date properly rather than leaving it to the last few days. A collection arranged in advance is a fifteen-minute appointment; one arranged at short notice is a scramble. ## Why is a kerbside handover better than a forecourt one? Because a forecourt is the worst place in Britain to inspect a car. The light is wrong, somebody is waiting for the bay, and there is a queue behind you — which is precisely when a mark gets missed and a question does not get asked. At your own address none of that applies. You can take as long as you want, walk the car in daylight on ground you know, and ask about the nose lift twice if you need to. The odometer reading taken there is the figure your mileage allowance counts from, and the photographs taken there are the baseline the end of the term is measured against. It also removes the journey. Collecting a wide, low, unfamiliar car from a forecourt means learning it in traffic, on a route you did not choose, minutes after signing for it. [Handover and your first week](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/handover-and-your-first-week) covers what to do with the time that buys you. ## What if nobody can be there on the day? Then the date moves, and moving it is much easier in advance than on the morning. A delivery that cannot be handed over is not a delivery — the licence check, the walk round and the signature all have to happen with the named driver at the car. That constraint exists for a reason. It is the one moment where identity, condition and the agreement are all confirmed in the same place at the same time, and skipping it would mean handing a car of this value to whoever happened to be in. If your availability is genuinely narrow, say so at the quote stage. The delivery window is easier to shape around you before it is booked than afterwards. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I collect the car myself? No. There is no depot to collect from, which is the point of the model rather than a limitation of it. The car comes to you at the address you nominate and is collected from an address you nominate at the end. ### Is delivery discreet? It can be. Tell us if you would rather the car arrived without ceremony, or met you a short distance from the address, and it is arranged that way. It is a common request and it costs nothing to accommodate. ### Can the car be delivered to a hotel or a workplace? Usually, provided the access conditions are met and whoever runs the site is expecting it. Check with them first — a hotel forecourt or a managed car park often has rules about transporters that are easier to resolve in advance. ### Do you deliver to Northern Ireland or the islands? No. Delivery and collection cover mainland Britain only, and taking a car outside that area during the term needs agreement in advance and in writing. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What happens at handover, and what to do in the first week URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/handover-and-your-first-week Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Handover takes about fifteen minutes at the car, at the address you chose, on the day the term starts. The licence is checked, the car is walked round and photographed by both sides, mileage and fuel or charge are recorded, and the agreement is signed. That record is what the end of the term is measured against.** Handover on a long agreement is a record-making exercise, not a key exchange. What gets recorded, what you should keep, and what to check in the first seven days. ## What is handover for? It is where the agreement stops being a document and becomes a car, and on a term of three months or more it does one job above all others: it creates the record that the end of the term will be read against. Everything contentious that can happen later — a mark, a mileage figure, a fuel level, a dispute about what was already there — is settled by what was written down and photographed on that morning. Fifteen minutes at the kerb decides all of it. It is also the only time somebody who knows that specific car is standing next to you. That is worth more on an agreement measured in months than on a short booking, because you are about to live with its quirks. ## What gets recorded that you will need again? Four things, and all four come back at collection. The odometer reading. Your allowance of 1,000 miles a month is counted from this figure, not from anything the car did before it reached you. The fuel or charge level. Recorded now, recorded again at the end, and returned at the level it went out at. The condition photographs. Taken by us and by you: every panel, both bumpers, all four wheel faces, the glass, the splitter from low down, and the interior. The signed agreement, which was sent to you in advance rather than produced at the kerb with an engine running behind you. Take your own photographs even though we are taking ours. It costs two minutes and it is the single most useful thing anybody leasing a car can do. ## What should you keep afterwards? Put five things somewhere you will still find them at the end of the term: your photograph set, the signed agreement, the written quote it was built from, the deposit confirmation and the contact number you were given. The quote matters more than people expect. It is the document that states the monthly figure, the term, the mileage allowance, the per-mile charge, the deposit and the excess, and it is what you check anything against later. Nothing should appear at the end of the term that is not on it. The contact number matters too, and it is worth testing what it actually reaches. An agreement where somebody answers on a Sunday evening is a different product from one where nobody does. ## The first hour: what to set up before you drive Do these at the kerb while the person who delivered the car is still there. Seat, mirrors and steering position, properly, not approximately. Visibility in these cars is not what you are used to. The nose lift, if it has one: how to raise it, how long it holds, and at what speed it drops. Drive modes, and which one it should be in for a cold start and a first mile. Fuel or charge. What it takes, where the flap is and how it releases. Tyre pressures, and where to read them. Then ask the question that matters most: what is the first warning light on this car that you should stop for rather than drive on with. The answer is not the same on every vehicle. ## The first week: the checks that matter over months A short booking never surfaces these. An agreement that runs for months surfaces all of them, usually in week one. Drive the routes you will actually use and find the pinch points: the ramp into your car park, the speed humps on your road, the width of your garage door, the gradient of your own driveway. A car that is fine on a test drive can be a daily negotiation at home, and it is much better to know in week one. Find out where it parks. A wide car in a standard bay is a door-opening problem as well as a parking one, and the bays you would normally use may not be the bays you use for the rest of the term. Work out the fuelling or charging routine at the same time — the nearest pump or charger that is actually convenient rather than the nearest one on a map. ## What should you report in the first week? Anything you notice, early, while it is unambiguous. A mark you find on day two is easy to resolve against the handover photographs. The same mark raised at collection months later is an argument. A rattle, a warning light, a tyre losing pressure or anything that feels wrong is worth a call rather than a wait — over a term of months, a small fault ignored in week one is a large one by collection. None of this counts against you. A car reported on promptly is a car being looked after, and that is exactly what the record shows. ## What if something is wrong at handover itself? Say so before you sign, at the car, with the person who brought it standing there. That is the whole reason handover happens in person. If there is a mark that is not on the record, have it added. If the specification is not what your quote described, stop and raise it rather than accepting the car and sorting it out afterwards. If anything about the paperwork does not match the quote, the same applies — nothing should appear at the door that was not agreed in writing beforehand. Nothing is paid at handover beyond what was agreed in advance. No payment is taken through this website at any point, and a figure appearing at the kerb that was not on your quote is a mistake at our end rather than something to argue about on a pavement. ## How does it compare with the end of the term? Collection is the same exercise in reverse, months later, and it is measured directly against the handover record: the same walk round, the same photographs, the same fuel or charge and mileage readings. That symmetry is the point. It identifies a new mark, and it proves an old one was already there. Both sides are better off for it, and the side that benefits most is the one with the photographs. Collection happens from an address you choose, which does not have to be where the car was delivered. [How delivery and collection work without a depot](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/delivery-and-collection-without-a-depot) sets out the arrangement at both ends. ## Frequently asked questions ### How long does handover take? About fifteen minutes at the car. It is not a formality to be rushed — it is the record the whole term is measured against, and the time spent on photographs at the start is time you do not spend arguing at the end. ### Can somebody else accept the car for me? No. The named driver has to be present in person with the physical licence, because identity, condition and the agreement are all confirmed at the same moment. A car of this value is not left with a neighbour or a concierge. ### What if I forget to take my own photographs? We take a full set regardless and it is shared with you, so you are not without a record. Taking your own is still worth the two minutes: it is yours, it is timestamped on your own device, and it costs nothing. ### Is there anything to sign after handover? No. The agreement is signed at the car having been sent to you in advance, and nothing else appears later. If a document turns up mid-term that you were not told about, question it rather than signing it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Leasing a second car for a season URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-second-car-for-a-season Last checked: 2026-10-13 **A second car on a 3-month lease suits a defined stretch — a season, a project, a house move, a long visit — without the commitment of buying. The practical questions are where it will live, who is named to drive it, and how its mileage allowance sits alongside a car you already run. It is delivered to you, or collected, as you prefer.** A second car for a few months is a different decision from replacing the one you have. What to work out about cover, space, mileage and who drives it. ## When does a second car earn its place? When the need is real, defined and has an end. A season with a specific shape to it: a summer of long drives, a project with a commute the household car cannot cover, a period with a second driver at home, an extended stay with visitors and their luggage. The common thread is that buying would be the wrong instrument. A car bought for a few months is a car you then have to sell, at the point when you least want to be negotiating about it. The other common case is the reverse: you already own something you love and do not want to put miles on it, so the leased car takes the ordinary running and yours does the interesting bits. ## What changes when there are two cars? Four things, and three of them are physical. Space. Two cars, one driveway. Which one is boxed in matters daily, and a wide car in a tight space is an annoyance for the whole term rather than a one-off. Cover. The arrangement for the leased car is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed; your own car's policy is separate and stays your responsibility. Keys and drivers. Two cars in a household means two sets of keys within reach of people who may not all be named. Use. The car that is easier to get out is the car that gets used, whatever you intended. That last one is worth predicting honestly, because it changes which of the two should be the leased one. ## How does the mileage allowance behave on a second car? Usually generously, and that is one of the strongest arguments for this arrangement. Every agreement includes 1,000 miles a month, and a genuine second car — used at weekends, on trips, for a specific commute — rarely approaches it. Excess mileage is charged per mile at the rate published on each car's page, 95p to £10 across the catalogue, so the allowance only becomes a live question if the second car quietly becomes the first. Which does happen. If the leased car turns out to be the one everybody reaches for, watch the odometer in the first month rather than the last. Mileage agreed in advance is always cheaper than mileage settled at collection, and a term of three months leaves very little room to average a heavy period out. ## Who is allowed to drive it? Only people named on the agreement and checked against that vehicle's own criteria, and this is where a second car in a household needs more care than a single one. The temptation is obvious: the car is on the drive, somebody needs to move it, the keys are in the hall. But an unnamed driver is not insured, which turns an incident into an excluded event where the excess stops capping your liability. It is the one thing on this site we are genuinely inflexible about. A partner or a second household driver can be added, in advance, if they meet that car's age, licence and endorsement criteria in their own right. Passing on your own car proves nothing about this one — [driver age and licence rules](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/driver-age-and-licence-rules-for-prestige-cars) sets out how the bands work. ## What about the car you already own? Two questions worth answering before the second car arrives. Where does the one you own go while it is being used less, and is it going to sit still long enough to need thinking about? A car left standing for months is not a neutral event. Batteries flatten, tyres take a set, brakes surface-rust, and fluids do not improve. If yours is going to be parked for most of the term, plan for that — a regular run, a maintenance charger, and somewhere dry are the usual answers. There is also a straightforward alternative worth considering: lease the practical car and keep yours for the good days, rather than the other way round. It is often the cheaper arrangement and almost always the more enjoyable one. ## Which term suits a second car? The minimum, usually, because a second car's need almost always has an end date attached. Three months is the floor and that is the whole argument for it: the shortest term matches the shape of the reason you wanted the car. Where the second car is covering something open-ended — a role, a household change, a commute with no defined finish — a longer term will cost less per month and is worth costing out properly. [Three months or longer](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/choosing-a-lease-term-three-months-or-longer) sets out the arithmetic. Whatever you choose, the shape is the same: one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and a figure fixed for the term. ## How does it work practically at both ends? The car comes to an address you choose anywhere in mainland Britain on the day the term starts, and someone has to be there — the named driver, with the physical licence. If your driveway already has a car on it, say so when delivery is arranged; a transporter needs somewhere to stand and room to unload. At the end it is collected from an address you choose, which does not have to be the delivery address. The same walk round and photographs are repeated, the mileage is read against the allowance and the deposit is released on the timing given to you in writing. Deposits across the catalogue run from £1,500 to £50,000, held against a card in the hirer's own name, and are provisional pending final confirmation for your specific car. ## Which cars suit the second-car role? It depends entirely on which job the second car is doing, and the two ends of the catalogue are genuinely different answers. If it is doing the practical work, a performance SUV is hard to beat — the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) are both in our own fleet, so both carry a confirmed figure on the 3-month minimum term, and both are available from the lowest driver age we publish. If it is the enjoyable one and yours is the sensible one, the argument runs the other way, towards something with a roof that folds or an engine worth the fuel. [Leasing a convertible for the summer](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-convertible-for-the-summer) takes that case seriously, and [the catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) of 116 cars covers both ends. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does leasing a second car affect the insurance on my own? Your own policy is yours to manage, and whether another vehicle in the household is relevant to it is a question for your insurer. The arrangement covering the leased car is confirmed with you in writing before the agreement starts. ### Can the second car be in a company name? Yes, and it is a routine arrangement — say so at the enquiry stage so the agreement, the deposit and the named driver are set up correctly from the start. How it is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant rather than for us. ### What if I end up using it more than I expected? Watch the mileage early rather than late. If it is clear by month two that the allowance will not cover the term, tell us — that conversation is always cheaper than settling the difference per mile at collection. ### Can I lease two cars at once? It is not unusual, and each car is a separate agreement with its own term, mileage, deposit and criteria. Tell us what both are for and the pairing can be put together sensibly rather than arranged twice over. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How do you compare two lease quotes properly? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-to-compare-two-lease-quotes Last checked: 2026-10-13 **Put both quotes on the same term and the same mileage first, then compare total commitment rather than the monthly figure: monthly times term, plus everything payable up front. Then check the six figures behind the headline — deposit, excess, per-mile charge, delivery, collection and end-of-term terms — because that is where two similar quotes diverge.** The monthly figure is the least informative number on a quote. How to put two offers on the same basis and work out which one actually costs less. ## Why the monthly figure tells you least Because it is the one number on a quote that can be moved by changing something you did not ask about. Lengthen the term, lower the mileage allowance, bring more payments forward, strip out delivery, and the monthly figure falls without the deal improving at all. That is not necessarily dishonesty. It is the natural consequence of a market that advertises on a single number, and it means two quotes are almost never comparable as they arrive. So the first job is not comparison. It is normalisation. ## Step one: put both on the same basis Three things have to match before any comparison means anything. The term. Ask for both quotes on the same number of months, even if one provider would rather quote a longer one. The mileage allowance. A quote written on a lower allowance and one written on 1,000 miles a month are different products, not different prices. The payment structure. One month brought forward is not the same as nine, and the monthly figure reflects it. If a provider will not requote on your basis, that is information in itself. Every figure quoted here is written on a 3-month minimum term with 1,000 miles a month included, which is why it can be compared with anything. ## Step two: do the total, not the monthly Multiply the monthly figure by the term and add everything payable before the car arrives that you do not get back. That is the cost of having the car for the period. Do it for both quotes, on the same term, and the answer is often not the one the headline suggested. Worked through on a car from our own fleet: the [BMW X5 M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) is quoted on the 3-month minimum, so the total across that term is its monthly figure three times over — the first of the three paid up front, the other two monthly. Double the term and you double the total on the same basis. Treat refundable money separately. A security deposit is not a cost — it is money held and returned — so it belongs in a cash-flow column rather than in the price comparison. Confusing the two is the most common arithmetic error in this whole exercise. ## Step three: the six figures behind the headline The security deposit, and whether it is refundable. Ours are, and run from £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue. The insurance excess for that specific vehicle: £1,500 to £35,000 here, and £2,000 to £10,000 on our own fleet. The excess mileage rate, per mile: 95p to £10. Delivery, and whether it is included or added. Collection, which is the one people forget entirely. The end-of-term condition standard, and who assesses it. Any one of those can outweigh a difference of a hundred pounds a month over a term, and the last two are where an apparently cheaper quote most often turns out not to be. ## Step four: what is included, and what is not Four inclusions move a headline figure more than anything else: insurance, servicing, tyres and mileage. A quote that bundles them is not expensive by comparison; it is a different product with more inside it. So ask for both quotes to list what is in and what is out, in writing. "Fully inclusive" means nothing until it is itemised, and a provider who will not itemise it has told you something useful. Fuel or charge is almost never included anywhere and should not be expected. Charges you incur — Congestion Charge, ULEZ, tolls, parking, penalties — are yours on any agreement worth signing. ## Step five: who supplies the car? This determines whose criteria you have to meet, whose terms you are agreeing to and who you call when something happens. It is not a detail. Ask directly whether the business quoting you holds the vehicle or arranges it. Both are legitimate, and the answer changes what the quote means: a car arranged through a third party carries that party's driver criteria, deposit and excess, and those need confirming in writing rather than assuming. On this site the distinction is published on every car. A car in our own fleet is one we buy, insure, prepare and deliver, with the agreement directly with us, so its figure on a 3-month minimum term is ours to confirm on enquiry. The rest of the catalogue is arranged through vetted partners and is quoted on request by whoever holds the car — [why prestige leases are quoted rather than listed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/why-prestige-leases-are-quoted-not-listed) explains why that line exists. ## Step six: read the end of the agreement first The end of a lease is where the money you did not plan for lives, and it is the section people read last. Check four things. How is the condition of the car assessed at the end, and against what record? Who collects it, from where, and is that charged? How is mileage above the allowance settled? And what happens if you need the car for longer, or need to stop earlier? The best answer to the condition question is that the car is photographed at both ends by both sides and compared. Anything vaguer than that is a dispute waiting for a date. ## The checklist, in one place Take this to both providers and write the answers side by side. What term and what mileage allowance is this figure written on, and over what period is the allowance counted? What is payable before the car arrives, in total, and how much of it comes back? What is the refundable deposit, and what can be deducted from it? What is the insurance excess on this specific vehicle, and what is excluded from cover? What is the charge per mile above the allowance? Are delivery and collection included, and where can the car go? Who supplies the car, and whose driver criteria apply? How is condition assessed at the end, and against what record? If both providers answer all eight in writing, the comparison is easy. If one will not, the comparison is already over. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a lower monthly figure ever the wrong choice? Frequently. A lower figure bought with a longer term, a smaller mileage allowance or a larger initial payment costs more in total for the period you actually need the car. The total on the term you need is the number that decides it. ### Should the deposit count as part of the cost? No, as long as it is genuinely refundable. It belongs in a cash-flow comparison because you have to have it available, but money returned at the end of the term is not a price. Check what can be deducted from it before treating it that way. ### What if one quote includes insurance and the other does not? Then they are not comparable until you price the missing side. Get a realistic figure for cover on the uninsured quote and add it in, and check the excess on both — an included policy with a very high excess is not the same protection as one with a modest one. ### Is it worth asking for a better price? Asking for the quote to be rebuilt on a different term or mileage is worth it, because it changes what is being priced. Asking for the same deal to be cheaper generally is not: a figure that moves because you pushed was not an honest figure to begin with. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Lamborghini Urus vs Bentley Bentayga: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/lamborghini-urus-vs-bentley-bentayga Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Both are five-seat four-wheel-drive luxury SUVs in our own fleet, on a three-month minimum term, and both are quoted on request. Take the Bentley Bentayga V8 S if you want to arrive quietly. Take the Lamborghini Urus if arriving quietly is not the point — it also asks for more money held and more per mile.** Two five-seat luxury SUVs from our own fleet, both ours to quote without a partner in the way. What separates them is character, the cost of holding the car, and what happens when you park it. ## What is the real difference between a Urus and a Bentayga? They begin from the same place — five seats, a petrol V8, four-wheel drive, an eight-speed automatic — and then do opposite things with it. The [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) is a Lamborghini that happens to have a boot. Hard edges, a driving position that feels lower than the ride height suggests, and a powertrain tuned to answer before you have finished asking. The [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) is a Bentley first and a fast car second. It is built around isolation and material quality, and the speed is almost incidental to the experience of sitting in it. Both are ours. We own them, prepare them and deliver them, and we carry the risk on them, which is why a question about either one gets answered here rather than passed along, and why the figure comes back from us without waiting on anybody else to confirm the car. ## What do they cost to lease, and for how long? The Bentayga V8 S, the Urus S and the harder-edged [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) are all quoted on request. All three are ours, so the figure comes from us rather than from a partner, and all three run on the same structure: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. The shape is worth knowing before the number arrives. The opening payment is a single month, not a multiple of one, and a single payment follows each month afterwards. There is nothing shorter to compare these against. We lease rather than rent, three months is the shortest agreement we write, and a monthly figure quoted without the term it runs on tells you very little — which is why the term is on this page and the figure comes with it when you ask. ## Which is cheaper to hold for three months? The monthly figure is not the whole cost stack, and the gap between these two widens once you look at the rest of it. A refundable deposit is held against a card in the hirer's own name: £5,000 on the Bentayga V8 S, £7,500 on the Urus S and £10,000 on the Urus Performante. On the cars we own, the insurance excess matches the deposit exactly, so the same figures also describe your maximum exposure on a claim the policy covers. Mileage above the included allowance is charged at £2.50 a mile on the Bentayga and the Urus S, and £3 a mile on the Performante. The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month, so the figure to weigh against your own driving is the one on the page rather than a fraction of an annual total — and weighing it is the sum most people forget before they commit. Deposit, excess and mileage terms are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, and we restate them in writing before anything is agreed. ## Which one is better for the people in the back? The Bentayga, comfortably. Both are five-seaters and both will take four adults and luggage without complaint, but the Bentley is built around the idea that the rear seat is a place somebody chooses to sit rather than somewhere the children go. The Urus rear bench is firmer and the roofline more aggressive, which is the price of the shape. If the back seat is the whole point — a client you are collecting, a long motorway run where you are not the one driving — the [Bentayga EWB Azure](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-ewb) is the long-wheelbase version, built around rear legroom and airline-style rear seats. It is arranged through a partner rather than held by us, so it is priced on request and confirmed before anything is committed. ## Which draws more attention, and is that what you want? This is the question that actually decides it, and it is worth being blunt about. A Urus is recognised by people with no interest in cars at all. It is loud in the visual sense long before it is loud in any other, and in a car park it is the thing being photographed. That is exactly right for a birthday, a shoot, an arrival that is meant to be an event. A Bentayga is recognised too, but it is read as expensive rather than as fast, and it is a far easier car to turn up in when the car is not supposed to be the story. Client meetings, a wedding where you are not the groom, a school run in a village where everybody talks: the Bentley does all of those without comment. Same segment, same seats, a completely different social object. ## Do the driver requirements differ between them? No, and that surprises people who assume the Lamborghini must be harder to qualify for. The Urus S, the Urus Performante and the Bentayga V8 S are all set at a minimum age of thirty, a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. The difference between them shows up in the money held rather than in who is allowed to drive. All of that is provisional pending final confirmation of the insurance arrangement, so treat it as the shape of the answer rather than a settled contract term. We check eligibility at the enquiry stage, before anything is agreed and before any money moves, and each of these cars is delivered to an address you choose in mainland Britain rather than collected from a counter. ## Which of the two belongs on your drive for three months? Take the Urus if the car is part of what you are doing — if it is going to be seen, photographed and talked about, or if you simply want the most theatrical thing that still has five seats and a boot. Take the Performante over the Urus S only if you want the sharper, more single-minded version and the higher deposit and mileage rate are not an obstacle. Take the Bentayga if you want the same capability with none of the noise around it, if passengers matter as much as the driver, or if you are going to be in it every morning for the length of the agreement. It is also the cheaper of the two on every measure the site publishes — deposit, excess and mileage rate — which is not the usual shape of a Bentley-versus-Lamborghini answer, and it is worth knowing before you choose on badge alone. ## Frequently asked questions ### Are both the Urus and the Bentayga in your own fleet? The Urus S, the Urus Performante and the Bentayga V8 S are all ours — we own them, prepare them and deliver them, and we quote them ourselves. The plug-in hybrid Urus SE and the long-wheelbase Bentayga EWB are arranged through vetted partners, so the specific car is confirmed before anything is said about dates. Every car on the site is quoted on request. ### Can I lease a Urus for less than three months? No. Three months is the shortest agreement we write on any car, including this one. It is a lease rather than a rental, so there is nothing shorter sitting underneath it, and the monthly figure you are quoted is the figure for that minimum term. ### Is insurance included in the monthly price? The cover arrangement is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, along with the excess that applies to the specific car. We do not publish a blanket answer here, because the arrangement is settled per agreement and per driver and a general claim on a guide page is not something you could rely on. ### What happens if I go over the mileage allowance? Excess miles are charged at the rate on that car and reconciled at the end of the agreement rather than billed as you go. It is £2.50 a mile on the Bentayga V8 S and the Urus S, and £3 a mile on the Urus Performante. If you already know you will run over, say so at enquiry and we will structure it properly. ### Which of the two is better in British winter weather? Both are four-wheel drive and both are fine. The practical difference is ride and refinement rather than traction: the Bentayga is the calmer car on a wet motorway at the end of a long day, and the Urus is the one you will enjoy more on an empty road on a dry morning. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Mercedes-AMG G 63 vs Range Rover Sport: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/mercedes-amg-g-63-vs-range-rover-sport Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Mercedes-AMG G 63 and both Range Rover Sports are in our own fleet, on a three-month minimum term, and all three are quoted on request. They hold the same deposit and the same excess, so the decision is character: choose the G 63 for presence, choose the Sport for the easier car to live with.** Two large luxury SUVs that share a category and almost nothing else. One is an industrial object with a V8 in it; the other is a road car built around quiet. Both are ours. ## Are these two really the same kind of car? On a specification sheet, yes: both are five-seat luxury SUVs with four-wheel drive and a multi-speed automatic. In the metal they have almost nothing in common. The [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) sits on a ladder frame with a solid rear axle, three locking differentials and a low-range transfer case, which is to say it is military-derived equipment trimmed like a Mercedes saloon. It leans, it thumps over sharp edges, and the driving position is upright and commanding rather than sporting. The [Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) is a modern monocoque road car on air suspension. It is quiet, it rides properly, and it disappears around you on a motorway. Both will do the job the other is asked to do. Neither does it the same way. ## What changes because all three of these are ours? The G 63, the Range Rover Sport Autobiography and the [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) are all in our own fleet. We own them, prepare them, deliver them and carry the risk on them, and all three run on the same three-month minimum term — one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. No car on this site carries a published monthly figure; every one is quoted on enquiry. What being ours changes is how that quote reaches you. On a car we hold, there is nobody to ask first: the vehicle exists, we know where it is, and the figure and the dates are ours to give. On a partner-sourced car there is a confirmation step in front of both, and until that confirmation exists we will not make an availability claim on somebody else's vehicle. Quoting a rate before it is settled is how a leasing site ends up correcting itself in front of a customer. ## Which is easier to live with? The Range Rover Sport, and it is not close. It is quieter at speed, it rides better on a poor B road, and the Autobiography in our fleet is the diesel, which makes a three-hour motorway run considerably less eventful than it would be in the AMG. The Sport SV is the petrol version at the top of the range and trades some of that calm for noise. The G 63 has two quirks worth planning around. Fuel consumption in town is heavy — it is a two-and-a-half-tonne box on a ladder frame and the physics are not negotiable. And the rear door is side-hinged, so it needs about a metre of clear space behind the car to open, which a tight multi-storey bay will not give you. Neither is a reason not to lease one. Both are reasons to know before the car is on your drive. ## Which suits a family, and which suits an occasion? Both seat five adults and both take real luggage — the G 63 has 667 litres behind the rear bench, which is more than its shape suggests. For three months of ordinary life, the school run, the supermarket, the airport at six in the morning, the Range Rover Sport is the sane answer. The G 63 is the better answer when the car is meant to be noticed: a shoot, a birthday, a corporate arrival, a wedding where the brief is something nobody else will turn up in. Its shape is decades old and completely unmistakable, and that is the entire point of it. Three months is long enough to live with the joke rather than borrow it for an afternoon, which is a different proposition entirely. ## What do the deposit, excess and mileage look like? These two are unusually close on the parts of the cost stack that are not the monthly figure. The G 63, the Range Rover Sport Autobiography and the Range Rover Sport SV each hold a refundable £3,000 deposit against a card in the hirer's own name, and each carries a £3,000 insurance excess — on the cars we own, the two figures match, so the deposit also tells you your maximum exposure on a covered claim. Mileage is where they separate. The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month on all three. Above it, the G 63 and the Sport SV are charged at £1.25 a mile and the Sport Autobiography at £2 a mile. Every one of those figures is provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, and all of them are confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. ## Do the driver criteria differ? No. All three are set at a minimum age of twenty-eight, a full licence held for at least three years and no more than six points, which makes this pair among the more accessible large SUVs we list and noticeably easier to qualify for than the supercars. Criteria follow the insurance profile rather than the price of the car, which is why a G 63 can be easier to qualify for than something cheaper to lease. Eligibility is checked at enquiry, before anything is agreed. Both cars are delivered to an address you choose in mainland Britain and collected from it afterwards; there are no depots and nothing to drive to. ## Which should you take for three months? If the car has a job to do — commuting, carrying people, covering distance, being unremarkable in the right way — take the Range Rover Sport, and tell us at enquiry whether you want the diesel Autobiography for the motorway miles or the SV for the noise. If the car is the point, take the G 63. Nothing else in the category feels remotely like it, and three months is long enough to stop finding it funny and start finding it genuinely useful, which is a stage an afternoon with one never reaches. The one thing that should not decide it is a guess at price. Neither figure is published, both are ours to quote, and they hold the same deposit against the same excess — so ask for all three in one enquiry and choose between real numbers rather than an assumption about which badge costs more. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a G-Wagon the same thing as the G 63? G-Wagon is the nickname for the G-Class generally. The G 63 is the AMG version of it, and the AMG version is the one in our fleet. If somebody quotes you a G-Wagon without saying which, ask, because the difference between the base car and the G 63 is substantial. ### Can I take the G 63 off-road? Only if it is agreed in writing beforehand. It genuinely has the hardware — the locking differentials, the low-range transfer case, the wading depth — but off-road, green-lane and beach use is not covered as standard on our agreements. Ask before you commit rather than after you are on the sand. ### Why can I not see a monthly price for either of these? Because the site does not publish a monthly figure on any car — every one is quoted on enquiry. All three cars on this page are ours rather than partner-sourced, so there is no confirmation step in front of the answer: send the car and the dates and we quote them directly. ### Which of the two is better on a long motorway journey? The Range Rover Sport Autobiography. It is the diesel, it has air suspension, and it is a far quieter place to spend three hours. The G 63 is entertaining on a motorway for about twenty minutes and then reminds you that it is shaped like a wardrobe. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Audi R8 Spyder vs Porsche 911: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/audi-r8-spyder-vs-porsche-911 Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Audi R8 Spyder is ours — we hold it, prepare it and deliver it, on a three-month minimum term. Every Porsche 911 we list is arranged through a vetted partner. All of them are quoted on request. The R8 is a two-seat four-wheel-drive convertible; the 911 is a coupe, and which of the four 911s you mean changes the answer completely.** A two-seat V10 roadster we own against four different Porsche 911s we can arrange. The honest comparison starts by asking which 911 you actually mean. ## Which 911 do you mean? The 911 is not one car, and a comparison that pretends otherwise is useless. We list four, all partner-sourced and all priced on request. The [911 Carrera S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-carrera-s) is the 992-generation everyday one: rear-wheel drive, an eight-speed PDK, and two small rear seats that make it the most usable fast car in the catalogue. The [911 Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-turbo-s) is four-wheel drive with the same four-seat layout, which makes it the one that works in any British weather. The [911 GT3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3) is a two-seat, rear-drive, naturally aspirated car with a seven-speed PDK — a road-legal racing car with number plates. The [911 GT3 RS](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3-rs) is the same idea taken further, built around downforce first and comfort last. ## What is the Audi R8 Spyder, and what is it not? The [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) is a two-seat convertible with a naturally aspirated V10 behind your head, four-wheel drive and a seven-speed dual-clutch automatic. It is ours: we own it, prepare it and deliver it, and we carry the risk on it, so the figure and the dates are ours to confirm rather than somebody else's. What it is not is a practical car. There are two seats and no more. The R8 is also no longer in production, which matters more than it sounds — the naturally aspirated V10 has no successor at Audi, so a lease of three months or more is one of the few remaining ways to spend real time with one rather than an afternoon. If you want the same engine in a coupe, the [R8 V10 performance coupe](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) is in the sourced catalogue and priced on request. ## Does the roof decide it? For a lot of people, yes, and it is worth saying plainly: of the cars in this comparison, only the R8 Spyder has a roof that goes away. Every 911 here is a fixed-roof coupe. If open air is the reason you are leasing at all, that narrows the decision immediately — and if you want an open Porsche specifically, the [718 Boxster S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-boxster-s) is the mid-engined two-seat roadster in the sourced catalogue, again priced on request. If the roof is a nice-to-have rather than the brief, the 911s come back into play and the question becomes seats, drivetrain and how hard-edged you want the car to be. ## Which is easier to live with for three months? The Carrera S and the Turbo S, by a wide margin. Both have rear seats — small ones, but real, and enough for bags or short journeys with people in them — and both are set up to be driven every morning without ceremony. The Turbo S adds four-wheel drive, which is the single most useful feature on this page between November and March. The R8 Spyder is a two-seat convertible, so its compromise is fixed: you get the roof and the V10, and luggage becomes a planning exercise. The GT3 and GT3 RS are the least suited to a term of ordinary use. They are firm, focused and loud, and the RS in particular is built to a brief that has nothing to do with comfort. That is not a criticism of either. It is a question about what your three months actually looks like. ## What are the deposits, excesses and mileage rates? The R8 Spyder holds a refundable £7,500 deposit against a card in the hirer's own name, carries a £7,500 insurance excess, and charges £3.50 a mile above the included 1,000 miles a month. On the Porsches the deposit and the excess also match one another. The Carrera S, the GT3 and the Turbo S each sit at £5,000, and the GT3 RS at £10,000 — the highest of this group, which tells you something about how that car is viewed. Mileage above the allowance runs £1.75 a mile on the Turbo S, £2 a mile on the Carrera S, £2.50 a mile on the GT3 and £4 a mile on the GT3 RS. All of those figures are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, and all of them are confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. ## Are the driver criteria different? Barely, and the pattern is not the one you would guess. The R8 Spyder, the Carrera S, the Turbo S and the GT3 RS all sit at a minimum age of thirty, with a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. The GT3 is set at twenty-eight, which makes the hardest-edged car of the group the easiest of the Porsches to qualify for. That is because criteria follow the insurance profile rather than the character of the car, and it is a good illustration of why guessing at eligibility wastes your time. Tell us which car and we will tell you where you stand, at enquiry, before anything is agreed. ## R8 Spyder or 911: how to decide Take the R8 Spyder if you want the roof, the V10 and a car we hold ourselves. It is the only one of these that nobody else has to confirm, so the figure, the dates and the delivery all come out of one conversation, and over a three-month agreement that is worth more than it sounds. Take a 911 if you want to use the car properly for three months: the Turbo S if it needs to work in any weather and carry the occasional passenger, the Carrera S if you want the purer rear-drive version of the same idea, the GT3 if you are going to drive somewhere specifically in order to drive. Take the GT3 RS only if you know exactly why you want one. Every 911 here is arranged through a partner, so send the dates with your enquiry and we will confirm the car and the figure before you plan around either. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease a Porsche 911 for three months? Yes. Three months is the shortest agreement we write, and it applies to the sourced catalogue as well as to our own cars. Because every 911 we list is arranged through a partner, the monthly figure is quoted on request and confirmed with you before anything is committed. ### Does the Audi R8 Spyder have rear seats? No. It is a strict two-seater. If you need occasional rear seats in a fast car, the 911 Carrera S and the 911 Turbo S both have them, and they are the reason those two are described here as the usable end of the comparison. ### Which of these are four-wheel drive? The Audi R8 Spyder and the Porsche 911 Turbo S. The Carrera S, the GT3 and the GT3 RS are all rear-wheel drive. If the car is going to be used through a British winter, that distinction will matter more to you than anything else on this page. ### Is a GT3 RS a sensible car to lease for three months? It can be, if you know what you are taking on. It is built around downforce and response rather than comfort, it carries the highest deposit and excess of this group at £10,000, and mileage above the allowance is £4 a mile. It is a car to take for a specific reason rather than a general one, and that is the right way to approach it. ### Can the R8 Spyder be delivered with the roof down? We deliver to an address you choose in mainland Britain and hand the car over in person, so how it arrives is a conversation with whoever brings it. Weather and the state of the car at handover decide that one, and the condition photographs are taken either way. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Bentley Bentayga vs Range Rover Autobiography: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/bentley-bentayga-vs-range-rover-autobiography Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Bentley Bentayga V8 S is in our own fleet; the long-wheelbase Range Rover Autobiography is arranged through a vetted partner. Both run on a three-month minimum term and both are quoted on request. Take the Bentley if you are driving; take the Range Rover if the important seat is behind you — and note that it accepts a driver at twenty-five where the Bentley asks thirty.** Two ways of spending a lot of money on a quiet SUV. One is built around the driver and is ours; the other is built around the rear seat and is arranged through a partner. ## Which seat are you buying? That single question settles most of this comparison. The [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) is a driver's car that happens to be enormously comfortable for passengers. It is set up so that the person behind the wheel has something to enjoy, and the cabin is built to a standard of material and finish that nothing else in the category quite matches. The [Range Rover Autobiography LWB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-autobiography-lwb) is the long-wheelbase car, and the extra length goes entirely to the rear compartment: around 200mm of additional rear legroom over the standard car, and the quietest cabin Land Rover has built. If you are the one being collected, that is the car you want to be collected in. ## How each one gets quoted, and which of the two we hold The Bentayga V8 S is in our own fleet. We own it, prepare it, deliver it and carry the risk on it, so when you ask, the figure and the dates come straight back: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. The Range Rover Autobiography LWB is arranged through a vetted partner, so the same enquiry runs through a confirmation step before any of that can be said. Neither figure is published — no car on this site shows one. One thing to be precise about when you ask: the Autobiography badge appears on both the standard-wheelbase and the long-wheelbase car, and they are meaningfully different objects. It is the LWB we list, and it is the LWB that has the rear compartment this comparison is really about, so say which one you mean and we will confirm the right car rather than the right badge. ## Who is allowed to lease each one? This is the difference people miss, and on these two it is large. The Bentayga V8 S is set at a minimum age of thirty, with a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. The Range Rover Autobiography LWB is set at twenty-five, with three years of licence and the same six-point allowance — which makes it one of the most accessible cars of this size and price anywhere in the catalogue. If you are twenty-six and have been dismissed by every other prestige SUV you have looked at, this is the one to ask about. Criteria of this kind follow the insurance profile of the specific vehicle, not the badge or the value, and all of them are provisional until the insurance arrangement is finalised and confirmed with you. ## What does each cost to hold for three months? Beyond the monthly figure, three numbers matter: the deposit, the excess and the mileage rate. The Bentayga V8 S holds a refundable £5,000 deposit against a card in the hirer's own name and carries a £5,000 insurance excess — on the cars we own those two figures match exactly, so the deposit describes your maximum exposure on a covered claim. Mileage above the allowance is £2.50 a mile. The Range Rover Autobiography LWB sits at £3,500 for both the deposit and the excess, with mileage at £1.50 a mile. With 1,000 miles a month to work with, the mileage difference alone is worth doing the arithmetic on if you cover real distance. The monthly figure is only ever part of the picture, and we set all of it out before the form rather than after it. ## Which is better for a business or a chauffeur arrangement? The long-wheelbase Range Rover, almost always. It was designed for exactly this — a rear compartment somebody works or rests in while another person drives — and it does it without the theatre that a Bentley brings to an arrival. If the lease is going through a company, say so at the enquiry stage: a business lease is a different application to a personal one, and the tax treatment of any vehicle agreement is a question for your accountant rather than for us. The practical points we can help with are the ones that actually bite — who is named as a driver, whose card the deposit sits on, and which addresses the car will be delivered to and collected from. ## Is the Bentley worth the extra? It depends entirely on how much time you will spend in the driver's seat. The Bentayga's advantage is concentrated there: the way it steers, the way it sounds when you ask it to move, the finish of the things your hands touch. Sit in the back of both and the Range Rover's extra length is the more obvious luxury. There is also a badge answer, and it is worth being honest about it. A Bentayga is read as a considerably more expensive object than a Range Rover, even by people who could not name either. If that reading is part of why you are leasing, it is a legitimate reason and it points at the Bentley. If it is not, the Range Rover does the useful ninety per cent for less money held in deposits and less charged per mile. ## Driver or passenger: the question that decides it Take the Bentayga V8 S if you are the driver, if you would rather the car be ours than arranged through anybody, and if the quality of the cabin is something you will actually notice every morning. Take the Range Rover Autobiography LWB if the back seat is the point, if you are under thirty and need a car that will actually accept you, or if you want the calmest possible way to cover long distances with somebody else at the wheel. Both are delivered to an address you choose in mainland Britain and collected from it at the end. If you are genuinely torn, send both names with your enquiry and we will quote the pair so you are choosing between two real figures rather than two assumptions. ## Frequently asked questions ### How much rear legroom does the long-wheelbase Range Rover add? Around 200mm over the standard car, and all of it goes to the rear compartment. That is the single reason to choose the LWB — if nobody is going to sit behind you regularly, the extra length is a parking problem rather than a benefit. ### Can I lease the Range Rover Autobiography at 25? That is its stated minimum age, alongside a full licence held for at least three years and no more than six points. Criteria are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, so we confirm your eligibility at enquiry before anything is agreed rather than leaving you to find out later. ### Is the Bentayga a seven-seater? The Bentayga V8 S in our fleet is a five-seater. If you need a seventh seat, the Audi SQ7 in our own fleet has one, and the Mercedes-AMG GLS 63 in the sourced catalogue is the larger answer. Both are quoted on request, but the SQ7 is ours, so it is the quicker of the two to confirm. ### Why is there no price on the Range Rover Autobiography? No car on the site carries a published monthly figure — every one is quoted on enquiry. This one has a step in front of that as well: it is arranged through a partner rather than held by us, so we make no firm availability claim on it until the specific car is confirmed. Promising a price and a date for a car nobody has committed to is the thing this site refuses to do. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Ferrari or Lamborghini: choosing your first supercar lease URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/ferrari-vs-lamborghini-first-supercar-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Both makes are arranged through vetted partners and priced on request. For a first three-month lease the sensible entry points are the Lamborghini Huracán Tecnica and the Ferrari 296 GTB: they carry the lowest deposits and mileage rates of the two ranges, and their driver criteria are the most achievable.** The two badges everybody starts with. What actually separates them on a first lease is not character — it is who is allowed to drive which car, and how much money sits behind it. ## Is there a real difference, or is it just the badge? There is a real difference, and it is easiest to describe by what each make is willing to give up. A Lamborghini gives up subtlety. The [Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica) is the naturally aspirated V10 in its most driver-focused rear-wheel-drive form, and it is the car most people picture when they say the word supercar — loud, angular, impossible to mistake for anything else. Ferrari gives up almost nothing, and spreads itself across more shapes. The [296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb) is a compact mid-engined plug-in hybrid; the [Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider) is a four-seat fabric-roofed convertible that looks like a grand tourer; the [Purosangue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-purosangue) is a four-door, four-seat V12. Choosing Ferrari means choosing which kind of Ferrari, and that is a bigger decision than the badge itself. ## Where should a first lease start? With the Huracán Tecnica or the 296 GTB, in most cases. Both are two-seat mid-engined supercars, both are the most attainable cars in their respective ranges on the terms that matter, and neither asks anything unusual of a driver who has not leased one before. The Tecnica holds a refundable £5,000 deposit and carries a £5,000 insurance excess, with mileage above the included 1,000 miles a month charged at £2.50 a mile. The 296 GTB sits at £7,500 for both the deposit and the excess, with mileage at £2.95 a mile. Those are the lowest figures either make offers here, and a first lease is a bad place to discover that you have over-committed on a car you were not yet sure about. ## What the driver criteria tell you before the price does This is the part first-timers skip, and it is the part that most often ends the conversation. The flagships are not gated by money alone. The [Lamborghini Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto) is set at a minimum age of thirty-two, with a full licence held for at least eight years and no more than three points. The [Ferrari SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale), the [12Cilindri](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-12cilindri) and the [Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario) all ask for eight years of licence and no more than three points as well. The entry cars are set at thirty, five years and six points. So if your licence is six years old, or you picked up four points two years ago, the flagship is out regardless of what you are willing to spend — and knowing that at the start of the process saves everybody a fortnight. Criteria are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, and we check yours at enquiry. ## How much money sits behind the car? A long way more than the monthly figure, and the spread across these two ranges is enormous. At the accessible end the Huracán Tecnica holds £5,000 as a refundable deposit. At the far end the SF90 Stradale holds £35,000 against a £25,000 excess, and the Revuelto and Temerario hold £25,000 against a £20,000 excess. Mileage moves with it. The Tecnica is £2.50 a mile above the allowance; the 296 GTB is £2.95; the [Huracán EVO Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-evo-spyder) and the Roma Spider are £4; the Revuelto, the Temerario and the 12Cilindri are £7; the SF90 is £8. You are working to 1,000 miles a month, so a car at £8 a mile is a car you plan journeys around. None of these figures is invented for this page — each one is on the car's own page, before any form. ## What if you need more than two seats? Then the honest answer is that a conventional supercar is the wrong shape and you should stop trying to make it fit. Both makes have an answer. Ferrari's is the Purosangue: four doors, four seats, four-wheel drive and a naturally aspirated V12, sourced and priced on request, with a £10,000 deposit and excess and mileage at £4.50 a mile. The Roma Spider is the other Ferrari with four seats, though the rear pair are occasional at best. Lamborghini's answer is the [Urus](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus), and it is the one exception to everything above: the Urus S and the Urus Performante are in our own fleet rather than arranged through anybody, so they are ours to confirm on a three-month minimum term, and both seat five with a real boot. For a first lease with a family attached, that is a far better idea than a two-seater you cannot use. ## What is three months with one of these like? Different from a weekend, which is the entire reason we lease rather than rent. You stop treating the car as an event and start noticing the practical things: where it lives at night, which supermarket car park you will not attempt, how quickly you use the allowance when the novelty means you invent reasons to drive. The cover arrangement is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, along with the excess for that specific car, so you know what a kerbed wheel costs before it happens rather than afterwards. The car is delivered to an address you choose in mainland Britain and collected from it at the end of the term. And the first payment is one month, which is worth budgeting for at the start rather than at signature. ## So, Ferrari or Lamborghini? If you want the car to be an announcement — if part of the point is that everyone from a ten-year-old to your neighbour recognises it instantly — take the Lamborghini, and take the Huracán Tecnica first. It is the least complicated way into the make and the naturally aspirated V10 is the thing people actually come for. If you want the car to be a driving instrument that happens to be famous, take the Ferrari, and choose the body style before you choose the model: 296 GTB for the classic mid-engined shape, Roma Spider if the roof and the extra seats matter, Purosangue if it has to be the only car you have. Either way, both are arranged through partners, so send your dates and your licence details at enquiry and we confirm car, figure and eligibility before you plan anything around it. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease a Ferrari or a Lamborghini for three months? Yes. Three months is the shortest agreement we write and it applies to the sourced catalogue in full. Every monthly figure is quoted on request and confirmed in writing before anything is committed. Every Ferrari and every Lamborghini except the Urus S and Urus Performante is arranged through a vetted partner; on those two the quote is ours to give directly, because we hold the cars. ### What is the easiest Lamborghini to qualify for? Of the supercars, the Huracán Tecnica: a minimum age of thirty, five years of full licence and no more than six points. The Urus SE sits at twenty-eight, and the Urus S and Performante in our own fleet at thirty. The Revuelto is the hardest, at thirty-two with eight years of licence. ### Do I need a clean licence to lease a supercar? Not necessarily clean, but close to it. Most of the entry cars accept up to six points. The flagships — the Revuelto, the Temerario, the SF90 Stradale and the 12Cilindri — accept no more than three. Tell us what is on your licence at enquiry and we will tell you which cars are open to you. ### Which is cheaper to lease, a Ferrari or a Lamborghini? Neither make is uniformly cheaper, and we do not publish monthly figures at all, so the honest answer is that it depends on the specific car and we quote it. What we can say is that the Huracán Tecnica carries the lowest deposit, excess and mileage rate of the two ranges. ### Is a supercar a sensible first lease at all? It is if you have thought about mileage, parking and who else needs to travel with you. Three months is long enough for those things to matter, which is why this page spends more time on allowances and criteria than on the cars themselves. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # BMW X5 M vs Audi SQ7: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/bmw-x5-m-vs-audi-sq7 Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Both are from our own fleet, both run on a three-month minimum term, and both are quoted on request. Take the Audi SQ7 for seven seats, the lighter cost stack and a minimum age of twenty-five. Take the BMW X5 M Competition for the sharper car — it holds £5,000 to the Audi’s £3,000 and charges £2 a mile to the Audi’s £1.50.** Five seats and a sharper edge against seven seats and a lighter cost stack. Both are ours, so both are quoted directly, and everything the site publishes on them sits side by side. ## Why is this the most straightforward comparison on the site? Because both cars are ours. The [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) are in our own fleet, which means we own them, prepare them, deliver them and carry the risk on them. Nobody else has to be asked whether either car exists or is free on your dates. Most head-to-heads between prestige SUVs have a partner standing in front of at least one of the two cars. This one does not, and that shows up in how fast a real answer arrives rather than in what is printed on the page. It also means everything the site does publish on these two — the deposit, the excess, the mileage rate, the minimum age — can be weighed against each other now, before you speak to anybody, and on this pair those four numbers do most of the deciding. ## What does each one cost over three months? Both run on a three-month minimum term and the structure is the same on both: one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. The opening payment is a single month rather than a multiple of one, and nothing is taken through this website at any stage. The monthly figure itself is quoted on enquiry rather than published, on these two as on every car we list. What is published is the rest of the stack, and on this pair the rest of the stack is the argument: the SQ7 holds £2,000 less of your money, charges 50p a mile less beyond the allowance and accepts a driver five years younger. That is what the BMW's extra sharpness is being weighed against. ## Five seats or seven? The SQ7 has seven, and it is the only car in our own fleet that does. That single fact decides this comparison for a lot of families, and no amount of argument about how the BMW drives will move it. Three rows means the school run with other people's children in it, two adults and four bags, a set of grandparents collected from an airport without a second car. The X5 M Competition has five. They are excellent seats in a large, well-finished cabin, and for four adults and luggage it is entirely sufficient. But if you have ever needed a sixth and seventh seat you already know how rarely they are optional. If seven seats matter and the SQ7 does not appeal, the Mercedes-AMG GLS 63 in the sourced catalogue is the larger answer, priced on request. ## How different are they to drive? More different than the shared shape suggests. The X5 M Competition is the full M treatment: an eight-speed M Steptronic automatic, four-wheel drive and a chassis tuned to make a large SUV change direction like something considerably smaller. It is the car you notice on a good road, and it is also firmer on a bad one. The SQ7 is the more relaxed object. Four-wheel drive, an eight-speed tiptronic automatic, seven seats and a chassis set up around composure rather than edge. It is quick and it is calm, in that order, and for most journeys most of the time that ordering is the right one. ## Do you need the M car? It is worth asking before the badge answers for you, because there is a third car in our own fleet that sits between these two and it is easy to overlook. The [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) is the same body as the X5 M Competition with the M Sport appearance package rather than the M division's hardware: a straight-six mild hybrid, four-wheel drive, five seats, and the M look without the M firmness. It runs on the same three-month minimum term as the other two, holds a refundable £2,000 deposit against a £2,000 excess — the lowest of any car we own — and charges £1.50 a mile above the allowance. Its minimum age is twenty-five with three years of licence, which is more accessible again than the SQ7. If what you wanted from the X5 M was the way it looks rather than the way it corners, this is the car to ask about: same shape, same fleet, and the lightest stack of anything we hold. ## Which can a younger driver lease? The SQ7, and it is one of very few cars of this size and price that a driver under thirty can take. Its stated minimum age is twenty-five, with a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. The X5 M Competition is set at thirty, with the same five-year licence requirement and the same six-point allowance. That five-year gap is a function of the insurance profile of the specific car rather than of its price, which is why it does not track the cost of the car in the way people expect. Criteria are provisional until the insurance arrangement is finalised, so we confirm where you stand at enquiry, before anything is agreed and before any money moves. ## What about the deposit, the excess and the miles? The X5 M Competition holds a refundable £5,000 deposit against a card in the hirer's own name and carries a £5,000 insurance excess. The SQ7 holds £3,000 and carries a £3,000 excess. On the cars we own those two figures always match, so the deposit tells you your maximum exposure on a claim the policy covers. Mileage above the included allowance is £2 a mile on the X5 M and £1.50 a mile on the SQ7. The allowance is 1,000 miles a month on both, so if you cover real distance the Audi is cheaper again at the back end. Add it up and the SQ7 asks for less at every published point in the stack — deposit, excess and per mile — which is worth saying out loud before the badges do the deciding. ## Which is the better three months? Take the SQ7 if you need seven seats, if you are between twenty-five and thirty, if you are covering distance, or if you want the one that asks least of you on every published measure. It is the more sensible car by a clear margin and it is not a compromise in the way that sentence usually implies. Take the X5 M Competition if you will actually use what the M division built — if the way it drives is something you will notice on a Sunday rather than a line on a specification — and if five seats are genuinely enough. Both are ours, both are delivered to an address you choose in mainland Britain, and on both the figure is ours to give rather than a partner's to confirm, which is not true of most of the catalogue. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the Audi SQ7 really a seven-seater? Yes, three rows as standard, and it is the only seven-seat car in our own fleet. The third row is the reason most people choose it over the X5 M, and it is the one thing in this comparison that cannot be argued around. ### Can a 25-year-old lease the BMW X5 M Competition? No. Its stated minimum age is thirty, with five years of full licence and no more than six points. The SQ7 is set at twenty-five on the same licence and points requirement, and our BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport is also set at twenty-five with three years of licence. ### What is the difference between the X5 M Competition and the X5 xDrive40i M Sport? The M Competition is the full M car, with M-specific hardware and a firmer, sharper setup. The xDrive40i M Sport is the standard car with the M Sport appearance package. The published gap between them is in the stack: the 40i holds a £2,000 deposit against the M Competition’s £5,000 and charges £1.50 a mile against £2. Both are ours, both are five-seaters, and both are quoted on request. ### Do either of these come with a mileage allowance I can increase? The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month on both, and excess miles are charged at the rate on the car and reconciled at the end of the term. If you know your mileage will be higher, say so at enquiry and we will structure the agreement around it rather than leave you to absorb it later. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Aston Martin DBX vs Bentley Bentayga: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/aston-martin-dbx-vs-bentley-bentayga Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Bentley Bentayga V8 S is in our own fleet; both Aston Martin DBX models are arranged through vetted partners. All three run on a three-month minimum term and all three are quoted on request. Choose the Aston for a sports car maker’s take on an SUV; choose the Bentley for the calmer, better-finished one, held and delivered by us.** Two British five-seat SUVs built from opposite instincts. One we own and answer for ourselves; the other we arrange, which changes how the enquiry works. ## What is each one trying to be? The [Aston Martin DBX](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-dbx) is what happens when a sports car company builds an SUV and refuses to forget what it normally makes. Five seats, a V8, four-wheel drive and a nine-speed automatic, wrapped in a shape that is recognisably from the same studio as a DB12. The [DBX707](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-dbx707) is the harder version: the fastest five-seat car Aston Martin sells, with a wet-clutch gearbox and carbon-ceramic brakes as standard. The [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) comes from the opposite instinct. Bentley started from a coachbuilt saloon and added ground clearance, so the priorities run in the order refinement, materials, then pace. Both are five-seat four-wheel-drive V8 SUVs. Neither feels remotely like the other from the driver's seat. ## One is ours and one is sourced — what changes? This pair is the clearest illustration on the site of a distinction we take seriously. The Bentayga V8 S is in our own fleet: we own it, we prepare it, we deliver it and we carry the risk on it. The agreement is a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included, and the figure is ours to confirm the moment you ask. Both DBX models are arranged through vetted partners, so on those we make no firm availability claim until the specific car is confirmed — that is not ours to make on somebody else's vehicle. The enquiry takes the same shape either way: you send the car, the dates and the delivery address, we come back with the figure and the terms in writing, and only then does anything get agreed. On the Bentley that is one conversation; on a DBX there is a partner in the middle of it. Nothing is taken through this website at any point, on either kind of car. ## Does sourced mean slower, or more expensive? Not inherently, and it is worth separating the two worries. Sourcing adds a confirmation step, not a queue — the work is a phone call and a written confirmation rather than a wait. What it does mean is that we cannot tell you the number before we have it, and a business that quotes you a figure for a car it has not confirmed is guessing with your plans. It also means the sourced catalogue is where the breadth lives. The reason we can offer a DBX, a DBX707, a long-wheelbase Bentayga and a Rolls-Royce Cullinan alongside the cars we hold is precisely that arrangement. The fleet is what we can answer for instantly; the partner network is what makes the range worth browsing at all. Every car on the site is labelled as one or the other on its own page, so you always know which you are looking at. ## DBX or DBX707? The answer is not the one most people assume. The DBX707 is the faster, harder, more expensive car when new — and on our terms it is the easier of the two to lease. It holds a refundable £5,000 deposit against a £5,000 insurance excess, and its stated minimum age is twenty-eight. The standard DBX holds £7,500 against a £7,500 excess with a minimum age of thirty. That inversion catches people out, and it exists because these figures follow the insurance profile of the specific vehicle rather than its performance or its list price. Both ask for a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points, and both charge £2.50 a mile above the allowance. All of it is provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, and all of it is confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## What does the Bentley cost to hold? The Bentayga V8 S holds a refundable £5,000 deposit against a card in the hirer's own name and carries a £5,000 insurance excess — the same pairing as the DBX707, and on the cars we own the two figures always match, so the deposit describes your maximum exposure on a covered claim. Mileage above the allowance is £2.50 a mile, identical to both Astons. So on the parts of the cost stack that are published, the Bentley and the DBX707 are level and the standard DBX asks for more money to be held. The monthly figure is published on none of the three, so that is the one to ask for rather than assume — and on the Bentley it comes back without a partner having to confirm the car first. Its minimum age is thirty with five years of licence, the same as the standard DBX. ## Which is the better car to live with for three months? The Bentayga, if the measure is how little the car asks of you. It is quieter, the cabin is finished to a standard the Aston does not quite reach, and it is the more restful thing to sit in after a long day. It also has the more useful rear seat for adults. The DBX earns its place a different way. It is rarer — you will see several Bentaygas in a week in most British cities and a DBX far less often — and it drives with more of a sports car's instincts, particularly in 707 form. If part of the reason you are leasing rather than buying is to spend three months with something you have not seen parked on your own street, that is a real argument, and it points at the Aston. ## Certainty or rarity? Take the Bentayga V8 S if you want certainty. It is ours, it is here, and the figure and the dates come out of one conversation rather than two. It is also the better car for passengers and the easier one to live with. Take a DBX if rarity and character matter more than how quickly the answer arrives, and take the 707 specifically — it is the more interesting car, it holds less of your money and it accepts a younger driver. Send both names with your enquiry if you are undecided. We will quote the Aston properly rather than approximately, and you will be choosing between two real figures instead of two assumptions. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease an Aston Martin DBX for three months? Yes. Three months is the shortest agreement we write, on the sourced catalogue as well as our own fleet. Every monthly figure on the site is quoted on request; because the DBX is arranged through a partner, the specific car is confirmed first and then the figure and the terms come to you in writing. ### Why is the DBX707 easier to qualify for than the standard DBX? Because driver criteria follow the insurance profile of the specific vehicle rather than its price or its performance. The 707 is set at a minimum age of twenty-eight and holds a £5,000 deposit; the standard DBX is set at thirty and holds £7,500. Both figures are provisional and confirmed at enquiry. ### Does a sourced car take longer to arrange? It adds a confirmation step rather than a wait. Send the car, the dates and the delivery address, and we confirm the vehicle and come back with the figure and the terms. What we will not do is publish a price or promise availability for a car before that confirmation exists. ### How many seats do these cars have? Five each — the DBX, the DBX707 and the Bentayga V8 S are all five-seaters. If you need a seventh seat, the Audi SQ7 in our own fleet has one, and being ours it needs no partner to confirm it before we quote. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # McLaren vs Ferrari for a three-month lease URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/mclaren-vs-ferrari-six-month-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Both ranges are partner-sourced and priced on request. For three months, the McLaren GT and the Ferrari 296 GTB are the two to shortlist: they carry the most workable mileage rates and deposits in their ranges, and the GT has the most achievable driver criteria of any car either make offers here.** Not which make is better, but which one survives three months of your actual life. Mileage rates, luggage, roofs, and the criteria that quietly rule cars out. ## What three months changes about the question A car you have for an afternoon is judged on how it feels in the first ten minutes. A car you have for three months is judged on everything else: where it sleeps, whether a weekly shop fits, what happens on the third wet Monday in a row, and how fast you are using an allowance of 1,000 miles a month. That is why this comparison is not a list of which make makes the better car. Both build extraordinary machines and neither of them needs defending. It is a comparison of what each range asks of you over a term of months rather than an afternoon — in money held, in miles, in how much of the time the car is usable rather than admirable. ## What shapes does each range come in? McLaren is the more single-minded of the two. Every McLaren we list is a two-seat, mid-engined car on a carbon fibre tub: the [750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), the open [750S Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s-spider), the stripped-out [765LT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-765lt), the plug-in hybrid [Artura Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-artura-spider) and the [GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-gt). Two seats, every time. Ferrari spreads much wider. The [296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb) and [SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale) are the mid-engined supercars; the [12Cilindri](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-12cilindri) is a front-engined V12 grand tourer; the [Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider) is a four-seat convertible; the [Purosangue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-purosangue) is a four-seat, four-door SUV. If your three months includes other people, that breadth is the whole argument. ## Which car in each range is livable? For McLaren it is the GT, and it is not a close call. It is the one designed to be used: mid-engined like the rest, but with a long rear luggage deck over the engine and a setup aimed at distance rather than lap times. It is also the most achievable McLaren to qualify for, at a minimum age of twenty-eight with five years of licence and up to six points, and it holds a refundable £7,500 deposit against a £7,500 excess with mileage at £3 a mile. For Ferrari it is the 296 GTB if two seats are enough — £7,500 deposit and excess, mileage at £2.95 a mile, the lowest in the range — and the Purosangue if they are not. The Purosangue is the only car in this comparison with four doors, and for three months with a family attached that single fact outweighs everything else on this page. ## Mileage is the number that decides a lease You are working to 1,000 miles a month, and the excess rates across these two ranges vary by a factor of nearly three. At the workable end: £2.95 a mile on the 296 GTB and the 750S Spider, £3 a mile on the McLaren GT, £4 a mile on the Artura Spider and the Roma Spider. At the other end: £4.50 on the 750S and the Purosangue, £7 on the 12Cilindri, and £8 on both the 765LT and the SF90 Stradale. A car at £8 a mile is not a car you drive to Cornwall on a whim, and knowing that before you sign is the difference between a good three months and a bill you did not plan for. Excess miles are reconciled at the end of the agreement rather than charged as you go, and if you know your mileage will be high, say so at enquiry so the agreement is built around it. ## The flagships ask for more than money Four cars here sit behind a harder gate, and it is a licence gate rather than a price one. The 765LT, the SF90 Stradale and the 12Cilindri all require a full licence held for at least eight years and no more than three points, as does the Lamborghini flagship elsewhere in the catalogue. The rest of both ranges asks for five years and up to six points. The money behind them moves too: the 765LT and the 12Cilindri hold a £30,000 refundable deposit against a £25,000 excess, and the SF90 Stradale holds £35,000 against £25,000. Those are not typing errors and they are not negotiable by charm. If your licence is six years old, these cars are closed to you for now regardless of budget, and the sooner that is established the less of your time the process wastes. ## Roof, weather and a British three months A three-month agreement will almost certainly include bad weather, so it is worth deciding early whether you want a roof that opens. Both ranges have an answer. The 750S Spider and the Artura Spider drop their roofs; so does the Roma Spider, and it is the only open car here with four seats. The Artura Spider is the quiet outlier in both ranges: a plug-in hybrid that can leave a village without waking it and then behave like a McLaren once you are out of it. For anyone leasing a supercar into a residential street for three months, that is a more practical feature than it sounds. It holds £10,000 as a deposit against a £10,000 excess, with mileage at £4 a mile, and its minimum age is thirty with five years of licence. ## So which range for three months? Take McLaren if you want the purest version of a mid-engined car and you are content with two seats for the whole term. Shortlist the GT first for usability, the 750S Spider if the roof matters, and the 765LT only if you understand what you are taking on. Take Ferrari if the three months has to flex around other people or other uses — the Roma Spider for four seats and a roof, the Purosangue if it has to work as the only car, the 296 GTB if you want the classic supercar shape with the most workable numbers behind it. Every car named here is arranged through a vetted partner, so nothing on this page is a published price: send your dates, your licence details and the delivery address, and we confirm the car, the figure and your eligibility in writing before anything is agreed. ## Frequently asked questions ### Which McLaren is easiest to qualify for? The GT, at a minimum age of twenty-eight with a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. Every other McLaren we list is set at thirty, and the 765LT also requires eight years of licence and no more than three points. ### Is any Ferrari here suitable as an only car? The Purosangue is the only one that genuinely works that way: four doors, four seats, four-wheel drive. The Roma Spider has four seats but the rear pair are occasional. Everything else in the range we list is a two-seater, which over three months is a real constraint rather than a detail. ### How is excess mileage charged on a three-month lease? The included allowance is 1,000 miles a month, counted across the agreement, and anything above it is charged at the rate on that car and reconciled at the end of the term. It is not billed as you go, and it is not a surprise — the rate is on the car’s own page before any form. ### Do you publish monthly prices for McLarens and Ferraris? No — and no car on the site carries one. Every car from both makes is also arranged through a vetted partner, so there is no firm availability claim either until the specific car is confirmed. We quote it properly at enquiry rather than approximately on a page. ### Is insurance included on these cars? The cover arrangement is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, along with the excess for the specific car. Given the deposits and excesses involved at this end of the catalogue, that conversation happens early rather than at handover. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Porsche Cayenne vs BMW X5: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/porsche-cayenne-vs-bmw-x5 Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport is in our own fleet and holds the lowest deposit of any car we own at £2,000. The Porsche Cayenne Coupé S is arranged through a vetted partner and holds £3,500. Both run on a three-month minimum term, both are quoted on request, and both accept drivers from twenty-five.** The two cars people actually end up choosing between when they want something good rather than something loud. Both accept younger drivers, and one of them is ours. ## Why this pair rather than the fast versions? Because this is where most sensible prestige leases actually land. The [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) and the [Porsche Cayenne Coupé S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-cayenne-coupe-s) are both five-seat, four-wheel-drive SUVs with eight-speed automatics, and both do the job a large prestige SUV is bought for without the compromises the M and Turbo versions bring with them. They are also the two most accessible cars of their size that we list. Both are set at a minimum age of twenty-five with a full licence held for at least three years and no more than six points, which is the most open criteria pairing anywhere in the catalogue at this size. If you have been quoted out of prestige leasing by your age rather than your budget, start here. ## What does each one cost? The X5 xDrive40i M Sport runs on a three-month minimum term: one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included, so the opening payment is a single month rather than a multiple of one. It is ours, so the figure is ours to confirm when you ask, and of everything we own it holds the least of your money. The Cayenne Coupé S is arranged through a vetted partner, so the specific car is confirmed before anything is said about dates, and we make no firm availability claim until it is. Neither monthly figure is published — no car on this site shows one, because quoting a price for a car before the terms are settled is how customers end up with a number that changes. Send the dates and we confirm the car and the figure in writing before anything is agreed. ## Straight-six calm or a V8 coupe roof? The X5 xDrive40i is the straight-six mild hybrid, and that is the heart of its appeal: smooth, quiet, unfussy, and the reason it manages to be the sensible choice without feeling like one. It is the conventional X5 shape, so the boot is square and the rear headroom is generous. The Cayenne Coupé S puts a V8 back under the bonnet and wraps it in the sloping coupe roofline. It sounds like a Porsche should and it looks considerably more expensive than the standard Cayenne, at the cost of some rear headroom and a less practical boot opening. If you want the coupe roofline with a BMW badge instead, the [X6 M60i](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x6-m60i) is the coupe-roofed X5 in the sourced catalogue, again priced on request. ## What sits behind each car in deposits and excess? The X5 xDrive40i M Sport holds a refundable £2,000 deposit against a card in the hirer's own name and carries a £2,000 insurance excess. That is the lowest deposit of any car we own, and on our own cars the deposit and excess always match, so it is also the smallest maximum exposure on a covered claim anywhere in our fleet. The Cayenne Coupé S sits at £3,500 for both. Mileage above the allowance is £1.50 a mile on each of them, which is among the gentlest rates in the catalogue and one of the reasons this pair works for people who drive properly rather than occasionally. All of these figures are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised and confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## Which is the better car to have for three months? The X5 is the easier one to forget about, in the way a good car should be. Nothing about it demands attention: it starts, it is quiet, it swallows luggage and children and motorway miles, and because it is ours the figure and the dates come back from one conversation rather than two. The Cayenne is the more involving car and the better-looking one in Coupé form. It rides more firmly, it is noisier in the way you would want a V8 to be, and it carries a badge that reads differently in a car park. If you want the three months to be a slightly better experience rather than a slightly easier one, that is the Porsche's argument, and it is a fair one. ## Which works better for a business? Both, and the deciding factors are practical rather than financial. Name the drivers at the enquiry stage, because everybody who will drive the car has to be checked and insured, and the refundable deposit has to sit on a card in the hirer's own name rather than a third party's. Where a company is leasing for a director or an employee, tell us at the start and we set it up that way rather than untangling it at the kerb. A business lease is a different application to a personal one, and the tax treatment of any vehicle agreement is a question for your accountant, not for us. What we can be useful about is delivery: both cars are brought to an address you choose in mainland Britain and collected from one, so a car can start its term at an office and end it at a house. ## Which one should you put on the drive? Take the X5 xDrive40i M Sport if predictability matters. It is ours, it holds the least of your money of anything we own, it charges £1.50 a mile beyond the allowance, it accepts drivers from twenty-five, and it is genuinely a lot of car for what it asks you to put behind it. Take the Cayenne Coupé S if you want the more characterful, better-looking object and you are content with a confirmation step in front of the answer. And if you like the X5 but want it faster, the [X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) is also ours, on the same three-month minimum term — though it holds £5,000 against the 40i's £2,000 and is set at a minimum age of thirty, which rules it out for some of the people this page is written for. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease either of these at 25? Both are set at a minimum age of twenty-five with a full licence held for at least three years and no more than six points. They are the most accessible pair of large prestige SUVs we list. Criteria are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, so we confirm at enquiry before anything is agreed. ### Is the Cayenne Coupé less practical than the standard Cayenne? The sloping roofline costs some rear headroom and makes the boot opening less useful. It is still a five-seater and still takes a family’s luggage. If practicality is the priority over the shape, the conventional X5 is the more sensible of this pair. ### What changes because the BMW is ours and the Porsche is not? Both are quoted on request — no car on this site shows a monthly figure. What changes is who answers. The X5 is in our own fleet, so we hold it, prepare it, deliver it and quote it ourselves. The Cayenne is arranged through a vetted partner, so the specific car is confirmed first and no firm availability claim is made until it is. Every car on the site is labelled as one or the other. ### What is the cheapest large SUV you can lease? Monthly figures are quoted on request, so the honest answer on the published terms is the X5 xDrive40i M Sport: a £2,000 deposit against a £2,000 excess and £1.50 a mile, which is the lightest stack of any large SUV we own. The Audi SQ7 is next at £3,000 and the same £1.50 a mile, and it adds a third row of seats. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Maserati or Jaguar: the less obvious lease URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/maserati-vs-jaguar-which-to-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Both makes are partner-sourced and priced on request. Maserati gives you a choice of shape — SUV, saloon, grand tourer, convertible or mid-engined supercar — while Jaguar here is the F-Pace SVR, a supercharged five-seat SUV that accepts drivers from twenty-five and holds one of the smaller deposits in the catalogue.** For drivers who would rather not turn up in the same badge as everybody else. What each make offers, what it costs to hold, and what choosing the rarer car actually gives up. ## What does the less obvious badge buy? Scarcity, mostly, and it is a more interesting purchase than it sounds. On a three-month lease you are not buying an asset, so the usual arguments about residual values and dealer networks do not apply to you at all. What you are buying is the experience itself, and part of that experience is how the car is received. A Bentley or a Lamborghini is recognised instantly and read predictably. A Maserati is recognised by fewer people and read differently by the ones who do — as taste rather than spend. A Jaguar F-Pace SVR is barely recognised at all until it starts, at which point the supercharged V8 does the introductions. If you have ever wanted a good car without the conversation that follows an obvious one, this is the page for you. ## Maserati is a range; Jaguar here is one car That asymmetry is the honest starting point. We list a Maserati for almost every brief: the [Grecale Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grecale-trofeo) and [Levante Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-levante-modena) are the five-seat SUVs, the [Quattroporte Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-quattroporte-trofeo) is the full-size saloon, the [GranTurismo Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-granturismo-modena) is the four-seat grand tourer, the [GranCabrio Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grancabrio-trofeo) is its four-seat convertible sibling, and the [MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20) is the carbon-tubbed mid-engined supercar. Jaguar is represented by the [F-Pace SVR](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/jaguar-f-pace-svr). That is not a slight on the make; it is what the catalogue holds, and it happens to be one of the more likeable cars in it. Every car named on this page is arranged through a vetted partner, so all of them are priced on request and confirmed before anything is agreed. ## The case for the F-Pace SVR It is a five-seat family SUV with a supercharged V8 under the bonnet, and it is a great deal more entertaining than that description makes it sound. Four-wheel drive, an eight-speed automatic, a proper boot and a noise that belongs to an older generation of performance car — supercharging has largely been designed out of this class, which is precisely why it stands out. On the practical measures it is the most accessible car on this page. Its stated minimum age is twenty-five, with a full licence held for at least three years and no more than six points. It holds a refundable £3,500 deposit against a £3,500 insurance excess, and mileage above the included 1,000 miles a month is charged at £1.50 a mile — the gentlest rate of anything here. ## Which Maserati answers which brief? If you want the same thing the Jaguar does, the Grecale Trofeo is the closest match: a five-seat SUV with the MC20's engine architecture, a minimum age of twenty-eight, three years of licence, and a £3,000 deposit against a £3,000 excess with mileage at £2 a mile. It is the least expensive Maserati to hold of the six. The Levante Modena is the larger five-seat SUV, at thirty with five years of licence, £5,000 held and £1.75 a mile. The Quattroporte Trofeo is the V8 saloon for anyone who does not want an SUV at all. The GranTurismo Modena and GranCabrio Trofeo are the four-seat coupe and convertible — and the GranCabrio is the one to look at if a roof that opens is the point, at twenty-eight with three years of licence and £5,000 held. The MC20 is the outlier: two seats, butterfly doors, £7,500 held and £4 a mile. ## A detail worth knowing about sourced cars On the cars we own, the refundable deposit and the insurance excess are always the same figure, so one number tells you both. On partner-sourced cars that is not guaranteed, and the Quattroporte Trofeo is the example on this page: it holds a £7,500 deposit against a £5,000 excess. That is not a trap, but it is the kind of thing that should be read rather than assumed. The deposit is money held for the term and returned at the end; the excess is the most you would pay towards a repair on a claim the policy covers. Both are published on each car's own page before any form, both are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, and both are restated in writing before anything is agreed. ## What do you give up by not choosing the obvious badge? Instant recognition, and you should be honest with yourself about whether you want it. If the lease exists to mark an occasion — a wedding, a shoot, a client dinner where the car is doing some of the talking — a Maserati or a Jaguar will be admired by fewer people than a Bentley, and that is a real cost if recognition was the purpose. What you gain is everything else. Lower deposits, gentler mileage rates, more accessible driver criteria, and three months of a car that nobody else in the car park has. For a lease rather than a single occasion, that trade usually falls the rarer way, which is why this pair is worth a page of its own rather than a footnote under the famous badges. ## Which rarer badge should you choose? Take the F-Pace SVR if you want one car to do everything, if you are between twenty-five and twenty-eight and finding doors closed, or if the supercharged V8 is the sort of thing you will still be enjoying in month five. It is the cheapest car here to hold and the easiest to qualify for. Take a Maserati if the shape matters more than the practicality — the GranCabrio for open air, the GranTurismo for a proper grand tourer, the MC20 if you want a supercar nobody expects. Take the Grecale Trofeo if you want the Jaguar's job done with an Italian badge on it. All of them are arranged rather than held, so send the car, the dates and the delivery address and we will confirm the figure and your eligibility in writing. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do you have more than one Jaguar? The F-Pace SVR is the Jaguar in the catalogue today. The catalogue moves as partner availability changes, so if you want a different Jaguar, ask — we would rather tell you honestly whether we can arrange it than publish a car we cannot confirm. ### Which Maserati is the easiest to lease? The Grecale Trofeo and the GranCabrio Trofeo both sit at a minimum age of twenty-eight with three years of full licence and up to six points. The Grecale holds the least money of the range, at £3,000 for both the deposit and the excess. ### Are these cars in your own fleet? No. Every Maserati and the Jaguar F-Pace SVR are arranged through vetted partners, so none of them carries a firm availability claim until the specific car is confirmed. Monthly figures are quoted on request across the whole site, ours and sourced alike. Each car’s page says clearly which it is. ### Is a rarer badge harder to get delivered? No. Delivery works the same way on every car we lease: it comes to an address you choose in mainland Britain and is collected from one at the end of the term. There are no depots and nothing to drive to, whichever badge you pick. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Rolls-Royce Cullinan vs Bentley Bentayga: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/rolls-royce-cullinan-vs-bentley-bentayga Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Bentley Bentayga V8 S is ours; the Rolls-Royce Cullinan is arranged through a vetted partner. Both run on a three-month minimum term and both are quoted on request. The Cullinan buys coach doors, a V12 and a quieter cabin; the Bentayga is the better car to drive yourself and costs less to hold.** The top of the luxury SUV market against the car most people stop at. What the extra tier buys, what it costs to hold, and whether it earns its place over three months. ## What separates them? Less than the badges suggest on paper, and a great deal more in person. Both are five-seat, four-wheel-drive luxury SUVs with eight-speed automatics. The [Rolls-Royce Cullinan Series II](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-cullinan) is the only V12 SUV Rolls-Royce has built, and its cabin is quieter than most sitting rooms — the company's engineering priority has always been the removal of sensation rather than the addition of it. The [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) is quiet too, but it has not given up on the driver. The S is the firmer, darker, louder version of the Bentayga, and it still wants you to enjoy the road. That is the fault line: one car is engineered so the outside world stops reaching you, and the other is engineered so you can still feel it when you want to. ## Coach doors: what they mean beyond the photographs The Cullinan's rear doors are rear-hinged, which is the detail everybody knows and few people have thought through. Getting out of the back of one is genuinely more graceful — you step forward rather than swinging out sideways — and it is the reason the car photographs so well at an event. The practical corollaries are worth planning for. A coach door needs room to swing, so a tight bay is a problem in a different way to an ordinary car. And the theatre is unavoidable: you cannot arrive discreetly in a Cullinan, because the doors themselves are an announcement. If the point of the car is the arrival, that is the single strongest argument for it over anything else in the category. If you would rather not be watched getting out of a car, it is an argument against. ## Which is the better car to drive yourself? The Bentayga, clearly, and it is not a close contest. The V8 S has a chassis with genuine interest in it, it changes direction like a smaller car, and it is a rewarding thing to cover a Welsh A road in. The Cullinan is magnificent to be in and slightly beside the point to attack a road in — it will do it, but you are working against the grain of what its engineers were trying to achieve. If you are the one driving every morning for three months, that matters more than any specification comparison. The other way round, if you will mostly be in the back with somebody else at the wheel, the Cullinan wins by the same margin and for the same reason, and its long-wheelbase rival within Bentley is the [Bentayga EWB Azure](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-ewb). ## What does each one cost to hold? The Bentayga V8 S is in our own fleet, so the monthly figure is ours to confirm: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. It holds a refundable £5,000 deposit against a £5,000 insurance excess, and mileage above the allowance is £2.50 a mile. The Cullinan is arranged through a vetted partner, so there is no firm availability claim on it until the specific car is confirmed, and the figure follows that step rather than preceding it. What is published on both is the rest of the stack. On the Cullinan that is a £7,500 deposit against a £7,500 excess, and £3 a mile above the allowance. The long-wheelbase Bentayga EWB sits at £7,500 as well, with mileage at £2.50 a mile. All of these are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised and confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## Do the driver criteria change at this level? No, and that surprises people. The Cullinan, the Bentayga V8 S and the Bentayga EWB are all set at a minimum age of thirty, with a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. The most expensive SUV we can arrange asks no more of a driver than the Bentley does. That is because criteria track the insurance profile of the vehicle rather than its value — the same reason a supercar with a modest list price can be harder to qualify for than something far more expensive. If you meet the Bentayga's criteria you meet the Cullinan's, and the deciding factors become money held, mileage rate and whether the car is ours or has to be confirmed by somebody else first. ## Is the step up worth it for three months? It depends entirely on what the three months is for. If the car is going to be photographed, if it is collecting people who will remember it, if the arrival is part of the job, the Cullinan does something no Bentley does and the extra money held and the higher mileage rate are the price of that. If the term is ordinary life — the commute, the school run, the airport, an occasional good road — the Bentayga does ninety per cent of it better and all of it for less money held, and it is ours, so the answer comes out of one conversation rather than two. Choosing the Bentley for that reason is not settling for less, and it is worth saying so plainly. ## Is the Rolls-Royce the right call? Take the Cullinan if you want the top of the category and you know why. It is the only V12 SUV its maker has built, the coach doors are a genuine event, and there is no substitute for it lower down the range. Send your dates with the enquiry and we will confirm the car and the figure in writing before you plan anything around it. Take the Bentayga V8 S if you want to drive rather than be driven, if you would rather the car be ours than arranged, or if you want the same category with less of your money held and a gentler mileage rate. And if the back seat is the real priority but you would rather stay with Bentley, ask about the EWB — it is the long-wheelbase answer, sourced and priced on request. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease a Rolls-Royce Cullinan for three months? Yes. Three months is the shortest agreement we write and it applies across the sourced catalogue. The Cullinan is arranged through a vetted partner, so the monthly figure is quoted on request and confirmed in writing before anything is committed. ### How many seats does the Cullinan have? Five. If the priority is rear-seat space specifically rather than the Rolls-Royce badge, the long-wheelbase Bentley Bentayga EWB is the alternative worth pricing, and the long-wheelbase Range Rover Autobiography is the less expensive one again. ### Is the Cullinan difficult to park? It is a very large SUV and the rear-hinged doors need clear space to open, so a tight multi-storey bay is not its natural habitat. It is no harder to manoeuvre than any car of that size, but the doors are worth thinking about before you plan where it will live. ### Which is cheaper to run over three months? The Bentayga V8 S, on every published measure. It holds £5,000 to the Cullinan’s £7,500 and charges £2.50 a mile above the allowance to the Cullinan’s £3. Both monthly figures are quoted on request, so ask for the pair if you want to weigh those too. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Lamborghini Huracán vs Audi R8: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/lamborghini-huracan-vs-audi-r8 Last checked: 2026-09-11 **They share a naturally aspirated V10 and a great deal of engineering, and differ almost entirely in temperament. The Audi R8 Spyder is ours, on a three-month minimum term. Every Huracán, and the R8 coupe, are arranged through vetted partners. All four are quoted on request, and the Huracán Tecnica holds the least of the four.** Two cars built around the same V10, sold to opposite kinds of driver. One announces you; the other lets you arrive unannounced with exactly the same engine behind your head. ## How closely related are these cars? Very. The [Audi R8 V10 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) is, as the description on its own page puts it, a Huracán in a suit: the same naturally aspirated V10, the same four-wheel drive, far less shouting. They were developed alongside one another, and the mechanical overlap is the reason this comparison is about temperament rather than capability. What you are choosing between is how the car presents you. A [Huracán](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica) is a public event: angular, low, unmistakable, photographed by strangers. An R8 is read by most people as an expensive Audi, and only recognised for what it is by people who know. Neither reading is better. They are just very different three months. ## There are four cars here, not two It is worth separating them, because the differences within each badge are as large as the differences between them. The [Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica) is the rear-wheel-drive coupe, the most driver-focused version of the V10 and the one most people picture when they say supercar. The [Huracán EVO Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-evo-spyder) is the four-wheel-drive convertible — the last naturally aspirated V10 you can lease with the roof down. The [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) is the open Audi, and it is in our own fleet. The R8 V10 performance coupe is the closed one, arranged through a partner. All four are two-seaters with dual-clutch automatics. ## Rear-wheel drive or four? Only one of the four is rear-driven: the Huracán Tecnica. Everything else here is four-wheel drive, and over an agreement of three months or more that difference will show up more often than any other on this page. Four-wheel drive is what makes a V10 supercar usable in February. It does not make the car dull — the R8 Spyder and the EVO Spyder are both quattro cars and neither could be described that way — but it removes a category of anxiety on a cold, greasy roundabout. The Tecnica's rear drive is a deliberate choice by Lamborghini for a driver who wants the car to be more involving, and it is the better car on a dry summer road for exactly that reason. Decide which months of the year your term mostly falls in. ## What does each one hold, and what does it charge per mile? The spread is wider than the mechanical similarity suggests. The Huracán Tecnica holds a refundable £5,000 deposit against a £5,000 insurance excess, with mileage above the included 1,000 miles a month at £2.50 a mile — the gentlest figures of the four, and one of the more accessible supercars in the whole catalogue. Both R8s sit at £7,500 for the deposit and the excess, with mileage at £3.50 a mile. The Huracán EVO Spyder holds the most: £10,000 against a £10,000 excess, with mileage at £4 a mile. So the open Lamborghini asks for twice what the coupe does, which is a gap worth knowing about before the roof decides it for you. Every figure here is provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised and confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. ## Which is easiest to qualify for? The R8 coupe, at a minimum age of twenty-eight with a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. The R8 Spyder, the Huracán Tecnica and the Huracán EVO Spyder are all set at thirty on the same licence and points requirement. That makes the sourced R8 coupe the most open route into a naturally aspirated V10 that we list, which is a useful thing to know if you are twenty-eight or twenty-nine and have been told no elsewhere. As always, criteria follow the insurance profile of the specific car rather than its price, and we confirm where you stand at enquiry before anything is agreed and before any money moves. ## Both of these engines are finite This is the argument that makes the comparison feel urgent rather than academic. Audi no longer builds the R8, and there is no naturally aspirated V10 anywhere else in its range to replace it. Lamborghini has moved on too: the Huracán's successor is the [Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario), a plug-in hybrid V8, which is a fine car and is not the same instrument at all. So the four cars on this page represent a kind of engine that has stopped being made. A three-month lease is a genuinely different way of experiencing that from a weekend — long enough to stop treating the noise as an event and start noticing how the thing behaves cold, in traffic, on a wet Tuesday and on an empty Sunday morning. Over a term of months it is the ordinary journeys that end up mattering rather than the dramatic ones, and that is an experience a weekend cannot give you. ## The case for the quieter one It is a stronger case than it gets credit for. A Huracán makes every journey an interaction — with pedestrians, with phone cameras, with the man at the petrol station who wants to talk about it. For a weekend that is delightful. For three months it can become wearing, and it is worth asking yourself honestly whether what you want is the engine or the audience. The R8 gives you the second without the first. It is also no longer in production, which gives a three-month lease a particular quality: the naturally aspirated V10 has no successor at Audi, and there will not be another chance to live with one as a new-car experience. The R8 Spyder is ours, which means we hold it, prepare it and deliver it, and the figure comes back from us rather than through somebody else's confirmation. ## Loud or quiet: which V10 should you take? Take the Huracán Tecnica if you want the full experience and you want it in the most involving form: rear drive, the lowest deposit of the four, the shape everyone recognises. Take the EVO Spyder if the roof and the noise together are the whole point and the higher deposit and mileage rate do not worry you. Take the R8 Spyder if you want the same engine with open air, considerably less attention and a car we hold ourselves, or the R8 coupe if you are under thirty and the Lamborghinis will not accept you yet. Whichever way you go, the car is delivered to an address you choose in mainland Britain, and for the three sourced cars here the figure and the availability are confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the Audi R8 really the same car as a Huracán? Not the same car, but closely related: the same naturally aspirated V10 and the same four-wheel-drive layout, developed alongside one another. The Huracán Tecnica is the exception on drivetrain, because it is rear-wheel drive. The differences you will notice day to day are noise, shape and how people react to it. ### Which of these can I lease with the roof down? The Audi R8 Spyder, which is ours, and the Lamborghini Huracán EVO Spyder, which is arranged through a vetted partner. Both run on a three-month minimum term and both are quoted on request, though the EVO Spyder holds £10,000 to the R8’s £7,500. The Huracán Tecnica and the R8 coupe are both fixed-roof cars. ### Which is the cheapest V10 to hold? The Huracán Tecnica, on the published figures: a £5,000 refundable deposit against a £5,000 excess, with mileage at £2.50 a mile. Both R8s hold £7,500 and charge £3.50 a mile, and the Huracán EVO Spyder holds £10,000 and charges £4. ### Can a 28-year-old lease any of these? The Audi R8 V10 performance coupe is set at twenty-eight with five years of full licence and no more than six points. The other three are set at thirty. Criteria are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, and we confirm yours at enquiry. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Range Rover Sport vs Range Rover Velar: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/range-rover-sport-vs-range-rover-velar Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Range Rover Sport is the larger car and is in our own fleet in two versions, both quoted on request. The Velar is the mid-size Range Rover, partner-sourced, and the more accessible of the two — it accepts drivers from twenty-five and holds a £2,500 deposit against a £2,500 excess.** A comparison within one family, where the decision is size rather than badge. The Sport is ours in two versions; the Velar is the mid-size one, arranged through a partner. ## How the Range Rover range is laid out here Worth mapping before you choose, because the family is wider than people expect and the names do not make the sizes obvious. The [Velar P400](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-velar) is the mid-size car, built around reductive styling and a calm cabin rather than off-road extremes. The [Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) and the [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) are the next size up, and both are in our own fleet. Above them sit the full-size cars: the [Vogue D350](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-vogue), the [Range Rover SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sv) and the long-wheelbase [Autobiography LWB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-autobiography-lwb), all arranged through vetted partners. This page is about the two rungs most people are actually choosing between. ## Is the Velar a proper Range Rover? Yes, and the question usually comes from people who assume the smaller car is a compromised version of the larger one. It is not. The Velar is a different brief: the quietest, most reductive design in the family, a calm cabin and a road-biased setup, with four-wheel drive and an eight-speed automatic like everything else here. What it is not is a car built around extreme capability. If you need the Range Rover for what a Range Rover was originally famous for — deep ruts, towing, a working estate — the Sport is the more appropriate car and the full-size Vogue more appropriate again. For the way the overwhelming majority of these cars are actually used, which is roads, the Velar gives up almost nothing worth missing. ## Size, streets and where the car will live This is the part people wish they had thought about in month two. A Range Rover Sport is a large car: a Victorian terrace with on-street parking, a tight multi-storey, a village lane with passing places — these are all noticeably harder work in the Sport than in the Velar, and three months is long enough for that to stop being funny. The Velar is meaningfully easier to place. Narrower, shorter, and simpler to park without a camera and a prayer. If you live somewhere the car has to squeeze, take the difference in footprint more seriously than the difference in badge. If you have a driveway and a garage, it stops mattering and the Sport's extra space becomes the better argument. ## Who can lease each one? The Velar is set at a minimum age of twenty-five, with a full licence held for at least three years and no more than six points. Both Range Rover Sports are set at twenty-eight, with the same three-year licence and the same points allowance. That gap is the reason the Velar appears on more shortlists than its size suggests: it is one of a small number of genuinely prestige cars a driver in their mid-twenties can lease without a conversation about exceptions. Criteria of this kind follow the insurance profile of the specific vehicle rather than the price, and all of them are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised, so we confirm your eligibility at enquiry before anything is agreed. ## What does each hold, and what does each charge per mile? The Velar holds a refundable £2,500 deposit against a £2,500 insurance excess, with mileage above the included 1,000 miles a month charged at £1.50 a mile. Both Range Rover Sports hold £3,000 against a £3,000 excess — on the cars we own, the deposit and the excess always match, so that figure is also the most you would pay towards a repair on a covered claim. Mileage on the Sports differs by version: £1.25 a mile on the SV and £2 a mile on the Autobiography. The allowance is 1,000 miles a month on all three, so if you cover distance it is worth asking which version fits your pattern rather than assuming the cheaper car to lease is the cheaper car to run. ## Petrol or diesel, and which version of the Sport? The Sport comes to this comparison in two quite different forms. The Autobiography is the diesel: quiet, long-legged and built for distance rather than pace, and it is the one to ask about if your three months includes real motorway mileage. The SV is the quick one — a petrol V8 at the top of the range, and still a Range Rover inside, which is the point of it. The Velar P400 is petrol. None of the three shows a monthly figure, because no car on the site does, but they do not get quoted the same way: the two Sports are ours, so we answer for them directly, while the Velar is arranged through a partner and carries no firm availability claim until the specific car is confirmed. Ask for all three and compare real numbers. ## What if neither is the right size? Then look one rung further up, because the full-size cars are all in the sourced catalogue and priced on request. The Vogue D350 is the diesel: a minimum age of twenty-eight with five years of licence, a £5,000 deposit against a £5,000 excess, and £2 a mile above the allowance. The Range Rover SV is the top of the range on the same criteria and the same figures held, and it is the quiet one — it adds pace over an Autobiography without adding any noise inside. The long-wheelbase Autobiography LWB is the outlier and the one worth knowing about: around 200mm of extra rear legroom, a £3,500 deposit against a £3,500 excess, £1.50 a mile, and a minimum age of twenty-five with three years of licence. That makes the largest Range Rover we can arrange as accessible to a younger driver as the Velar is, which is not what anybody expects. ## Which size is right for you? Take the Velar if the car has to fit a real British street, if you are between twenty-five and twenty-eight, or if you want the calmest, least ostentatious way into the family. It holds the least money of any Range Rover we list and it is the easiest to live with in a town. Take the Range Rover Sport if you need the space, if you tow or carry, or if you want the more substantial car — the Autobiography for distance and the SV for pace. Both Sports are ours, which means we can quote quickly and answer for the car directly. And if you find yourself wanting more room again, the full-size Vogue and the long-wheelbase Autobiography are both worth pricing before you settle. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the Velar smaller than the Range Rover Sport? Yes — the Velar is the mid-size car in the family and the Sport is the next size up. Both are five-seaters with four-wheel drive. The difference shows up in parking, narrow lanes and boot space rather than in how either one feels on a motorway. ### Which Range Rover can I lease at 25? The Velar, and the long-wheelbase Autobiography LWB, are both set at a minimum age of twenty-five with three years of full licence and no more than six points. The Range Rover Sport, the Vogue and the Range Rover SV are all set at twenty-eight. ### Why do neither of these show a monthly price? Because no car on the site does — every monthly figure is quoted on enquiry. What differs is the route to it. Both Range Rover Sports are ours, so we quote them directly. The Velar is arranged through a partner, so the specific car is confirmed first and no firm availability claim is made until it is. ### Is the Range Rover Sport SV worth it over the Autobiography? It depends on what the three months looks like. The SV is the quick one and charges less per excess mile at £1.25 against the Autobiography’s £2. The Autobiography is the diesel and the calmer long-distance car. Tell us your mileage pattern at enquiry and we will say which fits. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Mercedes-AMG GT vs Porsche 911: which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/mercedes-amg-gt-vs-porsche-911 Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Mercedes-AMG GT we list is the GT 63 S E Performance — a four-door, four-seat plug-in hybrid with four-wheel drive and a hatchback boot. The Porsche 911 is a coupe. Both are partner-sourced and priced on request, so the real decision is whether you need doors or want a sports car.** A four-door plug-in hybrid AMG against the definitive sports car. The comparison is really about doors and daily use, and the answer is less obvious than the badges suggest. ## The AMG GT we list is the four-door Start here, because it decides everything else. When people say AMG GT they often picture the two-seat coupe with the long bonnet. The car in our catalogue is the [Mercedes-AMG GT 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gt-63-s-e-performance): four doors, four seats, four-wheel drive, a nine-speed AMG automatic, a plug-in hybrid powertrain and a hatchback boot. That is not a lesser car — it is arguably the more useful one — but it is a different object from the sports car the name suggests, and finding that out at handover would be nobody's idea of a good start. It is arranged through a vetted partner, so it is quoted on request — as every car on the site is — and it carries no firm availability claim until the specific car is confirmed. ## Which 911 is the fair comparison? Two of the four we list. The [911 Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-turbo-s) is the closest in intent: four-wheel drive, a four-seat layout with small rear seats, and the ability to be quick in any weather. The [911 Carrera S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-carrera-s) is the rear-drive everyday version of the same idea and the most usable fast car in the catalogue. The [GT3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3) and [GT3 RS](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3-rs) are a different argument entirely — two-seat, rear-drive, track-derived cars that are not trying to do what the AMG does. If you are weighing those against a four-door saloon, the question you are actually asking is which kind of car you want, and our guide on the R8 Spyder against the 911 breaks the four Porsches down properly. ## What four doors change over three months More than most people expect. A rear door means somebody can get in the back without a negotiation, a child seat is a two-minute job rather than an argument, and colleagues can be collected without anybody having to fold themselves forward. The AMG's hatchback boot is the other half of that: it takes luggage the way an estate does rather than the way a coupe does. The 911s with rear seats have them in the strict sense — they are genuinely useful for bags and for short journeys with people in them, and they are one reason the 911 has always been the usable supercar. But small is small. Over three months, if the car is doing family duty or carrying anybody regularly, the AMG's doors settle the argument without any further discussion. ## Plug-in hybrid or petrol? The GT 63 S E Performance is a plug-in hybrid, which is a practical consideration rather than an abstract one. If you have somewhere to charge it, you get the benefit of it; if you do not, you are carrying the hardware without the upside. That is worth deciding before the car arrives rather than afterwards, particularly on a three-month term where the habit either forms early or never. All four 911s are conventional petrol cars, and one of them — the GT3 — is naturally aspirated, which is increasingly rare and is a large part of why people want it. If the character of the engine is a reason you are leasing at all, that pushes towards Porsche. If the car has to slip through a city quietly in the mornings, the AMG has an answer the 911s do not. ## What does each one hold? The GT 63 S E Performance holds a refundable £5,000 deposit against a £5,000 insurance excess, with mileage above the included 1,000 miles a month at £2.50 a mile. On the Porsches, the Carrera S, the GT3 and the Turbo S also sit at £5,000 for both figures, so on money held the AMG and three of the four 911s are level. The GT3 RS is the exception at £10,000. Mileage is where they separate: £1.75 a mile on the Turbo S, £2 a mile on the Carrera S, £2.50 on the GT3 and £4 on the GT3 RS. If you expect to run over the allowance, the Turbo S is the cheapest of this group to do it in. All figures are provisional while the insurance arrangement is finalised and confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. ## Do the driver criteria separate them? Barely. The GT 63 S E Performance is set at a minimum age of thirty, with a full licence held for at least five years and no more than six points. The Carrera S, the Turbo S and the GT3 RS are set at the same. Only the GT3 differs, at twenty-eight. So for most drivers, eligibility will not make this decision — which is unusual on this site, and it means the choice comes down to the thing it should come down to. Do you need a car with doors and a boot that happens to be very fast, or do you want a sports car that you will find excuses to drive? Nobody else can answer that, and a page that pretended otherwise would not be worth reading. ## Doors, or a sports car? Take the AMG GT 63 S E Performance if the car has to work as a car: passengers, luggage, a school run, a motorway on a Monday and a good road on a Sunday. It does all of that and is still an AMG when you want it to be, and it is the only one of these that will do the morning school run in near silence if you keep it charged. Take a 911 if you want a sports car and you are prepared to work around it a little — the Turbo S for all-weather ability and the lowest mileage rate here, the Carrera S for the purer version. Every car on this page is partner-sourced, so send the dates, the delivery address and your licence details, and we confirm the car, the figure and your eligibility in writing before anything is agreed. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do you have the two-seat AMG GT coupe? The AMG GT in the catalogue today is the GT 63 S E Performance, which is the four-door, four-seat car. If you want a two-seat Mercedes with a roof that opens, the AMG SL 63 is the roadster in the sourced catalogue, arranged through a partner and priced on request. ### How many seats does the Porsche 911 have? It depends which one. The Carrera S and the Turbo S have four seats, with a small rear pair. The GT3 and the GT3 RS are strict two-seaters. If rear seats matter at all, that narrows your 911 choice to two cars before anything else is considered. ### Is the AMG GT four-wheel drive? Yes, the GT 63 S E Performance is four-wheel drive, as is the 911 Turbo S. The Carrera S, the GT3 and the GT3 RS are rear-wheel drive. Over a British winter that is the single most useful difference on this page. ### Can I lease either of these for three months? Yes. Three months is the shortest agreement we write, on our own fleet and on the sourced catalogue alike. Every car named here is arranged through a vetted partner, so the monthly figure is quoted on request and confirmed with you before anything is committed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Supercar or luxury SUV — which should you lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-vs-luxury-suv-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Lease a luxury SUV if you want the lowest deposits and excesses, the gentlest excess-mileage rates, five seats and a car that works every day of the term — and most of them are ours, so they are the quickest to confirm. Lease a supercar if the car itself is the reason and two seats are enough. Every supercar we list is arranged through a vetted partner, and they ask the most of a driver.** Our own fleet is concentrated in luxury SUVs and not one supercar in the catalogue is ours. A comparison built on what the catalogue actually holds rather than on which car is faster. ## Which of them do we actually hold? The SUVs. Our own fleet is concentrated in luxury SUVs — the [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport), the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7), the [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition), the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63), the [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s), the [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) and the [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante). We own those, prepare them, deliver them and carry the risk on them, and all of them run on the three-month minimum term — one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. Not one supercar in the catalogue is ours. The [Ferrari 296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb), the [McLaren 750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), the [Lamborghini Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica), the [Maserati MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20) and the rest are arranged through vetted partners, which means a partner confirms the specific car before we will commit to a date or a figure on it. Every car on the site is quoted on request, ours and sourced alike. What ownership changes is how fast a real answer comes back and who is accountable for it: on a car we hold there is nobody to ask first, and on a sourced car there is. We will not put a firm availability state on somebody else's vehicle before it is confirmed, which is what that step is protecting. ## What does each side ask of you as a driver? The SUV side is where the criteria are gentlest. Several luxury SUVs are leasable from 25 with three years of full licence held, our own [X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) among them, and none of them asks for more than five years. Every supercar in the catalogue sets its minimum age at 28 or above, and most ask 30. Licence-held requirements run from five years to ten, and the points tolerance tightens as you climb: the fastest of them accept three points where most of the catalogue accepts six, and the [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla) accepts none at all. These are set per car, not per make. Lamborghini will lease you a [Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) on criteria a [Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto) would decline, because the underwriter is reading the vehicle rather than the badge on the bonnet. The whole picture is on [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements). ## How far apart are the deposits and excesses? Far enough to change which car is realistic. Luxury SUV deposits in our catalogue start at £2,000, our own [X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) among them, and the excess matches the deposit on every car we list. Supercar deposits start at £5,000 and climb steeply — £7,500 on the [296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb), £10,000 on the [750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), £25,000 on the [Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario), £50,000 on the [Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla). The deposit is held against a payment card in the hirer's own name, and on a lease it is held for the length of the agreement rather than for a weekend. That is the part people underestimate over a term of months. These figures are provisional pending confirmation, and we state the real one for your car before anything is agreed — [how deposits work](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-hire-deposits-explained) goes through the mechanism. ## What does a mile beyond the allowance cost on each? Every agreement includes 1,000 miles a month on every car, so the allowance is not the variable. The rate beyond it is, and it is the widest practical gap between the two shapes. The cheapest excess-mileage rates in the catalogue are down among the luxury SUVs, the performance saloons and the sports cars — 95p a mile at the bottom, and our own [G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) at £1.25. The dearest sit on supercars, where £2.50 a mile is the entry point and the top of the range runs several times that. So multiply by the miles you will really do. A supercar used as a daily driver on a commute will cost far more in excess mileage across a term than the same car used as a second car that goes out at weekends. The SUV absorbs miles; the supercar charges for them. ## Which is the better car to live with month after month? Three months is long enough that the answer stops being about the drive. A luxury SUV crosses a speed table without a wince, parks in an ordinary bay, takes a buggy and a dog and a week's shopping, and sits on a gravel drive in February without anybody thinking about it. A supercar asks something of you every day. The sill is a thing you climb over rather than step through, the nose needs watching on ramps and kerbs, the boot takes a soft bag, and it draws attention every time you stop — which is either the point or the problem, and only you know which. Neither is right in the abstract. The question that settles it is what the car is doing on an ordinary Tuesday, not what it is doing on the best Sunday of the term. ## Does the reason you are leasing point one way? Usually, once it is said out loud. A car for a family, a client, a dress, a golf bag, a dog or a Scottish lane in weather is an SUV, and it is not close. A car for the sake of the car, over a term where the second seat is genuinely spare, is a supercar. A car that has to do both will do neither well, and that conversation is better had before delivery than in month two. There is a middle answer this market forgets, which is a grand tourer — real seats, a real boot, and still an event. [Supercar, grand tourer or prestige SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-grand-tourer-or-suv-which-to-hire) sets all three against each other. ## What if you want both? Then say so when you enquire, because it changes what we go looking for rather than what we quote. Two agreements running side by side is one answer. An SUV for the whole term with a supercar arranged separately for part of it is another. Both are ordinary requests, and both are quoted as two things rather than blended into one figure. What we will not do is put a number on the supercar half before a partner has confirmed the specific car. [Tell us the car and the start date](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) and the SUV figure comes straight back, because that car is ours; the supercar figure follows once it is real. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a supercar more expensive to lease than a luxury SUV? It usually is, but we cannot tell you by how much from a page, because both are quoted on request rather than published. What you can compare from a page is the rest of the stack, and it points the same way: supercar deposits start at £5,000 against £2,000 on the SUVs, and excess mileage starts at £2.50 a mile against 95p. A supercar is also quoted only once a partner has confirmed the specific car. ### Can I lease a supercar at 25? No. Every supercar we list sets its minimum driver age at 28 or above, and most ask 30. Plenty of luxury SUVs and performance saloons are leasable from 25, which is the honest alternative rather than a consolation — the criteria are set against the car, not against you. ### Do you own any supercars yourselves? Not in the segment sense. The supercars we list are arranged through vetted partners, which is why they carry the partner’s criteria rather than ours and why the specific car is confirmed before we commit to a date. Our own fleet is concentrated in luxury SUVs, with one convertible and one performance saloon alongside them. ### Which is easier to insure? We do not present the insurance arrangement as settled either way — it is confirmed with you before anything is agreed rather than assumed from a web page. What is visible is that underwriters treat a mid-engined supercar and a luxury SUV as very different risks, and that shows in the age and licence criteria published on each car. ### Can a supercar cope with a British winter? It can be made to, and the variable is tyres more than the car. A rear-driven supercar on performance tyres in December is a different proposition from the same car in July. Tell us when the term starts and what the driving looks like and we will be straight with you about it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Convertible or coupé — which works better over a term? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/convertible-vs-coupe-six-month-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Choose by the months your term covers. A convertible leased from March earns its keep; the same car from October is a coupé with a heavier boot lid and a higher deposit. A coupé is quieter at speed, easier to leave parked, better on luggage and cheaper to deposit.** A convertible lease is really a bet on which part of the year it covers. What the roof costs you in boot space, refinement and deposit, and when it is worth it anyway. ## Which part of the year does your term cover? This is the whole question, and almost nobody asks it first. The minimum term is three months, which in Britain is very nearly a season, so the start date decides more about an open car than the car does. A term beginning in March covers the best of what Britain offers and makes the roof the best money on the car. The same term beginning in October covers the months when the roof will come down a handful of times. That is not a reason to avoid an open car in winter. A heated seat and a wind deflector make a cold clear day genuinely good, and a February morning on an empty A-road with the roof down is a better memory than a warm July traffic jam. It is a reason to be honest about frequency before paying a higher deposit for a mechanism you will rarely use. If the start date is flexible by even a few weeks, say so when you [enquire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire). Moving a term from late February to mid-March changes what you get out of it more than changing the car does. ## What do you give up with the roof? Three things, consistently, and none of them is pace. Boot space, and more than the brochure implies. A folding roof has to live somewhere and it lives in the boot. On most open cars the usable space drops again once the roof is stowed, so the luggage test is the roof-down figure rather than the roof-up one. Refinement at speed. Even a very good fabric roof lets in more road and wind noise than a fixed one. Over months of motorway miles that is the difference people notice most. Rear-seat usefulness. Where an open car has rear seats at all, they are tighter than the fixed-roof equivalent, because the roof mechanism takes room out of the same area. What you get back is not a feature anybody can list. It is the noise, the sky, and an ordinary drive ceasing to be ordinary. ## Is a convertible worse in British weather? Less than people expect with the roof up. Modern folding hard-tops and multi-layer fabric roofs are quiet and dry, and the car underneath is not more fragile in rain, not worse in cold and does not need storing. Where the weather genuinely bites is the decision-making. You will check the forecast every morning of the term, and on about half of them you will put the roof down anyway and put it back up at the first junction. That is part of living with one for a season, it is faintly ridiculous, and most people who do it would do it again. The mechanism itself takes seconds on most of the cars we list, which is what makes the habit survivable. ## Which is easier to leave parked? The fixed roof, and this is the argument people forget until month two. A fabric roof left on a street overnight, night after night, is a thing you will think about, particularly in a city, and it changes where you are willing to park. If the car will live outside a flat rather than on a drive or in a garage, that is worth saying at the enquiry stage rather than discovering. It changes what you leave inside, too. Nobody leaves anything visible in an open car, roof up or down, and across a whole term that becomes a daily habit rather than an occasional inconvenience. The fixed-roof car asks none of that. Over a whole term the difference is not dramatic on any single day and it is noticeable by the end of it. ## What do the two cost over the term? The monthly figure is set per car rather than per body style, so there is no convertible surcharge to quote. What does differ is the deposit. Convertible deposits in our catalogue start at £3,000 — the [Porsche 718 Boxster S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-boxster-s) and the [Mercedes-AMG SL 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-sl-63) — and run to £10,000 on the [Bentley Continental GTC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gtc), the [Ferrari Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider) and the [Huracán EVO Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-evo-spyder). Fixed-roof sports cars start lower, at £2,000 on the [Toyota GR Supra](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/toyota-gr-supra), the [Ford Mustang GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ford-mustang-gt) and the [Audi S5 Coupe](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-s5-coupe). The excess matches the deposit on every car we list, and excess-mileage rates are broadly comparable between an open car and its fixed-roof sibling. The roof shows up in the deposit, not in the monthly. ## Which cars sit on each side? Open: the [718 Boxster S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-boxster-s), the [SL 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-sl-63), the [Maserati GranCabrio Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grancabrio-trofeo), the [Continental GTC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gtc), the [Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider), the [McLaren 750S Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s-spider), the [Artura Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-artura-spider) and the [Huracán EVO Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-evo-spyder). One of them is ours: the [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance), on the three-month minimum term. It is the only open car in our own fleet, so it is the only one on this list we hold, prepare and deliver ourselves — everything else here is arranged through a vetted partner and confirmed before we quote. All of them are quoted on request. Fixed roof: the [911 GT3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3), the [Aston Martin Vantage](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vantage), the [Lotus Emira V6](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-emira), the [BMW M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) and the [GR Supra](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/toyota-gr-supra) cover most of what people mean by coupé. ## Can you change your mind partway through? Not inside an agreement. A minimum term is a minimum term, and a lease that could be swapped on a whim would not be a lease. What you can do is plan for it. If the term starts in autumn and the car you actually want is open, taking the fixed roof now and the convertible the following spring is a sequence rather than a compromise, and it is worth pricing as two agreements at the outset. [One car for a year against shorter terms back to back](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/one-year-lease-vs-two-six-month-leases) goes through what that costs in practice. Tell us the whole plan when you enquire rather than the first half of it. It changes which cars we look at. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can the roof be operated while the car is moving? On most of the cars we list, yes, up to a low speed — enough to put it up at a set of lights rather than on a dual carriageway. It varies by car and it is one of the details we confirm on the specific vehicle rather than generalise about. ### Do convertibles carry a higher deposit? In our catalogue they start higher — £3,000 at the bottom against £2,000 for the cheapest fixed-roof sports cars — and the excess matches the deposit on every car we list. These figures are provisional pending confirmation, and we give you the real one for your car before anything is agreed. ### Is a soft top a problem on a lease? It changes where you are comfortable parking rather than making the car unleasable. The practical advice is the same as for any prestige car: off-street overnight where you can, nothing visible left inside, and tell us early if the car will live on a street so the conversation happens before delivery. ### Does the car come with a wind deflector? On many of them, yes, though on some it is an option rather than standard. We confirm what the specific car has rather than assuming it, because a deflector is often the difference between a usable and an unusable roof-down journey at speed. ### Is the car delivered with the roof up or down? Up, every time, whatever the weather is doing. Handover includes a joint walk round and a run through the roof mechanism, and starting that with a dry interior is better for both of us. Put it down on your own drive thirty seconds after we leave. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Electric or petrol — which suits a prestige lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/electric-vs-petrol-prestige-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Answer one question first: can you charge where the car sleeps? With off-street charging, an electric prestige car is the easier lease — quieter, simpler, and cheapest to run overnight. Without it, petrol is the honest choice over a term of months. Driver criteria and deposits are broadly similar, and every agreement carries the same 1,000 miles a month either way.** One question settles most of this: is there somewhere at home to plug in? What changes if the answer is yes, what changes if it is no, and which electric cars we can arrange. ## What decides this, if not the car? Where the car sleeps. Everything else in this comparison is downstream of that. A prestige electric car parked overnight on a drive or in a garage with a charger is a genuinely easier thing to live with than its petrol equivalent. It is full every morning, it never needs a forecourt, and it is silent at six o'clock when you are leaving before the house is awake. The same car parked on a street, or in an underground bay with no supply, is a car you will plan journeys around for the whole term. Public charging works, and it works better every year, but building it into a routine you did not choose is the thing people regret. That is worth being blunt about before a term starts rather than after. ## Do we need to know about your charging before delivering one? Yes, and we ask. A car is delivered to you and there are no depots, so the first thing that happens after handover is that the car sits where you live for the night. Tell us at the enquiry stage whether there is a charger fitted, whether there is an outside socket, and whether the parking is yours or shared. It is not a test. It changes which cars we suggest, and occasionally it changes the answer from electric to petrol before anybody has committed to anything. If a charger is being fitted but is not in yet, say that too, along with when. A term that starts three weeks before the electrician does is a solvable problem if we know about it, and a bad six weeks if we do not. ## Does electric change the driver criteria? Less than people assume, and mostly in the direction you would want. Several of the electric cars we list are leasable from 25 with three years of full licence held — the [BMW i5 M60 xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-i5-m60), the [Porsche Taycan Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-turbo-s), the [Macan Turbo Electric](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-macan-turbo-electric), the [Mercedes-Benz EQE SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqe-suv) and the [Volvo EX90](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/volvo-ex90) among them. Deposits across that group sit at the gentler end of the catalogue, from £2,500. The exceptions are the ones you would expect from their performance rather than their fuel: the [Audi RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) asks 30 and five years with a £5,000 deposit, and the [Rolls-Royce Spectre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-spectre) asks 30 with £7,500. Petrol cars of comparable pace ask the same sort of thing. The criteria follow the car, not the drivetrain. ## What changes on a long run? The rhythm of the journey, more than its length. A petrol car does four hundred miles in whatever pattern you like and stops for five minutes when it has to. An electric one does the same distance with a planned stop of a different shape — long enough to eat properly, short enough to be irritating if you only wanted a coffee. Whether that is better or worse depends entirely on how you travel. Cold weather shortens electric range, and motorway speed shortens it further. Both are real and neither is a scandal; they are the reason we will not print a range figure on this page and will talk about a specific car instead. If most of your miles are long and unplanned, that is a genuine argument for petrol over a term of months. If they are short, repeated and local, it is a strong argument the other way. ## What do you lose in character? Noise, and on some cars it matters more than anything on a spec sheet. A [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) is partly a noise. So is a [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus). If the reason you are leasing the car is the theatre of it, an electric equivalent will be faster in most situations and will not give you the thing you came for. Against that, a [Rolls-Royce Spectre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-spectre) or a [Mercedes-Benz EQS SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv) is using silence as the luxury, which is a coherent idea rather than an absence. Quiet is the older prestige tradition, and electric serves it better than any petrol engine ever did. Decide which of those two things you actually want. It is a cleaner test than any comparison of the cars. ## Which electric cars can we arrange? Across saloons, SUVs and a grand tourer: the [Taycan Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-turbo-s) and the [Taycan Cross Turismo 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-cross-turismo-4s), the [Audi RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) and [Q8 e-tron](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-q8-e-tron), the [BMW i4 M50](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-i4-m50) and [i5 M60](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-i5-m60), the [Porsche Macan Turbo Electric](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-macan-turbo-electric), the [Lotus Eletre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-eletre), the [EQE SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqe-suv) and [EQS SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv), the [Volvo EX90](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/volvo-ex90) and the [Rolls-Royce Spectre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-spectre). Every one of those is arranged through a vetted partner rather than owned by us, so the specific car is confirmed before we commit to a date on it. Every car on the site is quoted on request. Our own fleet is petrol, with one diesel and one plug-in hybrid. That is worth knowing before you plan around a date. A sourced car is confirmed with the partner before anything is agreed, which is a slower answer than the one we can give you on a car sitting in our own yard. ## So which should you take? Electric if you can charge where the car sleeps, your miles are mostly local and repeated, and quiet is the luxury you are buying. Petrol if you cannot charge at home, your driving is long and spontaneous, or the noise is a substantial part of why you want the car at all. There is a third answer that suits a lot of people and gets skipped, which is a plug-in hybrid — but it only works if you actually plug it in. [What changes day to day with a plug-in hybrid](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/plug-in-hybrid-vs-petrol-lease) is the honest version of that. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is an electric lease cheaper than a petrol one? The monthly figure is set per car and quoted on request on every car we list, so a comparison cannot be made from a page. Running cost depends almost entirely on where you charge: overnight at home is the cheapest way to run any prestige car, and charging exclusively in public is not. ### Does the car arrive charged? It arrives ready to drive. Beyond that we confirm the state of charge for your specific delivery rather than promising a percentage from a web page, because the car may have been driven or transported to reach you. Ask at the enquiry stage if you have a journey planned for the first evening. ### Can you fit a home charger as part of the lease? No. We lease the car, deliver it and collect it; the charge point at your address is separate and arranged by you. If a charger is being installed around the start date, tell us, because it can be worth moving the start date rather than starting without it. ### Do you have any electric cars in your own fleet? Not at the moment. The electric cars we list are arranged through vetted partners, so they are priced on request and carry the partner’s criteria, which we confirm with you in writing before anything is agreed. ### Does the mileage allowance differ on an electric car? No. Every agreement carries 1,000 miles a month whatever the car burns. What varies is the charge beyond the allowance, which is set per car — most of the electric cars we list sit at the gentler end of that range rather than the top. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Plug-in hybrid or petrol — what actually changes day to day? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/plug-in-hybrid-vs-petrol-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **A plug-in hybrid changes your short journeys and nothing else: the school run, the commute and the supermarket happen in near silence on battery, then the petrol engine takes over for distance. Plugged in most nights it is the best of both. Never plugged in it is a heavier petrol car. Everything depends on that one habit.** The honest test is whether you will plug it in most nights. If you will, the daily driving changes completely; if you will not, you are carrying a battery for nothing. ## What changes on an ordinary day? The first part of every journey, and that is most of what driving is. Leave home with a full battery and the car pulls away silently, does the local roads on electricity and only wakes the engine when you ask for real pace or run the battery down. A short commute, a school run, a trip into town and back: all of it can happen without the petrol engine starting. Then you join a motorway and it becomes a petrol car again, with the engine doing the work and the battery helping. That switch is seamless on every plug-in hybrid we list and you mostly notice it as a change in noise rather than in behaviour. The result over a term is a car with two characters. Quiet and undramatic on weekdays, conventional and long-legged at weekends. ## What happens if you never plug it in? You get a petrol car carrying a battery it is not using, and you paid to move that weight everywhere you went. It is not broken — a plug-in hybrid drives perfectly well on petrol alone and will recover a little charge under braking — but every advantage in the paragraphs above disappears. The quiet start vanishes, the fuel saving vanishes, and what is left is a heavier version of the petrol equivalent. So the question to ask before choosing one is not about the car. It is whether there is somewhere to plug in at the place the car sleeps, and whether you will actually do it on a wet Tuesday in November. If the honest answer is no, a straight petrol car is the better lease and we will say so. ## How far does it go on the battery alone? Far enough for a commute, not far enough for a journey — and we will not print a figure here, because it varies by car and because the published number is not what you get. What you should plan around instead is this: electric range shrinks in cold weather, shrinks again at motorway speed, and is at its best doing exactly the slow local driving that petrol engines are worst at. That is the whole logic of the drivetrain. If you want a number for a specific car, ask us for that car. We would rather give you one figure that is true than a range on a page that flatters every model in the catalogue. ## Does a plug-in hybrid need a home charger? It benefits from one far more than an electric car needs one, which is an odd thing to say but true. The batteries are small, so they charge quickly, and on many cars an ordinary domestic socket will refill one overnight. That makes a plug-in hybrid workable at an address where a full electric car would be awkward — no dedicated charge point, just a socket and a cable in the garage. What it does not survive is having nowhere at all. Public charging a plug-in hybrid is rarely worth the stop, because the battery is too small to justify the detour. If the car will live on a street with no supply, this drivetrain is the wrong choice and the petrol car is the right one. ## Which is simpler to live with over a term? Petrol, marginally, and the difference is smaller than people fear. A plug-in hybrid gives you a cable to keep in the boot, a habit to form, and a car with more ways to be configured than you will ever use. None of that is difficult. It is simply two systems rather than one, and the first fortnight involves working out how you want it to behave. Set against that, the same car is quieter in traffic, smoother at low speed and pleasanter to leave a residential street in at six in the morning. Over a few months most people stop noticing the complication and keep noticing the quiet. There is one genuine catch worth planning for. A plug-in hybrid needs both fuel and charge to be at its best, so an unused one that has sat on a drive for a fortnight will want the engine run as well as the battery filled. Over a term that is a non-event if the car is in regular use, and a small piece of housekeeping if it is not. ## Which plug-in hybrids can we lease you? A surprising spread of them. The [Porsche Panamera Turbo S E-Hybrid](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-panamera-turbo-s-e-hybrid) and the [BMW M5](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5) on the saloon side, the [Mercedes-AMG GT 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gt-63-s-e-performance) alongside them. The [Lamborghini Urus SE](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-se) and the [AMG GLC 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-glc-63-s-e-performance) among the SUVs. And at the top, the [Ferrari 296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb), the [SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale), the [Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto), the [Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario), the [McLaren Artura Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-artura-spider) and the [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla). One is ours: the [Mercedes-AMG C 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63). We own it, prepare it and deliver it, so the figure is ours to settle rather than a partner's — it is quoted on request, as every car on the site is, but there is nobody to ask first. Note what that list tells you. On a supercar the plug is there for performance rather than for the school run, and the battery is a power source before it is a fuel saving. ## So which should you choose? Plug-in hybrid if the car sleeps somewhere with a socket, most of your driving is short and local, and you still want the petrol engine for distance. That is a very common shape of life and this drivetrain fits it better than either extreme. Petrol if there is nowhere to plug in, or if your driving is long, unpredictable and mostly at speed, where the battery contributes least. And if the short-and-local description fits but the long runs are rare, read [electric against petrol](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/electric-vs-petrol-prestige-lease) before deciding, because you may not need the engine at all. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I drive a plug-in hybrid without ever charging it? Yes, it works perfectly well on petrol alone. You will simply be carrying a battery you are not using and losing every advantage of the drivetrain. If that is the realistic picture, tell us and we will point you at the petrol equivalent instead. ### Will a normal socket charge it overnight? On many plug-in hybrids it will, because the batteries are small compared with a full electric car. It depends on the specific car and on the supply, so treat it as something to confirm for your vehicle rather than as a guarantee from a page. ### Is a plug-in hybrid supercar slower than a petrol one? No, and that is not what the battery is there for on those cars. On something like the Ferrari SF90 Stradale or the Lamborghini Revuelto the electric side is part of how the car makes its performance, not a fuel-saving measure bolted on beside it. ### Does the battery affect the deposit or the driver criteria? Not in itself. The criteria track the car rather than the drivetrain — the AMG GLC 63 S E Performance is leasable from 25 while the Lamborghini Revuelto asks 32, and the gap between them is about the cars, not about the plug. ### Is a charging cable supplied with the car? It is part of what we confirm on the specific vehicle before delivery, along with the rest of the handover inventory. Ask at the enquiry stage if you are relying on a domestic socket, because the cable for that is not the same as the one for a wall box. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Four seats or two — what do you give up in a supercar? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/four-seats-vs-two-in-a-supercar Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Every supercar we lease is a two-seater, so four seats means choosing a different kind of car — a grand tourer, a 2+2 sports car or a performance saloon. The rear seats of a 2+2 are usable by children and by luggage, rarely by adults. Over a term of months two seats costs you flexibility more often than passengers.** There is no four-seat supercar in our catalogue, so the real choice is a two-seat supercar against a four-seat car of a different kind. What that trade is actually made of. ## Is there a four-seat supercar in your catalogue? No. Every car we list in the supercar segment is a strict two-seater — the [Ferrari 296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb), the [SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale), the [Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica), the [Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto), the [Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario), the [McLaren 750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), the [765LT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-765lt), the [Maserati MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20), the [Audi R8 V10 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) and the [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla). That is not a gap in the catalogue, it is what the segment is. A mid-engined car puts the engine where rear seats would be, and the cars that do offer four seats are grand tourers and sports coupés with the engine in the front. So the genuine question is not two seats against four in a supercar. It is a two-seat supercar against a four-seat car of a different shape, and that is a much more interesting decision. ## What are the rear seats of a 2+2 for? Luggage, mostly, and that is not a criticism. A 2+2 gives you a pair of seats behind the front ones that will take children comfortably, adults for a short run across town, and nobody at all on a three-hour journey. What they do superbly is swallow soft bags, coats, a laptop case and the shopping — everything a boot the size of a supercar's cannot. That makes a four-seat coupé far more usable over a term than the seat count suggests. You are not buying the ability to carry four people. You are buying somewhere to put things, with the option of two extra people over a short distance. It also makes a real difference at the school gate and on an airport run with more luggage than passengers. The honest test is to look at the rear seats and ask what you would put there rather than who. ## What does two seats cost you over a term? Flexibility, several times a month, in ways that are individually trivial and collectively wearing. Two of you plus a friend. A colleague who needs a lift. Taking the dog. A child seat. Someone's suitcase as well as your own. In a single weekend away none of that arises; across a term of months all of it does, and each time the answer is that you take the other car or someone else drives. If there is another car in the household that covers those days, a two-seater is a fine choice and the constraint is invisible. If the supercar is the only car, three months of two seats is a bigger commitment than it looks from the configurator, and it is the most common thing people underestimate about a term in a short car. ## Which four-seat cars are worth having? The ones that give you rear seats without giving up the drive. On our catalogue that means the [Porsche 911 Carrera S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-carrera-s) and the [911 Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-turbo-s), the [Aston Martin DB12](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12), the [Bentley Continental GT Speed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gt-speed), the [Maserati GranTurismo Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-granturismo-modena), the [BMW M8 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m8-competition), the [Lexus LC 500](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-lc-500) and the [Ferrari Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider). The 911 is the sharpest example of the trade. It is a genuine sports car with a pair of rear seats and a front boot, and it is the reason so many people who could have anything keep buying one. Every car on that list is arranged through a vetted partner, so each one is confirmed with its holder before we quote it. [What sourced means in practice](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/our-own-fleet-vs-a-sourced-car) explains what that changes for you. ## When do you need five seats or seven? When a third adult is routine rather than occasional, or when child seats are involved. Three across the back of a 2+2 is not a thing. Three across the back of a performance saloon or a luxury SUV is ordinary, and that is where the catalogue gets deep: the [BMW M5 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5-competition), the [Audi RS 7 Sportback performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-7-sportback-performance) and the [Mercedes-AMG E 63 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-e-63-s). In our own fleet, the [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) and the [G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) do the same job. For seven there are three answers. Our own [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) is one, and being ours it is the quickest of the three to confirm; the [Mercedes-AMG GLS 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gls-63) and the [Volvo EX90](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/volvo-ex90) are the other two, both arranged through vetted partners. And there is a fourth case people forget, which is four seats with rear-seat comfort as the whole point — the [Maybach S-Class](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-s-class) and the [Maybach GLS 600](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-gls-600) seat four because the back is where the luxury is. ## Does the seat count change the criteria or the deposit? Not directly, but the correlation is strong enough to plan around. The two-seat cars in our catalogue are concentrated at the top of the performance range, so they carry the higher minimum ages, the longer licence-held requirements and the largest deposits. The four- and five-seat cars spread right down the range, which is where the gentler criteria live. That means a driver who does not yet qualify for a mid-engined two-seater often qualifies comfortably for a fast four-seater. It is worth checking rather than assuming you are excluded — the numbers are published on each car's own page and summarised on [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements). ## How should you decide? Count the journeys, not the seats. Write down what the car will actually do in a normal fortnight of the term. If more than one or two of those trips needs a third person or a proper boot, take the four-seater and enjoy it, because the alternative is a car you apologise for twice a month. If the honest list is two people and a bag, take the supercar and do not let anybody talk you into a sensible compromise you did not want. Three months is long enough to be glad you did. Not sure which shape fits? [Supercar against luxury SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-vs-luxury-suv-lease) and [grand tourer against supercar](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/grand-tourer-vs-supercar-for-distance) take the same decision from two other angles. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can you fit a child seat in a 2+2? Often, in the rear, and it depends on the car and on the seat. It is not something we would state from a page — tell us at the enquiry stage that a child seat is involved and we will confirm it against the specific vehicle before anything is agreed. ### Do any of your supercars have back seats? No. Every car in our supercar segment is a two-seater, because a mid-engined layout puts the engine where the rear seats would be. Four seats means a grand tourer, a front-engined sports coupé or a saloon instead. ### Is the boot bigger in a four-seat car? Usually, and the rear seats add more space than the boot figure suggests, because they fold or simply take bags. That combination is what makes a 2+2 so much more usable over a term than a strict two-seater. ### Which is the most practical fast car you lease? For most people it is a performance estate or a luxury SUV rather than a coupé of any kind — five seats, a real boot and the gentlest excess-mileage rates in the catalogue. Our own BMW X5 M Competition and the Audi RS 4 Avant are the shape of that answer. ### Can I have a supercar and something practical at the same time? Yes, as two agreements rather than one blended arrangement. Tell us both halves when you enquire and we will quote them separately — the fleet car comes back straight away, because it is ours, and the sourced one once a partner has confirmed the specific vehicle. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Grand tourer or supercar — which is better over real distance? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/grand-tourer-vs-supercar-for-distance Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Take the grand tourer. It carries luggage for two properly, rides well enough to arrive unbroken after three hours, clears speed bumps and hotel ramps, and charges less for every mile beyond the allowance. A supercar is the better car for an hour and the worse one for six, and its excess-mileage rates are the steepest in the catalogue.** If the car is going to cover real distance, the excess-mileage rate matters more than anything on the spec sheet. What a long journey costs and feels like in each. ## What does distance cost on each? This is the part almost no comparison prints, and it is the one that decides the money. Every agreement includes 1,000 miles a month on every car. Beyond that you pay per mile, and the rate is set per vehicle. Grand tourers in our catalogue start at £1.50 a mile on the [BMW 8 Series Gran Coupé](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-8-series-gran-coupe), with £1.75 on the [Bentley Continental GT Speed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gt-speed) and £1.95 on the [Aston Martin DB12](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12). Supercars start at £2.50 on the [Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica) and climb steeply from there. On a car doing genuine distance that gap compounds every week. It is worth doing the arithmetic on your own mileage before choosing, because on a long-distance term the excess-mileage rate can matter more to the total than the difference in the monthly figure does. The rate for each car is published on its own page. Ask us to work it through against the mileage you really cover each month rather than the mileage you hope you will do. ## How far does the allowance go? A thousand miles a month sounds generous until you describe a real pattern. A weekly two-hundred-mile round trip uses most of it. A commute of twelve miles each way, made five times a week, uses about half of it before you have driven anywhere for pleasure. One long weekend away can account for the rest. None of that is a reason to avoid the car. It is a reason to tell us the mileage honestly at the enquiry stage, so the excess-mileage rate is a number you have seen rather than a surprise at the end of the term. We would rather have that conversation in week one. It is also an argument for the grand tourer on its own. If distance is the point of the car, take the one that charges least for it. ## Which is more comfortable after three hours? The grand tourer, and it is not close. A grand tourer is built around the assumption that you will cross a country in it: a seat that supports you rather than holds you, suspension that takes the sting out of a poor surface, enough sound insulation that a conversation does not become a shout, and a driving position you can sit in rather than brace in. A supercar is built around the opposite assumption. Firmer everything, more noise, a lower and more committed seat, and a level of stimulation that is wonderful for the first hour and tiring by the fourth. On a good road it is the better car by a distance. On the four hundred motorway miles that get you to that road, it is the worse one. Over a term you will do far more of the second kind of mile than the first. ## What can you take with you? A grand tourer is defined partly by the answer: a proper boot, two people's luggage for a fortnight, and on the four-seat cars a pair of rear seats that take the overflow. A supercar gives you a front boot and a shelf. That is fine for two nights away with soft bags and immediately awkward with anything rigid. On a genuine touring trip it is the constraint that shapes the packing rather than a detail. Where it stops being about volume is the return leg. Whatever you bought, collected or were given has to fit, and on a two-seat mid-engined car it frequently will not. Soft luggage solves a surprising amount of this, and it is the one piece of advice everybody who tours in a supercar gives. ## Does ground clearance matter over a long trip? More than any figure suggests, because it is the thing that determines whether you relax. A supercar has to be driven at speed tables, hotel ramps, ferry linkspans, multi-storey entries and rural gutters with real care, and some of them need a nose-lift used every time. Across a long trip that is a continuous low-level negotiation with the road. A grand tourer largely ignores all of it. So does a luxury SUV, which is why so many long-distance enquiries end up there rather than in either of these. None of this is hypothetical on a British road in winter, when a kerb you cannot see is under water and a pothole is a genuine risk to a low car with big wheels. ## Which cars are on each side of this? Grand tourers: the [Aston Martin DB12](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12) and [Vanquish](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vanquish), the [Continental GT Speed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gt-speed), the [Ferrari 12Cilindri](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-12cilindri), the [Maserati GranTurismo Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-granturismo-modena), the [McLaren GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-gt), the [BMW 8 Series Gran Coupé](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-8-series-gran-coupe), the [Lexus LC 500](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-lc-500) and the [Rolls-Royce Spectre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-spectre). Supercars: the [296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb), the [SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale), the [750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), the [765LT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-765lt), the [Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica), the [Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto), the [Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario), the [MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20), the [R8 V10 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) and the [Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla). Every one of those, on both sides, is arranged through a vetted partner, so each one is confirmed with its holder before we commit to a date. Every car on the site is quoted on request. ## Is there a third answer? Often, and it is a luxury SUV. If the distance is real, the passengers are real and the luggage is real, an SUV does the job of a grand tourer with more space, a higher seat, better visibility and the cheapest excess-mileage rates in the catalogue. It is also where our own fleet sits, which means a car we hold rather than one that has to be confirmed before we can commit to a date. It is a less romantic answer and it is very often the right one. [Supercar, grand tourer or prestige SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/supercar-grand-tourer-or-suv-which-to-hire) sets the three out side by side. If the romance is the point, take the grand tourer. It is the car that lets you have both. ## Frequently asked questions ### What counts as a grand tourer? A front-engined car built to cross a country quickly and comfortably — a real boot, seats you can sit in for hours, and enough insulation that speed is quiet. The DB12, the Continental GT Speed and the GranTurismo are the shape of it; a mid-engined two-seater is not, whatever the badge says. ### What happens if I go over the mileage allowance? You are charged per mile at the rate published on that car, which runs from 95p at the gentlest end of the catalogue to several pounds on the fastest cars. It is settled at the end of the agreement rather than month by month, and we would far rather set your expectation at the start. ### Can I increase the mileage allowance? Tell us the mileage you really cover each month when you enquire and we will confirm what is possible on that specific car in writing. What we will not do is imply a bigger allowance from a page — 1,000 miles a month is what every agreement carries as standard. ### Are grand tourers cheaper to lease than supercars? Every car on the site is quoted on request, so no monthly comparison can be made from a page. What we can compare is the published deposit, excess and excess-mileage rate on each car, and on those the grand tourers are consistently gentler. Every grand tourer and every supercar we list is also partner-sourced, so the specific car is confirmed before anything is agreed. ### Which is better for a European trip? The grand tourer, on luggage, comfort and ground clearance alike. Taking any leased car abroad is arranged in advance rather than assumed, so raise it at the enquiry stage and we will confirm the position on that vehicle before you book anything around it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Our own fleet or a sourced car — what does the difference mean for you? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/our-own-fleet-vs-a-sourced-car Last checked: 2026-09-11 **A car in our own fleet is one we own, prepare and deliver, so it carries our own driver criteria, our own risk and a firm answer on timing in one conversation. A sourced car is arranged through a vetted partner: its criteria are the partner’s, and the specific vehicle is confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. Every car on the site, both kinds, is quoted on request.** Every car on this site is badged as ours or arranged through a partner. What that badge actually changes about the timing, the criteria, who carries the risk and who you deal with. ## What is the actual difference? Ownership, and everything that follows from it. A fleet car is ours. We buy it, we prepare it, we hold it, we deliver it to you — or you collect it — and we take it back at the end. Nothing about that agreement depends on a third party saying yes, which is why we can answer the figure, the dates and the condition of the car in one conversation rather than promising to find out. A sourced car is arranged through a vetted partner who holds the vehicle. We put the agreement together, we deal with you throughout, and the car itself belongs to somebody we have checked. That is an ordinary structure in this sector. What is less ordinary is saying so on the page. Every card and every vehicle page carries the badge, so you always know which you are looking at before you enquire rather than after. ## Why does no car on the site show a price? Because a monthly figure is settled against a specific car, a specific start date and a specific driver, and none of those three is known while you are reading a page. Every car in the catalogue reads "on request", ours and sourced alike. That is not a negotiating position or a way of hiding a high number. The rest of the cost stack is published in full on every car's own page, before any form: the refundable deposit, the insurance excess beside it, the 1,000 miles a month every agreement includes and the rate per mile beyond it. Those are the figures you can hold us to from a page, and on most comparisons they separate two cars further than the monthly figure does. What the fleet badge changes is where the figure comes from. On a car we own, we settle it ourselves. On a sourced car it is settled with the partner who holds the vehicle, against the same three things, which takes a step we do not control. The agreement underneath is the same either way: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, and nothing taken through this website at any point. ## Does a sourced car take longer to arrange? Usually, and the difference is mostly at the start rather than at the end. On a fleet car we can answer the price, the availability and the delivery window ourselves, in one conversation. On a sourced car there is a step in the middle: the partner confirms the specific vehicle, the figure and the dates, and only then do you have something firm. That step is why we will not give you a firm availability state on a sourced car before it happens. A "yes, available" that has not been confirmed is worth nothing, and a date you plan a birthday around is worse than useless if it moves. If your date is tight, say so at the enquiry stage. It sometimes changes which car we recommend, because a car already sitting in our own fleet is the safer answer to a short deadline than one that has to be confirmed first. ## Whose driver criteria apply? On a fleet car, ours. On a sourced car, the partner's, and we confirm them with you in writing rather than assuming they match. That is worth reading twice, because the age, licence-held and points requirements published on a sourced car are the ones we hold for that vehicle — and anything the partner adds, we tell you before anything is agreed rather than after you have planned around it. The same applies to deposit and excess figures, which are provisional across the catalogue pending confirmation. On our own cars we confirm them directly. On a sourced car we confirm them with the partner. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out the whole framework, and every car's own page carries its own figures. ## Who do you deal with after delivery? Us, either way. That is the part of this the badge does not tell you and it matters more than the rest. You enquire with us, the agreement is with us, the car arrives at your door and, if something needs sorting during the term, you call us rather than a partner you have never spoken to. We do not hand you off. What changes on a sourced car is what happens behind that: some things we resolve directly and some we resolve with whoever holds the vehicle, which occasionally means an answer takes a little longer to come back. We would rather say that plainly than pretend the two are identical. The insurance arrangement is confirmed with you before anything is agreed on both, and we do not describe it as settled from a web page. ## Which cars are ours? Mostly luxury SUVs, with one open car and one saloon: [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63), [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s), [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) and [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) and [X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport), [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) and [Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) [Mercedes-AMG C 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63) The full list, with the deposit, excess and mileage rate on each, is on [our fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet). Everything else in the catalogue is arranged through a partner, and that includes every supercar and every grand tourer we list. ## Should you steer towards one or the other? Towards a fleet car if certainty matters most: a firm timeline, our own criteria, our risk rather than somebody else's, and the shortest path from enquiry to a car on your drive. Towards a sourced car if the car itself matters most, because that is where the catalogue is widest and where almost everything exotic lives. The trade is a confirmation step in front of the answer. Most people who arrive wanting something exotic end up comparing both, and the comparison is easier once both figures are real. [Tell us the car and the date](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) and the fleet answer comes back immediately, the sourced one as soon as it is confirmed. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a sourced car more expensive? Not automatically, and we will not guess from a page — every car is priced against the specific vehicle, term and start date, ours as well as sourced. What is true is that the exotic end of the catalogue is entirely sourced, and those cars carry the largest deposits and the steepest excess-mileage rates wherever they come from. ### Can I see a sourced car before committing? Raise it when you enquire. It depends on the partner and on where the vehicle is, so it is something we confirm rather than promise from a web page. On a car in our own fleet we can be much more definite. ### Who delivers a sourced car? It is arranged as part of the agreement and confirmed with you before the day, along with the address, the window and who will be there to sign. Delivery is to your address anywhere in mainland Britain either way, or you can collect the car by arrangement — there are no depots. ### Do you check the partners? Yes. That is what "vetted" means and it is why the word is on the page. What we will not do is publish a claim about how many partners there are or how long the checks take, because those are not figures we are in a position to stand behind publicly. ### Can a sourced car become a fleet car? The catalogue changes over time and cars do move between the two, which is exactly why the badge is generated from the data on every card rather than written into the copy. Whatever a page says today reflects the vehicle record behind it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Four-wheel drive or rear-wheel drive — which for a British winter? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/awd-vs-rwd-in-a-british-winter Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Four-wheel drive helps you set off and helps you hold a line in the wet; it does nothing for braking or cornering grip, which is where winter accidents happen. Tyres matter more than driven wheels. A rear-driven prestige car on cold-weather tyres beats a four-wheel-drive one on performance tyres in December, comfortably.** Four-wheel drive gets you moving on a cold morning and does nothing for you at the junction at the bottom of the hill. What that means if your term runs through winter. ## Does four-wheel drive help in a British winter? Yes, in one specific way: getting moving. On a wet leaf-covered incline, a frosted drive or a gravel track, splitting the effort across four tyres means you pull away instead of sitting there with a spinning wheel. Over a winter term that is a real, daily convenience. What it does not do is help you stop. Braking is done by all four wheels on every car ever built, driven or not. Nor does it raise cornering grip meaningfully on a cold road. That gap is where four-wheel drive gets people into trouble. A car that sets off confidently on ice feels safe, right up to the first junction, and the confidence it creates is not matched by anything at the other end of the journey. Treat it as a traction aid for departures, not as a winter safety system. ## What matters more than the driven wheels? Tyres, and it is not a close contest. Performance tyres — the sort fitted as standard to most of the cars on this site — are compounded for grip when warm. Below about seven degrees they harden, and grip falls away in the wet and the cold long before there is any ice involved. That is why a fast car can feel oddly nervous on a clear, dry, freezing January morning. Cold-weather tyres are compounded to stay soft at those temperatures. The difference in stopping distance and in wet grip is larger than anything four-wheel drive contributes, on any car. So the honest ranking for a British winter is: tyres first, then how you drive, then the driven wheels. A rear-driven car on the right rubber is a better winter proposition than a four-wheel-drive car on the wrong rubber, and by a clear margin. ## Can you change the tyres on a leased car? Not on your own initiative. The car is prepared by us or by the partner who holds it, and how it is specified is part of the agreement rather than something to alter at the kerbside. What you can do is raise it before anything is agreed. If your term starts in October and runs through to April, tell us at the enquiry stage what the driving looks like — a hill, a rural lane, a long commute, a Scottish postcode — and we will confirm what the car will be on before you commit to it. That is a better conversation to have in September than in January, and it occasionally changes which car we recommend rather than which tyres go on it. ## What is a rear-driven car like in December? Entirely fine, driven with a little thought, and occasionally tiresome. The specific behaviour is that a rear-driven car with a lot of power can spin its wheels pulling out of a wet junction or up a slope, particularly with a cold engine and cold tyres. Modern traction control catches it long before it becomes an event. What it costs you is smoothness and a certain amount of attention. Some are trickier than others. A mid-engined two-seater with wide performance tyres — a [McLaren 750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), a [Maserati MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20), a [911 GT3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3) — asks considerably more of you in freezing weather than a rear-driven saloon like the [Lexus LS 500h](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-ls-500h) or the [BMW M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition). If the car is your only transport and the term is a winter one, that is worth weighing properly rather than dismissing. ## Does the length of the term change the calculation? Completely, and this is the part specific to leasing rather than to cars. A weekend in a rear-driven supercar is a weekend you can choose. A term that starts in October is a winter agreement: you will drive it on the worst morning of the year because you have to be somewhere, and the decision you made in September is the one you live with. The reverse is also true. A term starting in April will be over before the clocks change, and the winter question barely arises. So look at your start date before you look at the drivetrain. It tells you how much any of this matters, and it is the first thing we ask about when you [enquire](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire). ## Which of the cars you lease are four-wheel drive? Most of the catalogue, and all of our own fleet. Every car we own drives all four wheels, from the [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) through to the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) and the [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) — including the [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance), which is a rare thing among open supercars. The rear-driven side of the catalogue is where most of the sports cars and several of the grand tourers sit: the [911 GT3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3), the [Aston Martin Vantage](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vantage) and [DB12](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12), the [BMW M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) and [M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition), the [Lotus Emira V6](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-emira), the [Toyota GR Supra](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/toyota-gr-supra), the [Alpine A110 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alpine-a110-s) and the McLarens. A few results surprise people. The [911 Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-turbo-s) drives all four wheels and the [Carrera S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-carrera-s) does not. The [Mercedes-Benz EQS SUV 450+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv) is a rear-driven SUV. Check the car rather than the badge. ## What if you want the rear-driven car anyway? Then take it, and plan around it rather than hoping. Three things make it straightforward: a start date that avoids the worst of the season if you have any flexibility, a conversation with us about what the car will be shod in, and somewhere off-street for it to sit on the coldest mornings. And one thing makes it much harder: needing it to be a hundred per cent reliable as the only car in the household on a school run up a hill. If that is the brief, take the four-wheel-drive car and enjoy the winter. If you want the exotic car for part of the term rather than all of it, [one car for a year against shorter terms back to back](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/one-year-lease-vs-two-six-month-leases) is the arithmetic behind that plan. ## Frequently asked questions ### Do you fit winter tyres? It is confirmed on the specific car rather than promised from a page. Tell us at the enquiry stage that the term runs through winter and what your driving looks like, and we will tell you what the car will be on before anything is agreed. ### Is four-wheel drive safer in snow? It is better at setting off and no better at stopping, which is the distinction that matters. In genuine snow the tyres do nearly all the work — a four-wheel-drive car on performance rubber will pull away confidently and then take a very long way to stop. ### Are all your own cars four-wheel drive? Yes, every one of them, including the Audi R8 Spyder. That is a consequence of the fleet being concentrated in luxury SUVs rather than a policy, but it does mean the cars we hold ourselves are also the ones least troubled by a cold morning. ### Does drivetrain change the deposit or the driver criteria? Not in itself. The criteria track the car — its performance, its value and how an underwriter reads it — rather than which wheels are driven. Two cars of similar pace will sit in similar bands whether one is rear-driven and the other is not. ### What if the car cannot get off my drive one morning? Call us. We would rather hear about it than have you attempt something unwise in a car you are responsible for, and the sensible answer on a genuinely bad morning is usually to leave it where it is. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # One car for a year, or shorter terms back to back? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/one-year-lease-vs-two-six-month-leases Last checked: 2026-09-11 **A second agreement costs you the two-months-up-front again, plus a second set of checks, a second delivery and collection. What you get is a different car for each part of the year and no commitment to a car you may tire of. One agreement running on is simpler and cheaper to set up.** Every agreement is one month up front, then one a month, so each new term means paying the up-front again. What that buys you, and when it is worth it. ## What is the actual difference in what you pay? Every agreement we write is 1+2: one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included and a three-month minimum term. Run one agreement for a year and you pay that two-month up-front once, because once the minimum is served the agreement simply runs on monthly. Split the same year into shorter agreements and you pay the up-front each time, because every one of them is a new agreement rather than a continuation of the last. That is the honest headline cost of switching, and it is the number nobody puts on a comparison page. It is not a penalty and it is not a fee — it is simply the start of a second agreement, priced the same way the first one was. Everything after that depends on the two cars and is quoted per car. We will put both in front of you as two separate figures rather than blending them, so you can see exactly what the variety costs. ## What do you get for the extra outlay? Genuinely different parts of a year, which is more valuable than it sounds. The obvious version is seasonal: an open car or something rear-driven and exciting for the spring and summer, then something four-wheel-drive with five seats and a boot for the autumn and winter. That is the plan that makes most sense in Britain and it is the commonest reason people ask. The less obvious version is exploratory. Three months is long enough to know whether you actually like a car rather than the idea of it, and a second agreement lets you act on what you learned instead of living with the answer for the rest of the year. And there is a simple one: two cars in a year instead of one. Some people want that and there is no need to dress it up as anything cleverer. ## What has to be arranged again? More than the payment, and it is worth knowing before you plan around it. The checks. Licence, DVLA check code, photo ID and proof of address are read against each agreement rather than carried across. A check code is only valid for a short window, so the second one is generated close to the second start date. The deposit. Held against a card in the hirer's own name, per agreement, for the length of that agreement. The second car's deposit may be a different figure from the first. Delivery and collection. Two handovers and two collections, each with a joint walk round and a condition record. Availability. The second car has to exist and be confirmed when you want it, which is a different proposition for a car in our own fleet than for a sourced one. None of it is difficult. It is simply the arranging done again, and it wants a few weeks of notice rather than a few days. ## What happens to the mileage allowance? The allowance is stated the same way on every agreement: 1,000 miles a month, on every car, whether you take one term or several. Because it is stated per month, a shorter agreement needs no converting — the allowance runs with the months you have the car, and we confirm the figure for your term in writing rather than leaving you to infer it from a page. Ask for it when you enquire and it will be in front of you before anything is agreed. The variable that is genuinely different between the two plans is the excess-mileage rate, because it is set per car. Splitting a year across two cars means splitting it across two rates, and if one of them is a supercar, the months on that car are the expensive ones for miles. [What distance costs on each shape of car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/grand-tourer-vs-supercar-for-distance) works that through. ## What if the second car is not available when you want it? It is the real risk in this plan, and it is much bigger on a sourced car than on one of ours. A car in our own fleet is one we hold, so a conversation about a date several months out is a conversation with ourselves. A sourced car is confirmed with a partner against the specific vehicle and start date, and a confirmation months ahead is not something we will pretend to give you. The workable version is to plan the shape rather than the exact car: "something open for the summer" is a brief we can meet, where "that specific McLaren, on that Tuesday, next April" is a promise nobody honest makes months early. Tell us the whole plan at the outset anyway. Knowing the second agreement exists changes what we suggest for the first. ## Does a longer agreement get you a better monthly figure? Term is one of the things a quote is built from, so it is a fair question to ask — and the answer belongs in a quote rather than on a page. What every car on the site states is the three-month minimum term, which is the shortest lease we write; the figure that runs on it is quoted on request. We will not imply a discount for a longer commitment that we have not confirmed against your car, your dates and, on a sourced vehicle, the partner holding it. Ask us directly with the term you have in mind. You will get a figure rather than a hint. ## Which plan suits you? One longer agreement if you already know the car you want, the driving is consistent across the year, and simplicity is worth something to you. It is fewer moving parts, one set of checks and one up-front. Shorter agreements back to back if the year genuinely has two parts — a summer car and a winter car, or a car to try and a car to commit to. Pay the up-front each time with your eyes open and the variety is worth it. Either way, start by telling us the whole plan. [Give us the cars and the dates](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) and you will see two real figures rather than a rule of thumb. ## Frequently asked questions ### What is the shortest lease you write? Three months. It is a minimum rather than a fixed end date — once the three months are served the agreement runs on monthly — and it is a lease rather than short-term hire. We never do day, weekend or week hire, and never will. Every agreement is one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. ### Can I swap cars partway through an agreement? No. The minimum term has to run its course, and the way to change car is a second agreement starting when the first one ends. Tell us the plan at the outset and we will line the two up so there is no gap between them. ### Do I pay one month up front on the second car as well? Yes. The second agreement is a new agreement, so it starts the same way the first one did. That is the main cost of switching and it is the number worth putting in front of yourself before deciding. ### Can I run two agreements at the same time? Yes, that is an ordinary arrangement — a practical car and something exotic alongside it, for example. Each is quoted, deposited and checked on its own, so expect two sets of everything rather than a combined figure. ### How far ahead should I book the second car? Sooner than you think, and with the shape rather than the exact vehicle if it is a sourced car. We can be firm about a car in our own fleet much further out than we can be about one a partner holds. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Should you lease a make you know, or try a new one? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/a-new-make-vs-one-you-already-know Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Try the new make. A three-month lease is the cheapest honest way to find out whether you like a car rather than the idea of it, and you hand it back if you do not. The risks are practical rather than emotional — size, driving position, switchgear and where it fits at home — and all are checkable first.** A lease is the least expensive way to discover you were wrong about a car. What changes when you step outside a make you know, and the three checks that make it safe. ## Is three months long enough to find out? It is, and the three-month minimum is why the question comes up as often as it does. A weekend tells you whether a car is exciting. It tells you nothing about whether you will still want to get into it on the fortieth wet morning. Three months takes you past the novelty and into the part where the car is just your car — which is the only period that reveals whether you actually like it. It is also short enough that being wrong costs you a defined amount rather than an open-ended one. Every agreement is one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included, and once the minimum is served you can either run on or hand the car back. That is a genuinely different proposition from buying an unfamiliar make, and it is the strongest argument for using a lease to explore. ## What does an unfamiliar car ask of you? Four things, and none of them is the thing people worry about. Size. Width and length, against your gateposts, your garage and the bay you park in at work. This is the commonest unpleasant surprise and the easiest to check. Driving position. Seat height, pedal offset, where the mirrors sit, how much you can see out of the back. You adapt, but you notice for the first fortnight. Switchgear. Every make has its own logic for climate, drive modes and the stereo. Most of it is learnable inside a fortnight; one or two things will annoy you for the whole term. Ride. The difference between a firmly sprung German car and a softly sprung British one is far more obvious over a term than over a test drive. None of that is a reason to stay where you are. It is a list of things to check rather than assume. ## Where does the familiar make win? In the first fortnight, and in the corner case. You already know where everything is, how the car will behave when you turn in, what the seat does to your back after two hours and how wide it is when a lorry is coming the other way. That fluency is worth something real, and it is worth most when the car is being used for work rather than for pleasure. The familiar make also wins if the car is going to be shared. A partner who has driven a BMW for years will be comfortable in another one on day one, which is not always true of the same person put in something with a very different layout. Where the familiar make does not win is on interest. If you already know exactly what living with it is like, you also know the term will not surprise you. ## How do you de-risk the unfamiliar one? Three checks, all of which happen before anything is agreed. Ask us for the dimensions of the specific car and measure the places it has to fit. A gatepost is not negotiable and a multi-storey height barrier is not either — this takes ten minutes and prevents the worst version of this mistake. Sit in one somewhere, even briefly. A dealer forecourt, a friend's car, a car park. You are not testing the drive, you are testing whether the seat and the visibility suit your body. And tell us what you drive now when you enquire. It is the single most useful thing you can say, because it lets us tell you honestly where the car you are considering will feel different rather than just better. ## Does a new badge change what you have to qualify for? The badge does not. The car does, and the gap within a single make is often wider than the gap between makes. Our own [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) is leasable from 25 with five years of full licence held. Our own [Audi R8 Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) asks 30. Same badge, different cars, different underwriting. The same pattern runs through Lamborghini, BMW and Mercedes-AMG alike. So "can I get an Aston Martin?" is not a question with an answer. "Can I get a [Vantage](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vantage)?" is — it asks 28 and five years, where the [Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla) asks 30, ten years and a clean licence. Every car's figures are on its own page, and [driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out the framework. ## What are the easy steps across? The comfortable moves are the ones that change the badge without changing the shape of the car. From an ordinary premium SUV, our own [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) or [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) is the step that asks nothing new of you: same shape, same seats, a £2,000 or £3,000 deposit, £1.50 a mile, and a driver accepted from twenty-five. From there the [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) or the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) is a genuine change of character in a familiar format — and the thing that moves with it is what each holds and charges, not the shape of the agreement. The steps that need more thought are the ones that change shape as well: an SUV driver going to a [911](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-carrera-s), or a saloon driver going to anything mid-engined. Those are the cases where the checks above earn their keep. And the cars that reward curiosity most are the ones people never consider — a [Lexus LC 500](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-lc-500), an [Alpine A110 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alpine-a110-s), a [Lotus Emira V6](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-emira). Nobody arrives asking for them and the people who take them rarely regret it. ## So how should you decide? If the car is a tool — client meetings, long commutes, family logistics — lean towards what you know. The fluency is worth more than the novelty and you will not thank yourself for relearning a dashboard in month one. If the car is the point, take the unfamiliar one. You can hand it back once the three months are served either way, and the alternative is spending a decade wondering. Whichever way you lean, do it on a car we can be definite about if the timing matters. [Our own fleet against a sourced car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/our-own-fleet-vs-a-sourced-car) explains which of those you are looking at and what it changes. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I test drive before committing? Raise it at the enquiry stage and we will tell you what is realistic on that specific car. It is much more straightforward on a vehicle in our own fleet than on one a partner holds, and we would rather be definite than promise something from a page. ### What if I do not get on with the car? The agreement runs its term — three months is a minimum rather than a trial period. What you can do is tell us early, so that the next agreement goes somewhere better, and so that we understand what did not work rather than guessing. ### Will an unfamiliar make cost more to lease? The figure is set per car rather than per badge, so no make carries a premium as such. What does vary by car is the deposit, the excess and the excess-mileage rate, and those are published on every vehicle page so you can compare before you enquire. ### Which makes do you cover? The catalogue spans the German premium makers, the Italian exotics, the British makes, Porsche, Lexus, Lotus, Alpine and several others besides, across our own fleet and vetted partners. The full list is on the cars page, filterable by make. ### Can I lease something I have never driven? Yes, and most people do — that is much of the appeal. Measure the spaces it has to fit into, sit in one if you can, and tell us what you drive now so we can be honest about where it will feel different rather than simply better. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Audi RS or BMW M — which should you lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/audi-rs-vs-bmw-m Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Every Audi RS we lease drives all four wheels, which makes the range the more effortless choice in British weather. BMW M still splits: the M2 and M3 Competition are rear-driven, the M4 Competition xDrive and M5 are not. RS offers an estate; M offers a coupé and a grand tourer. Criteria and deposits are comparable across both.** Two ranges that look interchangeable and are not. What the drivetrain split means in Britain, which body shapes only one of them offers, and which of them we hold ourselves. ## What is the real difference between them? Attitude, and it shows up in the drivetrain before anything else. Audi's RS range as we list it is quattro throughout — every RS car in the catalogue drives all four wheels. The character that produces is one of composure: enormous ability deployed without drama, on a wet roundabout as readily as on a dry one. BMW's M range keeps a rear-driven core and is deliberately less tidy about it. The [M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) and the [M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition) we list are rear-driven; the [M4 Competition xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m4-competition), the [M5](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5), the [M5 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5-competition) and the [M8 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m8-competition) drive all four. Neither approach is better. One asks less of you and one gives more back when you are in the mood, and over a term that difference is felt on ordinary roads rather than on special ones. ## Does that matter over a British winter? Enough to be worth weighing if your term runs through it. Four-wheel drive helps you set off and helps you hold a line in the wet. It does not shorten a braking distance and it does not raise cornering grip meaningfully on a cold road, so it is a traction aid rather than a safety system — and tyres matter more than either. What it does change, day to day, is how often the car feels like hard work. A rear-driven M car pulling out of a wet junction with a cold engine and cold tyres asks for a measured right foot; the equivalent RS car mostly does not. If that is a live question for you, [four-wheel drive against rear-wheel drive in a British winter](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/awd-vs-rwd-in-a-british-winter) goes through what actually helps. The start date is the part to weigh first. An agreement that runs through the summer barely raises the question at all, and one that runs through the winter raises it every week. ## What body shapes can you get on each side? This is where the ranges genuinely diverge, and it decides more enquiries than the drivetrain does. RS gives you formats M does not: a hot hatch in the [RS 3 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-3-sportback), a fast estate in the [RS 4 Avant](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-4-avant), four-door fastbacks in the [RS 5 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-5-sportback) and the [RS 7 Sportback performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-7-sportback-performance), a large SUV in the [RS Q8 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-q8-performance) and an electric four-door in the [RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt). M gives you a proper coupé in the [M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) and the [M4 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m4-competition), a saloon in the [M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition) and the M5s, a grand tourer in the [M8 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m8-competition) and a fast SUV in the [X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition). If you want an estate, the answer is Audi. If you want a two-door, the answer is BMW. ## Which is easier to qualify for? They are closer than people expect, and both ranges start gently. The [RS 3 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-3-sportback) and the [RS 7 Sportback performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-7-sportback-performance) ask 25 with three years of full licence held, as do the [M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2), the [M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition), the [M4 Competition xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m4-competition) and both M5s. Six penalty points are tolerated across the group. The requirements climb with the car rather than the badge. The [M8 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m8-competition) asks 30 and five years, and so does our own [X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition). The [RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) asks 30 and five years on the Audi side. For a younger driver, both ranges are among the most accessible fast cars in the catalogue, and that is genuinely unusual at this level of performance. ## What do they cost to run over the term? Deposits sit in the same band. The [RS 3 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-3-sportback) and the [M5 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5-competition) both start at £2,000, with £2,500 on the [RS 4 Avant](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-4-avant), the [RS 5 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-5-sportback), the [M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2), the [M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition) and the [M4 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m4-competition). The excess matches the deposit on every car we list. Excess mileage is where a small gap opens. Most of both ranges sits at £1.50 a mile beyond the 1,000 miles a month every agreement includes. The [M5 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5-competition) is the outlier at 95p, which is the gentlest rate in the whole catalogue, and our own [X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) sits at £2.00. If you cover real distance, that single row is worth more attention than anything else on this page. ## Which of them is ours? One: the [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition). We own it, prepare it and deliver it, on the three-month minimum term — one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included — and we carry the risk on it rather than passing it along. Every other car on both sides of this comparison is arranged through a vetted partner, so the specific vehicle is confirmed before we commit to a date on it. Every car in both ranges is quoted on request. That is not a reason to take the X5. It is a reason to ask early if your start date is tight, because a confirmed answer on a sourced car takes a step we do not control. [What sourced means in practice](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/our-own-fleet-vs-a-sourced-car) covers the rest. ## So which should you lease? Take the RS if you want the car to be effortless — a fast estate, a four-door that carries five, or an SUV that never makes a fuss about weather. It is the range that asks less of you on an ordinary day. Take the M if you want to be involved, and particularly if you want two doors. The [M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) is the most characterful thing either make makes at this level and it is leasable on the gentlest criteria in the group. If you are choosing between these two, it is also worth putting Mercedes-AMG beside them — [AMG against RS](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/mercedes-amg-vs-audi-rs) covers a range that goes further in both directions than either of these does. ## Frequently asked questions ### Are all Audi RS cars four-wheel drive? Every Audi RS car in our catalogue drives all four wheels, from the RS 3 Sportback through to the RS e-tron GT. That consistency is much of the range’s appeal in British conditions, and it is the clearest single difference from the BMW M line-up. ### Which BMW M cars are rear-wheel drive? Of the ones we list, the M2 and the M3 Competition. The M4 Competition xDrive, the M5, the M5 Competition, the M8 Competition and the X5 M Competition all drive four wheels. Check the specific car rather than the badge — the split does not follow model numbers. ### Is there an estate in either range? On the Audi side, yes — the RS 4 Avant. We do not list an M estate, so if a fast car that swallows luggage is the brief, the RS 4 Avant and the RS 7 Sportback performance are the two to look at first. ### Can a 25-year-old lease an RS or an M car? Several of both, yes, with three years of full licence held — the RS 3 Sportback and RS 7 Sportback performance on one side, the M2, M3 Competition, M4 Competition and M5s on the other. The cars asking 30 in both ranges are the larger and faster ones. ### Do you own any RS or M cars? The BMW X5 M Competition is ours — we own it, prepare it and deliver it, on the three-month minimum term, and it holds a £5,000 deposit against a matching excess with £2.00 a mile beyond the allowance. Everything else across both ranges is arranged through a vetted partner. Every car in both ranges is quoted on request. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Mercedes-AMG or Audi RS — which should you lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/mercedes-amg-vs-audi-rs Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Mercedes-AMG covers far more ground: a hot hatch, saloons, SUVs, a convertible and a ladder-frame off-roader, with much of the top of the range now plug-in hybrid. Audi RS is a narrower, more consistent idea — turbocharged, quattro, and moving towards electric rather than hybrid. AMG also has the gentlest entry criteria in our whole catalogue.** One of these ranges is a single coherent idea executed across six cars. The other goes from a hot hatch to a convertible to an off-roader. Which breadth you need decides it. ## What separates the two ranges? Breadth. RS is one idea applied consistently; AMG is a family of quite different cars sharing a badge. Every Audi RS car we list is turbocharged, drives all four wheels and sits in a saloon, Sportback, estate or SUV body. Whatever you pick, you know roughly what you are getting, and that consistency is a virtue rather than a limitation. AMG spreads much wider. The [A 35 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-35) at one end is a hot hatch. The [G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) at the other is a hand-built ladder-frame off-roader with a V8 in the nose. In between sit saloons, three sizes of SUV, a four-door coupé and the [SL 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-sl-63) convertible. If you know exactly what you want, RS is the cleaner range to shop. If you are not sure yet, AMG has more chance of having it. ## Which goes further in each direction? AMG, at both extremes, and that is the practical headline. At the accessible end, the [A 35 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-35) and the [A 45 S 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-45-s) are small, fast and easy to park, with nothing on the RS side we list that is quite as compact. At the far end, nothing in the RS range is remotely like the [G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63), and nothing in it is open-topped at all. Where RS wins outright is the estate. The [RS 4 Avant](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-4-avant) is a fast car that carries a family and its luggage without apology, and AMG has no equivalent in our catalogue. Those two facts — an off-roader and a convertible on one side, an estate on the other — settle more enquiries than any comparison of how the two makes feel to drive. ## Where has each of them gone hybrid? Down two different roads, and it is the most interesting difference between them right now. AMG has electrified the top of its range as plug-in hybrids: the [GT 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gt-63-s-e-performance), the [GLC 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-glc-63-s-e-performance) and our own [C 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63). On those cars the battery is there for performance and for quiet local running, in that order. Audi's RS range has gone the other way, straight to electric, with the [RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) sitting alongside petrol cars rather than replacing them. There is no plug-in hybrid RS in our catalogue. That matters because the two drivetrains ask completely different things of you. A plug-in hybrid is only worth having if you plug it in — [what changes day to day](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/plug-in-hybrid-vs-petrol-lease) is the honest version — while an electric car needs somewhere to charge where it sleeps. ## Which gives a younger driver the easier route in? AMG, at the very bottom, and by a wider margin than anything else in the catalogue. The [A 35 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-35) asks 25 with two years of full licence held — the shortest licence-held requirement of any car we list — on a £1,500 deposit, which is also the lowest figure in the catalogue. For a younger driver who has not held a licence long, that is the most accessible route into a prestige lease we have. Beyond that the two ranges converge. The [A 45 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-45-s) asks 25 and three years; so do the [RS 3 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-3-sportback) and the [RS 7 Sportback performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-7-sportback-performance). The bigger AMGs climb: the [E 63 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-e-63-s), the [GLE 63 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gle-63-s) and the [GLS 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gls-63) all ask 30. Every figure here is provisional pending confirmation and published on each car's own page. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out how they work. ## What about deposits and excess mileage? AMG spans a wider band, which follows from the range being wider. Deposits run from £1,500 on the [A 35](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-35) up to £5,000 on the [GLS 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gls-63) and the [GT 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gt-63-s-e-performance). RS sits in a tighter band, from £2,000 on the [RS 3 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-3-sportback) to £5,000 on the [RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt). The excess matches the deposit on every car we list. Beyond the 1,000 miles a month every agreement includes, most cars in both ranges are charged £1.50 a mile. Our own [G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63), the [A 35](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-35) and the [GLE 63 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gle-63-s) are gentler still, at £1.25 a mile, which is worth knowing if the car is going to cover distance. ## Which of these are ours? Two, both AMGs, and none of the RS range. The [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) is ours, on the three-month minimum term — one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. We own it, prepare it and deliver it, and it is the gentlest car in this comparison on excess mileage at £1.25 a mile. Our [C 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63) is also ours. Both are quoted on request, as every car on the site is, and on both the figure is ours to settle rather than a partner's. Every Audi RS car in the catalogue is arranged through a vetted partner, so the specific vehicle is confirmed before we commit to a date. If your start date is tight, that difference matters more than the badge does. ## So which should you take? Take the AMG if you want something the RS range simply does not make — an open car, an off-roader, a very small fast car, or a plug-in hybrid you will actually plug in. It is also the answer if you are a younger driver at the start of your licence history. Take the RS if you want one clear idea done consistently, if you need the estate, or if you want the electric option in a four-door. And if the choice is really between the two German ranges and BMW, read [Audi RS against BMW M](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/audi-rs-vs-bmw-m) as well — the drivetrain split on the M side is the thing that decides a lot of these. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is AMG faster than RS? It varies car by car, and comparing the ranges as a whole is not useful — an A 35 and a G 63 wear the same badge and share almost nothing. Pick on body shape, drivetrain and what the car has to do over your term; both ranges have more performance than a British road will take. ### What does the 63 in an AMG name mean? It is a model designation rather than an engine size these days, and it marks the top of a given AMG line rather than a specific capacity. The practical reading is that a 63 is the fastest and most expensive version of that car, with the criteria and deposits to match. ### Is there an AMG estate or an RS convertible? Not in our catalogue. RS gives you the estate — the RS 4 Avant — and AMG gives you the convertible in the SL 63. If either of those is the brief, it decides the make for you before anything else does. ### Which is the cheapest way into either range? The AMG A 35 4MATIC has the lowest deposit in our entire catalogue at £1,500 and the shortest licence-held requirement at two years. The monthly figure is quoted on request, as it is on every car we list. ### Do you own any of these? Two AMGs: the G 63 and the C 63 S E Performance. We own, prepare and deliver both, on the three-month minimum term, and both are quoted on request as every car on the site is. No Audi RS car in the catalogue is ours. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Porsche Taycan or Audi RS e-tron GT — which to lease? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/porsche-taycan-vs-audi-rs-e-tron-gt Last checked: 2026-09-11 **They are close relatives, so pick on access rather than engineering. The Porsche Taycan is leasable from 25 with three years of licence held and a £3,500 deposit; the Audi RS e-tron GT asks 30, five years and £5,000, at £2.00 a mile beyond the allowance against £1.50. The Taycan also comes as an estate.** These two share more than almost any other pair in the catalogue, so the comparison comes down to who can lease which, for how much deposit, and at what rate per extra mile. ## Are they the same car underneath? They are closely related, and neither make pretends otherwise. Both are electric four-doors from the same corner of the Volkswagen Group, sharing a great deal of their architecture, and they drive more like siblings than rivals. That has a useful consequence: almost every comparison written about them is about tuning and trim, and almost none of it will change how your term goes. What does change your term is who is allowed to lease which, what you put down, and what a mile costs beyond the allowance. Those differ meaningfully between the two, and they are published on each car's page. So this comparison is written around those, rather than around which one has the sharper steering. What the shared engineering does buy you is confidence about the basics. Both are four-door, four-seat electric cars with the battery low in the floor, both drive all four wheels in the versions we list, and both are quiet in the way only an electric car is. Whichever you take, the fundamental experience is the same. ## Which is easier to get on the road? The Taycan, clearly, and this is the most useful thing on this page. Both the [Taycan Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-turbo-s) and the [Taycan Cross Turismo 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-cross-turismo-4s) are leasable from 25 with three years of full licence held, on a £3,500 deposit and a matching excess. The [Audi RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) asks 30, with five years of full licence held, on a £5,000 deposit. For a driver in their late twenties, or anyone who has held a licence for under five years, that is not a nuance — it is the difference between a car you can have and one you cannot. Six penalty points are tolerated on all three. Every figure here is provisional pending confirmation and confirmed with you before anything is agreed. ## What body shapes can you have? Porsche gives you a choice; Audi, in our catalogue, does not. The [Taycan Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-turbo-s) is the low four-door saloon. The [Taycan Cross Turismo 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-cross-turismo-4s) is the same idea with an estate roofline, more room over the rear seats and a proper load area — a genuinely different car to live with month after month, particularly with a dog or a bike or a set of golf clubs involved. The [RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) is the saloon shape only. Both Porsches seat four. So does the Audi. None of the three is a five-seater, which surprises people who assume a four-door carries five — worth checking against what you actually need before you commit. ## What changes on a long run? Less than the specification sheets suggest, and the same things matter on all three. Electric range falls in cold weather and falls again at motorway speed, on every electric car ever built. The stop you take is longer than a fuel stop and shorter than lunch. None of that separates these two cars from each other. What does separate them on a long trip is the Cross Turismo's shape. More space above the rear seats and a usable boot makes it the one to take if the distance involves luggage or passengers rather than just you. We will not print a range figure for any of them here. Ask us about the specific car and you will get one number that is true rather than three that flatter. The other thing worth planning is where the car sits overnight. An electric car delivered to a house with a charge point is a car you never think about; one delivered to a street with no supply is a planning exercise for the whole term. Tell us which of those you have when you enquire, because it occasionally changes the recommendation entirely. ## What do they cost beyond the allowance? Every agreement includes 1,000 miles a month, and beyond that the rate is set per car. Both Taycans sit at £1.50 a mile. The RS e-tron GT sits at £2.00. On a car that stays inside the allowance that is irrelevant. On one doing real distance it compounds every week, and it points the same way as the deposit and the criteria do. Nothing about that says the Audi is worse. It says that on our catalogue the Audi is priced as the more demanding car in every respect that we publish, and that is a reasonable thing to know before choosing between two cars this closely related. ## Do we hold any of these? No. All three cars here are arranged through vetted partners rather than owned by us, so each is confirmed with its holder before we commit to a date, and each is quoted on request against the specific vehicle, term and start date — as every car on the site is. Our own fleet is petrol, with one diesel and one plug-in hybrid, and it is the only part of the catalogue we hold ourselves. That matters for timing rather than for money. A sourced car takes a step we do not control, so if your start date is fixed, enquire earlier than you think you need to. [Our own fleet against a sourced car](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/our-own-fleet-vs-a-sourced-car) explains what that step actually is. ## So which should you ask for? Ask for the [Taycan Cross Turismo 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-cross-turismo-4s) if you want the usable one, and the [Taycan Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-turbo-s) if you want the low saloon and the badge on the back. Ask for the [RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) if you prefer how it looks and you comfortably meet 30 and five years — it is a beautiful thing and the case for it is aesthetic rather than practical. And before any of that, answer the charging question. If the car cannot be plugged in where it sleeps, none of these three is the right lease and [electric against petrol](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/electric-vs-petrol-prestige-lease) is the page to read instead. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease a Taycan at 25? Yes, with three years of full licence held, on both the Taycan Turbo S and the Taycan Cross Turismo 4S. The Audi RS e-tron GT asks 30 and five years, which is the single sharpest difference between these cars on our catalogue. ### Is the Cross Turismo an estate? In effect, yes — same underpinnings as the saloon with a raised roofline, more headroom over the rear seats and a usable load area. If luggage, a dog or bulky kit is part of the term, it is the more practical of the two by a clear margin. ### How many seats do they have? Four, on all three cars. That catches people out, because a four-door saloon is usually assumed to seat five. If a fifth seat is needed, these are the wrong cars and there are electric SUVs in the catalogue that will do it. ### Do you have any of these in your own fleet? No. All three are arranged through vetted partners, so they are priced on request and their criteria are confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. Our own fleet is petrol, with one diesel and one plug-in hybrid. ### What is the mileage allowance on an electric lease? The same as every other agreement: 1,000 miles a month. Beyond that both Taycans are charged at £1.50 a mile and the RS e-tron GT at £2.00, which is the kind of detail worth checking if the car is going to cover real distance. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Lexus or Mercedes-Benz — which is the quieter luxury? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/lexus-vs-mercedes-benz-for-quiet-luxury Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Mercedes-Benz is the more serene car and the more recognised one: an S-Class is the default answer and everyone knows what it is. A Lexus is the discreet choice — nobody reads the badge, which is either the point or the problem. The Lexus LS 500h is leasable from 25, where the S-Class asks 30.** Quiet luxury means both an acoustic quality and a social one, and these two makes are strong at opposite ends of that. Which kind of quiet you actually want. ## What does quiet luxury mean here? Two different things that get used interchangeably, and separating them settles the question. The first is acoustic: how little road, wind and engine noise reaches you at speed, and how much the seat and the suspension keep the road out of your body. This is engineering and it is measurable. The second is social: how loudly the car announces you when you arrive. A car can be serene inside and still be a statement outside, and for some people that is exactly wrong. Mercedes-Benz is very strong on the first and deliberately unsubtle on the second. Lexus is strong on the first and close to invisible on the second. Which of those you want is the whole decision, and it has nothing to do with which car is better. ## Which is quieter to sit in? Mercedes-Benz has the deepest bench of genuinely serene cars, and the [S-Class S 500 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-s-class) is the reference point the whole class is measured against. Insulation, seat design and ride quality are the things it has spent decades being best at. The [Lexus LS 500h](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-ls-500h) is its closest rival on that measure and takes a slightly different route to it — a hybrid drivetrain that is silent at low speed, and a chassis tuned for isolation rather than for response. Around town it is arguably the calmer of the two. Where Mercedes pulls ahead is at the top. The [Maybach S-Class S 580](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-s-class) is built around the rear seats, and the [EQS SUV 450+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv) removes the engine from the equation altogether. Lexus has nothing in our catalogue aimed that high. ## Which is quieter to arrive in? The Lexus, by a distance, and this is its real argument. An S-Class is recognised by everybody, including people who know nothing about cars. That is sometimes precisely what you want — a client meeting, a wedding, a car that says the thing before you have said anything. It is sometimes precisely what you do not, and the situations where it is wrong tend to be the ones that matter most. A Lexus reads as a well-kept executive car to almost everyone who sees it. It passes without comment, in a car park, outside a house, at a school gate. The people who lease one usually know exactly why they did. If discretion is a requirement rather than a preference, that is the whole comparison, and the rest of this page is detail. ## Which can you lease at your age? This is the difference nobody expects and it is a real one. The [Lexus LS 500h](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-ls-500h) is leasable from 25 with three years of full licence held, on a £3,000 deposit. So is the [Lexus RC F](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-rc-f), from 25 on £2,500. The [Mercedes-Benz S-Class](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-s-class) asks 30. So does the [EQS SUV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv), and so do both Maybachs. For a younger driver who wants a genuinely serene large car, Lexus is not a compromise — on our catalogue it is the only route to one. The exception on the Mercedes side is the [EQE SUV 350 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqe-suv), which is leasable from 25 on a £2,500 deposit and is a very quiet car indeed. Every figure here is provisional pending confirmation. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out how the criteria work. ## Where does Maybach fit, and what does it cost you? Maybach is Mercedes answering a different question: not "how quiet is the car" but "how good is the back of it". The [Maybach S-Class S 580](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-s-class) and the [Maybach GLS 600](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-gls-600) are both four-seaters. The fifth seat is deliberately gone, because the rear is arranged as two individual places with room to extend your legs. That is the trade and it is worth saying plainly: you give up a seat to get the best rear compartment in the catalogue. If the car is for being driven in, it is the right call. If it is a family car, it is the wrong one, and the standard [S-Class](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-s-class) with five seats is the better answer. Both Maybachs ask 30 with five years held and a £7,500 deposit, so they are also the least accessible cars in this comparison. ## What about the quiet ones that are not saloons? There is a third answer that suits a lot of people, and it is electric. The [EQS SUV 450+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv) and the [EQE SUV 350 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqe-suv) are quieter than any petrol car here because there is no engine to insulate against, and both carry five. Beyond that the [Rolls-Royce Spectre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-spectre) uses silence as the entire luxury, which is the most complete version of the idea in the catalogue. Against that, electric brings the charging question with it, and the honest answer to it decides whether any of them is right. [Electric against petrol for a prestige lease](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/electric-vs-petrol-prestige-lease) is the page for that. Lexus, meanwhile, offers a different third answer: the [LC 500](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-lc-500), which is a grand tourer rather than a quiet saloon and one of the most quietly beautiful things we list. ## So which should you lease? Mercedes-Benz if you want the best version of a serene large car and do not mind being recognised in it — or if you specifically want to be. The S-Class is the default for a reason, and the Maybach and EQS variants go further than anything else here. Lexus if discretion is part of the brief, if you are under 30, or if you like the idea of the car nobody comments on. The LS 500h is the one people should consider far more often than they do. Every car on both sides is arranged through a vetted partner, so all are priced on request and their criteria are confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. [Tell us which one and when](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire) and we will get you a real figure. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is a Lexus really as good as an S-Class? On isolation and calm the LS 500h is genuinely close, and around town its hybrid drivetrain arguably makes it the more restful car. Where Mercedes pulls ahead is at the very top of the range, where the Maybach and the electric models go somewhere Lexus does not follow in our catalogue. ### Can I lease an S-Class at 25? No. The S-Class asks 30, as do both Maybachs and the EQS SUV. The Lexus LS 500h is leasable from 25 with three years of full licence held, and so is the Mercedes-Benz EQE SUV, which are the two routes to a very quiet car for a younger driver. ### Why do the Maybachs only seat four? Because the rear is designed as two individual seats with room to stretch out rather than a bench for three. It is a deliberate trade: the best rear compartment in the catalogue in exchange for a seat. The standard S-Class seats five if you need it. ### Which is the quietest car you lease? On the strict acoustic question the electric cars have the advantage, because there is no engine to insulate against — the EQS SUV and the Rolls-Royce Spectre most of all. Among petrol and hybrid cars, the Maybach S-Class and the Lexus LS 500h are the two to compare. ### Do you own any Lexus or Mercedes-Benz cars? Not from either of these ranges. We own two Mercedes-AMG cars — the G 63 and the C 63 S E Performance — but every Lexus and every Mercedes-Benz or Maybach in the catalogue is arranged through a vetted partner and priced on request. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How much does it cost to lease a Bentley Bentayga? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-a-bentley-bentayga-lease-cost Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Bentley Bentayga V8 S is a car we hold, and its monthly figure is confirmed with your quote against the exact car and your dates rather than listed on the page. The shape around it is fixed: a three-month minimum term, one month up front then one a month, 1,000 miles a month included, and a refundable deposit of £5,000 held separately. Other Bentayga specifications are arranged through partners, and the figure follows the exact car rather than the badge.** What you are paying for on the Bentayga in our fleet, the five things that move the figure, what sits outside the monthly payment, and the difference between the one we hold and the one we arrange. ## What does a Bentley Bentayga lease cost a month? We quote it rather than publish it. The [Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) is a car we hold ourselves, and the figure on it is confirmed in writing against the exact car, your start date, your term and the mileage you actually need — not listed against a badge and then qualified. What is fixed is the shape it is quoted on: a three-month minimum term on the 1+2 structure the whole site runs on, one month paid up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. Everything else in the cost stack is published before there is any form, and the rest of this page is that stack. Longer than three months is normal and usually the point. Three is the floor, not the expectation. ## What is the difference between a Bentayga we hold and one we arrange? Who answers for it, and how fast. The V8 S sits in our fleet: we own it, we prepare it, we deliver it and we carry the risk on it, so the figure and the terms are ours to set and ours to stand behind, and we can confirm the car without asking anybody else. The [Bentayga EWB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-ewb) is arranged through a vetted partner. Its availability, its figure and its driver criteria come back from whoever holds it, and then we confirm all three with you in writing rather than assuming they match ours. That is a real step rather than a formality, and it is why a tight start date is easier to meet on a car we hold. The badge on every vehicle card tells you which side of that line a car sits on before you click into it. [The fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) is the set we answer for directly. ## What moves the monthly figure on a Bentayga? Five things, and none of them is haggling. The exact specification. A V8 S and an EWB are different cars commercially, not trim levels of the same one. How long you keep it. Three months is the shortest agreement we write; a longer term is quoted on its own terms. The mileage you actually do. 1,000 miles a month is included as standard; a higher allowance is a different quote, not a surcharge discovered later. When you want it. A start date at short notice constrains what can be arranged. Whether the car is ours or arranged. A car in our fleet is ours to confirm; a partner car waits on the partner, and its terms are confirmed with you in writing rather than assumed to match ours. What does not move it is how the conversation goes. The figure is quoted against those five things and then it holds, with the whole stack on one document before you commit to any of it. ## What do you pay besides the monthly figure? Three things, all of them stated before any form rather than after it. A refundable security deposit of £5,000 is held against a payment card in the hirer's own name. It is a hold, not a fee, and it is arranged with a person before delivery rather than taken online. An insurance excess of £5,000 is your maximum contribution to a repair on a covered claim. It is a different thing from the deposit even though the two figures match on this car — the deposit comes back, the excess is only ever reached if something is damaged. [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) works through how that operates. Delivery and collection are quoted with your monthly figure, based on the address and the distance. They are on the quote before you agree to anything. ## What happens if you go over 1,000 miles a month? Excess mileage on the Bentayga V8 S is charged at £2.50 a mile, published on the vehicle page rather than discovered at collection. Mileage is recorded at handover and again at collection, and read against the allowance on the agreement. That is the whole mechanism: no estimate, no reconstruction from a service record. If you already know the allowance is wrong for you, say so at the enquiry stage. A higher allowance priced into the agreement at the start is a straightforward conversation; the same miles settled at the end is the expensive way round to arrive at the same place. ## How does the Bentayga sit against the other large SUVs we lease? Not on the monthly figure, because none of them carries a published one. On the figures that are published, which is where the useful comparison was hiding anyway. The Bentayga holds £5,000 as a refundable deposit and carries a £5,000 insurance excess, which is where the [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) sits too. Above it, the [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) holds £7,500 and the [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) £10,000. Below it, the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) hold £3,000 and the [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) £2,000 — and the G 63, the SQ7 and the X5 all open to a younger driver than the Bentayga does. The Bentayga is the quietest car on that list and the one that asks least of you on a long drive, which is most of what you are paying for. If what you want is presence at the door of a restaurant, the G 63 does it and does almost nothing else the same way. ## Who can lease a Bentayga? On the V8 S the criteria are a minimum age of 30, five years of full licence held, and up to six penalty points tolerated. Age and licence history are two separate tests and the same driver has to pass both. Every named driver is checked in advance — the physical licence, a DVLA check code, photo identity and proof of address — and nobody drives the car who has not been named. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out the whole picture. These criteria are provisional pending final confirmation, and they are confirmed to you in writing before anything is agreed rather than assumed from this page. ## How do you get a Bentayga figure confirmed? Tell us the car, the start date, the term, the mileage you need and who is driving. What comes back names the exact vehicle and carries the whole stack on one document: the monthly figure, the refundable deposit, the insurance excess, the mileage allowance and its excess rate, and delivery and collection priced against your address. On the V8 S that comes from us, because the car is ours. On any other Bentayga it comes back once the partner holding it has confirmed the vehicle and its terms. Nothing is paid online and no card is taken on a website. A person confirms every agreement. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire), or read [how it works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/how-it-works) first. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can you lease a Bentayga for less than three months? No. Three months is the shortest agreement we write on any car, and it is a floor rather than a starting position we negotiate from. If what you need is a vehicle for a fortnight, we are not the right supplier, and it is better that you know that here than after a form. ### Is insurance included in the Bentayga figure? The insurance arrangement is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, and we would rather say that than assert a position on a page. What is certain either way is that you carry an excess — £5,000 on this car — and that an unnamed driver is not covered at all. ### Can a company lease the Bentayga rather than an individual? Yes, and it is the usual route. The agreement is with the company, a director or employee is named as the driver, and the monthly figure is invoiced to the business. The refundable deposit still sits against a card in the named hirer’s own name. See business leasing for how that is set up. ### Where can the Bentayga be delivered? To an address you choose anywhere in mainland Britain, and collected from an address you choose at the end of the term. We hold no depots, branches or counters, so there is nowhere to collect it from — delivery is the only way a car reaches you. ### Why is the figure quoted rather than published? Because it follows the exact car, the term, the mileage and the start date rather than the badge on the bonnet. The V8 S is ours — we prepare it, deliver it and carry the risk on it — so the figure comes from us, in writing, on the same document as the deposit, the excess, the allowance and the delivery cost. Nothing is added afterwards that was not on that document. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How much does it cost to lease a Lamborghini Urus? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-a-lamborghini-urus-lease-cost Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The Lamborghini Urus S and the Urus Performante are both cars we hold, and both are quoted rather than listed — the monthly figure is confirmed with your quote against the exact car and your dates. Fixed around it: a three-month minimum term, one month up front then one a month, and 1,000 miles a month included. The Urus SE is arranged through a partner rather than held by us.** Two Lamborghini Urus sit in our fleet and both are quoted rather than listed. What you are paying for, what genuinely separates the S from the Performante, and what sits outside the monthly payment. ## What does a Lamborghini Urus lease cost a month? We quote it rather than publish it, on both. The [Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) and the [Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) are cars we hold, so the figure on each comes from us directly, in writing, against the exact car, your start date, your term and your mileage. What is fixed is the shape: a three-month minimum term on the 1+2 structure, one month paid up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. What is also fixed, and published on each vehicle page before there is any form, is everything else — the refundable deposit, the insurance excess, the excess mileage rate and the driver criteria. The next section is where the two cars actually separate, and it is not where people look. ## What does the step up to the Performante buy? More than the badge suggests, and the published figures are where you can see it. The two cars separate sharply on the deposit, the excess and the mileage, and those are the three numbers you do not have to ask us for. Deposit. £7,500 on the S. £10,000 on the Performante. Insurance excess. £7,500 on the S. £10,000 on the Performante. Excess mileage. £2.50 a mile on the S. £3 a mile on the Performante. Criteria. Identical: minimum age 30, five years of full licence held, up to six points. So the honest way to compare them is not the monthly figure at all. It is £7,500 held against a card versus £10,000 held, and a meaningfully sharper bill if you go over the allowance. If the up-front position is what constrains you rather than the monthly one, that arithmetic points at the S. Say which of the two matters more to you at the enquiry stage and the quote can be built around it. ## What is different about the Urus SE? It is not ours. The [Urus SE](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-se) is arranged through a vetted partner, which changes who answers for the car rather than whether its figure is listed. On the two we hold, the deposit, the excess, the per-mile rate and the criteria are ours, published, and ours to stand behind — and we can confirm the vehicle without asking anybody else. On the SE all of that comes back from whoever holds the car and is then confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, which is a real step rather than a formality. There is a practical consequence worth knowing: the SE sets its minimum driver age at 28 rather than 30. If age is what is blocking you, the partner car is the one to ask about. ## What do you pay besides the monthly figure? A refundable security deposit, held against a payment card in the hirer's own name — £7,500 on the S, £10,000 on the Performante. It is a hold arranged with a person before delivery, not a payment taken on a website, and it comes back. An insurance excess, which is the most you pay towards a repair on a covered claim. On both Urus it matches the deposit figure, which is a coincidence of how the cars are rated rather than the same money counted twice. Delivery and collection, quoted with the monthly figure against your address and on the quote before you agree to anything. Nothing is added at handover. None of the three is discovered late. All of them are on the vehicle page before there is any form, and all of them are restated in writing on the quote — which is the order this sector most often gets the wrong way round. ## What does 1,000 miles a month mean on a Urus? For most people who lease a car like this it is more than they will use, and for a small number it is nowhere near enough. The test is simple and worth doing before you enquire rather than after: take the journey you are actually buying the car for, multiply it by how often you will really do it, and compare. A weekly round trip of fifty miles is comfortably inside the allowance. A regular run the length of the country is not. Over the allowance, the rate is £2.50 a mile on the S and £3 a mile on the Performante. A higher allowance can be priced into the agreement at the start, which is always cheaper than settling the same miles at the end. ## Who can lease a Urus? On both fleet cars: a minimum age of 30, five years of full licence held, and up to six penalty points tolerated. The same driver has to pass all three tests on the same car, and age and licence history are separate tests — being thirty does not help if the licence is two years old. Every named driver is checked before the car is booked out: the physical licence, a DVLA check code, photo identity and proof of address. Nobody drives the car who has not been named in advance, and an unnamed driver is not insured rather than merely unauthorised. The criteria are provisional and are confirmed in writing before anything is agreed. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) has the full picture. ## Is the Urus the right car for a three-month term? It is one of the few cars on this site that genuinely is. A Urus takes four adults and their luggage, copes with a British winter and a speed bump, and does not need planning around — which matters far more across three months than across an afternoon. The mid-engined alternatives do not do that. Every one of them is partner-arranged, and considerably more demanding to live with day to day. If the draw is the badge rather than the layout of the engine, the Urus is the one that survives contact with an ordinary week. ## How do you get a Urus agreement confirmed? Tell us which car, the start date, the term, the mileage and who is driving. What comes back names the exact vehicle and carries the whole stack on one document: the monthly figure, the term, the deposit, the excess, the mileage allowance and its excess rate, the named drivers and the delivery arrangement. On the two we hold that comes from us. On the Urus SE it comes back once the partner has confirmed the car. Nothing is paid online. A person confirms every agreement, and the whole cost stack is in writing before you commit to any of it. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire). ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I switch from the Urus S to the Performante mid-term? Ask before you sign rather than after. It is not something we publish as a right, because it depends on what is free at the time and on the agreement you are already on — and anything we do agree goes in writing rather than being settled over the phone. ### Can you lease a Urus at 28? Not either of the two we hold — both set their minimum at 30. The partner-arranged Urus SE sets its at 28, so it is the one to ask about if age is the blocker. Its terms and its criteria are confirmed with you in writing once the partner holding it has come back. ### Is the deposit on the Performante really £10,000? Yes, and it is a refundable hold rather than a fee. It sits against a payment card in the hirer’s own name, is arranged with a person before delivery rather than taken online, and comes back at the end of the term subject to the condition record taken at handover. ### Is insurance included in the Urus figure? The arrangement is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, and we will not assert a position on a page ahead of that. What holds either way: you carry an excess of £7,500 or £10,000 depending on the car, and circuit or competitive driving sits outside what any self-drive policy covers. ### Can a business lease the Urus? Yes. The agreement is with the company, a named driver is listed against the vehicle, and the monthly figure is invoiced to the business. The refundable deposit still sits against a card in the named hirer’s own name rather than the company’s. How the cost is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What is the lease payment on a Range Rover Sport? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-does-a-range-rover-sport-lease-cost Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Two Range Rover Sports sit in our fleet — the SV and the Autobiography — and neither carries a published monthly figure, so both are quoted on request. What is already fixed is the shape: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, then one a month, 1,000 miles a month included, and a refundable deposit of £3,000 on each.** Neither Range Rover Sport in our fleet carries a published monthly figure. Here is exactly what is confirmed, what is not, and what decides the number when we quote it. ## What is the lease payment on a Range Rover Sport? We do not publish one, and the honest version of that sentence is worth more to you than a made-up figure would be. The [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) and the [Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) are both vehicles we hold, and both read "on request" on their own pages. The figure is confirmed with your quote, against the exact car, your dates, your term and the mileage you actually need. What we will not do is take the figure from a car of roughly similar value and present it as this one's. That is how price pages in this sector end up wrong, and it is the single thing we are strictest about. Everything else in the cost stack is published before there is any form, and the rest of this page is that stack. ## Why is a car you hold not priced? Because a figure on this site means a figure confirmed for your agreement, and that is a specific event rather than a judgement call. No vehicle here carries a listed monthly rate now — the figure arrives with the quote instead, and on a car we hold it arrives from us rather than from anybody else. A car with a listed rate would carry an Offer in its structured data, which is a claim a search engine or an AI assistant will repeat verbatim. A car without one must not, and the build fails if it does. That is a deliberate piece of plumbing rather than a policy anybody can overrule in copy. The practical effect for you is a quote that comes back in writing naming the exact vehicle, rather than a number on a page that turns out to be indicative. ## What is already confirmed on a Range Rover Sport lease? Most of the cost stack, in fact. The monthly figure is the only piece missing. Term. Three months minimum, on the 1+2 structure: one month up front, then one a month. Mileage. 1,000 miles a month included as standard. Deposit. £3,000, refundable, held against a payment card in the hirer's own name. Insurance excess. £3,000 on both. Criteria. Minimum age 28, three years of full licence held, up to six points. Excess mileage. £1.25 a mile on the SV, £2 a mile on the Autobiography. That is more than most leasing sites will tell you with a price attached, let alone without one. ## What separates the Sport SV from the Sport Autobiography? They are two different propositions wearing one name. The SV is the performance car of the pair; the Autobiography is the comfortable one, and it is the newer vehicle of the two. The commercial terms are closer than the cars are. Deposit, excess, minimum age, licence requirement and points tolerance are identical across both. The only published figure that separates them is the excess mileage rate — £1.25 a mile on the SV against £2 a mile on the Autobiography. Which is to say: if you are going to exceed the allowance, the quieter car is the more expensive mistake. ## What decides the figure when we do quote it? The same five things that decide any figure here: the exact vehicle, the length of the term, the mileage you actually need, the start date, and whether we are supplying from our fleet or arranging it. On a Range Rover Sport the first of those matters more than people expect, because the two cars sit a long way apart in value despite the shared badge. A start date at short notice is the constraint that bites most often. A term longer than the three-month floor is the thing most likely to work in your favour, and it costs nothing to ask for both figures at once. ## How does it compare with the other SUVs we lease? Not on the monthly figure, since none of them publishes one. On the published figures: both Sports hold £3,000 as a refundable deposit and carry a £3,000 excess, which puts them alongside the [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) and the [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7), above the [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) at £2,000, and below the [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) and the [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) at £5,000. Both Range Rover Sports set their minimum driver age at 28 and ask three years of full licence, which is a lower bar than the Bentayga or the Urus and the same as the G 63. For a younger driver that matters more than the monthly figure does. If you want the badge without the age requirement, the partner-arranged [Range Rover Velar](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-velar) and [Range Rover Autobiography LWB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-autobiography-lwb) are both open at 25. ## What about a full-size Range Rover rather than the Sport? Every full-size Range Rover in the catalogue is arranged through a partner rather than held by us: the [Vogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-vogue), the [Range Rover SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sv), the [Autobiography LWB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-autobiography-lwb) and the [Velar](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-velar). The Sport is the one we hold, so it is the one where the non-price terms are ours to state plainly. On the partner cars, the deposit, the excess and the driver criteria are set by whoever holds the vehicle, and we confirm all three with you in writing rather than assuming they match ours. If you are weighing a Sport against a full-size car, ask for both in the same enquiry. They come back on the same quote, and the difference is easier to see side by side than a fortnight apart. ## How do you get the figure? Ask for it, with three pieces of information: which of the two cars, when you want it to start, and how long for. The mileage allowance and the named driver are the other two we will need, and having them ready is the difference between a quote today and a conversation this week. What comes back names the exact vehicle and the full stack — monthly figure, deposit, excess, allowance, excess mileage rate, delivery and collection. Nothing is paid online and no card is taken on a website. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire), or read [how it works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/how-it-works) first if you would rather see the sequence before you send anything. ## Frequently asked questions ### Why is the figure quoted rather than published? Because it follows the exact car, the term, the mileage and the start date rather than the model name, so it is confirmed with your quote instead of listed on a page and then qualified. Both Sports are ours, so the figure comes from us, in writing, on the same document as the deposit, the excess, the allowance and the delivery cost. ### Can I lease a Range Rover Sport at 25? Not the Sport — both set a minimum driver age of 28 and ask for three years of full licence held. The partner-sourced Range Rover Velar and Range Rover Autobiography LWB are open at 25. Age is an insurance condition rather than a commercial one, so a larger deposit does not move it. ### Is the deposit the same as the insurance excess? They are two different things that happen to carry the same figure on these cars, £3,000. The deposit is a refundable hold arranged before delivery and returned at the end. The excess is your maximum contribution to a repair, and it is only ever reached if something is actually damaged. ### Does a longer term bring the monthly figure down? Ask for both. Three months is the shortest agreement we write, and a longer one is quoted on its own terms rather than off a published scale — so the useful thing is to give us the two lengths you are weighing up and let the quote answer it rather than a page. ### Can a business lease a Range Rover Sport? Yes, and it is a common route for this car in particular. The agreement is with the company, a named driver sits against the vehicle, and the monthly figure is invoiced to the business. The refundable deposit still sits against a card in the named hirer’s own name. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How much does it cost to lease a supercar in the UK? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-much-does-it-cost-to-lease-a-supercar-in-the-uk Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Every mid-engined supercar we list is arranged through a vetted partner and quoted on request, and no monthly figure is published for one. What is published, per car, is the rest of the stack: a three-month minimum term, one month up front, 1,000 miles a month, and security deposits running from £5,000 to £50,000 depending on the car.** No supercar on this site carries a published monthly figure, and this page explains why rather than hiding it — then gives you every other number in the cost stack. ## Why is there no published supercar price? Because we do not hold one. Our fleet is saloons, a convertible and large SUVs; every car in the supercar segment on this site is arranged through a vetted partner, and no vehicle here carries a listed monthly figure in any case — the figure arrives with the quote. The figure on one depends on which partner holds the vehicle, the exact specification, and when you want it to start. We could generate a plausible-looking number from what comparable cars cost elsewhere. It would be invented, and an invented price is the thing this site is built not to do. So this page answers the question in the only honest way available: it tells you what the deal looks like, what everything except the rent costs, and what will decide the rent when we quote it. ## What is published on a supercar, then? Nearly everything else, on each car's own page, before there is any form. The security deposit. £5,000 on the [Lamborghini Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica), £7,500 on the [Ferrari 296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb), £10,000 on the [McLaren 750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s), £25,000 on the [Lamborghini Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto) and £50,000 on the [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla). The insurance excess, set per car and published beside the deposit. The mileage allowance. 1,000 miles a month, as on every car here. The excess mileage rate. £2.50 to £10 a mile across the segment. The driver criteria. Minimum age, years of full licence held and points tolerance, per car. The excess mileage spread is worth reading twice. At the top of the segment, going over the allowance costs more than most people's monthly car payment. ## What decides the monthly figure on a supercar? Four things, and value is only the first. The car's value sets the floor. What it costs to keep on the road sets a good deal of the rest — a set of tyres, a service and a bodywork repair on a mid-engined car are all in a different league from the SUV that shares its badge, and the lead time on parts is a commercial fact as much as an engineering one. Insurance appetite is the third, and on the fastest cars it is decisive rather than incidental. The fourth is simple availability: there are not many of these, and a specific colour on a specific date is a narrower ask than it sounds. ## Which supercars can you get? ten sit in the supercar segment of the catalogue, and every one is partner-arranged: the [Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica), [Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto) and [Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario); the [296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb) and [SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale); the [750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s) and [765LT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-765lt); the [Maserati MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20), the [Audi R8 V10 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) and the [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla). One vehicle in our fleet sits next to that group without being in the segment: the [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance), which is the closest thing here to a supercar we hold ourselves — we prepare it, deliver it and confirm it without asking anybody else. [The catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) carries the criteria and the cost stack on every one of them. ## Who can lease a supercar? Nobody under 28, and on most of them nobody under 30. The Audi R8 V10 performance sets the lowest bar in the segment at 28. The Revuelto sets the highest at 32. The Valhalla asks ten years of full licence held and tolerates no penalty points at all. Age and licence history are separate tests and the same driver has to pass both on the same car, which catches people out far more often than the age alone. Being thirty is no help if you passed your test two years ago. None of it is commercial. It is what the policy covering that specific car will accept, which is why a larger deposit does not move it. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out all three tests per vehicle. ## What a supercar lease is not It is not an experience booked for an afternoon, and it is not a car handed over at a circuit. Three months is the shortest agreement we write on any vehicle, on any of these, without exception. That is a real difference from most of what ranks for this search, and it cuts both ways. If what you want is to drive a Huracán once, we are the wrong supplier and you should stop reading here rather than fill in a form. If what you want is to have one on the drive for a season, the three-month floor is the product rather than an obstacle in front of it — and the rest of this page is the cost of doing that properly. ## What three months with a supercar involves Three things people underestimate, all of them worth thinking about before the figure rather than after it. Where it lives. These are low, wide and conspicuous, and a residential street is not a neutral choice for three months in a way it is for an afternoon. What the weather does to the plan. A mid-engined car through a British winter is used less than you imagined when you signed, which is exactly when the mileage allowance stops being the binding constraint and the monthly figure starts being the thing you notice. And who else can drive it. Every driver is named and checked against that specific vehicle in advance, so a partner or a colleague is a decision made at the start rather than a favour done on a Friday. ## How do you get a supercar figure? Name the car, the start date and the term, and tell us who is driving. The quote comes back in writing with the monthly figure, the deposit, the excess, the mileage allowance and the delivery arrangement on the same document. Because these are partner vehicles, the criteria and the terms are confirmed with you in writing rather than assumed to match anything published here. That confirmation happens before anything is agreed, not after. Nothing is paid online and a person confirms every agreement. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire). ## Frequently asked questions ### Can you lease a supercar for one month? No. Three months is the shortest agreement we write, on every car on the site. It is a floor rather than a negotiating position, and if a month is what you need then we are not the right supplier — better said here than after a form. ### Do you hold any supercars yourself? Not in that segment. Our fleet is performance saloons, large SUVs and a convertible, and every mid-engined car on the site is arranged through a vetted partner. The closest thing we hold is the Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance, which we prepare, deliver and confirm directly rather than arranging through anybody else. ### Why are the deposits so much higher than on an SUV? Because the deposit is set against what the vehicle is worth and what a repair on it costs, not against the monthly figure. That is why the spread across the segment is so wide — £5,000 at one end and £50,000 at the other — and why the deposit is the first number to check rather than the last. ### Is track use allowed? No. Circuit, competitive and timed driving sit outside every UK self-drive motor policy, and the exclusion does not soften because the event is billed as a driving experience. If a track day is part of what you want the car for, say so before anything is signed rather than afterwards. ### Can a business lease a supercar? Yes. The agreement is with the company, a named driver sits against the vehicle, and the monthly figure is invoiced to the business. The refundable deposit still sits against a card in the named hirer’s own name. How the cost is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What does a prestige lease cost, and what moves the figure? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-moves-the-price-of-a-prestige-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Every vehicle here is quoted rather than listed, on a three-month minimum term with 1,000 miles a month: one month up front, then one a month. Five things decide the figure — the vehicle, the term, the mileage, the deposit and excess band, and whether the car is ours or partner-arranged. Two things people expect to move it do not.** The anatomy of a prestige lease figure: the five levers that genuinely move it, the two that people expect to and do not, and how a quote is actually assembled. ## What does a prestige lease cost? It is quoted rather than listed. Every figure on this site comes with the quote, on the same shape: a three-month minimum term, 1,000 miles a month included, one month paid up front and then one a month. The catalogue runs from a large SUV you could use as a family car to a Lamborghini, so there is no one answer to "what does a prestige lease cost" — the question only narrows once there is a specific vehicle, a term and a mileage figure in it. That is the sentence most price pages in this sector are written to avoid. What does not wait for a quote is the rest of the stack. The refundable deposit, the insurance excess, the mileage allowance and the excess mileage rate are published per car, before there is any form. This page is about what moves the one figure that is not. ## One: the car itself The largest lever by a distance, and it is not simply the list price. What the vehicle is worth sets the floor; what it costs to keep on the road sets much of what sits on top. Tyres, servicing, parts lead times and the cost of a bodywork repair all vary enormously between cars that look adjacent on a price list. A mid-engined car and the SUV wearing the same badge are not close on any of those. This is why there is no per-make price on this site. Two vehicles from the same manufacturer can sit at opposite ends of the catalogue, and the insurer, the parts network and the repair cost all treat them as different things rather than as one brand. ## Two: how long you keep the car Three months is the shortest agreement we write. It is a floor rather than a target, and most agreements run longer. A longer term is quoted on its own terms rather than off a published discount scale, so the useful thing is to ask for both lengths you are weighing in the same enquiry and let the quote answer it. It costs nothing to ask for two figures and it saves a week of going back and forth. The floor came down to three months on 13 October 2026. It came down because the market asks for shorter agreements and because three months is still long enough to underwrite as a lease. It is not a softening of what we sell: the shortest agreement here is still a lease, there is nothing underneath it, and nothing above it is fixed — three months is the minimum you commit to, not the length you are tied to. ## Three: the mileage you do 1,000 miles a month is included on every car as standard, and it is stated per month because that is the unit the agreement runs in. Over it, each vehicle has its own published excess mileage rate, 95p to £10 a mile across the catalogue. That spread is much wider than people expect and it is set by the car rather than by the size of the overage. Getting this right at the start is the cheapest piece of planning available to you. A higher allowance priced into the agreement before it begins is a straightforward quote; the same miles settled at collection is the same distance bought at the worst available rate. ## Four: the deposit and excess band the car sits in These do not change the monthly figure, but they change what the agreement costs you to enter and what it exposes you to, so they belong in any honest answer to "what does it cost". Deposits run £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue and £2,000 to £10,000 on the fleet. The insurance excess runs £1,500 to £35,000, and on most vehicles it matches the deposit figure. Two cars at a similar monthly figure can sit several thousand pounds apart on the deposit. If the up-front position matters more to you than the monthly one, that is worth saying at the enquiry stage rather than discovering on the quote. ## Five: whether the car is ours or arranged This is the difference between a figure we can confirm ourselves and one that waits on somebody else. A vehicle in our fleet is ours: we price it, prepare it, deliver it and carry the risk on it, so the figure comes from us and it comes back fast. A car arranged through a vetted partner is priced by whoever holds it, which is why its terms — the cover, the excess and the driver criteria — are confirmed with you in writing rather than assumed to match ours, and why a tight start date is easier to meet on a car we hold. Neither is better or worse. The fleet gives certainty and speed; the partner network gives reach, and it is what makes a catalogue this wide possible at all. [The fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) and [the full catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars) are badged so you can tell at a glance which you are looking at. ## What does not move the figure? Two things, and both are worth saying plainly because the sector encourages people to expect otherwise. A bigger payment up front does not buy the monthly figure down. Every agreement here is 1+2 — one month up front, then one a month — and that structure is the product rather than an opening offer. Neither do the driver criteria. The minimum age, the licence history and the points tolerance on each vehicle are insurance conditions, not commercial ones. There is no version of this where a larger deposit unlocks a car a policy will not accept, and anybody who tells you otherwise is describing a risk they have not priced. ## How is a quote put together? From five inputs: the exact vehicle, the start date, the term, the mileage allowance and the named driver or drivers. What comes back is the whole stack on one document — the monthly figure, what it includes, the refundable deposit, the insurance excess, the mileage allowance and its excess rate, and delivery and collection priced against your address. Nothing is added after that document. Nothing is paid online and no card is taken on a website. A person confirms every agreement, which is the step that also catches the things a form cannot: a start date that cannot be met, a driver who does not meet a vehicle's criteria, an address a transporter cannot reach. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire), or read [how it works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/how-it-works) first. ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the quoted figure the final figure? It is the figure for the agreement it names — that vehicle, that term, that allowance, those dates. A different term, a higher allowance or a start date at short notice is quoted on its own terms. What does not happen is a figure moving after the quote: the whole stack is on one document before you commit to any of it. ### Why is no price published on the site? Because the figure follows the exact car, the term, the mileage and the dates rather than the model name, so it is confirmed with your quote instead of listed and then qualified. On a car arranged through a vetted partner there is a second reason: the figure belongs to whoever holds the vehicle, and publishing a number we have not been given would be inventing one. ### Can I pay more up front to lower the monthly payment? That is not a structure we publish. Every agreement is one month up front, then one a month, and the monthly figure is the monthly figure. If you want to discuss a different shape, ask at the enquiry stage — but treat it as a conversation rather than an assumption. ### Are the figures the same for a business and an individual? The vehicle figures are the vehicle figures. What differs is who the agreement is with, how it is invoiced and who is named to drive. See business leasing for how a company agreement is set up. How the cost is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant rather than for us. ### Do the figures change with the season? The monthly figure quoted on your agreement holds for its term rather than moving underneath it. What genuinely varies with the calendar is availability, and a start date at short notice in a busy period is the constraint most likely to affect what you can actually have. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How does leasing a prestige car through a limited company work? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-prestige-car-through-a-limited-company Last checked: 2026-09-11 **The agreement is between us and the company rather than the person driving. The company is named as the customer, a director or employee is named as the driver, and the monthly figure is invoiced to the business. The term is three months at a minimum, with 1,000 miles a month: one month up front, then one a month.** What actually changes when a limited company rather than a person leases the car: who the contract is with, who is named to drive, who is invoiced, and what happens when any of those move. ## Who is the agreement with? The company. It is the customer, it is the party on the agreement, and it is the party we invoice. The person who drives the car is named on that agreement as a driver, which is a separate role from being the customer even when it is the same human being. That distinction is not paperwork for its own sake. It decides who we approach about a payment, who we deal with if the car is damaged, and who has to agree to a change mid-term. We lease to UK limited companies, LLPs and other businesses. [Business leasing](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/business) is the page-level version of all of this; the rest of this guide is the mechanism under it. ## What does the company need to be? A real, identifiable trading entity with someone authorised to bind it. In practice that means we will ask for the registered name and company number, the registered and trading addresses, a billing contact, and the name and role of whoever is signing. A VAT registration number if the company has one, so the invoice carries what your finance function needs. Companies that are not VAT registered lease on exactly the same basis. Whether a specific company can lease a specific vehicle is confirmed in writing before anything is agreed rather than assumed from this page. If your company is newly incorporated, say so at the enquiry stage — it is a question we would rather answer at the start than at the end. ## How is the driver named, and why is that separate? Every driver is named on the agreement in advance, and every named driver has to meet that specific vehicle's own criteria in their own right — minimum age, years of full licence held and points tolerance are set per car and published on each vehicle page. The company being creditworthy does not make a driver acceptable to the policy covering the vehicle. Those are two different tests applied by two different people, and the driver test is the one nobody can negotiate. Nobody drives the car who has not been named and checked in advance. An unnamed driver behind the wheel is an uninsured driver, at which point the excess stops being the limit of anybody's liability. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out the tests. ## How do invoicing and payment work? The monthly figure is invoiced to the company, with VAT shown separately and a purchase order number on the invoice if your process needs one. Payment terms are agreed in writing before the agreement starts rather than assumed. The refundable security deposit is not part of that. It is held against a payment card in the named hirer's own name, which is almost always a person rather than the business, and it is arranged with somebody before delivery rather than taken on a website. That split surprises people, so it is worth saying plainly: the company pays the lease, an individual's card carries the deposit hold. ## Is this a lease or a finance agreement? A lease. There is no credit agreement, no balloon payment and no option to purchase at the end of it. The company pays a monthly figure for three months or more, the car stays ours, and it comes back to us when the term finishes. That means there is no vehicle on the company's books to dispose of at the end, and no part-exchange conversation. It also means the end of the term is a collection rather than a settlement. [The lease terms](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/rental-terms) set out what the agreement actually says. Read them before you sign rather than after, which is advice we would give you about any supplier in this sector including us. ## What happens if the company changes mid-term? Tell us, and tell us before it happens rather than after. Three changes come up often enough to be worth planning for. The named driver leaves. The driver can usually be swapped if the replacement meets that vehicle's criteria and is checked in advance. It is not automatic and it is not something to arrange at the kerbside. The billing address or finance contact changes. A straightforward update, and a fast one if you tell us before an invoice goes out to the old one. The company restructures, is sold or changes name. The agreement is with a specific legal entity, so this is a conversation rather than an administrative change. Bring it to us early. What does not work is any of these being discovered by us rather than told to us. ## Can a company run more than one car on one agreement? Yes, on one agreement and one invoice, with a named driver against each vehicle. Several starting together is a sourcing question as well as an availability one, so the earlier you tell us how many and when, the more likely the answer is the one you wanted. Each vehicle keeps its own figures — its own monthly rate, its own deposit, its own excess, its own mileage allowance and its own driver criteria. They are not averaged into one number, and one car's driver is not automatically another's. [Leasing with more than one driver](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-prestige-car-for-more-than-one-driver) goes through the driver side of that in detail. ## What we will not tell you How any of this is treated in your company's accounts. That is a question for your accountant, and they are the right person to ask rather than us — we are a vehicle supplier and nothing on this site is tax advice. What we can do is make sure the paperwork is what they need: an agreement naming the company, invoices with VAT shown separately, and a clear record of the term, the mileage allowance and the named drivers. Ask them before you commit rather than afterwards. It is a short conversation at the start and an awkward one three months in. ## Frequently asked questions ### Does the company need to be VAT registered? No. Companies that are not VAT registered lease on exactly the same basis, and the invoice is issued the same way with VAT shown separately. Give us the registration number if you have one so the paperwork is right first time. ### Can a sole trader or a partnership lease rather than a limited company? Tell us at the enquiry stage and we will give you a straight answer for your situation. The agreement has to be with an identifiable party that someone is authorised to bind, and how that works differs between a limited company, an LLP and a sole trader. ### Who has to sign the agreement? Somebody authorised to bind the company, usually a director. The signatory and the named driver are often the same person and do not have to be. Tell us who is doing which when you enquire so the agreement is drawn correctly the first time. ### Can the invoice go to a different company from the one on the agreement? No. The party invoiced is the party on the agreement, because that is the party legally responsible for it. If the car is for one company and the cost sits with another, tell us at the enquiry stage and we will set the agreement up with the right entity from the start. ### Can the car be used privately as well as for the business? The agreement permits normal road use by named drivers. Whether your company allows private use is its own policy, and how any of it is treated in your accounts is a question for your accountant. What we need to know is who is driving, so they can be named and checked. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Leasing a prestige car as a company director URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-prestige-car-as-a-company-director Last checked: 2026-09-11 **As a director you sit on both sides of the paperwork: the company is the customer and you are usually the named driver. So the company is checked and so are you — licence, years held, endorsements, identity and address. The refundable deposit is held against a card in your own name rather than the company’s.** The practical route for a director: what the company is checked on, what you are checked on personally, where the deposit sits, and what happens if you leave. ## What is asked of the company, and what is asked of you? Two separate sets of information, and it saves a round of emails to have both ready at once. Of the company: registered name and number, registered and trading address, a billing contact, a purchase order reference if your process uses one, and the name of whoever is authorised to sign. Of you, as the driver: your full driving licence, a DVLA check code, photo identity, proof of address, and a payment card in your own name for the deposit hold. If you are signing as well as driving, you appear in both lists and are checked against both. The two lists are assessed by different people for different reasons, which is why one cannot compensate for the other. That is the single thing most directors get wrong about this process: a company that would pass any commercial test in the country does not make its director acceptable on a vehicle whose policy sets a minimum age above theirs, and nothing about the size of the business changes that. ## Why does the deposit sit against your card rather than the company’s? Because the deposit is a hold against the named hirer, and the named hirer is a person. It is not a payment to the business and it is not part of the invoice. It is refundable, it is arranged with somebody before delivery rather than taken online, and it comes back at the end of the term subject to the condition record taken at handover. Deposits run £2,000 to £10,000 on our fleet and £1,500 to £50,000 across the whole catalogue. The practical point: check the card can actually take the hold before delivery day. A debit card with a daily limit below the deposit is the single most common thing that stops a handover on the morning, and it is entirely avoidable. ## What do you personally have to pass? The criteria on the specific vehicle you want, in your own right, regardless of your role in the company. Minimum age, years of full licence held and penalty points tolerance are all set per vehicle and published on each vehicle page. Age and licence history are separate tests and you have to pass both on the same car. Being a director of the company leasing it counts for nothing here, because the test belongs to the insurer rather than to us. We ask for a DVLA check code so endorsements are read rather than taken on trust, and that happens before the car is booked out rather than on the doorstep. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets it all out. ## Why does the enquiry ask about credit standing? Because every agreement this site writes runs three months or longer and is underwritten as such. A question that would be intrusive on an afternoon's hire is an ordinary one on a commitment of that length, and asking it up front is better than discovering it late. It is one question on the enquiry form. We are not building a product around it, we do not run pages about credit situations, and the answer does not change the figures on any vehicle page. What is required in your case is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed, rather than implied by a page. ## Where does the car get delivered — the office or your home? Whichever you choose, anywhere in mainland Britain, and the two do not have to match at both ends. Delivered to the office at the start of the term and collected from home at the end is an ordinary arrangement rather than an exception. The named driver has to be there in person with their licence, because handover includes the identity checks and a joint photographed walk round. It cannot be left with reception, a concierge or a colleague. If you would rather the handover did not happen outside your office at all, name somewhere quieter nearby. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) covers the sequence. ## Can another director or your spouse drive it? Only if they are named on the agreement in advance and checked the same way you are, and only if they meet that vehicle's own age, licence and points criteria in their own right. That is worth deciding at the enquiry stage rather than in month three. Adding somebody later is usually possible if you ask before it happens; it is never possible at the roadside, and a driver who is not named is not insured. A car that two people will realistically share is a different specification question as well as a paperwork one. Say so early and it shapes what we put in front of you. ## What happens if you leave the company mid-term? Tell us before it happens. The agreement is with the company, so it does not follow you out of the door — but you are the named driver on it, and that has to be resolved rather than left. Usually that means naming a replacement driver who meets the vehicle's criteria and is checked in advance. Occasionally it means ending the agreement early, which is a conversation about the specific agreement rather than something this page can promise either way. The version that goes badly is the one where nobody tells us and the car is being driven by somebody who was never named. That is not a paperwork problem, it is an uninsured vehicle. ## What we cannot advise you on How any of this is treated in your own or the company's accounts. Your accountant is the right person for that and we are not them; nothing on this site is tax advice. What we will do is give you paperwork that is straightforward to hand to them: an agreement naming the company and the driver, invoices with VAT shown separately, and a clear statement of the term, the mileage allowance and the deposit. Have that conversation before you commit rather than at the end of the term. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I lease in my own name instead of through the company? Speak to us first. Every agreement we write runs three months at a minimum, and a lease to an individual over a term of that length is treated differently in law, so those are handled personally rather than taken straight through the website. ### Is a personal guarantee required? What is required in your case is confirmed in writing before anything is agreed, rather than asserted on a page that cannot know your situation. Ask the question directly at the enquiry stage and you will get a direct answer before you commit to anything. ### Do you check the company or me? Both, and for different things. The company is assessed as the party to the agreement. You are assessed as the driver, against the specific vehicle’s age, licence and points criteria — a test that belongs to the insurer and that your role in the company does not influence. ### Can the deposit be paid by company card? The hold sits against a card in the named hirer’s own name, which is a person. It is not part of the invoice and it is not a payment to the business. If that is a problem for how you run things, raise it at the enquiry stage rather than on the delivery morning. ### Can I have the car delivered somewhere other than my registered address? Yes. Delivery goes to an address you choose in mainland Britain and collection can be from a different one. What cannot move is who receives it: the named driver has to be present in person with their licence for the identity checks and the walk round. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What does a business need to lease a prestige car? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-a-business-needs-to-lease-a-prestige-car Last checked: 2026-09-11 **A business needs its registered company details, a named driver who meets that vehicle’s own age, licence and points criteria, a billing contact, a payment card in the named hirer’s own name for the refundable deposit, a start date and a mileage figure. Everything else — the quote, the agreement, the delivery slot — follows from those.** Everything a business has to put in front of us before a prestige lease can be quoted and set up, in the order it is needed — and the things we never ask for. ## What company details do you need? Six pieces of information, and none of them is difficult to find. Registered company name, exactly as it is registered. Company registration number. Registered address, and the trading address if it differs. A billing contact — a name, an email address and a telephone number. A purchase order reference, if your finance process requires one on the invoice. A VAT registration number, if the company has one. Having these at the enquiry stage rather than after the quote takes a round trip out of the process, which usually means a day rather than an hour. Two of them cause most of the delay. The registered name has to be the registered name rather than the trading name — a business known to everybody as one thing and incorporated as another is the commonest mismatch we see — and the billing contact has to be somebody who will actually answer, because the agreement cannot be issued until a real person at the company has confirmed the terms. ## What driver details do you need? The same set for every person who will drive, and they are needed before the vehicle is booked out rather than at handover. Full name and date of birth. Driving licence number, and how long the full licence has been held. A DVLA licence check code — free, about a minute to generate, valid for twenty-one days and usable once. Any endorsements, with the conviction codes rather than just the points total. Photo identity and proof of address. The codes matter as much as the number. A speeding endorsement and a drink-driving conviction are not the same thing to an underwriter even where the totals match. Send them for everybody who might drive rather than only the person you expect to. Somebody who turns out to be needed in month three and was never submitted is a driver who cannot legally take the keys, and adding them then is the same set of checks done in a hurry. ## What does the payment side look like? Two separate things, and conflating them is the most common misunderstanding a finance team has about this. The lease itself is invoiced to the company, with VAT shown separately and a purchase order number on it if you need one. Payment terms are agreed in writing before the agreement starts. The refundable security deposit is not on that invoice. It is a hold against a payment card in the named hirer's own name — a person, not the business — arranged with somebody before delivery rather than taken online. Deposits run £1,500 to £50,000 across the catalogue. ## What do you need from us to quote? Three things, and they narrow the catalogue faster than anything else. The car, or the kind of car. The start date. The term — three months is the shortest we write, and longer is normal. Then the mileage you genuinely expect to do. 1,000 miles a month is included as standard on every vehicle; if that is wrong for how the car will be used, a higher allowance is far cheaper priced into the agreement at the start than settled at the end at 95p to £10 a mile. ## What decides which cars a business can have? The driver, not the company. Every vehicle sets its own minimum age, its own minimum period of full licence held and its own points tolerance, and the person driving has to pass all three on that specific car. A strong company does not unlock a vehicle the policy will not accept for the driver you have named, and a larger deposit does not either. It is an insurance condition rather than a commercial one. So the useful first question is not which car the budget reaches but which the named driver qualifies for. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets the tests out per vehicle, and every vehicle page carries its own three figures. ## What do you not ask a business for? A few things worth saying, because this sector has trained people to expect them. We do not take a payment on the website and we do not ask for card details in a form. Nothing is paid online at any point; a person confirms every agreement. We do not require the business to have leased before, to hold other vehicles, or to come through a broker. And we do not add costs after the quote — delivery and collection are priced on it, against your address, before you agree to anything. ## What happens after you send it? A quote comes back in writing naming the exact vehicle, the term, the monthly figure, the refundable deposit, the insurance excess, the mileage allowance and its excess rate, and delivery and collection. If the car is in our fleet we can answer for it directly. If it is arranged through a vetted partner, we confirm the terms and the driver criteria with you in writing rather than assuming they match ours — and that confirmation comes before anything is agreed, not after. Then the driver checks are completed, the agreement is sent to read in advance, and a delivery date and time are confirmed in writing. ## What is confirmed in writing before anything is agreed? All of it. The vehicle, the term, the monthly figure and what it includes, the deposit, the excess, the mileage allowance, the excess mileage rate, the named drivers, the delivery and collection arrangement, and the insurance position on that specific car. That is a deliberate order of events. It means a problem surfaces while there is still time to fix it or to put you in a different vehicle, rather than in front of a transporter on the morning the agreement starts. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire), or read [how it works](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/how-it-works) if you would rather see the whole sequence first. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can a newly incorporated company lease? Tell us at the enquiry stage and you will get a straight answer for your situation rather than a general one. What is required is confirmed in writing before anything is agreed, and it is a far better conversation to have at the start than after a car has been reserved. ### Can we name a driver who is not an employee? Tell us who they are and their relationship to the business at the enquiry stage. Every named driver is checked in their own right against that vehicle’s age, licence and points criteria regardless of who employs them, and nobody drives who has not been named in advance. ### Do you need our accounts or financial statements? What is required in your case is confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. We would rather tell you exactly what we need for your situation than publish a list on a page that might be more, or less, than your business is actually asked for. ### How many vehicles can one business have at a time? More than one runs on a single agreement and a single invoice, with a named driver against each. Several starting together is a sourcing question as well as an availability one, so tell us how many and when as early as you can. ### Is there a minimum term for a business agreement? Three months, the same as for anybody else, on the same 1+2 structure: one month up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. There is no shorter product, and a project that needs a vehicle for a fortnight is not something we can supply. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Leasing a prestige car for more than one driver URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-prestige-car-for-more-than-one-driver Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Every driver must be named on the agreement in advance and must meet that specific vehicle’s own age, licence and points criteria in their own right. There is no pool arrangement where anyone with a company badge can take the keys. Drivers can usually be added or swapped during the term if you ask before it happens rather than after.** How a business runs a leased car that more than one person will drive: building the named-driver list, changing it mid-term, and the one thing that is never possible. ## How many people can be named on one car? It is a question about who, not how many. Each person is assessed individually against the specific vehicle, so the list is built name by name rather than granted as an allowance. What there is not is a pool arrangement. A leased car here is not a company vehicle that anyone with a staff card can sign out; every driver is named on the agreement and checked in advance, and the list is part of the agreement rather than an operational detail we hold separately. Tell us at the enquiry stage who is realistically going to drive it. That is a far easier conversation than adding somebody in month four. Be realistic rather than minimal about that list. The temptation is to name one driver to keep the paperwork small, and it works right up until the evening somebody else needs to move the car. A name submitted at the start costs nothing; the same name needed at short notice is a set of checks that cannot be compressed. ## Why is each driver tested against the car rather than the company? Because the test belongs to the insurer, and the insurer is pricing the combination of that driver and that vehicle. Every car publishes its own three figures: a minimum driver age, a minimum period of full licence held and a points tolerance. A driver has to pass all three on the vehicle they are being named on, and the tests do not travel — somebody acceptable on one may not be acceptable on another from the same manufacturer. The company's standing does not enter into it, and neither does a larger deposit. It is an insurance condition, not a commercial one. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out the three tests. ## How do you add or swap a driver mid-term? Ask before it happens, not after. The new driver goes through the same checks as the first: licence, DVLA check code, years held, endorsements, identity and address, tested against that specific vehicle. Adding a driver during a term is usually possible. It is never instant, because the checks are real checks, and it is never something that can be done at the roadside. If a change is coming — somebody leaving, a new director joining, a project moving to a different team — flag it early. The version of this that goes wrong is always the one where the change happened first and we were told afterwards. ## One car with several drivers, or several cars on one agreement? They are different problems and it is worth being clear which one you have. Several people sharing one vehicle is a named-driver question: one car, one set of figures, several names against it, each checked individually. The practical constraints are about seats, keys and who is present at handover. Several vehicles on one agreement is a sourcing question: one agreement, one invoice, a named driver against each, and each car keeping its own monthly figure, deposit, excess, allowance and criteria. Nothing is averaged. [Leasing through a limited company](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/leasing-a-prestige-car-through-a-limited-company) covers how that agreement is structured. ## Who is responsible when the driver is not the signatory? The company is the party to the agreement, so the company carries the obligations under it — the monthly figure, the mileage, the condition of the vehicle at collection. The refundable deposit is separate and sits against a payment card in the named hirer's own name, which is a person. That does not change because there are several drivers; there is still one named hirer holding the deposit. Damage is settled against the insurance excess on that car, whoever was driving, provided the person at the wheel was named. If they were not, the excess stops being the ceiling. Worth agreeing internally before the car arrives: who in the business carries that exposure, and whether a driver who damages the vehicle is expected to contribute. That is your policy rather than ours, but it is far better written down in week one than argued about in week twenty. ## What happens at handover with several drivers? The named driver receiving the car has to be there in person with their physical licence. Any additional driver being checked at the same time should be there too — it is far simpler than arranging a second check later. The walk round is joint and photographed, and it is the condition record that both sides rely on at collection. Take your own photographs as well. If a second driver cannot make the handover, say so in advance so their checks are completed separately rather than assumed. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out the sequence. ## What happens if somebody drives who is not named? They are not insured. This is the one thing in the whole arrangement we are inflexible about, and it is worth understanding exactly why. An unnamed driver is not a breach of an administrative condition with a fee attached. It sits outside what any self-drive policy covers, which means the insurance excess — the figure that would otherwise cap your exposure — stops applying at all. The liability becomes the cost of the car. There is no version of this that gets sorted out afterwards, and no circumstance in which somebody can be added at the kerbside. If the plan needs a second driver, name them before the car moves. ## What to send us so it is right first time For each person who will realistically drive: full name, date of birth, licence number, years of full licence held, endorsements with their codes, a DVLA check code, photo identity and proof of address. Alongside it, which car each driver is being named against, and who is the named hirer holding the deposit. Then the criteria are checked against the vehicle before anything is booked out, and you find out about a mismatch while there is still time to change the car or the driver. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire). ## Frequently asked questions ### Does adding a driver change the monthly figure? It is confirmed with your quote rather than assumed either way on a page. What is certain is that the driver has to meet that vehicle’s criteria in their own right, and that the checks happen before they drive rather than after. ### Does every driver need their own DVLA check code? Yes. Each code belongs to one licence, is valid for twenty-one days and can be used once, so generate them close to the start date rather than the day you enquire. A code created three weeks early will have expired by the time the car arrives. ### Can a driver be added at the roadside? No, under any circumstances. Checks are done before a car is booked out, and somebody who has not been checked is not insured to drive it. That is the one condition here with no flexibility in it at all. ### Can two named drivers be on different cars under the same agreement? Yes. Several vehicles run on one agreement and one invoice with a named driver against each, and each keeps its own figures and its own criteria. A driver named against one vehicle is not automatically named against another. ### What if a named driver picks up points during the term? Tell us. The points tolerance published on a vehicle is a condition of the cover rather than a formality, so a change in a driver’s record during the term is something we would rather hear from you than discover. It is a conversation, not an automatic problem. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Do you need a big deposit to lease a prestige car? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/do-you-need-a-big-deposit-to-lease-a-prestige-car Last checked: 2026-09-11 **There are two separate payments and people conflate them. One month of the lease is paid up front — that is the 1+2 structure every agreement here uses. Separately, a refundable security deposit is held against a card in the hirer’s own name: £2,000 to £10,000 on our fleet, and up to £50,000 across the catalogue.** There are two up-front payments and they are constantly mistaken for each other. What each is for, what each costs, and whether paying more changes anything. ## What are the two up-front payments? The first is rent. Every agreement here is 1+2 — one month paid up front, then one a month for the rest of the term. That month is not a deposit and they are not returned; it is the first month of the lease, paid early. The second is a refundable security deposit. It is a hold against a payment card in the named hirer's own name, it is not part of the invoice, and it comes back at the end of the term subject to the condition record taken at handover. Almost every confusion about "how big a deposit do I need" is these two being added together or mistaken for one another. They are different money doing different jobs. The distinction matters beyond the vocabulary. One is spent and one is not, so they belong in different places in whatever you are using to work out whether the agreement is affordable — and on a business agreement they even land on different parties, because the lease is invoiced to the company and the hold sits against a person. ## How much of the lease is paid up front? One month of it, and only one. The 1+2 structure means one month paid up front and then one a month for the rest of the term, so the up-front rent is the monthly figure once rather than a multiple of it. Across the three-month minimum that is three months of rent in total, the first of them early. Over a longer term it is still one month early and the rest monthly, because the first number in the profile never changes. What that gives you is a sum worth doing the moment the quote arrives. One month of rent, plus the deposit hold published on that specific car, is the money that has to be in place before delivery. The monthly figure is what gets discussed; this is the number that decides whether the agreement works. ## How big is the security deposit? It is set per car, against what the vehicle is worth and what a repair on it costs — not against the monthly figure. [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) — £2,000. [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) — £3,000. [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) — £5,000. [Lamborghini Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) — £10,000. [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla) — £50,000. Across the catalogue the spread is £1,500 to £50,000, and on our fleet £2,000 to £10,000. Two cars at a similar monthly figure can sit thousands of pounds apart on this. ## Does a bigger deposit reduce the monthly figure? No, and it is worth being blunt about it. The structure is 1+2 and the monthly figure is the monthly figure. We do not publish a scale where more money up front buys the rent down, because we do not operate one. Nor does a larger deposit unlock a car you do not qualify for. Minimum age, licence history and points tolerance are insurance conditions on each vehicle, and money does not move an underwriter's position. If the up-front shape is the problem rather than the monthly one, say so at the enquiry stage. That is a conversation worth having, but have it as a conversation rather than an assumption. ## Why does the card have to be in the hirer’s own name? Because the deposit is a hold against the named hirer, and the named hirer is a person who has been checked. A partner's card, a parent's card or the company card is not a workaround — it is the point of failure that stops a delivery at the kerbside. It applies on business agreements too. The company is invoiced for the lease; an individual's card carries the deposit. Check the limit before delivery day. A debit card with a daily ceiling below the deposit figure is the single most common reason a handover does not happen on the morning it was meant to, and it takes two minutes to rule out. ## Is the deposit the same as the insurance excess? No, although on most cars the two figures happen to match, which is exactly why they get confused. The deposit is a refundable hold arranged before delivery and released at the end of the term. The excess is your maximum contribution towards a repair on a claim the policy covers, and it is only ever reached if something is actually damaged. Across the catalogue the excess runs £1,500 to £35,000. The lowest on any car here is £1,500, which is why cosmetic damage — a kerbed wheel being the standard example — is nearly always paid in full by the hirer rather than reaching the insurer at all. [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) works through the mechanism. ## When is the deposit taken, and when does it come back? It is arranged with a person before delivery. Nothing is paid online and no card details are taken through a form on this website. It is released at the end of the term, against the condition record taken at handover and the matching one taken at collection. That is why the photographed walk round at both ends matters more than it looks like it does: it is the evidence both sides rely on. Take your own photographs at handover as well. We would rather you did, and a set of your own dated images is worth more to you at the end of the term than any assurance given at the start of it. If a release takes longer than you expected, the usual reason is the card rather than the car: a hold sits with your bank for a period they set, not one we do. Ask us anyway. It is a question we would rather answer than have you wonder about. ## So how much money do you need? Add the two figures for the specific car you want, and ignore any general answer including this one until you have. Half of the sum is already published. The deposit hold is on every vehicle page, and across our fleet it runs £2,000 to £10,000. The other half is one month of rent, which arrives with your quote. Add the two and you have the figure, and nothing beyond it is taken at handover. The whole cost stack — monthly figure, deposit, excess, mileage allowance, excess mileage rate — is stated in writing before anything is agreed, and the published half of it is on the vehicle page before there is any form. [See the catalogue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars). ## Frequently asked questions ### Is the security deposit refundable in full? It is released at the end of the term, assessed against the photographed condition record taken at handover and the matching one at collection. That record is the whole point of the joint walk round at both ends, and it is why taking your own photographs is worth the two minutes. ### Can the company pay the security deposit? The hold sits against a card in the named hirer’s own name, which is a person rather than the business, even where the company is the party to the agreement and is invoiced for the lease. If that is awkward for how you operate, raise it at the enquiry stage. ### Will a debit card work? Often, but check the daily limit against the deposit figure first. A card that cannot take the hold is the single most common thing that stops a handover on the morning, and it is entirely avoidable with one phone call to your bank the week before. ### Is the deposit taken online when I enquire? No. No payment is taken on this website at any point and no card details go into a form here. A person confirms every agreement, and the deposit is arranged with somebody before delivery. ### Does the deposit go up if I want a longer term? The deposit is set against the vehicle rather than the length of the agreement, so it is the car that decides it. Everything that applies to your specific agreement is confirmed in writing before you commit, so nothing about it should be a surprise later. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What paperwork does a prestige lease need? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/the-paperwork-behind-a-prestige-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Five documents, in a fixed order: a written quote naming the car, the term and the full cost stack; the lease agreement itself; a driver declaration with a DVLA check code for every named driver; a photographed condition record taken at handover; and an invoice. Nothing is signed at the kerbside that you have not already read.** The documents a prestige lease actually generates, the order they arrive in, which one governs if two disagree, and what you should keep afterwards. ## One: the written quote The first document, and the one that sets everything else. It names the exact vehicle rather than the model, the start date, the term, the monthly figure and what it includes. It also carries the rest of the stack: the refundable deposit, the insurance excess, the mileage allowance, the excess mileage rate, and delivery and collection priced against your address. If a figure is not on the quote, it should not appear later. That is the test to apply to this document, and to anybody else's in this sector. It should also name a start date rather than a month, and a term rather than a minimum. A quote that says "from" without saying from what — which term, which allowance, which vehicle — is not yet a quote, and asking for the missing half of it is a reasonable thing to do before you give anybody your documents. ## Two: the lease agreement The document that governs. It is sent to you in advance to read, not produced at the kerbside with a pen — and if anybody in this sector does hand you an agreement on the doorstep, that is the moment to slow down rather than sign. It states the parties, the vehicle, the term, the payment structure, the mileage allowance, the named drivers, the condition obligations and what happens at the end of the term. Where the agreement and a website page disagree, the agreement is what binds. Read it against the quote before you sign, and tell us about any difference rather than assuming the page was right. [The lease terms](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/rental-terms) are published. ## Three: the driver declaration and DVLA check code One per named driver, completed before the car is booked out rather than at handover. It carries the licence number, how long the full licence has been held, any endorsements with their conviction codes, and a DVLA check code so the record is read rather than taken on trust. A check code is free, takes about a minute to generate, lasts twenty-one days and can be used once. Generate it close to the start date. A code created when you first enquired will have expired by the time the car arrives, which turns a paperwork detail into a doorstep problem. ## Four: identity and address documents Photo identity and proof of address for the named hirer and for every additional driver. They are seen in advance, and the physical driving licence is checked again at the car. Checking in that order is deliberate: a mismatch surfaces while there is still time to fix it or to change the vehicle, rather than in front of a transporter on the morning. An address that does not match the licence record has to be reconciled before the car goes out, because the insurer reads the licence record rather than the form. Tell us before the day rather than on it. A recent move is the usual cause, and it is worth flagging even when you think the licence was updated. So is a paper licence, a name changed on marriage, and a licence issued in one part of the United Kingdom and an address now in another. None of them is a problem in advance. All of them are a cancelled delivery on the morning. ## Five: the condition record Made at handover and matched at collection, and it is the document that protects both sides if anything is disputed months later. Every panel, every wheel, the glass and the interior, photographed by us and by you, with fuel or state of charge and the mileage written down. It takes a few minutes of a fifteen-minute handover, and it is the few minutes worth not rushing. Take your own photographs as well as ours. We would rather you did, and a record you hold yourself is worth more to you than one you have to ask for. ## And the invoice The monthly figure is invoiced, with VAT shown separately and a purchase order number on it where a business needs one. Payment terms are agreed in writing before the agreement starts rather than assumed. The refundable deposit is not on the invoice. It is a hold against a card in the named hirer's own name, arranged with a person before delivery, and it is released at the end of the term. Keeping those two separate in your own records makes the end of the term much simpler than it otherwise is. ## What order does it all happen in? Enquiry, with the car, the dates, the term, the mileage and the driver. Written quote naming the exact vehicle and the whole cost stack. Driver declarations and DVLA check codes, and the identity and address documents. The agreement, sent to read in advance. The deposit arranged with a person — never online. A delivery date and time confirmed in writing. Handover: licence checked at the car, condition record photographed, agreement signed, a run through the car. Every step before handover exists so that handover is fifteen minutes rather than an argument. ## What should you keep? The quote, the signed agreement, both condition records and the invoices. Keep the photographs you took at handover with them, because they are only useful if you can find them at collection. Your documents are held under the terms set out in [our privacy policy](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/privacy), which is where retention is described rather than on this page. If anything in the set is missing or looks wrong, ask for it before the agreement starts. A document chased at the beginning arrives; one chased at the end is a conversation nobody enjoys. Keep them somewhere the person who will actually need them can find them, which on a business agreement is rarely the person who signed. A director who holds the whole file personally is one resignation away from a finance team with an invoice it cannot match to an agreement it has never seen. ## Frequently asked questions ### What if the agreement says something different from the website? The agreement governs. Tell us about the difference before you sign rather than after — if a page is wrong we want to fix the page, and if the agreement is wrong it needs correcting before anybody signs it. Either way it is a five-minute conversation in advance. ### Who signs when a company is leasing? Somebody authorised to bind the company, usually a director. The signatory and the named driver are often the same person and do not have to be. Tell us who is doing which at the enquiry stage so the agreement is drawn correctly the first time. ### Can somebody else sign on my behalf? Raise it at the enquiry stage rather than arranging it at handover. The named driver still has to be present in person with their physical licence when the car arrives, because the identity check and the walk round cannot be delegated to anybody else. ### What happens to my documents afterwards? They are held under the terms of our privacy policy, which is the page that describes retention rather than this one. The legal pages each carry their own current status line, so you can see what is in force rather than having to assume. ### Is the quote binding? The quote sets out the figures we are offering on the vehicle, the term and the dates named on it, and the agreement is the document that binds once signed. If anything in your circumstances changes between the two — the date, the driver, the mileage — tell us, because it changes the quote. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # How long does it take to get a leased car delivered? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/how-long-does-it-take-to-get-a-leased-car-delivered Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Two things set it: whether the car is in our fleet or arranged through a partner, and how quickly the driver checks clear. A fleet vehicle needs nobody else’s confirmation; a partner vehicle waits on the partner. You get a date and a time in writing once the car is confirmed, or a straight no early enough to replan.** Every step between an enquiry and the keys, who controls each one, and why we will give you a date in writing rather than a window we are hoping to hit. ## What decides the date? Three things, in order of how much they usually matter. Whether the car is ours. A vehicle in our fleet is ours to answer for, so nobody has to ask anybody else before a date can be committed to. A car arranged through a vetted partner needs their confirmation to come back first, and that is a real step rather than a formality. How fast the checks clear, which is largely down to how quickly the documents arrive. And how far the car has to travel, which is the smallest of the three but not nothing. We publish no standard lead time, and that is deliberate: a number on a page that we then have to caveat is worth less than a date in writing for your specific vehicle. ## What are the steps between an enquiry and the keys? You send the car, the start date, the term, the mileage and the driver. We confirm availability — immediately on a fleet vehicle, after the partner comes back on a sourced one. A written quote goes out with the whole cost stack on it. Driver declarations, DVLA check codes, identity and address documents are completed and checked. The agreement is sent to read in advance and signed. The deposit is arranged with a person. A delivery date and time are confirmed in writing. The car is delivered and handed over at an address you choose. No step is skippable, and the order is what makes handover fifteen minutes instead of an hour. ## Which step do you control? The documents, and it is the step that most often decides whether a date is comfortable or tight. Have the driver's licence details, the years held, the endorsements with their codes, photo identity and proof of address ready when you enquire rather than assembling them after the quote. Generate the DVLA check code close to the start date rather than the day you first write to us — it lasts twenty-one days and can be used once. An address that does not match the licence record, and a card that cannot take the deposit hold, are the two things that reliably cost a day and are entirely avoidable. There is a third, and it is the one people do not think of as a document at all: deciding who the named driver actually is. An enquiry that says "one of us will drive it" cannot be checked, so it waits until somebody makes the decision. Make it before you write to us. ## Which step do we control? Everything about a car in our own hands: availability, preparation, transport and the delivery slot. On a fleet vehicle there is no third party in the chain, which is why the fleet is the fastest answer to a tight start date. We also control the honesty of the date. If the day you want cannot be met, you get that answer early enough to do something about it rather than a window we are privately hoping to hit. [The fleet](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/fleet) is badged on every card, so you can see at a glance which vehicles fall into this category before you enquire. ## Which step does somebody else control? Confirmation on a partner-arranged car, which is most of the catalogue. Those vehicles are held by vetted partners rather than by us, so availability, the terms and the driver criteria all have to come back from whoever holds the car — and then be confirmed with you in writing before anything is agreed. That is a strength of the model, because it is what makes the catalogue as wide as it is, but it is a step and it takes the time it takes. If your date is immovable, say so in the first message. It changes what we put in front of you. ## Why will you not just quote a window? Because a window we cannot stand behind is worth nothing to you, and this sector is full of them. A date in writing is a commitment. An estimate offered to keep an enquiry warm is a way of finding out on the morning that it was never going to happen, which is the single worst outcome available in this business. So the rule here is simple: you get a date and a time once the car is confirmed, or you get a straight no in time to make another plan. It is worth applying the same test to anybody else you ask. A supplier who will commit to a date in writing before taking your documents is telling you they have checked; one who offers a comfortable-sounding range and asks for the paperwork first has not, and the difference usually surfaces on the day you had planned around. ## What happens if the date slips? You hear it from us, early, with what can be done about it — a different start date, a different car, or both. What we will not do is let a date pass quietly. A delivery that does not happen is a worse problem for you than for us, because you have arranged your week around it. If the change is at your end instead, tell us the day before rather than on the morning. A handover moved in advance is administration; a handover missed is a transporter and a driver already committed. ## What helps if you need a car sooner? Three things, all within your gift. Choose from the fleet, where there is no third party in the chain. Have the driver documents ready before you enquire rather than after the quote. And be flexible on specification — a colour and a trim held firm is the most common reason a date moves out. Then send the enquiry with the date in it rather than asking what is possible in general. A specific date gets a specific answer. [Start an enquiry](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/enquire), or read [delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) for what happens on the day itself. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I collect the car myself instead of having it delivered? There is nowhere to collect it from. We hold no depots, branches or rental counters, so delivery to an address you choose is not an add-on service, it is the only way a car reaches you — and collection at the end of the term works the same way in reverse. ### Does distance change the date? It is one of the three things that decide it, and the smallest of them for most addresses. Availability and the driver checks matter more. Give us the postcode in the first message and the answer you get back accounts for the journey rather than ignoring it. ### Can you deliver at a weekend or outside office hours? Tell us the day and the time you need and we will answer it before you plan around it, rather than publishing a promise here that might not hold for your address or your vehicle. The named driver has to be present in person either way. ### Does a longer term get me an earlier date? Not by itself — availability is availability. What a longer term does is widen what can realistically be arranged, particularly on partner-sourced vehicles, so it is worth telling us the term you actually want at the same time as the date you actually want. ### Can the delivery and collection addresses be different? Yes, and it is a common request rather than an exception. Give us both when you enquire so the collection is planned rather than improvised, particularly if the second address has restricted access or sits inside a controlled zone. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Can you lease a car you have never driven? URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/can-you-lease-a-car-you-have-never-driven Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Yes, and most people do — but a three-month minimum term is long enough that the homework is worth doing first. We run no test drives and hold no demonstrators. What we can do is tell you honestly what a specific car is like to live with, including when the answer is that it is the wrong one for you.** We hold no demonstrators and offer no test drives. So here is the homework worth doing before three months with a car you have never sat in, and the questions worth asking us. ## Why is there no test drive? Because we are not a dealer. Every car here is either out on an agreement, being prepared for one, or held by a partner for the same purpose. There is no demonstrator fleet sitting behind the catalogue, and there is nowhere to come and drive one, because there are no depots or showrooms to come to. Saying that plainly is better than the alternative, which is an enquiry that spends a fortnight discovering it. It does change what we owe you, though. If you cannot drive it first, then the description, the photographs and the conversation have to do more work — and we would rather talk you out of a car than into one. ## What should you check before committing? The practical things, because they are what three months exposes and an afternoon does not. Where it will live. Measure the garage and the parking space, including the width with the doors open. How it gets off your drive. A dropped kerb, a ramp, a speed bump on the road out — a low nose finds all of them. What has to fit in it. Boot space, rear seats, a child seat, a dog, the weekly shop. How you will fuel or charge it. Especially on an electric car with no home charger. Who else drives it. Every driver has to be named and checked in advance. None of those needs a test drive. All of them end agreements early when they are skipped. ## What is worth asking us about a specific car? Ask what it is actually like rather than what it does on paper. Whether it is comfortable over distance. How conspicuous it is in a residential street. What it is like to park. Whether the ride is liveable on the roads you actually drive on. What it does not like. Ask about the ownership experience too: how the mileage allowance sits against your week, what the excess mileage rate is, what the deposit hold is and what the insurance excess is on that particular vehicle. And ask what we would put in front of you instead. A supplier who only ever agrees with your shortlist is not helping you. ## Where can you sit in one without leasing it? Manufacturer showrooms are the obvious answer and an underused one — you can sit in most of these, adjust the seat, open the boot and close the doors, without any obligation at all. Motor shows, make events and owners' club meetings are the other route, and often better, because the people there have lived with the car rather than sold it. None of that tells you how it drives. It does tell you whether you fit, whether your things fit, and whether the interior is somewhere you want to spend three months, which are the three things photographs are worst at conveying. Take a tape measure and the bag you actually travel with. Ten minutes in a stationary car answers more of the questions that end agreements early than an hour of reading does, and nobody in a showroom minds. ## What does the three-month floor mean if you get it wrong? It means a decision you live with rather than one you undo on Monday. Three months is the shortest agreement we write, and it is a genuine commitment rather than a rolling arrangement. That cuts both ways, and the honest version is worth saying. The shorter agreement is exactly what makes a car like this reachable without buying one — and it is also long enough that the wrong choice is a real inconvenience. If you are unsure between two, say so at the enquiry stage. It is a much better conversation than the one in month two. ## How do you choose between two cars you have never driven? Compare them on the things that differ day to day rather than the things that differ on a specification sheet. Size and visibility. How many doors, and how usable the back is. Ground clearance against the roads you actually use. Whether it is a gearbox you will be happy with in traffic. How loud it is at a constant speed, and how loud it is outside your house at seven in the morning. Then compare the cost stacks side by side rather than waiting on the monthly figures — the deposit, the excess and the excess mileage rate are published on every vehicle page, and they vary far more between two similar cars than most people expect. [What moves the price of a prestige lease](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-moves-the-price-of-a-prestige-lease) explains why. ## What will you tell us straight? If the car is wrong for what you have described, we will say so. If a vehicle will not clear your drive, if the allowance is nowhere near the mileage you have told us about, if the named driver does not meet that car's criteria — you hear it before you commit, not after. We would rather lose an agreement than write one that ends badly, and three months is long enough that an unhappy agreement is uncomfortable for both sides. That is also why nothing is paid on the website and a person confirms every agreement. The conversation is the point at which this gets caught. ## What happens at handover if you have never seen the car? You see it properly before you sign anything. The agreement is sent in advance to read, so the document is not new to you at the kerbside — and handover itself takes about fifteen minutes. That includes a joint photographed walk round of every panel, wheel and the interior, and a proper run through the car: the drive modes, the nose lift if it has one, where the charge flap is, what it does not like. Take your own photographs at the same time. [Delivery and collection](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/delivery) sets out the sequence in full. ## Frequently asked questions ### Can I swap the car mid-term if I do not get on with it? Ask before you sign rather than after. It is not something we publish as a right, because it depends on what is free at the time and on the agreement you are on — and anything agreed goes in writing rather than being settled in a phone call. ### Can I see photographs of the exact car rather than the model? Ask, and say that is what you want. On a vehicle in our fleet that is straightforward. On a partner-arranged car it depends on who holds it, and we would rather tell you that than send you something generic and let you assume otherwise. ### Do you offer a short trial before the minimum term starts? No. Three months is the shortest agreement we write on any vehicle and there is no trial product underneath it. Short-term hire is not something this business does, so a trial is not a thing we can quietly arrange either. ### Can I decline the car at handover if it is not what I expected? Raise anything at the walk round rather than after the transporter has gone — that is exactly what the joint photographed inspection is for. If the vehicle is not the one described in the agreement, say so on the spot and it is dealt with then, not later. ### Is a car I have only seen online safe to commit to for three months? It is what most people do, and it works when the practical checks are done first — where it lives, how it gets off the drive, what fits in it, who drives it. The failures are almost never about how the car drives. They are about where it has to fit. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # What to check before you sign a prestige lease URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/guides/what-to-check-before-you-sign-a-prestige-lease Last checked: 2026-09-11 **Check nine things on the document in front of you: the exact vehicle, the term, the monthly figure and what it includes, the mileage allowance and its excess rate, the refundable deposit, the insurance excess, who is named to drive, the delivery and collection arrangement, and what happens at the end of the term.** A pre-signature checklist for any prestige lease, ours included: what has to be on the document, what has to match the quote, and what to ask before you commit. ## Is the vehicle on the agreement the one you chose? Check the exact specification rather than the model name. A Bentayga V8 S and a Bentayga EWB are different cars commercially; so are a Urus S and a Urus Performante, and a Range Rover Sport SV and a Range Rover Sport Autobiography. The agreement should name the vehicle specifically enough that there is no ambiguity about which one turns up. If the agreement is vaguer than the quote was, that is the discrepancy to raise before signing rather than the one to hope about. ## Is the term written down, with what happens at the end of it? The start date, the length and what occurs when it finishes. On any agreement here the minimum is three months, on a 1+2 structure — one month up front, then one a month. The end of the term should be unambiguous: the car is collected from an address you choose, the condition record is matched against the one taken at handover, and the deposit is released. There is no balloon payment here and no option to purchase, because this is a lease rather than a finance agreement. If a document you are reading does have one of those, you are reading a different product and it deserves different scrutiny. ## Does the monthly figure say what it includes? A figure with nothing attached to it is half a statement. What should be attached: the term it applies to, the mileage allowance it assumes, and whether it is a from figure or the figure for your specific agreement. A monthly price published without its minimum term beside it is the half-truth this sector is criticised for, and it is worth checking on anybody's paperwork including ours. No vehicle figure is published here at all: it is quoted against the exact car, the term, the mileage and the dates, and the document should say which of those it assumes. On a car we hold that figure comes from us; on a partner-arranged vehicle it comes back once the partner has confirmed the car, which the document should also make clear. ## Are the mileage allowance and the excess rate both there? Two numbers, not one. The allowance is 1,000 miles a month on every car here. The excess rate is what each additional mile costs beyond it, and across the catalogue that runs 95p to £10 a mile depending on the vehicle. The second number is the one that gets left off documents, and it is the one that costs money. A rate at the top of that range turns a modest overage into a serious figure. If you already know the allowance is wrong for you, fix it before signing. A higher allowance priced into the agreement at the start is always cheaper than the same distance settled at collection. ## Are the deposit and the excess stated separately? They are two different things and on many cars they carry the same number, which is exactly how they end up conflated. The refundable security deposit is a hold against a payment card in the named hirer's own name, released at the end of the term. Across the catalogue that runs £1,500 to £50,000. The insurance excess is your maximum contribution towards a repair on a covered claim, and across the catalogue it runs £1,500 to £35,000. Both should be on the document as separate line items with separate figures. [Insurance and excess](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/insurance) explains what the second one actually does. ## Is every driver named? Every person who will drive the car should appear on the agreement, and each should have been checked against that specific vehicle's minimum age, licence history and points tolerance. This is the check with the largest consequence attached. An unnamed driver is not insured, which means the excess stops being the ceiling on your exposure and the liability becomes the value of the car. If somebody is missing from the list, add them before the car moves rather than afterwards. Nobody can be added at the roadside. [Driver requirements](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/requirements) sets out the three tests. ## Are delivery and collection on the document? Priced, against your actual address, before you agree to anything. Not "quoted separately", not "to be confirmed", and certainly not added at handover. Collection should be there too, including whether it can be from a different address than the delivery — here it can, and it is an ordinary request rather than an exception. While you are looking: check who has to be present. The named driver has to be there in person with their physical licence at both ends, because the identity check and the joint walk round cannot be delegated. ## What should you ask any prestige supplier before signing? Five questions, and they are worth asking us as readily as anybody else. Who owns the car? And if it is not them, who does, and what are that party's terms? Who insures it, and what is the excess? A number, on the document. What is the damage standard at collection? And is there a photographed condition record at both ends? What happens if the vehicle is not available on the start date? Is anything paid online? Nothing is here, and a card form on a website is worth a second thought anywhere in this sector. A supplier who answers all five without hesitation is telling you something useful about the rest of the arrangement. ## What if the document and the website disagree? The agreement governs. That is true here and it is true of every supplier you will deal with, which is why reading it against the quote before signing is worth the twenty minutes. Tell us about any difference rather than assuming the page was right. If a page on this site is wrong we want to fix the page; if the agreement is wrong it needs correcting before anybody signs it. [The lease terms](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/rental-terms) and [the site terms](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/terms) are both published. Our legal pages each carry their own current status line, so you can see what is in force rather than having to assume. ## Frequently asked questions ### Should I have the agreement reviewed before signing? If a company is signing, or if the figures are significant to you, then yes — and any supplier who discourages it has told you something. The agreement is sent to read in advance precisely so that there is time for it, rather than being produced at the kerbside. ### Can the terms change after I have signed? The agreement is the agreement. What changes things is a change in your circumstances — a different start date, a different driver, a different mileage need — and each of those is a conversation before it happens rather than an adjustment applied afterwards. ### What if I spot a mistake at handover? Raise it at the walk round, which is what the joint photographed inspection is for. Do not sign and sort it out later: the condition record made at handover is the document both sides rely on at collection, so a correction belongs in it rather than in an email afterwards. ### Is anything paid at the door? Nothing beyond what was agreed in writing. The refundable deposit is arranged with a person before delivery rather than taken online or collected at handover, and no payment is taken through this website at any point. ### What if I want to end the agreement early? It is a conversation about your specific agreement rather than something a page can promise either way, so ask before you sign what the position is. Three months is the shortest term we write, and it is a genuine commitment rather than a rolling arrangement. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # Delivery areas Performance & Prestige has no depots, branches or rental counters anywhere. Every lease is delivered to an address the customer chooses and collected from it afterwards, so each area below is somewhere we deliver INTO, not somewhere we are based. Delivery and collection are quoted with the rate, before anything is agreed. # London, Greater London URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/london Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in London and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. We deliver into London rather than asking you to come to us, so the car arrives at a Mayfair mews, a Knightsbridge undercroft, a Chelsea kerbside or a hotel forecourt in the City at a time you set. The handover happens standing at the car - licence check, paperwork, walk-round - out in the street rather than across a desk. Addresses here run from terraces with no off-street space at all to gated garages beneath new towers, and each one changes the plan slightly. We hold no premises in London and no intention of holding any; the arrangement works because the car travels and you do not. Typical delivery: Distance is not what governs the window here - the kerb is. A red route, a permit bay and a loading bay each have hours when a car may legally stand and hours when it may not, and the approach to your street may be one-way, gated or filtered. So we look at the street first, then the time of day, then how traffic runs into it. What comes back to you is a window somebody has actually worked out, agreed with you before anything is committed. Almost no private or hotel car park in central London will admit a covered transporter, and several apartment undercrofts carry a height barrier a transporter could not pass even if it were welcome. So the last leg is usually driven. Tell us the barrier height, the ramp and whether the bay is a stacker, and we check all three against the car before the day rather than on it. Where the answer is no, we hand over at street level on a road you nominate and walk the car in with you afterwards, which takes minutes and avoids a transporter stranded across a mews. Postcode areas covered: W, SW, NW, N, E, SE, EC, WC. ## Where in London can the car legally stand for a handover? Anywhere a car is entitled to stop for ten minutes: a residential street with space, a mews, a hotel forecourt, an office loading bay, a private garage. What rules a spot out is usually the red route, where stopping is prohibited at almost any hour, or the single yellow with a plate you have to read twice. Central handovers are calmest before the morning peak or after the evening one, when kerb space genuinely exists. If your own street is permit-only or red-lined, name the nearest side road or square and we will do it there, then follow you back to the door. ## Do the Congestion Charge and the ULEZ apply to a car you deliver? Both attach to the vehicle rather than the driver, so they follow the car for the days you have it. The ULEZ covers every London borough, and a modern petrol performance car meets its emissions standard as a matter of course, so that one is rarely the issue. The Congestion Charge is the live one: it applies in the central zone during its charging hours, Transport for London publishes the current rate and those hours, and both have changed before. Before you commit we set out plainly which charges we settle and which are billed on to you. ## Why lease a car in the city with the best public transport in the country? Because the car is almost never for London itself. It is for the Friday run down the A3, the M40 west, a house in the Cotswolds, a wedding in Surrey, a birthday that begins in town and finishes somewhere with a view. Owning something like this in zone one means a parking space that costs more than the car gets used, a permit, and a battery that flattens between outings. A lease splits that in half: the car is yours to use for the term, and the purchase price, the residual value and the eventual sale are not your problem. ## Where does the car sleep if I have no off-street parking? Answer this before you book rather than after. A residents bay is tied to a permit issued against one specific number plate, so a leased car cannot simply sit in it; most boroughs sell visitor permits or digital vouchers bought against the plate, and the borough's own site sets out how yours works. The alternatives are a secure car park with a barrier you have measured, or a hotel with parking if you are staying anyway. Tell us the arrangement when we agree the dates and we will get the registration to you in time to set it up. ## Which roads out of London actually reward the car? None of them inside the North Circular. West on the M40, the Chilterns start at junction six and the lanes above Stokenchurch are quiet on a Sunday morning. South, the A3 clears at Guildford and the Surrey Hills open up around Box Hill and Ranmore. South-east, the A21 leads into the Weald and the A272 crosses the width of Sussex without ever hurrying. The pattern repeats in every direction: an hour of dull dual carriageway buys a morning of good road, so leave early and get the boring part done before the traffic wakes up. ## Can delivery and collection be at different London addresses? Yes, and it often makes more sense than a round trip. We can hand the car over outside a Chelsea flat on the Friday and take it back from an office in the City, a house in Hertfordshire or a terminal at Heathrow on the Monday. Both ends are quoted together against the real addresses, so no extra leg appears afterwards. What we ask is that the two points are settled when the dates are. A collection address invented on the last morning is the single thing most likely to turn a calm lease into a scramble. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Manchester, Greater Manchester URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/manchester Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Manchester and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Manchester leases run for three months or more, so the car is not something you collect for an occasion - it lives at your address, in the undercroft or on the drive, for the whole term. We bring it to an apartment block off Deansgate, a converted mill in Ancoats, an office in Spinningfields or a house in Didsbury or Worsley, and we collect it from wherever suits you when the agreement ends. City-centre addresses here are overwhelmingly flats with shared parking underneath, and that single fact shapes most handovers in the middle of the city. We hold no premises in Manchester, so there is nothing to visit, no key to collect and no queue standing between you and the car. Typical delivery: Two things set the window in Manchester. The first is whether your address sits inside the inner ring road, where bus gates, tram-only stretches and enforced loading restrictions decide where a car may legally wait. The second is the building itself: if there is an undercroft, we want its barrier height before the day rather than on it. Peak flow on the M60 and the Mancunian Way matters too. The window comes back to you from a person, agreed rather than assumed, before anything is fixed. The recurring problem here is the apartment block, not the road. Barrier-controlled undercrofts in the centre are built to a height that suits a hatchback, the ramps are short and steep, and the bays are usually allocated or stacked. A covered transporter will not get in at all. So we hand over at street level outside the building, at an hour when we can legally stand there, walk the paperwork through with you, and then take the car down the ramp with you if you would rather not make the first descent yourself. Send a photo of the entrance if you are unsure about it. Postcode areas covered: M. ## Does Greater Manchester have a charging Clean Air Zone? No. Greater Manchester never introduced a charging Clean Air Zone, so a private car is not billed for entering the city the way it would be in Birmingham or Bristol, and the charging scheme once consulted on gave way to a non-charging plan. What catches people out instead is enforcement of the bus gates and tram-only sections, which is camera-based and entirely unforgiving. If any part of your route crosses a scheme that does charge, we tell you which charges we settle and which are billed on to you before you commit. ## Which roads make a Manchester lease worth taking? The A537 Cat and Fiddle over to Buxton is the famous one and still the best half hour near the city, though it is monitored by average-speed cameras from end to end and is now a road to look at rather than lean on. The A57 Snake Pass and the A628 across Woodhead both start close by and both close for weather more readily than their status suggests, so check them on the morning. North, the A6 towards Lancaster and the southern Lakes makes a proper trip of it rather than a drive out and back. ## How do the trams and bus gates affect a city-centre handover? More than the traffic does. Metrolink runs along the street through the middle of Manchester, and the trams take priority over everything, a car looking for somewhere to stop included. Several central streets are restricted to buses and trams, with cameras watching them. Steel rails set into the road surface are also slick in the wet and unkind to a wide, cold tyre pulling away. We pick a handover point clear of the rails and clear of the gated streets, which occasionally means a road one block from the one you asked for. ## Is street parking in the centre a realistic option? Street parking in the middle of Manchester is metered or permit-controlled and is not a realistic place to leave a car of this value overnight. The practical options are a secure multi-storey - measure the height barrier first, since the older ones pair a tight barrier with a steep spiral ramp - or the building's own undercroft if the car will physically enter it. A hotel with its own parking is the calmest answer if you are staying anyway. Tell us the plan when we agree the dates, because it sometimes changes which car makes sense. ## Do fixture and event days change the handover? They change where, more than whether. Old Trafford and the Etihad each empty tens of thousands of people onto roads that were busy already, and arena nights near Victoria do a smaller version of the same thing. Approach roads close on the day and residents parking schemes tighten around both grounds. If your dates land on one, we would rather set the handover well ahead of the build-up, or agree a point a mile clear of it, than stand inside a closure arguing with a steward. Send the date and we will say which applies. ## Does the same run take in Cheshire and the airport? Across the whole of Greater Manchester and over the Cheshire line without it becoming a separate conversation: Altrincham, Hale, Bowdon, Wilmslow, Bramhall, Worsley and the villages strung along the M56. Delivery to a hotel in the centre on Thursday and collection from a driveway in Cheshire on Sunday is one arrangement rather than two, quoted together against both addresses. Manchester Airport sits in the middle of all of it, so a terminal handover on the way in and a house collection on the way out fits inside the same booking. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Birmingham, West Midlands URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/birmingham Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Birmingham and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Birmingham sits at the middle of the motorway network, which makes almost every address in the West Midlands reachable without a detour. We deliver to houses in Edgbaston, Solihull, Sutton Coldfield and Knowle, to offices around Colmore Row and to hotel forecourts in the centre, then collect from the same door or a different one. The city-centre streets are the awkward part and the suburbs are the easy part, which is worth knowing before you decide where to take the keys. We hold no premises in Birmingham, so there is no site to visit, nothing to travel to and no hatch to sign anything at. Typical delivery: What shapes the window here is the Clean Air Zone boundary and the centre's one-way system rather than the drive itself. If the address sits inside the A4540 ring road we check the charging position on the specific car first, then find a street where it can legally stand and an hour when that is true. Out in Solihull or Sutton the driveway settles most of it. You get a window somebody has actually looked at, agreed with you before any commitment is made. Suburban handovers here are the straightforward ones: Sutton Coldfield, Barnt Green, Knowle and the Solihull villages generally have a drive to work on, which keeps the whole thing off the street and out of sight. In the centre the difficulty is that much of the core is pedestrianised, serviced from behind, or one-way in a direction you would not choose. So we agree a specific bay or forecourt and a specific time rather than hoping, and we stay away from the Bullring and Colmore Row approaches at office hours, when a stationary car becomes everybody else's problem. Postcode areas covered: B. ## Does Birmingham's Clean Air Zone charge private cars? It does. The zone covers everything inside the A4540 ring road and, unlike the schemes in Sheffield or Newcastle, it includes private cars that fall short of its emissions standard. Modern petrol prestige and performance cars almost always meet it, so a car in this class is rarely caught by it - but almost always is not a basis for an agreement. We check the standing of the exact car before you commit, the council publishes the current daily rate and the window in which it has to be paid, and we tell you which side of that sits with us. ## Where does a handover work in the city centre? Hotel forecourts and pre-agreed loading bays, in practice. The middle of Birmingham has been steadily closed to through traffic, New Street and much of the core are pedestrian, and the streets that remain are one-way with short, enforced stopping windows. Colmore Row at nine in the morning is the worst version of it. Early or late is better, and a forecourt where somebody is expecting you is better still. If you are in one of the canalside blocks, the service entrance rather than the front door is usually the only place a car can genuinely stand. ## What is Birmingham a good base for? Rather a lot, because everything is about an hour away. The Cotswolds sit at the end of the M40 or the A44, the Malverns and the Wye valley are a straight run south-west, Shropshire and the Long Mynd are west on the A458, and the Peak begins north of Ashbourne. A single weekend covers three of those without repeating a road, and a three-month agreement contains thirteen of them. The motorway leg at each end is short, which is the entire argument for starting from here rather than somewhere prettier. ## Do you cover Solihull, Warwickshire and the Black Country? Coventry, Warwick, Leamington, Stratford, Lichfield, Worcester, Bromsgrove, Wolverhampton and the villages between them are all part of the same run, and none is treated as an outlying postcode with a premium attached. Ask about anywhere else in the region and the answer is usually yes. What changes with distance is not whether we will come but how delivery and collection are quoted, and that figure is put in front of you against the real address before you agree to anything at all. A car delivered in Solihull and taken back four days later from an address in Stratford is one arrangement rather than two. ## What does an NEC show day do to the M42? They affect the roads around them badly. The NEC, Resorts World and the airport share a junction of the M42, and on a big show day the queue starts a long way before it. Villa Park and the city-centre arena do the same over a smaller radius. None of that prevents a delivery; it moves it. Give us the date along with the postcode and we will either set the handover ahead of the build-up or agree a point clear of the affected junctions, which is far less painful than sitting in it. ## Will the car fit into a city-centre car park? In the suburbs, the drive. In the centre, honestly, a secure multi-storey with a barrier you have checked, because the older ones combine a low height limit with a steep spiral ramp and a front splitter finds both. Some of the newer apartment blocks have undercroft bays that work perfectly well, and some have an entrance ramp that scrapes anything with a low nose. Send a photograph of the entrance and we will tell you before the day whether the car goes in or whether the handover should happen out on the street. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Leeds, West Yorkshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/leeds Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Leeds and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Leeds is a professional-services city, and a three-month agreement suits one: the car is on the drive every day of the term rather than booked out for an occasion, and it is a known monthly figure rather than a purchase. We deliver to apartments around the Calls and Wellington Place, to houses in Alwoodley, Roundhay and Adel, and out through Wetherby and Bramhope towards Harrogate. Collection at the end of the term happens wherever suits you, which is frequently not where the car started. We have no premises in Leeds and nothing for you to travel to; the only form you sign is the one handed to you at the car, with somebody standing there to answer for it. Typical delivery: The centre and the outer suburbs behave differently here, and that is what sets the window. Around the loop road and the waterside blocks we need a loading bay and an hour in which using it is legal, which rules some of the day out entirely. In Wetherby, Bramhope or Harrogate the driveway settles it and the timing opens up. Nothing is committed until we have put a window to you and you have agreed it with the person handling your booking. City-centre addresses are the ones that need a plan. The waterside blocks around the Calls and the Wellington Place side are reached through bus lanes and loading bays with enforced hours, and a car standing in the wrong one for ten minutes collects a penalty rather than a warning. So we agree the bay and the hour in advance and keep the handover brisk. North of the ring road it is a different job: Alwoodley, Adel, Bramhope and the Wetherby addresses usually have room on the drive, which buys a slower walk-round with no clock running. Postcode areas covered: LS. ## Can you bring the car out to Harrogate or the Dales? Harrogate, Ilkley, Wetherby, York, Skipton and the Wharfe valley are part of the same run rather than an extension of it, and the Dales beyond them are a destination in their own right. A car delivered to a house or a hotel up there starts the trip properly instead of bolting a motorway leg onto the front of it. The further into the hills the address sits, the more we want to know about the last mile before the day. Send the postcode and, if you can, a line about what the approach looks like. ## Which drives are worth it from Leeds? The A65 towards Skipton and the A59 over Blubberhouses are the quick ways into the good stuff. Once you are in, the B6160 up Wharfedale through Kettlewell and the climb over the Buttertubs to Hawes are the two people come back talking about. All of it is two-lane, walled in dry stone and unfenced in places, which means sheep on the road and no run-off at all if you get it wrong. A wide car wants a calm right foot and an early start; by eleven on a Saturday those roads are full of cyclists and caravans. ## Which dates get tight around Leeds? York race days move everything - hotel rooms, kerb space and the A64 - and the Ebor meeting in August is the heaviest of them. Wetherby and Ripon do the same on a smaller scale, Harrogate's convention weekends fill the town, and a home fixture at Elland Road tightens the whole south-west side of the city for a few hours. None of that stops a delivery. It means the time gets chosen deliberately, and it means a date-fixed lease is worth settling early, because the car rather than the delivery is the scarce part. ## What happens if the address is up a Dales lane? We drive the last stretch instead of transporting it. Beyond the valley floor the lanes narrow to a single track with passing places, cattle grids appear at the field boundaries, and several approaches include a ford or a humped bridge that a long car crosses at an angle rather than square on. A covered transporter cannot reach most of those doors and would block the lane trying. Tell us what the last mile holds - gravel, gate, grid, gradient - and we will say honestly whether the car you have picked is the right one for it. ## Can I keep the car at a waterside apartment block? The waterside apartment blocks mostly have gated parking underneath, which is the best option where the barrier and the ramp suit the car. Failing that, a secure multi-storey with a height limit you have measured, or a hotel with its own parking if you are staying there anyway. What does not work is leaving it on a Leeds city-centre street: nearly all of it is metered or permit-controlled and the permit belongs to a registration, not a resident. Settle this before the booking is confirmed rather than at eleven at night. ## Can the car go on to the moors or the coast? It can, and the North York Moors are the underrated half of the region. The A170 out of Helmsley, the climb at Sutton Bank with its one-in-four gradient and its hairpin, and the moor road across to Whitby all sit within a couple of hours of the city. Sutton Bank in particular is hard work for anything long and low, so take it steadily rather than quickly. Scarborough and Whitby have narrow, steep, cobbled quarters where a wide car is more trouble than it is worth: park on the edge and walk the last part. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Liverpool, Merseyside URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/liverpool Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Liverpool and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. We deliver across Liverpool and the coast either side of it - the waterfront and the Georgian quarter, out to Woolton, Crosby and Formby, and over the water to Caldy, Heswall and West Kirby. The car arrives at the address you give us at the time you set, and we take it back from wherever the lease finishes rather than asking you to return it anywhere. Between the dock road, the one-way system and the hill streets behind Hope Street, where the handover happens matters more here than in most cities. We run no premises in Liverpool and there is nothing for you to travel to. Typical delivery: The centre is what decides the window. The Strand and the dock road carry heavy traffic with very little legal stopping, the streets climbing away from them are one-way and steep, and several Ropewalks roads are narrow enough that a stationary car blocks them outright. Out at Formby or across the water on the Wirral, a driveway does the work instead and the day opens up. That window is settled between us in conversation and confirmed by a person before you are committed to anything. Waterfront and Ropewalks addresses are too tight for a covered transporter to work in properly, so the final leg is nearly always driven and we agree a wider street to hand over on. Old stone setts still surface across that quarter and they are unkind to a low splitter taken at an angle, so we come in slowly and would suggest you do the same on the way out. Formby, Blundellsands and the Wirral villages are simple driveway handovers by comparison, and they are the quieter choice if you would rather the car did not arrive in front of an audience. Postcode areas covered: L. ## Do the Mersey crossings need thinking about? Yes, and they work in two different ways. The Queensway and Kingsway tunnels under the river are tolled at the point of use. The Mersey Gateway and the Silver Jubilee bridge at Runcorn have no barriers at all: cameras read the plate and the crossing has to be paid within a set period afterwards or a penalty follows, which is precisely the sort of thing that lands weeks later addressed to whoever owns the car. Tell us if your route uses either and we will see the registration is dealt with rather than left to find you. ## Is North Wales reachable from Liverpool? Comfortably. The A55 runs from the Wirral along the north Welsh coast, and the roads inland behind it are the reason to keep a car like this on Merseyside at all: the A5 through Llangollen, the A543 across Denbigh moor and the B4501 loop that enthusiasts call the Evo Triangle. Eryri and the Llanberis Pass are under two hours from a Liverpool doorstep. Fuel and phone signal both thin out on the moor sections, so fill up in Ruthin or Cerrigydrudion rather than assuming something is open further on. Take the coast road out and the moor road back and you will have used the day properly. ## Do race weeks and match days change the plan? They do, and they are worth naming when you give us the dates. Grand National week fills the hotels and puts closures and diversions on the roads around Aintree for several days rather than one. Anfield and Goodison bring resident-only parking schemes into force on match days across a wide radius, so a street that is fine on Tuesday is enforced on Saturday. We set the handover away from the affected area on those dates and agree a collection point that will not sit inside a closure when you come to leave. ## Is there anywhere to stop on the Strand or the hill streets? Not on the Strand, and not on the steep one-way stretches behind it. The workable spots are the hotel forecourts, the loading bays around the business district and the flatter streets in the Georgian quarter above the hill, where a car can be left long enough to do the paperwork properly. Rodney Street and the roads either side of it are handsome and completely unsuitable, being narrow, sloped and residents-only. Give us the address and we will name a street rather than leave you standing at a window watching for us. ## What are the coast roads like out to Formby and the Wirral? Open, quick and sandier than you would expect. Wind blows fine sand across the coast roads around Formby and Ainsdale, which is slippery in the same way loose gravel is, and the approach tracks to the pinewoods and the beach are unsurfaced and loose - not somewhere to take a low car with wide, expensive tyres. On the Wirral the A540 down to Heswall and the lanes around Caldy and Thurstaston are far better suited, and the run round to West Kirby at sunset is the one worth doing. Tell us which side of the water you want the car and we will set the handover to suit it. ## Does the waterfront suit leaving a car overnight? The waterfront apartment blocks generally have gated parking beneath them, which is the best answer where the barrier and ramp suit the car. Otherwise a secure multi-storey with a height limit you have checked, or a hotel with its own parking. Bear in mind that anything left near the river takes salt air all night, which is a cosmetic nuisance rather than a hazard but worth knowing. Suburban addresses in Woolton, Crosby or over on the Wirral solve the problem entirely, and are the reason some people take delivery there instead. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Bristol URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/bristol Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Bristol and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Bristol sits where the M4 and the M5 cross, which puts the Cotswolds, the Mendips, south Wales and most of the West Country inside a comfortable morning. We deliver to Clifton and Redland, to Leigh Woods and the Failand side, to the harbourside blocks, and out through Bath and north Somerset without treating any of it as a different job. Georgian terraces and genuinely steep streets mean the handover point here is worth choosing rather than assuming. There are no premises of ours in the city and nowhere for you to collect anything from; the car is driven to you and taken away again at the end. Typical delivery: Three things matter here and none of them is mileage. Whether the address falls inside the central charging zone, because we check the car against that first. Whether the street sits in a residents parking zone, which decides where a car may wait and for how long. And the gradient, since a Clifton or Cotham terrace on a one-in-eight slope is no place to unload anything. Only when those are settled do we put a time to you, and a person signs it off with you rather than a system. Clifton is the recurring puzzle. The terraces have narrow kerbs, resident-only bays and streets steep enough that a transporter ramp would foul on the camber, so the last leg is driven and the handover point gets agreed street by street rather than postcode by postcode. Leigh Woods, Sneyd Park and the Failand side are far simpler where you have the choice, because there is usually a drive to work on. Harbourside blocks have gated undercrofts, and those barriers are worth measuring before the day rather than discovering on it with the car already there. Postcode areas covered: BS. ## Does Bristol's Clean Air Zone include private cars? It does. The charging zone covers the central area and, unlike the schemes in Sheffield or Newcastle, private cars falling short of the standard are charged for entering it. The petrol cars in this class generally meet the standard comfortably, but generally is not good enough to book on, so we confirm the position for the exact vehicle before anything is agreed. The council publishes the current daily rate and the deadline for paying it. Where a charge does apply, we say plainly which side of it we carry and which is billed on. ## Is the Clifton Suspension Bridge a factor? It is a toll bridge, which surprises visitors more than residents. Every crossing is charged, the operator publishes the current rate, and there is a weight limit that keeps heavy vehicles off it entirely - so a transporter goes the long way round through the gorge whatever your postcode. The deck is a single lane each way with no stopping, so it is a road to cross rather than a place to photograph the car. The view from the Leigh Woods side, where you can legally park, is the better one anyway. ## What can you reach in a day from Bristol? Cheddar Gorge is about forty minutes and worth an early start, because by lunchtime on a Sunday it is a car park with a cliff attached. The Cotswolds are an hour up the A46. The Severn crossings have been toll-free since December 2018, which turns the Brecon Beacons and the A4069 Black Mountain pass into a genuine day out rather than an expedition. South, the A39 through Somerset towards Exmoor is quieter than all of it and better surfaced than its reputation suggests. Wells and Glastonbury sit inside the same radius if you would rather have a destination than a road. ## Is Bath part of the same delivery? Yes, and it is a short run rather than a separate journey - delivery in Bristol and collection in Bath, or the reverse, is one arrangement quoted against both addresses. Bath operates its own city-centre scheme with its own rules, and the streets inside the old core are narrow, one-way and heavily restricted for stopping. We confirm what applies to your car and your dates before you commit, and we will usually suggest a handover point outside the centre with a walk-in rather than a fight through it. Both ends are quoted together against the two addresses, so it is settled in one conversation. ## Where can a car stand in the centre and on the harbourside? The Old City is largely pedestrianised, Park Street is too steep and too busy to stop on, and Queen Square has restricted access, which leaves the loading bays around the harbour and the hotel forecourts as the practical answers. Harbourside blocks usually have a service entrance where a car can wait for ten minutes without becoming an obstacle. Tell us the building and we will pick the side of it that works; the front doors around the water tend to face a walkway rather than a road you can drive onto. ## Which weekends tighten up around Bristol? August's balloon fiesta at Ashton Court is the big one, and it does not just fill the field: the A369, the A370 and the suspension bridge approaches all congeal for several days, and the mass ascents happen at dawn and dusk, which is exactly when a handover would otherwise be easy. Bath's Christmas market does something similar to that city from late November. Neither prevents anything. Both mean we choose the hour deliberately, and we would rather know the date early than work around it late. Send the dates when you enquire and we will tell you what is happening in the city that week. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Glasgow, Glasgow City URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/glasgow Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Glasgow and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Glasgow is the natural starting point for the best driving in Britain, and it is where most Scottish leases begin. We bring the car to a West End terrace, a city-centre hotel, a house in Bearsden, Newton Mearns or Whitecraigs, or out along the Clyde towards Helensburgh, at a time set with you. Tenement streets, controlled bays and the gradients across the grid all make the handover point worth choosing rather than guessing. We hold no premises anywhere in Scotland, so nothing here involves you travelling to fetch a car: it is driven to your door and taken back from wherever you finish. Typical delivery: The governing factor is the length of the road north and what waits at the far end of it. We look first at where the car has to travel from, then at the street: a West End tenement usually means a controlled zone and a nominated bay, while a driveway in Bearsden or Whitecraigs settles the matter on its own. Weather on the route counts in winter. The window is worked out with you and confirmed by someone before you commit to anything. Tenement streets have no off-street parking behind them and the kerb space in front is controlled, so we agree a specific bay and a specific time instead of circling the block. The cross streets around Garnethill and Blythswood are steep enough to matter when a low car comes off a ramp, so we choose a flat stretch to unload on even if it means walking the car round afterwards. Out at Newton Mearns, Bearsden or Whitecraigs there is normally a drive, which is faster and more private. If your street is dug up, say so - it happens often enough to be worth asking about. Postcode areas covered: G. ## Is the city-centre Low Emission Zone a problem for this car? It does. The zone covers the city centre and, unlike the English schemes that exempt private cars, it applies to them, with a minimum emissions standard that modern petrol performance cars meet as a matter of course. We confirm the standing of the specific vehicle before you book. Enforcement is camera-based and the penalty attaches to the vehicle rather than the driver, and repeat entries escalate, so this is one to settle in advance. The council publishes the current rules and the penalty position on its own site. Ask us and you get the checked answer for your dates rather than a general one. ## What is the drive north from Glasgow? The A82 along Loch Lomond and on through Glencoe is the headline, though the lochside section is narrower, bumpier and more tightly walled than its reputation implies, and a wide car needs room it does not always have. The A83 over the Rest and Be Thankful is the classic pass and is prone to closure after heavy rain, with traffic put onto the old military road below. Two hours from a Glasgow doorstep puts you in the middle of the best road network in the country. Fuel and food both thin out beyond Crianlarich, so fill up before committing to the long way round. ## How long does a Highlands run actually need? Three or four days, and they are worth blocking out properly: the distances between the good sections are long, and rushing them wastes the point of being there. Fuel stations thin out sharply north and west of Fort William, and several close early, which matters in a car doing single-figure miles per gallon when pressed. If an island is part of the plan, the ferry operator takes vehicle reservations separately and summer sailings fill well ahead. Three days also leaves you a spare one for the weather, which on the west coast is not a luxury. ## What should I know about these roads in winter? That they are wonderful and genuinely demanding at the same time. Passes hold ice in shade long after the glens have thawed, the A82 and the A9 both close for snow in a hard week, and daylight in December runs out by mid-afternoon. Performance tyres go hard and lose grip well before the road looks slippery. Deer come down to the roadside at dusk and are a real hazard on the Loch Lomond and Rannoch stretches. None of it is a reason not to come - it is a reason to plan shorter days. ## Do you go beyond the city into Ayrshire and the lochs? Across the city and its suburbs - Bearsden, Milngavie, Newton Mearns, Whitecraigs, Giffnock - and out along the Clyde to Helensburgh, up the lochside, over to Loch Lomond, and down into Ayrshire and the golf coast at Troon and Turnberry. Edinburgh is an hour east, so a Glasgow delivery and an Edinburgh collection sit inside one booking. Anywhere further north or west, tell us the address and we will be straight with you about what the approach involves. Give us the two postcodes that matter and both ends are priced against them rather than against a radius on a map. ## Is a tenement street a safe place to leave it? Not on a controlled tenement street, realistically. A secure city-centre car park is the usual answer, with the height barrier checked first, or a hotel with parking of its own if you are staying in town. Suburban addresses solve it outright, which is one reason a handover in Bearsden or Newton Mearns is often easier than one in the West End even when the city street is closer to where you are eating. Tell us the overnight plan when we agree the dates, because it can change which car we suggest. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Edinburgh, City of Edinburgh URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/edinburgh Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Edinburgh and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. An Edinburgh agreement has to suit the whole year rather than one occasion - the daily run across town, the Highlands road that starts on the Queensferry Crossing, and August, when the city changes shape around whatever is parked in it. We deliver into the New Town, Morningside, Cramond and Barnton, to hotel forecourts in the centre, and out towards Gullane and North Berwick, then collect from this city or another one. Setts, gradients and controlled parking make the street matter here as much as the postcode does. We have no premises in Edinburgh, so there is no desk to find and nothing to hand back through a hatch at the end. Typical delivery: Two local facts govern this. The first is the road surface: much of the New Town and the Old Town is laid in stone setts, and the street we choose has to suit a low car as well as allow a legal stop. The second is controlled parking, which covers most of the centre and dictates where a car may wait and when. In August, closures rewrite both of those. You will have the window from a person, agreed with you, ahead of any commitment. New Town setts are harder on a low front splitter than they look, and several streets are more steeply crowned at the kerb than a photograph suggests, so a car coming off a ramp at an angle can ground on the way down. We choose the handover street with that in mind and will propose one street over if yours is a problem. Where a mews lane is involved we check the width and the turning space at the far end first, because a blind-ended mews with a delivery van behind you is not where anyone wants to reverse a wide car in a hurry. Postcode areas covered: EH. ## Does the Low Emission Zone cover the car I lease? Yes. Edinburgh's LEZ covers the city centre and applies to cars, not only to buses and vans, with a minimum emissions standard that modern petrol prestige cars meet in the ordinary course. We confirm the position on the specific vehicle before booking rather than after. Enforcement runs on cameras reading the number plate, and the charge for a breach attaches to the vehicle, so it is worth settling as part of the booking. The council publishes the boundary and the current penalty terms. The Glasgow scheme is a separate one with its own boundary, so a trip taking in both cities crosses two of them. ## What changes if my dates fall in August? Almost everything about the logistics, and none of it about whether we come. The festival turns the centre into a shifting map of closures and suspended bays, some announced late, and parking becomes the binding constraint on the whole lease rather than a detail at the end of it. Tell us before you book where the car will spend the nights - a hotel with its own parking, a secure car park, or an address out of the centre entirely - because in August that answer changes which handover point is sensible and sometimes which car is. ## Where does the car park overnight in the New Town? Not on the street, in most cases. The central zones are controlled through the evening and the resident permits attach to a registration, so a leased car has no standing in them. What works is a secure car park with a barrier you have measured, a hotel that has its own parking rather than an arrangement with a nearby garage, or one of the mews garages if you have access to one. Addresses in Cramond, Barnton or Ravelston generally have a drive, and that is the simplest overnight answer in the city. ## Where do people head from Edinburgh? North over the Queensferry Crossing towards Perthshire, then the A9 into the Cairngorms, which is fast, monitored throughout and best treated as transport rather than sport. South into the Borders on the A68 and the A7, both quieter and better surfaced than most drivers expect. East along the A198 through Gullane and Dirleton to North Berwick, which is a short, pretty run with somewhere to eat at the end. Inverness is roughly three hours, which makes four days the sensible minimum for anything involving the north coast. Whichever direction you pick, the first half hour out of the city is the slowest part of the day. ## Do rugby internationals and Hogmanay affect the handover? Both do. Murrayfield on an international day empties into the west end of the city and the streets around the ground go to residents-only enforcement, so a handover there is best set well before kick-off or somewhere else altogether. Hogmanay closes Princes Street and much of the centre for the events, with the closures going in during the day rather than at the last minute. Give us the date with the address and we will tell you which side of the cordon you are on before you commit to anything. ## Do you come out to East Lothian and over into Fife? Yes. Cramond, Barnton, Murrayfield, Colinton and Morningside are the same run as the centre, and East Lothian - Gullane, Aberlady, North Berwick and the golf coast - is comfortably inside it. Over the bridge, Fife and St Andrews are straightforward, and the Borders towns to the south are no harder. Delivery in one place and collection in another is one booking rather than two, quoted against both addresses, which suits a trip that starts in the city and ends at a house somewhere quieter. Give us the postcode at each end and the whole shape of it is settled in one conversation. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Newcastle, Tyne and Wear URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/newcastle Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Newcastle and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. We deliver across Tyneside and the country behind it - the Quayside and Jesmond, Gosforth, Ponteland and Darras Hall, and up the coast to Tynemouth and Whitley Bay. The car arrives at the address you name at the time you have set, and we collect from wherever the lease ends rather than asking you to bring it back. The banks running down to the river are steep and cobbled in places, so some streets suit a handover far better than others, and we will tell you which. None of this needs premises, which is just as well: we hold none here or anywhere else. Typical delivery: Geography sets the window on Tyneside. The Quayside banks are steep, cobbled in stretches and narrow at the bottom, so a handover down there needs the right street and an hour when the bars are not turning out onto it. Jesmond runs on residents parking with enforced hours. At Ponteland or Darras Hall a drive removes the problem altogether. We set the window against those facts, talk it through with you, and confirm it by hand before anything is agreed. Ponteland, Darras Hall and the Gosforth streets are the simplest handovers in the region, because there is usually a drive and the car never has to stand where anyone can watch it. The Quayside is the opposite: Dean Street and the Side are steep and stone-surfaced, the lanes off them are tight, and a transporter cannot work there at all, so the last leg is driven and we meet on flat ground nearby. If your route uses the Tyne Tunnel, say so. It is tolled, it reads the plate, and a crossing left unpaid becomes a penalty attached to the vehicle rather than the driver. Postcode areas covered: NE. ## Does the Tyneside clean air scheme apply to cars? No. The Tyneside scheme is aimed at taxis, buses, coaches, vans and heavy goods vehicles, and private cars are not charged to enter it, which puts it in a different category from Birmingham or Bristol. That does not make the whole trip charge-free by default, because other cities on your route run their own schemes on their own rules. We check what applies to the specific car for the dates you are travelling and tell you, before you commit, which charges we deal with and which are billed on to you afterwards. ## Where is worth driving from Tyneside? The coast road north through Alnwick to Bamburgh and Beadnell is one of the quietest genuinely beautiful drives in England, and it stays quiet outside August. Inland, the B6341 through Rothbury and the Military Road along Hadrian's Wall are the two to know: the second is Roman-straight, laid over a series of blind crests, and it hides oncoming traffic completely, so it demands more restraint than its sightlines invite. West on the A69 the Lake District is inside ninety minutes, which makes a weekend away from the door an easy one to plan. Take the A68 north instead and you are into the Borders inside an hour. ## Do match days and the Great North Run affect delivery? They do, more than in most cities, because the ground sits in the middle of town rather than out by a bypass. On a home fixture the streets around Barrack Road and Gallowgate close or fill, and the whole centre slows for a couple of hours either side. September's Great North Run shuts major routes and a river crossing for most of a morning, with the closures published in advance. Give us the date and postcode and we will set the handover on the right side of whatever is closed. ## Do you come out to the coast and County Durham? Tynemouth, Whitley Bay, Morpeth, Hexham, Corbridge, Durham and Darlington are all part of the same run, along with the country-house addresses through the Tyne valley and the villages either side of the A68. Northumberland proper - Alnwick, Bamburgh, the Cheviot foothills - is delivery country too, though those approaches are worth describing to us in advance. Delivery on Tyneside and collection somewhere entirely different, in Scotland or Yorkshire, sits inside one booking rather than two. If the address is a farm track or a walled courtyard rather than a drive, say so with the postcode and we will plan the last part around it. ## What are the Tyneside streets like for standing and parking? Grey Street is handsome, sloped and stone-set, which makes it a poor choice for anything low coming off a ramp; the flatter streets above it work better. Jesmond and Gosforth run resident permit schemes with enforced hours, so we agree a bay and a time. Overnight, the answer is a secure car park with a measured height barrier, a hotel with parking of its own, or a suburban drive. Leaving a car of this value on a Quayside street on a Saturday night is not something we would suggest. Give us the street and we will say which of those applies well before the day. ## Is the Northumberland coast suitable for a low car? The main coast road is, and it is worth the trip. The last mile to the beaches often is not. Several of the approaches to Bamburgh, Beadnell and Embleton run down single-track lanes with grass down the middle and parking on compacted sand or grass that turns soft after rain, and blown sand across the tarmac behaves like loose gravel under a wide tyre. Park on made ground at the top and walk the last stretch. It is a short walk and a much better outcome than a recovery truck on a dune. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Sheffield, South Yorkshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/sheffield Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Sheffield and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. No other English city has this much good road within twenty minutes of its own suburbs, which is why a Sheffield lease is usually about the driving rather than the destination. We deliver to Dore, Fulwood, Whirlow, Ranmoor and the city centre, and out into the Peak villages at Hathersage, Baslow and Bakewell, then collect wherever the lease ends. The city is built across hills, and a good number of driveways here meet the road at an angle a low car does not enjoy, which is worth mentioning when you book. We hold no premises in Sheffield and there is nothing to come to. Typical delivery: Two things set the window. The first is the gradient: several western suburbs sit on slopes where unloading has to happen on a flat section rather than directly outside the door, and we would rather establish that beforehand than discover it. The second is where the car is actually going - a Peak address means checking the last mile, a city one means finding somewhere a car may legally stand. What you get is a window you have agreed to, checked by a person rather than generated. Peak addresses are welcome, but the lanes past Hathersage and Baslow narrow quickly and the dry-stone walls do not move, so the final stretch is driven rather than transported. Closer in, the recurring problem is the driveway lip. Sheffield's hillside streets throw up short, steeply angled drives, and a car with real front overhang grounds going in rather than coming out. Tell us if yours is one of those and we will hand over on the flat instead and let you take it in gently. If the property sits up an unsurfaced track, say so: that changes which car makes sense, not whether we come. Postcode areas covered: S. ## Which Peak roads start closest to the city? The A57 Snake Pass, the A6187 through Hathersage and the Hope valley, and the climb over Winnats Pass all begin inside half an hour of the western suburbs. Winnats is the spectacular one and also the one to take slowly: it is steep, narrow, walled by limestone and usually has walkers on it. The Snake is exposed moorland that closes for snow, wind and landslip more readily than an A road normally would, so look at its status on the morning rather than assuming it is open. Mam Nick and the drop into Edale are the quieter alternative when the Hope valley is full. ## Do I need to think about a clean air charge in Sheffield? No. The city's zone is aimed at buses, coaches, taxis, vans and lorries, and private cars are not charged for entering it - the same position as Newcastle, and the opposite of Birmingham and Bristol. We still check the standing of the exact car before you book, because a checked answer is worth more than a remembered one, and because a trip that starts here may well end somewhere with a different scheme. Whatever applies, you are told which charges sit with us before you commit. It is one line in the booking and it saves a bill turning up a fortnight later. ## When is the Peak too busy to enjoy? Late morning onwards on any dry weekend, and all of half-term. The A6187 through Hathersage becomes a queue, the Castleton car parks fill by ten, and the good corners fill with cyclists, walkers and photographers who have every right to be there. The pleasure in these roads is entirely in the timing: leave at seven on a Sunday and you get the Hope valley almost to yourself; leave at eleven and you get a slow-moving convoy with a better view. Plan the lease around the hour, not the day. Half-term weeks behave like weekends from Monday through to Friday, which catches a lot of people out. ## Can you reach a property down a Peak lane? Usually, with a conversation first. The obstacles up there are specific: cattle grids at the field boundaries, stone gateposts set at the width of a farm cart rather than a modern supercar, fords that run deeper than they look after rain, and gated tracks with a surface of loose rubble. A covered transporter reaches very few of those doors. We drive the last part, and where even that is unwise we hand over at the nearest made road and follow you in so nobody is guessing about clearance. Nobody enjoys finding out about a cattle grid with the car already on it. ## Do you cross into Derbyshire and the Peak villages? Across the city and out to Chesterfield, Dronfield, Rotherham, Barnsley and Doncaster, west into the Peak as far as Bakewell, Buxton and Tideswell, and north towards Huddersfield. The country-house addresses on the Derbyshire side are part of the same run. Because the good roads start so close to the city, delivery here and collection somewhere else - Manchester, Leeds, a house in the Dales - works particularly well. A one-way lease is an ordinary arrangement here rather than a special case, priced against the two addresses you actually give us. ## Does the Peak shut when it snows? Different from the city they start at. Sheffield can be wet while the moor tops are under snow, and the passes - the Snake, Woodhead, the road over to Buxton - close first and reopen last. Gritting concentrates on main routes, so the lanes below Stanage and around Longshaw stay treacherous long after the A roads are clear. Performance tyres are near useless below about seven degrees. A winter lease here is still worth doing; it just wants shorter days, a valley route and no fixed arrival time at the far end. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Nottingham, Nottinghamshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/nottingham Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Nottingham and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Nottingham has good road immediately south of it, with Donington barely half an hour down the A453 - and over a three-month term that is a morning you take when you feel like it rather than one you had to book. We deliver into The Park, West Bridgford, Mapperley, Wollaton and the Lace Market, and collect from wherever you finish. The centre is threaded with tram lines and bus-only streets, so where a car can legally stop is a narrower question here than the map makes it look. We hold no premises in Nottingham - there is nothing to visit, and the paperwork happens at the car with somebody standing there to talk it through. Typical delivery: The tram network shapes this more than the traffic does. Lines run along the street through the centre, several roads are restricted to trams and buses with cameras enforcing them, and the stops themselves take out long runs of kerb. So we work out where a car may legally and safely wait, then which hour suits it, then how to approach. The Park Estate needs its gate arranged separately. A person puts the window to you, and it holds only once you have agreed it. The Park Estate is the one address type that has to be organised ahead: it is private and gated, with its own access arrangements and its own internal limits, so tell us which gate you use and whose name to give and we will arrange entry rather than sit at a barrier hoping. In the Lace Market the streets are stone-surfaced and tight, and a transporter cannot turn in them, so we drive the last part and hand over on a wider road close by. West Bridgford, Wollaton and Mapperley are ordinary driveway handovers that need nothing arranged in advance. Postcode areas covered: NG. ## What does a big weekend at Donington do to the roads? It fills them for days rather than hours. The June festival there brings campers in from Thursday, and a major race meeting does a compressed version of the same thing, with the A453 and the M1 junctions either side of it queueing well before the gates open. If your lease falls on one of those weekends, taking the car early on the Friday morning is the difference between a drive and a car park. Tell us the date and we will set the handover ahead of the build-up rather than into the middle of it. ## Which roads are worth driving from Nottingham? East, the lanes through the Vale of Belvoir are quiet, open and rolling, with long sightlines and very little traffic on a weekday. Rutland Water is an hour away on the A606 and makes a decent lunch stop at the end of the good part. North, the A614 and the Dukeries estates run through Sherwood with fast, sweeping curves under old woodland. North-west, the Peak begins beyond Ashbourne. It is a genuinely central position, which is why a weekend that starts here often ends up somewhere else entirely. None of it is far, which is the argument for taking the car for two days rather than an afternoon. ## Do Trent Bridge and the City Ground change kerb space? Considerably, because both grounds sit side by side on the river with only a couple of bridges serving them. West Bridgford goes to residents-only enforcement on match days, parking disappears for a wide radius, and a Test match does this for five days rather than one afternoon. It does not stop a delivery. It means we choose a handover point on the city side of the water, or a time before the crowd builds, and we will say which when you give us the date. The riverside car parks go first, so anything within walking distance of the bridges has gone by lunchtime. ## Can I take the leased car onto a circuit? Not under a road-hire agreement. Track driving sits outside the insurance on a road hire, at every company in this trade rather than only here, so a car delivered for road use cannot be taken onto a circuit even for a sighting lap. It is not an add-on to be raised on the morning either. If a track day is what you actually want, tell us at the enquiry stage: it needs a different arrangement, agreed in advance, with the circuit's own cover in place before anybody signs anything. It is a far better question at the enquiry than a discovery at the gate. ## Is there anywhere secure to keep it in the Lace Market? In the Lace Market and around the centre, a secure multi-storey with a barrier you have checked, because several of the older ones are tight and their ramps are tighter. The Park Estate is the exception in the city: it is gated, quiet, and many of the houses have their own garaging, which is the calmest overnight answer inside Nottingham. Out at Wollaton, Mapperley or Edwalton the drive does it. Street parking across most of the inner suburbs is permit-controlled and not a sensible plan for a car worth this much. ## Which towns around the city are part of the same run? Beeston, Wollaton, Ruddington, Edwalton, Southwell, Newark and Mansfield are in the same run, and Derby, Loughborough and Melton Mowbray are no further as far as a delivery is concerned. The county's country-house and barn venues are part of the same job. Because everything from here is about an hour from something better, delivery in Nottingham with collection in the Peak, in Rutland or in Yorkshire is a normal way to shape a lease rather than an awkward one. Send both postcodes and the whole thing is set out against them before anything is agreed, including the leg back. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Leicester, Leicestershire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/leicester Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Leicester and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Leicester is a short delivery from most of England, which matters on the one day of a lease when the car has to travel: the day it arrives. We deliver into the city, out to Oadby, Kibworth, Great Glen and Market Harborough, north to Loughborough and Quorn, and across towards the Rutland border. The county half of that is mostly driveways and the city half is mostly ring road, which is the practical difference between a handover that takes minutes and one that needs planning. We hold no premises in Leicestershire, and nothing about a lease here asks you to travel to us. Typical delivery: Whether the address sits inside the ring road or outside it does most of the work here. The centre is more pedestrianised than it looks and several approaches are bus-restricted, so we need a defined place a car may legally wait and an hour when the ring road is not solid. County addresses at Kibworth or Market Harborough usually offer a drive, which removes the constraint entirely. Nothing is fixed until somebody has walked the timing through with you and you have said yes to it. County handovers are the easy ones: Oadby, Kibworth, Great Glen, Market Harborough and the villages towards Rutland generally have driveway space, which buys a quick and private walk-round. In the city, remember that New Walk is a footway rather than a road and that much of the core cannot be driven into at all, so we agree a street rather than aiming at a postcode. If the destination is a barn or manor venue, ask about the surface: deep gravel swallows a low car and throws stones at fresh paint, so we would rather set down on tarmac and let you take the last stretch at walking pace. Postcode areas covered: LE. ## Which roads out of Leicestershire are worth it? The A47 east towards Uppingham and the lanes circling Rutland Water are the local answer, open and fast-flowing with long views. North-west, Charnwood Forest around Bradgate, Swithland and Beacon Hill is tighter, older country with rock outcrops and woodland, and is the better drive of the two. South, the Northamptonshire back roads towards Silverstone are twenty-five minutes further. It is quiet country with fewer cameras than most Midlands routes, which mainly means the temptation is the risk rather than the enforcement. Charnwood is the one to do first thing on a Sunday, before the Bradgate car parks fill. ## Does a Grand Prix weekend affect Leicestershire? It affects the whole corridor. Silverstone sits over the county line, but the traffic reaches the M1 junctions south of Leicester, the A5199 and the A43, and the queues run for hours in both directions across the weekend rather than only on the Sunday. Hotel rooms across Leicestershire and Northamptonshire go months ahead. If your dates land on it, the lease is a fixed-date booking in every sense, and the handover wants setting early in the day and well away from the approach roads. The same applies on the Friday, because practice-day traffic starts long before the racing does. ## What makes a wedding handover actually work? Deciding three things in advance: where the car is set down, who holds the keys, and what the surface is. Barn and manor venues in this county are often reached by a farm track with a soft verge and a gravel courtyard at the end, and neither is kind to a low car with wide tyres. Photographs usually want the car parked before guests arrive rather than driven in past them. Give us the venue and the timings and we will hand over somewhere sensible earlier in the day rather than into the middle of the arrivals. ## Do you come out to Rutland and the county towns? Loughborough, Quorn, Melton Mowbray, Lutterworth, Hinckley, Market Harborough and out to Oakham and Uppingham in Rutland, plus every village between them. None of it is treated as an outlying postcode. Because the county sits inside so many motorway junctions, addresses in Northamptonshire, south Nottinghamshire and east Warwickshire fall into the same run. Give us the postcode and delivery and collection are quoted against the real address before you agree to anything at all. If the destination is a venue rather than a house, send the arrival time as well, because that usually decides where the handover should happen. ## Does Diwali or a home fixture change the plan? Two in particular. The Belgrave Road Diwali lights bring road closures and very heavy crowds to that whole corridor on the switch-on night and again through the festival. King Power fixtures do the more familiar thing to the streets south of the centre, with resident schemes enforced on match days. Neither prevents a delivery; both change where and when it should happen. Send the date with your postcode and we will tell you which side of the closures your address sits on. Both are published a long way ahead, so neither should be a surprise on the morning. ## Does the car have to come back to the same address? Yes, and from Leicester it often makes sense. The county is inside a couple of hours of the Cotswolds, the Peak, the Yorkshire Dales and London, so a car taken from a driveway here and given back at a house, a hotel or an airport at the other end saves a whole return leg of driving. Both points are agreed when the dates are and quoted together against the real addresses, so the return journey is part of the arrangement rather than something added to it afterwards. Tell us where you expect to finish, even loosely, and we will build that leg in from the start. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Cardiff URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cardiff Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Cardiff and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Cardiff sits close enough to the Beacons and the valleys that two days here covers more good road than a week does in most cities. We deliver into the city and the Bay, out to Lisvane, Radyr, Llandaff, Penarth and Cowbridge, and across the Vale of Glamorgan, then collect from wherever you end up. Wales runs a default twenty limit on most built-up roads, which changes the feel of a city drive more than visitors expect it to. We hold no premises in Cardiff, so there is nothing to collect, nothing to sign at a hatch and no journey to make before the lease begins. Typical delivery: Stadium event days are the single biggest factor here, because the closures around the centre go in early and cover a wide area rather than a street or two. Beyond that it is the usual pair: whether your street sits in a controlled zone, and how the Bay's barriers and one-way approaches behave. Penarth, Cowbridge and Lisvane are driveway handovers and far simpler. We come back to you with a window, agreed in conversation, before you commit to anything. On a Principality Stadium event day the city-centre closures are extensive, go in well before kick-off and take in exactly the streets you would otherwise use, so we either hand over long ahead of them or move out to Penarth, Llandaff or Cardiff Gate. Send the date and we will say which. On an ordinary day the Bay is the harder half: the blocks there have gated undercrofts with height barriers, and the roads around them are one-way with little legal stopping. Pontcanna and Cathedral Road are terraced and permit-controlled, so we agree a bay and an hour in advance. Postcode areas covered: CF. ## Where does the A470 take you? The A470 north into Bannau Brycheiniog is forty minutes from the city. Beyond Llandeilo, the A4069 over the Black Mountain is one of the finest stretches of road in Britain: narrow, unfenced, hairpinned at the top and completely exposed. Closer in, the A4061 over the Rhigos and the Bwlch does something similar above the valleys. All of it is common land, which means sheep and ponies on the tarmac, cattle grids at the boundaries and no guarantee the road ahead is empty round a blind crest. Set off early and the pass is largely yours before the walkers and the photographers arrive. ## Does the Welsh twenty limit change how the car feels? It changes the first and last half hour of every trip. Wales moved to a default twenty on most restricted roads in 2023, so the limit through built-up areas is lower than the equivalent English street and it is enforced. In practice that means a long, quiet crawl in second gear before the good roads start, which suits a grand tourer far better than something with a competition clutch and no patience. Plan the urban leg as time you will spend, not time you will make up. It also means the car leaves the street quietly, which your neighbours are unlikely to object to. ## Is the Severn crossing a cost to think about? Not any more. Both crossings have been toll-free since December 2018, so taking delivery on the English side, or handing the car back in Bristol or Bath, is no longer a financial decision - it is only a question of which address suits you. The one thing worth knowing is that the older bridge closes to high-sided traffic in strong winds and the M4 tunnels east of the city can back up badly at peak, so an early handover beats a mid-afternoon one when the weather is turning. Delivery in Bristol with collection in Cardiff, or the reverse, is a single arrangement rather than two. ## Can you reach Swansea, the Gower and west Wales? Cowbridge, Bridgend, Porthcawl and the whole Vale are the same run as the city. Swansea, the Gower and Carmarthenshire are straightforward, and Pembrokeshire, Ceredigion and mid-Wales are all delivery country. What changes as you go west is the last mile rather than the distance: single-track lanes with grass down the centre, farm gates and unmade tracks become normal. Describe the approach when you send the postcode and we will tell you plainly what can reach the door and what cannot. Nothing in the west is outside the area; the only question is what the last hundred yards look like. ## Does the Bay have parking that suits a low car? In the Bay, the residential blocks have gated parking underneath, which works where the barrier and ramp suit the car. In the centre, a secure multi-storey with a measured height limit, or a hotel with parking of its own. Street parking through Pontcanna, Roath and Cathays is permit-controlled and busy, and is not somewhere to leave something conspicuous overnight. Addresses in Lisvane, Radyr and Penarth have drives, which is why a handover out there is often the easier arrangement even when the city is where you are going. Say where the car will sit at night when you send the dates, because it sometimes changes which one we suggest. ## Is one day enough, or does this want a weekend? Worth the distance, because the good roads start forty minutes out and the best of them are two hours away. Two days lets you do the Beacons properly and come back a different way. Three gets you to the Elan valley, the coast road round the Gower, or as far as Pembrokeshire without spending the whole time on the A48. If the lease is for one event in the city, that is a different job entirely and the car is only there to be arrived in. Tell us what the trip is actually for and we will say plainly which shape suits it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Southampton, Hampshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/southampton Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Southampton and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Southampton addresses sit between the water and the New Forest, and a car kept for a year reaches both without either having to be an occasion booked in advance. We deliver into the city, to Chilworth, Bassett and Chandler's Ford, along the Solent shore, and out to Beaulieu and Brockenhurst, then collect at the end of the term. The port side of the city runs on controlled access and the forest side runs on cattle grids, and those are two entirely different handovers. We hold no premises in Southampton, so there is no key to queue for and nothing to bring back to anyone. Typical delivery: The port is what makes this place unusual. Cruise turnaround days put coaches and taxis onto the dock approaches in numbers, and the terminals are controlled-access sites where a handover has to be arranged at a named gate rather than improvised on arrival. Away from the water, Chilworth and Chandler's Ford are ordinary driveway handovers with far fewer moving parts. Someone confirms the timing with you directly, and it is settled between us before the booking stands. Marina and terminal addresses have gates, passes and defined drop-off points, so we agree the exact entrance beforehand and take a name to give at the barrier - arriving at the wrong gate on a working dock is a very long way round. On the forest side the problem is different: cattle grids mark the boundary, the roads inside are unfenced, and animals stand in them at any hour. Chilworth, Bassett and Chandler's Ford are simple driveway handovers. If your address sits inside the forest, tell us what the last stretch is like before the day. Postcode areas covered: SO. ## Is the New Forest worth driving? It is, with one caveat worth knowing before you set off. Most unfenced forest roads carry a forty limit, and ponies, cattle and donkeys wander across them at all hours, including after dark when they are almost invisible against the heath. This is somewhere to drive a good car slowly and enjoy the fact that you are in it. The Rhinefield and Bolderwood ornamental drives are narrow, tree-lined and beautiful; the coast road round to Lymington and the lanes towards Beaulieu are the pick of the rest. The car parks at the forest edge are loose gravel and deep in places, so use the tarmac and walk in. ## Does the cruise schedule affect the city? On a turnaround day, considerably. Southampton handles a great deal of the country's cruise traffic, and when several ships change over at once the dock approaches, the Itchen bridge and the roads through the centre fill with coaches, taxis and luggage vans from early morning. It is entirely predictable, which is the useful part: the schedules are public. Give us the date and we will either set the handover before the surge or pick an address on the Chilworth side of the city where none of it reaches. It is the one thing about this city that is entirely knowable in advance, so we use that. ## What is within a day's drive of the Solent? A great deal, because this is one of the better-placed cities in the country. Bournemouth and the Dorset coast are forty-five minutes west, with the Purbecks and the Jurassic Coast beyond them. Salisbury Plain and the Wiltshire downs sit directly north on the A36 and the A303. East, Chichester and the Sussex coast are inside an hour. Two days out of here can be planned without repeating a single road, which is unusual, and over three months or more none of those runs is at the expense of another. Goodwood sits at the far end of that eastern run if a circuit is the point of it. ## Can the car go over to the Isle of Wight? Only by arrangement, and it has to be raised at the enquiry rather than on the morning. The vehicle ferry runs from the city, the crossings need booking separately and they fill through the summer, and taking a leased car onto a ferry is something we agree in advance rather than something you assume. Loading ramps and the deck itself are also unkind to a low front end at the wrong angle. If the Island is the point of the trip, tell us early and we will be straight about which cars suit it. ## What happens during boat show week? September's show is the busiest week in the local calendar and it takes over the waterfront end of the city: Mayflower Park becomes the site, roads around it are closed or restricted, and hotel parking and kerb space disappear together. If a delivery or a collection falls inside it, settle the handover point well ahead and expect it to be set on the Chandler's Ford or Chilworth side rather than by the water. The days either side are much the same, with the build-up and the take-down under way. ## Which parts of the city can a car actually stop in? Above Bar and the central shopping streets are pedestrian, the dock roads carry constant heavy traffic, and Bedford Place is narrow and controlled, which leaves hotel forecourts, the Ocean Village approaches and residential streets with driveway space as the workable options. Overnight, a secure multi-storey with a barrier you have measured or a hotel with its own parking. Anything left near the water takes salt air overnight, and the exposed bays along the shore road do it faster than you would expect in a single night. Send us the building and we will name the entrance rather than leave you watching from a window. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Brighton, East Sussex URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/brighton Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Brighton and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Brighton and Hove is a visible place to keep a car, and over three months or more where it sleeps matters more than where it goes: nearly all of the central streets are permit-controlled, and the seafront bays are exposed to salt every night. We deliver into the city, Hove, Rottingdean and Saltdean, and out under the Downs to Lewes, Ditchling and Steyning, then collect from the same address or a different one at the end of the term. Parking rather than access is what shapes everything here. We hold no premises in Brighton; the car is driven down to you and taken away again when the agreement ends. Typical delivery: Parking control sets the window in this city. Most central streets are permit zones with enforced hours, loading space is scarce and shared with delivery vans, and the seafront roads carry event closures on more weekends than not. So we work out where the car may legally stand, then when, then how it reaches there through the one-way system. The window is agreed with you and confirmed by a person, never assumed from a postcode. Tell us where the car will spend its nights when you book rather than after, because in Brighton that is the hard part rather than the detail. Almost every central street is permit-controlled, and the permit belongs to a registration rather than to a household, so a leased car has no standing on it. The multi-storeys near the front have height barriers worth measuring first. A Hove garage, a hotel with parking of its own, or an address up the hill away from the sea all make the lease easier. The Lanes are pedestrian and North Laine is a knot of narrow one-way streets, so neither is a handover point. Postcode areas covered: BN. ## Is the coast road or the Downs the better drive? The A259 east towards Beachy Head is the obvious one, and it is genuinely good early on a Sunday and genuinely slow by eleven. The climb over Ditchling Beacon is steep, narrow and popular with cyclists, so it is a road to enjoy at a walking pace rather than attack. Inland, the A272 runs the width of Sussex through villages and beech woods and is the better drive of the three. The seafront itself is for arriving on, not for driving - it is a promenade with traffic on it. ## Is Goodwood a day trip from here? Comfortably. It is about thirty-five miles west, so the Festival of Speed, the Revival and the Members' Meetings are all reachable without staying over. What matters is that those weekends fill the whole region - hotels, restaurants and car availability - months ahead, and the lanes around Chichester queue solidly on the way in and out. Treat a Goodwood date as a fixed-date booking made early rather than a spontaneous one, and expect the handover to be set on the earlier side of the morning. Leaving before seven turns that queue into a drive, which is the whole trick of the weekend. ## Do the seafront events close the road? Regularly. Madeira Drive hosts motoring events through the year, the London to Brighton Veteran Car Run finishes on the front on the first Sunday of November, the spring marathon takes over the seafront and much of the eastern approach, and the summer parade brings the widest closures of the year across the centre. All of them are published well in advance. Give us your date and we will tell you whether your street sits inside a closure and where the handover should move to if it does. It is far easier to move a handover by an hour than to argue with a road closure. ## What are the Downs lanes actually like? Narrower and dirtier than the postcard suggests. Many of them are sunken between high banks with no passing places and blind bends, and the ones that serve farms carry flint, mud and chalk slurry onto the tarmac for most of the winter - chalk in the wet is genuinely slippery and it stays that way for hours after rain stops. They are beautiful and they reward a slow car more than a fast one. If your address is down one, tell us, because a transporter will not get down most of them. ## Do you deliver to Hove and the villages under the Downs? Yes, and those addresses are often the easier ones. Hove has wider streets and more garages than Brighton proper, Rottingdean and Saltdean sit above the sea with driveway space, and Lewes, Ditchling, Steyning and the villages towards Arundel are all in the same run. Delivery in one and collection in another is a single arrangement, so the car can arrive at a house under the Downs and go back from a hotel on the front, or the other way round, without a return leg you have to drive yourself. Steyning and Bramber are the quietest of them and the easiest places here to hand a car over. ## What should I know about the sea itself? That it gets into everything. A car parked on the front overnight in any wind comes back covered in salt film, and after a storm there is shingle across the road and in the wheel arches. The A259 along the undercliff catches crosswinds hard enough to move a light car. If you want photographs on the seafront, the hour after sunrise is the only time it is both quiet and legal to stop in most of the bays, and it is also the only time the light does the car any favours. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Cheshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cheshire Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Cheshire and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Cheshire is a county of long private drives and electric gates, and the local expectation is that things arrive rather than being fetched. We deliver into Alderley Edge, Wilmslow, Prestbury, Mobberley, Knutsford, Bowdon, Hale, Tarporley and Chester, almost always onto a private drive, at a time you set. Gate codes, gravel depth and the width of a village bridge decide more here than mileage ever does. There have never been premises of ours in Cheshire and there is nothing to visit: the car comes to the house and it goes back from the house. Typical delivery: Access governs this rather than distance. Most addresses here are gated, which means a code or an intercom and somebody expecting us, and many have a long drive whose surface and turning space are worth establishing first. Village lanes at Prestbury and Great Budworth narrow at the bridge, so a transporter may have to set down on the main road and the car come in from there. You agree the window with the person handling your booking before anything is committed. Most handovers here happen on a private drive, which is the most discreet arrangement we do - no kerbside, no audience, no transporter parked in a lane for an hour. What decides whether it goes well is surface and geometry. Deep loose gravel is hard work for a wide low car and throws stones at its own paint. A short steep apron at the gate will ground a front splitter on the way in. A drive with nowhere to turn means reversing a long way back out to the lane. Send the gate code, the surface and a photograph of the entrance, and none of that becomes a problem. Postcode areas covered: SK, WA, CW, CH. ## Is the whole county covered, or only the Golden Triangle? The whole county on the same basis: Alderley Edge, Wilmslow, Prestbury, Mobberley, Knutsford, Bowdon, Hale, Nantwich, Tarporley, Chester and the villages between them. The corner around Alderley, Wilmslow and Prestbury is the one everybody names, but Chester and the west of the county are the same run rather than a surcharge zone, and the same is true of Northwich, Sandbach and the Congleton side. Give us the postcode and delivery and collection are priced against that address before anything is agreed. If your address is a village nobody outside the county has heard of, that changes nothing about whether we come. ## What is the Cat and Fiddle actually like now? The A537 Cat and Fiddle from Macclesfield to Buxton is the famous one, monitored by average-speed cameras along its length and better enjoyed as scenery than as a stopwatch. The lanes through Macclesfield Forest and down into Wildboarclough are the ones worth the detour: narrow, steep and empty on a weekday. The A54 across to Buxton is the fast alternative, and the A5 through Llangollen puts north Wales inside a morning. All of them start within half an hour of the middle of the county. Winter closes the top of the pass for snow more often than the map would lead you to expect. ## How private is the handover? As private as your gates allow, which here is usually very. Where access permits, the car arrives enclosed and the whole handover happens inside the boundary of the property: paperwork, licence check and walk-round on your own drive rather than at the kerb with the street watching. Nothing is signwritten in a way that announces what is being delivered. If discretion matters to you more than convenience, say so when we agree the time, and we will set it for an hour when the lane is quiet rather than when it suits us. ## How does the airport fit into a Cheshire hire? Neatly, because it is minutes away on the M56. If you are flying in, we can meet you at the terminal and you drive from there, or you can go home first and take the car from your own drive the following morning with no terminal involved at all. The reverse works too: collection from the house on the day you fly, or from the airport when you get there. Both ends are agreed at booking, so the car does not have to end its lease where it started it. ## What happens on a Chester race day? The race meetings at Chester are the main one. The course sits inside the city walls, so a race day fills the ring road, the car parks and the hotels together, and the roads round the Roodee become slow for the afternoon. The county show in June does something similar to the lanes around Knutsford. Weddings at the estate venues run heavily from May to September and are date-fixed by definition. Any of those means confirming early, because the constraint is which car is free rather than whether we can get to you. ## Why lease when the garage is already full? Because owning three cars does not solve the problem of wanting a fourth, and buying the fourth is a decision that is expensive to undo. Something soft-topped for the summer, something with a back seat for a wedding, something you are thinking of buying and would rather live with properly before committing - none of those is an argument for another purchase, another permanent set of keys on the hook and another car to sell on later. A lease puts the fourth car on the drive for three months or a year at a known monthly figure, and takes it away again at the end with no sale to arrange. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Surrey URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/surrey Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Surrey and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Surrey puts a great deal of Britain's motoring history and a great deal of its private wealth inside the same twenty miles. We deliver to St George's Hill and Wentworth, to Cobham, Oxshott, Esher and Weybridge, and out through Guildford, Godalming and Farnham to the villages in the hills - almost always onto a drive, at a time set with you - and collect the same way. Gatehouses, private roads and loose gravel decide how a handover goes here far more than the journey does. We hold no premises in Surrey: the car is brought to your address and taken back from it. Typical delivery: The private estates govern the timing. St George's Hill, Wentworth and the smaller gated developments have gatehouses, their own access rules and their own limits inside the boundary, and none of that can be sorted out at the barrier on the morning. So we need the resident's name, the entrance you use and a description of the drive before a window means anything. Nothing is committed until the access, the approach and the hour have been talked through with you and agreed. On a private estate we need your name lodged at the gatehouse and the gate you use, both given to us beforehand, and then the handover happens on your own drive with nothing visible from the road. Deep gravel is the recurring physical problem here. It is everywhere, it is often laid loose and thick, and a wide low car pushes it rather than rolling over it. Where the drive is long or the apron at the gate is steep, we set the car down on the road and bring it in at walking pace. Estate roads also carry speed tables that catch a low nose square on. Postcode areas covered: GU, KT, RH, CR. ## Which Surrey towns and estates do you come to? Weybridge, Walton, Cobham, Oxshott, Esher, Virginia Water, Ascot's Surrey side, Guildford, Godalming, Farnham and Haslemere, plus Dorking, Reigate and the Surrey Hills villages between them. Delivery in London with collection in Surrey, or the reverse, is one arrangement rather than two, which matters when the address a car is delivered to and the address it goes back from at the end of the term are not the same one. Give us both postcodes and each end is quoted against the real address before you agree to anything. ## What is worth driving in Surrey? The Surrey Hills, and early. The zig-zag up Box Hill is narrow, hairpinned and shared with a great many cyclists, so it is a road to savour at low speed rather than one to hurry. Leith Hill, Ranmore Common and the lanes around Shere and Abinger are quieter and more interesting. The A25 links them all. By mid-morning at a weekend every one of those roads is full, and the National Trust car parks at the top of them fill even faster than the roads do. Go at seven and the same lanes are empty, damp under the trees and worth the early alarm. ## Is Brooklands worth a morning? It is one of the few genuinely significant places in motoring within reach of London, and it sits at Weybridge in the middle of this delivery area. The banking survives, in pieces, along with the museum built around it, and it is the birthplace of British motorsport rather than a re-creation of it. As a destination for a leased car it works particularly well: it is close enough to be a morning rather than a day, and the drive out there through the Surrey Hills is worth as much as the visit. ## Which weekends close the roads around here? The Derby at Epsom in early June closes roads across the Downs and fills every approach from mid-morning. Ascot's flagship week in June does the same to the A30 and M3 corridor on the county's northern edge. Wentworth's championship week in September brings a similar crowd to the Virginia Water side. All three are fixed dates known a year ahead, so if a delivery or a collection falls on one, say so and we will set the time around it. Traffic on the approaches stays heavy for most of the day, so a handover set early is worth more than a convenient one. ## What are the Surrey Hills lanes really like? Sunken, narrow and older than the traffic on them. Many run between banks high enough to hide an oncoming car until you are on it, with no passing places for long stretches and overhanging trees that drip long after the rain has stopped. Farm and equestrian traffic leaves mud on the surface all winter, and the low points near Shere and Abinger flood readily. They are lovely to drive slowly and no place at all to hurry. A transporter will not get down most of them, so we drive the final section. ## Can the car be delivered to Heathrow or Gatwick instead? Yes, and from Surrey it often makes better sense than a house handover. Heathrow sits on the county's northern edge and Gatwick just beyond its southern one, so a flight in and a car waiting at the terminal removes a leg of travelling on the day the agreement starts. The reverse works just as well at the end of the term: collected from your drive, or handed back at a terminal if that is the easier end for you. Agree both points at booking so the whole shape of it is settled at once. It remains one arrangement either way rather than two separate ones. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Essex URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/essex Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Essex and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Essex is one of the strongest markets in the country for this kind of car and one of the worst served by the old forecourt model. We deliver into Chigwell, Loughton, Buckhurst Hill and Woodford, out to Brentwood, Ingatestone, Billericay and Chelmsford, and on to Colchester, Dedham and the estuary. Most addresses in the west of the county have gated or in-and-out drives, which makes for a quick, private handover with nothing happening at the kerb. There is nothing to collect and nowhere to travel to - we hold no premises in Essex, and the car is brought to the address you name. Typical delivery: Two things decide the window here. The first is which part of the county you are in, because the M11 and A12 corridors behave nothing like the lanes out towards the Dengie and the estuary. The second is the drive itself: an in-and-out frontage is straightforward, a shared parking area on a narrow road is not. Where a route uses the Dartford Crossing we settle that side of it beforehand. We agree the window with you first, a person confirms it, and only then is anything committed. West Essex addresses usually have gated or in-and-out drives, which is the fastest and most discreet handover we do, and a transporter can generally set down outside without blocking the road. Out towards the coast the picture changes: the lanes are narrower, the verges are soft enough to drop a wheel into after rain, and several field gateways are built to a width that suits a tractor rather than a wide car. There we drive the last stretch and hand over on made ground. Send a photograph of your entrance if you are not sure it will take a long car. Postcode areas covered: CM, SS, IG, RM, CO. ## Which parts of Essex do you cover? All of it. The Epping Forest fringe - Chigwell, Loughton, Buckhurst Hill, Woodford, Theydon Bois - is the corner everybody names, with Brentwood, Ingatestone, Billericay, Chelmsford, Southend, Colchester and Saffron Walden all in the same run. The M11 and the A12 make most of the county a straightforward journey, and the villages between them are no different. Ask about an address that is not on that list and the answer is almost always yes, with delivery and collection quoted against the real postcode. Delivery in one town and collection in another is normal here, because nothing in the county is far from anything else. ## Is an Essex address better than a London one for a night in town? Often, yes. Parking in the county is free and plentiful in a way it simply is not in London, and the Central line side of Essex is close enough that driving in and out on a quiet evening is no hardship. What follows the car in, though, is the charging. The London-wide ULEZ stops at the Greater London boundary, which runs right through this corner of the county, and the Congestion Charge applies again in the centre. We set out which of those we settle and which are billed on before you commit. ## Does the Dartford Crossing need dealing with? Yes, and it is the single most common way a bill arrives weeks later. There are no barriers at Dartford: cameras read the plate and the crossing has to be paid by the deadline the following day, after which it becomes a penalty issued against the vehicle. It is easy to forget in an unfamiliar car. If your route uses the tunnels or the bridge, tell us at the booking stage and we will make sure it is handled rather than left to catch somebody out later. The same goes for any of the other tolled crossings further round the M25. ## Is there anything worth driving in Essex? More than the county is given credit for. The lanes through the Rodings are quiet, open and rolling, with long sightlines and almost no traffic on a weekday morning. North towards Saffron Walden and Thaxted the villages are timber-framed and the roads between them are empty. East, the estuary roads out to Bradwell and the sea wall run flat, straight and wide under an enormous sky. Dedham Vale on the Suffolk border is the prettiest of it and the slowest, which is the trade you make. None of it is dramatic country and all of it is quiet, which for a loud car is the better bargain. ## What is the coast side of the county like? Flat, tidal and worth planning around. The Strood causeway out to Mersea Island floods on high spring tides and is impassable for a while either side of them, so check a tide table before you arrange to be on the island at a particular hour. Southend's seafront road is slow and busy through the summer, and the wind blows sand across the promenade end of it. Frinton and Walton are quieter and better surfaced. None of it is fast driving; all of it is a good afternoon. Give us the dates and we will factor the tides into where the handover actually happens. ## How does a summer wedding in Essex actually work? The county has a heavy calendar of barn and estate venues from May to September, and nearly all of them share the same two problems for a low car: the approach is a farm track, and the guest parking is a mown field. Neither is a place to leave something with fifty millimetres of ground clearance, particularly after rain. Tell us the venue and the running order and we will hand the car over earlier in the day somewhere with a hard surface, so it arrives clean and parks where it can leave again. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # The Cotswolds, Gloucestershire, Oxfordshire, Warwickshire and Wiltshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cotswolds Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in The Cotswolds and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. The Cotswolds are somewhere people are delivered to rather than somewhere anyone leases a car in, and that is precisely the point: the car meets you at the house or the hotel you have already booked. We deliver to Cheltenham, Cirencester, Burford, Chipping Norton, Stow, Bourton, Broadway, Tetbury, Malmesbury, Great Tew and the villages between them. Lane width, gravel and cattle grids matter far more here than the distance travelled. There are no premises of ours within fifty miles, because there are none anywhere - the car arrives at the address and goes back from it at the end. Typical delivery: The approach decides everything here. We want to know what the last mile involves - lane width, gate, grid, gravel, gradient - because that settles whether a covered transporter can reach the door or has to set down on a made road with the car coming in from there. Weekend traffic through the honeypot villages is the other factor, and it slows a journey more than the mileage suggests. Once the approach is understood we agree a window with you, confirmed by a person before anything is booked. A transporter cannot reach every door out here, and the reasons repeat: a lane with grass down the middle and nowhere to pass, a stone gateway built for a cart, a cattle grid, a humped bridge, or a quarter mile of deep gravel. Where any of those apply we set down on the nearest made road and drive the final stretch at walking pace. Mobile signal is patchy across the wolds, so we agree the meeting point precisely rather than relying on a call when we are outside, and we ask for what3words or a landmark, because a rural postcode will happily send a satnav to the wrong village. Postcode areas covered: GL, OX, CV, SN, WR. ## Which roads are the reason to keep a car out here? The Fosse Way runs dead straight and fast across the middle of the region, laid by people who did not believe in corners. The A44 over Fish Hill into Broadway is the classic escarpment climb, with the view arriving all at once at the top. The lanes between Bibury, Coln St Aldwyns and the Barringtons are the picture-postcard ones and are narrow, walled and slow. All of it suits a grand tourer far better than something stiffly sprung, because the surfaces are patched, cambered and often damp under trees. Go early and you will have the escarpment to yourself before the coach traffic finds it. ## Which villages and towns count as the Cotswolds here? Across Gloucestershire, west Oxfordshire, south Warwickshire, north Wiltshire and the Worcestershire fringe: Cheltenham, Cirencester, Burford, Chipping Norton, Stow-on-the-Wold, Bourton, Moreton, Broadway, Tetbury, Malmesbury, Woodstock and the villages strung between them. Because this is a region rather than a town, the postcode alone rarely tells us enough - a house half a mile outside a village can be a different proposition from one on its green. Send the address with a note on the approach and we will tell you exactly how it will work. Cheltenham and Cirencester are the easiest addresses in the region; a farmhouse two miles out of Stow is the interesting one. ## How does a handover at a country-house hotel work? Straightforwardly, as long as somebody there is expecting it. Tell us the name of the person to ask for on arrival and we deal with the front desk ourselves rather than leaving you to relay messages. The practical points are the surface and the timing: most of these places have a gravel sweep at the front and their guest parking behind, so we would rather hand over before the lunch service or after it than in the middle of an arrivals rush with luggage everywhere and nowhere to stand. If they would rather the car was not on the front sweep at all, that is easily arranged too. ## How busy is Cheltenham in March? The festival week reshapes the whole region, not just the town. Roads around the racecourse run to a managed one-way plan, the A435 and A40 approaches queue for hours, hotel rooms across the northern Cotswolds are taken a long way ahead, and the same week is when demand for a car is heaviest. If your dates fall in it, treat the lease as a fixed-date booking, expect the handover to be set well before racing rather than into it, and settle the car early - that is the part that runs out. ## Are the fords and escarpment climbs a problem in winter? Beautiful and genuinely awkward. The escarpment climbs at Fish Hill, Cleeve Hill and Birdlip hold ice long after the valleys have cleared and close outright in snow. The fords through the Slaughters and the Windrush villages rise fast after heavy rain, and a ford that looks shallow will still lift a low car off its front wheels. Mud and leaf mulch from farm traffic sit on the lanes from October. It is a lovely place for a winter weekend, provided nothing about the plan depends on arriving somewhere at a fixed minute. ## How much of the Cotswolds can you actually cover? More than one day allows, because the region runs about ninety miles from end to end and the good parts are not next to each other. Two days takes the escarpment in the morning and the valley villages in the afternoon without repeating yourself. Three opens up Bath to the south, Stratford to the north and Oxford to the east, all of which are inside an hour of the middle. On a three-month agreement none of it has to be planned around a return date: the car is already at the house, and the weather picks the day. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Heathrow Airport, Greater London URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/heathrow Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Heathrow Airport and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. We are not an airport rental company and we hold no desk at Heathrow: the car is driven to the terminal and handed to you there. We meet arrivals at any terminal at a point agreed beforehand, with your flight tracked, so a delay moves the handover rather than costing you the booking. The same works in reverse when you fly out, and the car does not have to come back here at all if your trip ends somewhere else in the country. There is no shuttle bus, no compound and no queue, because there is nothing here for us to run one from. Typical delivery: The flight sets this rather than a diary. We work back from the scheduled landing, allow for immigration and the wait at the belt, and position the car so it is there when you come out instead of an hour before. What we need first is the flight number, the terminal and whether you have hold luggage, because that changes both the meeting point and which car makes sense. The timing is talked through with you and confirmed by a person before anything is committed. Handover happens in a short-stay car park or at an agreed point rather than kerbside outside arrivals, because the forecourts here are timed, camera-enforced and no place to be reading paperwork. Heathrow charges for using a terminal forecourt, the airport publishes the current rate, and where a charge is incurred it is passed on at cost with nothing added to it. Give us your terminal at the booking stage and we will name the exact level and bay to walk to. It is a short signed walk from arrivals, and it is far calmer than standing on a kerb watching a camera watch you. Postcode areas covered: TW, UB, SL. ## How does an arrivals handover actually work? You send the flight number, we track it, and the car is in position by the time you clear the terminal. We meet you at the agreed point rather than paging you or asking you to find a courtesy phone. The licence check, the paperwork and the walk-round happen at the car and take about fifteen to twenty minutes, so it is worth not booking a meeting for the moment you land. If you come through early we would rather be waiting than have you stand about with a bag. ## How much luggage will actually fit? Less than you hope, in the two-seat cars. A front-engined sports car will generally take two soft holdalls and a little more on a rear shelf. A mid-engined car has a nose compartment that swallows one soft bag and refuses a hard case entirely. Two people travelling light are fine; four people with hold luggage need a grand tourer or an SUV, and no amount of optimism at the terminal changes that. Tell us the party and the bags when you book and we will say honestly which cars work. ## Does the ULEZ apply from the moment I leave the airport? Yes. Heathrow sits inside the London-wide ultra low emission zone, so the standard applies as soon as you drive away from the terminal, whichever direction you take. A modern petrol performance car meets that standard as a matter of course, and we confirm the position on the specific vehicle before you commit rather than leaving you to match a plate against a checker. The central Congestion Charge is a separate scheme with its own zone and hours, and it only matters if you are driving into the middle of London. ## What if my flight is diverted or cancelled? Tell us as soon as you know and the handover moves with you rather than being lost. A diversion to another airport is a different meeting point rather than a failed booking, and we would sooner drive somewhere else than have you land at Stansted and find the car sitting at Heathrow. A cancellation that pushes you to the following day is a rescheduling conversation, not a cancellation of the lease. The one thing that makes all of this harder is finding out late, so send us the message from the airline as it arrives. ## Can the lease finish at Heathrow when I fly out? Yes, and it is a clean way to end a trip. Agree the terminal and the time when you book, leave the car in the area we have agreed, and we take it from there. There is no key drop-box to find and no desk to queue at. Allow a margin before check-in rather than cutting it fine, because the walk from the short-stay parking to the departures hall takes longer with luggage than the signs suggest, and the last thing a good weekend needs is a sprint at the end of it. ## Where do people drive to from Heathrow? West on the M4 for Windsor, the Wiltshire downs, Bath and the whole southern Cotswolds. North on the M40 for Oxford and the northern half of the same region. South on the M25 for Surrey, the Sussex coast and Goodwood. Or straight into central London, which is the shortest journey and the least interesting. The airport works particularly well when you are flying in for something with a fixed date - a wedding, a race weekend, a shoot - and want the car from the moment you land rather than after a night in a hotel. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Gatwick Airport, West Sussex URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/gatwick Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Gatwick Airport and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Gatwick handovers happen at the terminal you actually land at, by arrangement, because we hold no desk here and no airport site anywhere in the country. We track the inbound flight so the car is in position when you come through, and we take it back at the airport at the end of the lease just as readily. Nothing about this involves a bus to a compound on a perimeter road or a queue at a hatch with your passport out. Tell us the terminal and the landing time, and the awkward part of it becomes our problem rather than yours. Typical delivery: This is set by the flight and not by a diary. We work from the scheduled arrival, allow for the walk, the border and the bags, and put the car in place to suit. The two terminals are a shuttle ride apart, so which one you land at changes the plan rather than just the postcode. Landings before dawn need more forethought than afternoon ones. Somebody agrees the timing with you against the flight, and it is confirmed before anything is fixed. Name your terminal - North or South - when you book, because the two are separated by a shuttle and getting it wrong is the most common way an airport handover goes sideways. We meet in a short-stay car park or at a point agreed in advance rather than on the forecourt, which is timed and camera-enforced. The airport charges for a forecourt drop-off, publishes the current rate itself, and where that charge applies it is passed on at cost. If you are landing before the terminal properly wakes up, say so, and we will pick somewhere lit and open at that hour. Postcode areas covered: RH. ## Does it really matter which terminal I land at? It matters more here than at most airports. North and South are separate buildings with their own arrivals halls and their own short-stay parking, joined by a shuttle, so a car waiting at the wrong one is fifteen minutes and a lot of irritation away from you. Departures are just as separate, which matters again at the end of the lease. Airlines occasionally move between them at short notice, particularly in the winter timetable, so if your booking confirmation changes after you have spoken to us, send the new one over. It takes a moment and it saves the whole handover. ## Am I better taking the car here or at my own address? Honestly, it depends on the flight. If you land in daylight after a short hop, the terminal is the efficient choice and you are away in minutes. If you land at five in the morning off a long-haul, you are about to drive an unfamiliar, wide, powerful car onto the M23 in the dark at the end of a night without sleep, and that is not the introduction the car deserves. We will say so rather than sell you the handover. Delivery to your address later that day is often the better arrangement. ## What do you need from me before we meet? The flight number and the terminal, the full driving licence details of everyone who intends to drive, and a mobile number that will be switched on when you land. Anybody not named on the agreement cannot drive the car, and that is not something to negotiate in a car park at midnight. Send all of it at the booking stage rather than on the day, so that the only thing left when you arrive is the walk-round, the keys and a signature. If you are unsure which licence details we need, ask at the enquiry rather than guessing in a car park. ## Is Gatwick a good delivery point for Sussex and Surrey? It is one of the best in the South East. The M23 runs straight into the M25 one way and down to Brighton the other, so Surrey, the South Downs, the Sussex coast and the whole High Weald sit inside an hour of the terminal. Goodwood is a straightforward run west. Taking delivery here rather than at home removes a train journey, a taxi and a couple of hours from the day the agreement starts, for anyone landing at Gatwick rather than living beside it. It works the same way at the other end of the term, if the airport is the easier place to hand the car back. ## Can the lease start here and finish somewhere else? Yes. Airport delivery with a collection from a house, a hotel or a different airport at the other end is a normal way to arrange it, and the car does not have to return to where it started. What matters is that both ends are agreed at the time of booking, because the return leg is quoted with the rest of it rather than added afterwards. If your plans are genuinely open at the far end, tell us that too, and we will keep the arrangement flexible rather than pretend it is fixed. ## What happens if the flight is late? The handover moves with it. From the point you give us the number we are watching the flight rather than the clock, so a two-hour delay becomes a rescheduled meeting instead of a missed booking, and nobody is standing in a car park wondering. Give us that number when you book rather than on the morning, because a flight we are already tracking is one we can plan around. If the delay turns into an overnight, we would rather rearrange the whole handover than leave a car sitting at a terminal. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Manchester Airport, Greater Manchester URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/manchester-airport Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Manchester Airport and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Manchester Airport is the natural handover point for anyone flying into the North West, and it sits minutes from Cheshire on the M56. We meet you at the terminal at a time set by your flight, with no desk to find, no compound on a perimeter road and no bus to take to one, because we do not run an airport site of any kind. Collection at the end of the lease works the same way, or from an address entirely somewhere else if the trip finishes in a different part of the country. Typical delivery: The inbound flight governs this. We work from the scheduled landing, add the walk and the wait at the carousel, and place the car so it is ready when you are rather than sitting on a charge for an hour. Which terminal you arrive into changes where we meet, and an arrival before the airport is properly awake changes it again. The window follows the flight, and a person settles it with you before the booking is committed. Confirm the terminal when you book and expect the handover in a short-stay multi-storey rather than on the forecourt, which is timed and enforced by camera. The airport charges for a forecourt drop-off and publishes the current rate; where that charge is incurred, it is passed on at cost and never marked up. The short-stay decks here are ordinary multi-storeys with ordinary height barriers, which is worth knowing if the car you have chosen sits on a raised wing - if it does, we will agree a ground-level point instead and tell you before the day rather than on it. Postcode areas covered: M90, WA15, SK9. ## How close is Cheshire from the terminal? Very. Hale, Bowdon, Wilmslow and Alderley Edge are a ten to twenty minute drive on the M56 and the A538, which is why an airport handover and a Cheshire hire are so often the same booking. If you would rather not drive anywhere immediately after a flight, the alternative is simple: go home, and we bring the car to your own drive the following morning instead. Neither costs you the airport leg, because delivery and collection are quoted against whichever two addresses you actually choose. Both ends are agreed at the booking rather than worked out on the day. ## Is this a sensible starting point for the Peak, Wales or the Lakes? One of the better ones in the country. The Peak edge is under an hour east on the A6 or the A537, the A55 puts the north Welsh coast an hour west with Eryri behind it, and the southern Lakes are around two hours north on the M6. When a trip begins with a flight, taking the car here removes an entire leg of travelling before the driving starts, which is usually worth more than the convenience of a handover at home. Chester and the Welsh coast are about as far west as the Peak is east, so the choice is genuinely open. ## Can we meet somewhere other than a terminal? Yes. The airport is served by heavy rail and by the tram as well as by aircraft, and the interchange there works perfectly well as a meeting point if you are arriving by train rather than flying. Equally, if you are staying somewhere on the airport's edge before an early start, we can bring the car to that address instead. Tell us how you are actually arriving rather than assuming the terminal is the only option, and we will pick whichever point involves the least walking with luggage. It is a short conversation at the booking stage and it removes the worst part of arriving anywhere. ## What if two of us want to drive? Then we need both licences dealt with before the day. Every driver has to be named on the agreement and checked, and someone who is not on it cannot take the wheel at all - not for a swap on a motorway, not for the last ten minutes into a hotel. It is an insurance position rather than a preference, and it is not something to raise in a car park at the end of a flight. Send us the details of everyone who might drive when you book and it is dealt with quietly in advance. ## Does a busy summer arrival change anything? It changes the timings around the handover rather than the handover itself. On a peak summer Saturday the short-stay decks fill, the approach roads back up towards the M56, and the walk from the aircraft to the concourse takes longer than the schedule suggests. We position earlier on those days and pick a meeting point away from the busiest deck. It also means the walk-round is worth doing properly rather than quickly, because the first hour in an unfamiliar car should not begin in a queue for an exit barrier. ## Which addresses in the North West are part of the same job? Everything within easy reach of the M56 and the M60: the whole of Cheshire, south Manchester, Trafford, the Wirral and out towards Liverpool, plus the Lancashire side beyond the city. A flight in, a car at the terminal and a collection four days later from a house in Cheshire or a hotel in the Lakes is one arrangement rather than three. Give us the two addresses that actually matter to you and both ends are quoted against them before anything is agreed. If the second one is not decided yet, say so and we will keep it open rather than guess at it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Harrogate, North Yorkshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/harrogate Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Harrogate and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Harrogate is built around wide Victorian villas with in-and-out gravel drives, which makes it one of the easier places in the north to hand a car over properly - off the road, out of sight, with room to walk round it. We deliver onto the Duchy Estate and around Harlow Hill, out to Pannal, Beckwithshaw, Follifoot and Kirkby Overblow, into the Montpellier streets behind the old Pump Room, and on to Knaresborough, Ripon and Wetherby. The Stray takes a great deal of protected grass out of the middle of the town, which is lovely to look at and removes a good deal of kerb from the equation at the same time. A three-month agreement fits a place where the Dales start a short run west: nobody has to book a weekend to use them. We hold no premises in Harrogate and there is nothing here to come and collect. Typical delivery: Two things set the window here rather than the mileage. The first is the drive: most Harrogate addresses have one, and what we want to know is the surface, the width of the gateposts and whether there is room to turn at the top. The second is the town's event calendar, which fills the roads towards the showground and the convention centre for whole weeks at a time rather than single afternoons. We put a window to you once those are understood, and a person confirms it with you before anything is committed. The gravel is the recurring physical issue. The older villa drives here are laid deep and loose, and a wide car pushes gravel rather than rolling over it, throwing stones at its own sills on the way in. Several of the in-and-out drives also rise sharply from the pavement, which catches a low front on the way up rather than on the way down. Send a photograph of the entrance and we will tell you beforehand whether the car goes on to the drive or whether we hand over on the flat outside and walk it in with you. In the centre, Montpellier and the streets off Parliament Street are pay-and-display or permit-controlled, so we agree a specific spot and a specific time rather than circling. Postcode areas covered: HG. ## Where can a car legally stand for a handover in the middle of town? Not on the Stray, which is protected common land with no parking on it at all, and not on the Montpellier and Parliament Street stretches without a ticket bought against the registration. What works is a hotel forecourt where somebody is expecting you, a bay taken for the twenty minutes the paperwork actually needs, or one of the quieter roads off Cold Bath Road and Swan Road where a car can sit without blocking anybody. Give us the address and we will name the street rather than leaving you at a window watching for us. ## Which roads is a car in Harrogate really for? The A59 west over Blubberhouses puts you at Bolton Abbey and into Wharfedale inside the first half of a morning, and the A61 north through Ripon leads on to Masham, Leyburn and the whole of Wensleydale. The road most people here forget is the B6265 up to Pateley Bridge and into Nidderdale, where the climb out at Greenhow is long, steep and genuinely quiet on a weekday. All of it is two-lane, walled in dry stone and shared with tractors, sheep and cyclists who arrived earlier than you did. ## What do the shows and conference weeks do to the roads? More than the traffic normally does. The Great Yorkshire Show in July fills the showground side of town for days rather than hours, with the approaches from the Wetherby Road queuing well before the gates. The spring and autumn flower shows do a smaller version of it, and a large convention takes the hotels and the central parking together. None of that stops a delivery - it decides the hour and sometimes the street. Send us the dates with the postcode and we will say what is on in the town that week. ## Can you get to an address up a Dales lane? Usually, after a conversation about the last mile. Beyond the valley floors the lanes narrow to single track with passing places, cattle grids sit at every field boundary, and the gateposts on the older properties were set at the width of a farm cart. A covered transporter reaches very few of those doors and blocks the lane attempting it, so we drive the final stretch instead. Tell us what is actually there - grid, gate, ford, gradient, gravel - and we will be straight with you about whether the car you have chosen is the right one for that approach. ## Do Knaresborough and Ripon work for a delivery or a collection? Both do, with the same caution about where the car stands. Knaresborough's waterside is steep, narrow and cobbled in stretches, and the streets down to the river are no place to leave anything wide while paperwork is signed, so we would rather meet at the top of the hill. Ripon's market square is a fine open space on most days and unusable on market day. Wetherby, Boroughbridge and the villages between them are simple driveway handovers. Delivery in one of those towns and collection at the end of the term from another is one arrangement rather than two. ## Can I take the car just for the summer? Yes. Three months is the shortest agreement we write, and taken from June it covers the summer and nothing you are not using. The alternative worth considering is starting in spring and running longer, because the shoulder months either side are often the better ones to be out in this part of Yorkshire, and a longer term brings the monthly figure down. Either way the shape is one month up front and one a month after that, with a thousand miles a month included, and the car sits on your drive for the whole of it rather than being booked out for occasions. Delivery and collection are quoted against your address before you agree to anything. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # York, North Yorkshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/york Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in York and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. York is a medieval city with a modern one wrapped round it, and the two halves need completely different plans. Inside the bar walls the streets are narrow, restricted and in places physically too tight for a wide car to be comfortable; outside them, Bootham, Clifton, Fulford, Bishopthorpe and Dringhouses are ordinary driveway addresses, and the villages out towards Escrick, Stamford Bridge and Easingwold are easier still. We deliver to all of it and collect from wherever the agreement ends. A car kept here earns its keep on the roads east rather than in the centre: the Wolds, the Moors and the coast all start within a short run of the outer ring road. There are no premises of ours in York, so nothing about this involves you travelling to fetch anything. Typical delivery: The bar walls set this. The gates through them are old, narrow and in places height-limited, the footstreets behind them run to restricted hours enforced by camera and barrier, and neither is a thing to discover with a car already in the queue. So we establish which side of the walls your address sits on, then find somewhere a car may legally and safely wait, then work out the approach - the outer ring road is the usual way round and it is busier than its map suggests. The window comes back to you from a person and holds once you have agreed it. Two local facts decide most handovers. The first is the walls: a transporter cannot work inside them and several of the bars are too tight for anything wide to pass without an audience, so the last leg is driven and we meet somewhere with room. The second is water. The Ouse and the Foss both flood, the riverside car parks and the roads beside them close first, and it happens with more notice than people expect but still faster than a car can be moved at leisure. If your parking is anywhere near either river, tell us and we will talk through where the car goes when the level rises rather than leaving it to the night it happens. Postcode areas covered: YO. ## Will the car actually fit through the gates in the walls? Some of them, slowly, and it is the wrong question to be asking on the day. The bars are medieval arches rather than roads built for traffic, several carry width or height limits, and the footstreets behind them close to vehicles for much of the day under camera and barrier enforcement. A wide car with expensive wheels does not want to be threading one of those with somebody waiting behind. We plan the approach round the walls instead and hand over on a street that has room, which usually means a short walk for you and no anxiety at all for either of us. ## Is there a clean air charge for a private car in York? York runs no charging clean air zone for private cars, so the thing that actually governs where you can drive here is the footstreet restriction rather than an emissions charge. That is not a reason to assume a whole trip is charge-free, because other cities you might drive to run their own schemes on their own rules - Leeds is a different position again from Sheffield, and Scotland is different from both. We check the standing of the exact car for your dates, and you are told plainly which charges we settle and which are billed on to you. ## What happens on a race day at the Knavesmire? The whole south-western side of the city changes shape. York's meetings pull large crowds onto Tadcaster Road and the A64 together, the course car parks spill into the residential streets around Dringhouses and Bishopthorpe, and the August Ebor fixture does it across several days with the hotels taken well in advance. Deliveries still happen; they happen earlier, or from the northern side of the city. Give us the date with the postcode and we will set the handover on the right side of it rather than in the middle. ## Where does the car go overnight if I live inside the walls? Realistically, a secure multi-storey with a height barrier you have measured, or a hotel with parking of its own if you are staying anyway. The residents schemes in the central streets attach to a registration rather than to an address, and a good deal of the parking inside the walls is on cobbles in a lane too narrow to open a door properly. Addresses out at Clifton, Fulford or Bishopthorpe usually have a drive, and that is the calmest answer in the city. Settle it before the agreement starts rather than on the first evening. ## Where do people actually drive to from York? East and north, almost always. The A166 climbs into the Yorkshire Wolds, which are rolling, quiet, dry and far better surfaced than their obscurity suggests - the best half-day near the city and hardly anyone uses them. The A64 runs to Malton, Castle Howard and the coast at Scarborough. North, the A169 crosses the moor to Whitby past Fylingdales with long open sightlines and sudden dips that hide everything. The Dales are the other way, an hour further, and better reached from a Harrogate address than a York one. ## Do you come out to the villages and country houses around the city? Yes, and they are the straightforward half of this delivery area. Escrick, Stamford Bridge, Easingwold, Helmsley, Malton, Pocklington, Tadcaster and the country-house venues on the Howardian Hills side are all part of the same run. What we ask for is a note on the approach where the address is a courtyard, a farm track or a walled entrance rather than a drive, because that decides whether a transporter can reach the door or whether we drive the final part. Delivery at one address and collection from another at the end of the term is one arrangement, quoted against both. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Oxford, Oxfordshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/oxford Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Oxford and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Oxford is a difficult city to keep a car in and an excellent one to keep a car near, which is most of what shapes a lease here. The centre is a working medieval street plan with a zero emission zone laid over part of it, bus gates on several approaches and college lanes surfaced in setts. North Oxford, Summertown, Headington, Boars Hill and the villages out towards Woodstock, Wytham and Kidlington are a different proposition entirely, with room on the drive and the ring road close by. We deliver to all of it and collect from wherever the term ends. Bicester, Blenheim and the eastern edge of the Cotswolds are all a short run out, which is the real argument for having something interesting on the drive here. We hold no premises in Oxford and there is nothing for you to travel to. Typical delivery: The charging streets and the bus gates decide this before distance does. If the address sits inside or beyond one of them we work out an approach that does not cross it, which occasionally means coming at the city from the other side of the ring road. Then the street itself: a North Oxford villa drive settles the matter, while a college lane or a terrace off the Iffley Road does not. Access to a college or a school site needs arranging with whoever holds the gate. The window is put to you by a person and agreed before anything is committed. Oxford's zero emission zone covers a small number of streets in the city centre and charges vehicles that are not zero-emission during its hours, the council publishes the current charge, and we check where your car and your address sit relative to it before you commit rather than afterwards. Physically, the problems are old surfaces and tight corners: Merton Street and the lanes around it are laid in setts that are unkind to a low splitter taken at an angle, and several college entrances are archways rather than gateways. Out in North Oxford and Summertown the drives are generous and the handover is an ordinary one. Send the postcode and we will say which of those two Oxfords you are in. Postcode areas covered: OX. ## How does the zero emission zone affect a car you deliver? It applies to a small central area rather than the city as a whole, and within it a petrol car is a charged vehicle during the operating hours regardless of how clean it is - the standard is zero emissions at the tailpipe, not a Euro rating. The council publishes the streets, the hours and the current charge. Most Oxford addresses sit well outside it and most journeys never touch it. What we do is check the position for your specific car and your specific street before anything is agreed, and tell you plainly which charges sit with us and which are billed on. ## Where can a car stand in the centre for a handover? Very few places, and none of them by accident. The core is threaded with bus gates, restricted streets and loading bays with short enforced windows, and the college lanes that look empty are usually private and gated. Hotel forecourts where somebody is expecting you are the practical answer, along with the park and ride sites on the ring road, which are an unglamorous but genuinely sensible place to meet if you are coming from out of town. Tell us where you are and we will name a point rather than suggesting you find one. ## What is worth driving to from Oxford? West on the A44 through Woodstock past Blenheim and straight into the eastern Cotswolds, which is the obvious one and still the best. South, the Berkshire downs and the lanes under the Ridgeway around Uffington and Wantage are open, fast and almost empty on a weekday. East, the Chilterns start beyond Watlington, and the B480 and the lanes around Stonor and Turville are tight, wooded and slow in the right way. Henley is close enough for lunch. None of it involves a motorway unless you choose one, which is unusual for somewhere this well connected. ## Is Bicester Heritage worth the trip? For anyone interested enough in cars to be leasing one, yes. The site is a former RAF bomber station given over almost entirely to specialist motoring businesses - restoration, engineering, storage, the trades that keep old cars running - and it opens its gates to visitors on published dates through the year. It is a short run north of the city on the A34 or the B430, and the road out there is pleasant rather than a chore. If your dates fall on one of the open days, expect the approach roads to be busy and go early. ## Does the university calendar change anything? It changes the traffic more than most people expect. The start and end of each term move a great many people and a great deal of luggage through narrow streets on the same weekend, and the roads around the colleges and the station become slow for a day at a time. Graduation days and the early-summer commemoration period do a smaller version of it. Give us the date with the address and we will pick the hour around it, which is far less trouble than sitting in Longwall Street with a transporter behind you. ## Do you cover the county as well as the city? Woodstock, Kidlington, Bicester, Abingdon, Wallingford, Thame, Witney, Burford, Chipping Norton and the villages between them are all part of the same run, along with the country-house hotels on the Oxfordshire side of the Cotswolds. Many of those addresses are gravel sweeps behind gates, and the practical questions are the surface, the turning space and who is expecting us. Delivery at a house outside Woodstock and collection at the end of the term from an address in London or at Heathrow is one arrangement rather than two, quoted against the real addresses. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Cambridge, Cambridgeshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cambridge Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Cambridge and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Cambridge has more money in it than the streets let on, and most of it belongs to people who cycle to work and want something entirely different on the drive at the weekend. We deliver into Newnham, Trumpington, Grantchester, Madingley and the Barton Road side, out to the science parks at Granta and Babraham, and on to Ely, Saffron Walden, Newmarket and the villages along the A10. The centre is the hard part: narrow, one-way, threaded with bus gates and full of bicycles that have every right to be there and considerably better sightlines than you do. The country beyond it is the opposite - flat, straight, open and very quiet once you are past the ring road. We hold no premises in Cambridge and nothing here asks you to come and collect a car. Typical delivery: Bicycles and bus gates govern this, not mileage. The central streets carry heavy cycle traffic at the start and end of the working day, which is precisely when a car standing still is most in the way, so we aim either side of it. Several approaches are restricted to buses with camera enforcement, and a wrong turn into one is a penalty rather than a warning. A science-park or college address means arranging the barrier with whoever holds it. You get the window from a person, agreed with you, before anything is committed. We would rather hand over away from the centre wherever you can meet us, and most people here can. A driveway in Newnham, Trumpington or one of the villages takes ten minutes and involves nobody else; a handover on a central street involves a cycle lane, a loading restriction and an audience. If the address is inside the core, tell us and we will find a bay or a forecourt and keep it brisk. Out towards Grantchester and Madingley the lanes are narrow and hedged with deep soft verges either side, and a wide car that puts a wheel off the tarmac there does not simply drive back on to it. Postcode areas covered: CB. ## How much do the bicycles actually matter? More than any other factor in this city, and it is worth saying plainly rather than politely. Cambridge has cycle traffic at a density found almost nowhere else in Britain, riders filter on both sides at every junction, and a wide car with poor rear three-quarter visibility is the worst possible tool for a tight one-way street at half past five. None of that is a reason to avoid the city. It is a reason to take the car out of it before you enjoy it, and to treat the first mile as something to be done slowly with the windows down and the mirrors earning their keep. ## Where does a car live in Cambridge? On a drive, in a garage, or in a secure car park with a barrier you have measured - not on a central street. The residents schemes attach to a registration, the college lanes are private, and the streets that are neither tend to be narrow enough that a car of this width takes up more of the road than it is entitled to. Village and outer-suburb addresses solve it outright, which is one reason a lease here often runs from a house in Grantchester or Great Shelford rather than from somewhere you could walk to a lecture from. ## What are the fen roads actually like? Straight, flat, fast-looking and more demanding than they appear. The droves out towards Ely and the Hundred Foot run along the tops of banks with a dyke on one side and no barrier at all, the surfaces rise and fall where the peat has shrunk beneath them, and the sudden dips hide an oncoming tractor completely. Crosswinds across open fen push a car about with nothing to shelter behind. They are genuinely interesting roads to drive well and entirely unforgiving of a moment's inattention, so they reward an early start and a calm right foot. ## Is Newmarket worth the short run east? It is one of the few places in the country where the roads are arranged around horses rather than cars, and it is about half an hour out on the A1304. Strings cross the public roads at marked crossings in the early morning and have absolute priority, the heath roads are quiet and open, and the whole town is built around the industry. Race days fill the approaches and the hotels together. It makes a far better morning out than the mileage suggests, and it is a reminder to keep the throttle gentle through a town where a spooked horse is a serious matter. ## Does the science-park and business side change how a lease is set up? The address changes, not the agreement. A great many leases here run to people at the research and technology sites east and south of the city, and delivery to a business park means arranging the barrier and a bay in advance rather than pulling up at a reception door. A business lease exists alongside the personal one and the enquiry form asks which you want. How a business lease is treated in your own accounts is a question for your accountant rather than for us, and we will not pretend otherwise. ## Where do people go for a proper day out from here? Duxford is the obvious one and deserves its reputation - it is a short run down the A505 and the drive there is easy. Otherwise the good roads are north and east rather than west: the lanes through the Suffolk villages around Clare and Lavenham, the coast at Aldeburgh and Southwold for a long lunch, and the Norfolk north coast if you are prepared to make a weekend of it. Nothing here is dramatic. It is quiet, open, unhurried country, and a grand tourer suits it far better than something stiff and short-geared. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Bath, Bath and North East Somerset URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/bath Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Bath and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Bath is a Georgian city built up the sides of a steep bowl, and the gradient decides more about a handover here than anything else. We deliver into the Royal Crescent and Circus streets, up Lansdown and Bathwick Hill, across to Widcombe and Combe Down, and out to Bathford, Batheaston and the villages towards Bradford on Avon. The set-stone surfaces in front of the finest terraces are exactly where a low car is least comfortable, and the residents schemes cover most of the centre, so the street matters as much as the postcode. Beyond the city the roads are immediately good: the Mendips, the Wiltshire downs and Castle Combe are all a short run out. We hold no premises in Bath, and nothing about a lease here asks you to travel to us. Typical delivery: Gradient and surface come first here, then the parking zone. A terrace on Lansdown or Bathwick Hill sits on a slope no transporter ramp should be unloading on, so we look for a flat section nearby and plan to walk the car the rest of the way. Then the residents bays, which cover most of the central streets and dictate where a car may wait and for how long. The weight limits on some of the older river crossings settle the approach for us. The window is worked out with you and confirmed by a person before anything is committed. The setts in front of the Crescent and around the Circus look wonderful and are unkind to a low front splitter taken at an angle, particularly coming off a ramp. So the last leg is driven, slowly, and we choose a flat street nearby to do the paperwork on. Weight limits on some of the older crossings keep a transporter out of parts of the city altogether, which is another reason the final approach is usually made on four wheels rather than on a deck. Out at Bathford, Combe Down and the villages there is normally a drive and none of this applies. Send a photograph of the entrance if you are unsure. Postcode areas covered: BA. ## Does Bath's clean air zone charge a private car? Bath's zone is aimed at higher-emission taxis, private hire vehicles, vans, buses, coaches and lorries rather than private cars, which puts it in a different category from the scheme a few miles up the road in Bristol, where private cars falling short of the standard are charged. That is a genuine difference worth knowing if you are moving between the two cities in the same week. We still confirm the position for the exact vehicle and your dates before anything is agreed, and you are told which charges we settle and which are billed on. ## Can the car be handed over outside a Crescent or Circus address? Yes, with care and with the right timing. Those streets are residents-controlled, the surface is stone rather than tarmac, and the space in front of the finest houses in England is not somewhere anyone wants a car manoeuvring back and forth while paperwork is read. We come in slowly, keep the handover to the twenty minutes it needs, and would often rather do the licence check and the walk-round on a flat street one block away and then bring the car round. If you have use of a mews garage or a rear lane, say so - it is always the better answer. ## Where does the car sleep in a city with no off-street parking? Most central Bath addresses have none, so the honest options are a secure car park with a barrier you have checked, a hotel with parking of its own, or a permit arrangement made against the registration through the council's own scheme. What does not work is assuming a central street will do - the zones are enforced and the permits belong to plates rather than people. Combe Down, Bathford and the villages have drives, which is why a good number of leases here start at an address a few minutes outside the centre rather than inside it. ## What is the best short drive out of Bath? Castle Combe and the lanes around it, which are a short run north and about as pretty as English road gets. South, the A367 up on to the Mendips and across to Cheddar takes under an hour if you go early, and it is a different country by the top. East, the A4 and then the downs above Marlborough open into fast, empty, chalk-country roads with long sightlines. The Wiltshire lanes in between are narrow, high-hedged and flint-surfaced at the edges, so they reward a steady pace rather than a quick one. ## Which dates tighten the city up? A home rugby fixture at the ground in the middle of the city does it in a way few other grounds manage, because the Rec sits inside the Georgian core rather than out by a bypass, and the streets and the bridges fill together. The March half marathon closes central roads for most of a morning with the route published well ahead. Large weddings at the estate venues outside the city run through the summer and are date-fixed by definition. Tell us the dates and we will set the handover clear of whatever is on. ## Is Bristol part of the same arrangement? It is a short run rather than a separate job, so delivery in Bath and collection in Bristol at the end of the term - or the reverse - is one arrangement quoted against both addresses. The thing to hold in mind is that the two cities run different schemes with different rules, and a car that is free to enter one may be charged in the other. We set out which applies to your car before you commit. Bristol Airport sits south of both, which makes a terminal handover at one end a sensible way to shape it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Berkshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/berkshire Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Berkshire and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Berkshire is the county where the M4 corridor's business wealth and the Ascot and Windsor version of it sit within a few miles of each other, and both lease cars for entirely different reasons. We deliver into Sunningdale, Sunninghill and the gated roads around Ascot, to Windsor, Datchet, Bray, Cookham and Maidenhead, out along the Thames, and west to Newbury, Hungerford and the villages under the downs. Almost all of it is private-drive delivery, which is the most discreet handover we do. Gatehouses, gravel and the width of a village bridge count for far more here than the distance from anywhere. There have never been premises of ours in Berkshire, and there is nothing here to visit: the car comes to the house and goes back from it at the end of the term. Typical delivery: Access sets this rather than mileage. The private roads around Ascot and Sunningdale have their own entrances, their own rules inside the boundary and in places a gatehouse, and none of that is sorted out at the barrier on the morning - we want the name lodged and the gate you use in advance. Then the drive itself: surface, the apron at the gate, and whether there is room to turn at the top. On event weeks the county's main roads behave completely differently from normal, so the date matters as much as the address. A person agrees the window with you before anything is committed. Deep loose gravel is the recurring physical problem across this county, exactly as it is in Surrey. It is laid thick on the older drives, a wide car pushes it rather than rolling over it, and the stones find the paint on the way past. Short steep aprons where a drive meets the lane will ground a low front on the way in, and estate roads carry speed tables that catch a long nose square on. Where any of that applies we set the car down on the road and bring it in at walking pace. Send the gate arrangements, the surface and a photograph of the entrance and none of it turns into a problem on the day. Postcode areas covered: SL, RG. ## What does Royal Ascot week do to the roads? It reshapes the whole north-eastern corner of the county for the week rather than for an afternoon. The approaches from the A329, the A330 and the M3 queue heavily from late morning, road closures and a managed traffic plan go in around the course, and the hotels and the private-hire cars are taken a long way in advance. It is also the week when demand for a particular car is heaviest, so the constraint is which vehicle is free rather than whether we can reach you. If your dates fall in it, settle the arrangement early and expect the handover to be set well before racing. ## How private can a handover be on a gated road? As private as your gates allow, which around Sunningdale, Ascot and the Windsor side is usually very. Where access permits, the car arrives enclosed and everything happens inside the boundary of the property - licence check, paperwork and walk-round on your own drive rather than at a kerb with the road watching. We need your name lodged with the gatehouse and the entrance you use, given to us beforehand rather than negotiated at the barrier. If discretion matters more to you than convenience, say so when we agree the time and we will set it for a quiet hour. ## Which Berkshire roads are actually worth the car? West, once you are past Reading. The lanes through the Lambourn valley are the best of it: open downland, long sightlines, and strings of racehorses crossing the roads at marked crossings in the early morning, where they have priority and a raised voice or a sharp throttle is genuinely unwelcome. The B4000 and the roads under the Ridgeway towards Hungerford are quiet and quick. Closer in, the Thames-side runs through Cookham, Hurley and Remenham are slow, pretty and best taken at the pace the villages want rather than the one the car suggests. ## Is Windsor Great Park somewhere you can drive? Not in the way people assume. The Long Walk is not a public road, and the park's internal roads are restricted, so the driving here is the approach rather than the destination - the A332, the roads round Old Windsor and Datchet, and the lanes towards Cranbourne. Windsor itself is narrow, one-way and busy with coaches, with heavy pressure on parking near the castle, and the Legoland approach on the B3022 adds to it in the holidays. We hand over outside the town centre wherever we can and let you drive in rather than fighting a transporter through it. ## Does a business lease make sense along the M4 corridor? It is a large part of what we do here. A great many Berkshire leases run to people at businesses strung along the M4 between Slough, Maidenhead, Bracknell, Reading and Newbury, and a business lease exists alongside the personal one - the enquiry form asks which applies. Delivery to an office means arranging the barrier and a bay beforehand rather than arriving at a reception door. How any of it is treated in your own accounts is a question for your accountant and not something we will offer a view on. ## Can the agreement start or finish at Heathrow? Yes, and from this county it often makes better sense than a house handover. Heathrow sits just over the eastern boundary, so a flight in and a car waiting at the terminal removes a leg of travelling on the day the agreement starts. The reverse works at the end of the term - collected from the drive, or handed back at a terminal if that is the easier end for you. Both points are agreed at the booking stage and quoted against the real addresses, so it stays one arrangement rather than turning into two. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Bournemouth, Dorset URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/bournemouth Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Bournemouth and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. The interesting half of this delivery area is not Bournemouth itself but the water either side of it: Sandbanks, Canford Cliffs, Branksome Park and the Poole harbour shore, where the houses sit behind pines on sandy ground and a good number of the drives are wider than the roads serving them. We deliver there, along the Bournemouth clifftop and the chines, out to Christchurch and Highcliffe, and inland to Wimborne, Ferndown and the New Forest edge. Sandbanks is the constraint everybody underestimates - it is a peninsula with one road on and off it, and in summer that road does not flow. The Forest and the Purbecks are both on the doorstep, which is the real argument for keeping something good here. We hold no premises in Dorset and there is nothing for you to come to. Typical delivery: The peninsula and the season set this. Banks Road is the only way on and off Sandbanks, it is narrow, and between late spring and September it carries beach traffic that turns a short distance into a long one - so a summer handover down there is set for early morning rather than the middle of the day. Elsewhere the addresses are mostly drives and the planning is ordinary. If the chain ferry is part of your plan, we want to know before the day rather than on it. A person puts the window to you and it holds once you have agreed it. Two things here that catch cars out and neither is traffic. The first is sand: it blows across the coast roads and the approaches to the beaches constantly, and a thin film of it on tarmac behaves exactly like loose gravel under a wide cold tyre. The second is the parking surface - several properties on the sand spit and around the harbour have drives laid on compacted sand or shingle rather than a hard base, and it goes soft after rain. Salt air is the third, and it is a cosmetic nuisance rather than a hazard, though it is worth knowing before the car spends a term a hundred yards from the water. Postcode areas covered: BH. ## How does a delivery to Sandbanks actually work? Carefully, and usually early. The peninsula is served by a single road with parking along much of it, the houses are close-packed with short frontages, and a transporter that stops in the wrong place blocks everything behind it for as long as it is there. So the last leg is driven and we agree the exact spot beforehand rather than hoping for a gap. Out of season it is a straightforward driveway handover like anywhere else. In August it is the busiest small road in Dorset, and setting the time for eight in the morning changes the whole character of it. ## Should I take the car on the chain ferry to Studland? It is the short way into Purbeck and it is worth doing, with two cautions. The loading ramp changes angle with the tide, which is not a thing a low front splitter enjoys being surprised by, so look at it before you commit the nose to it. And the queue in summer can be long enough that the road round through Wareham is quicker despite being several times the distance. The alternative route is no hardship: the A351 through Corfe Castle is a fine drive in its own right and the castle appears over a ridge in a way that never quite gets old. ## What do I need to know about driving in the New Forest? That the animals are not fenced in and have right of way in every sense that matters. Ponies, cattle, pigs and donkeys wander on to unfenced roads at any hour, they are hardest to see at dusk and after dark, and they do not move for a car. The speed limits across the open forest reflect that and are enforced. Collisions there are a serious matter for the animal and an expensive one for anything low and wide. Drive it in daylight, take the B roads slowly, and treat it as somewhere to look at rather than somewhere to press on. ## Where are the good roads once you are past the forest? West and south-west. The A351 into Purbeck, the road up on to the ridge above Corfe, and the coast lanes towards Kimmeridge and Lulworth are the local ones, and the range roads through the Lulworth area close when firing is taking place, with the open times published in advance - check before you set out rather than arriving at a locked gate. Further out, the B3081 over Zig-Zag Hill near Shaftesbury is the best single stretch of road in the county, and the Dorset lanes between Blandford and Sherborne are quiet, rolling and almost never busy. ## Which weeks fill the town up? The August air festival is the big one and it does not just fill the seafront: the clifftop roads, the approaches from the Wessex Way and the parking across the whole central area go together for several days, with road closures published beforehand. School holidays generally turn the coast road into a slow one from mid-morning. Neither stops a delivery or a collection. Both mean we set the time deliberately and, on the Sandbanks side, well before the beach traffic builds. Send the dates with the postcode and we will say what is on. ## Is a coastal address a problem over a three-month term? Not a problem, but worth planning for. Salt air marks brightwork and glass over time, blown sand gets everywhere on the spit, and a car left out under pines picks up resin and needles that are far easier to remove in the first week than the fourth. Covered parking or a garage solves all three. If the car will live outside within sight of the water for the whole of the term, say so when we agree the vehicle, because it is a sensible thing to factor into which car we suggest rather than something to discover at the end. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Aberdeen, Aberdeen City URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/aberdeen Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Aberdeen and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Aberdeen is a long way from everywhere else and about twenty minutes from some of the best road in Scotland, which is an unusual combination and the whole reason a lease works here. We deliver into the granite terraces of the west end, out along Deeside to Cults, Bieldside, Milltimber and Peterculter, to Westhill and Kingswells, and down the coast to Stonehaven. The western peripheral route has changed how the city connects to all of it, so an address on the Deeside road is no longer the awkward one it used to be. The car is brought to your door and collected from wherever the agreement ends. We hold no premises in Aberdeen or anywhere else in Scotland, so nothing here involves you travelling to fetch anything. Typical delivery: The road north is the first thing we look at, because it is a long one and the weather along it counts for a good part of the year. Then the address: a Deeside drive settles the matter on its own, while a west end granite terrace usually means a controlled zone, a nominated bay and an hour when using it is legal. The city's low emission zone decides the approach if the address sits inside it. Nothing is fixed until a window has been put to you by a person and you have agreed it. Granite terrace streets in the west end have no off-street parking behind them and the kerb in front is controlled, so we agree a specific bay and a specific time instead of circling. The harbour side of the city is a working port with heavy vehicle traffic and is a poor choice for standing about with paperwork. Out on Deeside the handovers are the easy ones: long drives, room to turn and nobody watching. The other local factor is the haar - the sea fog that rolls in off the North Sea and can sit over the coast while Deeside is in sunshine, which occasionally moves a handover by an hour rather than cancelling it. Postcode areas covered: AB. ## Does Aberdeen's low emission zone apply to a private car? Yes. As with the other Scottish schemes, it applies to cars rather than only to buses and vans, it covers the city centre, and enforcement is camera-based with the charge attaching to the vehicle rather than the driver. Modern petrol prestige and performance cars meet the standard in the ordinary course, but we confirm the position on the specific vehicle before you commit rather than after. The council publishes the boundary and the current penalty terms. Glasgow and Edinburgh run their own separate zones, so a trip taking in the central belt crosses more than one. ## What is Royal Deeside actually like to drive? It is the reason to keep a car here. The A93 runs west from the city through Banchory, Aboyne and Ballater to Braemar, following the river through forest and opening out as it climbs, and it is fast, well surfaced and genuinely beautiful without being difficult. Beyond Braemar the same road climbs the Cairnwell to the highest main-road summit in Britain before dropping into Glenshee. The A939 north from Ballater over the Lecht - the Snow Roads - is the wilder one, and the better one, and the first to close when the weather turns. ## How much does winter change things this far north? A great deal, and it is worth planning around rather than ignoring. The high roads over the Lecht and the Cairnwell close for snow more readily than almost anything else in Britain, the passes hold ice in shade long after the coast has thawed, and the daylight in December runs out by the middle of the afternoon. Performance tyres go hard and lose grip well before the road looks slippery. Deer come down to the roadside at dusk along the whole of the Deeside corridor. None of that is a reason not to be here in winter - it is a reason to plan shorter days and keep the good roads for the light. ## How far does the delivery area actually reach? Across the city and its western suburbs, down the coast to Stonehaven, out along Deeside as far as Ballater and Braemar, north to Inverurie, Ellon and the Aberdeenshire towns, and up into Speyside. Anywhere further north or west, tell us the address and we will be straight with you about what the approach involves rather than discovering it on the day. Delivery here and collection at the end of the term somewhere else entirely - Edinburgh, Glasgow, or further south - is one arrangement quoted against both addresses rather than two separate ones. ## Can you reach a house at the end of a Deeside or Speyside track? Usually, with a conversation first. The obstacles up here are specific and repeat themselves: unsurfaced tracks with a loose stone surface, cattle grids at the estate boundaries, gates that need somebody to open them, and long approaches with nowhere to turn at the far end. A covered transporter reaches very few of those doors. We drive the last part, and where even that is unwise we hand over at the nearest made road and follow you in so nobody is guessing about ground clearance with the car already committed. ## Why lease rather than buy in a city this far from the dealers? Because distance is exactly what makes ownership tiresome here. A car of this kind bought in the central belt or further south has to be collected, serviced and eventually sold somewhere other than where it lives, and the mileage that goes into doing all that is mileage you never enjoy. A lease starts with the car delivered to your door on a three-month minimum term, one month up front and one a month after that, with a thousand miles a month included, and it ends with us collecting it. The part of ownership that is a chore at this latitude is the part a lease removes. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Hertfordshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/hertfordshire Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Hertfordshire and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Hertfordshire is where a great many people keep the car that London will not let them keep in London, and that single fact explains most of the leases we deliver here. We bring cars to Radlett, Shenley and Brookmans Park, to Harpenden, St Albans, Chorleywood and Rickmansworth, to the gated roads around Hadley Wood and Cuffley, and out to the villages under the Chilterns. Almost all of it is private-drive delivery behind hedges and gates, which is the most discreet arrangement we do. The county sits on the M25 and the M1 together, so the car is out of the county and on to something worth driving quickly. There are no premises of ours in Hertfordshire and nothing here for you to travel to. Typical delivery: Access decides this rather than distance. Most addresses here are gated, which means a code or an intercom and somebody expecting us, and many sit at the end of a long drive whose surface and turning space are worth establishing beforehand. The lanes through the smaller villages narrow at the bridges, so a transporter may have to set down on a main road with the car coming in from there. The county's motorway junctions behave badly at predictable hours and we plan round them. The window comes from a person and is agreed with you before anything is committed. Handovers here mostly happen on a private drive, off the road and out of sight, which is how most people in this county would prefer it. Surface and geometry decide whether it goes smoothly: deep loose gravel is hard work for a wide low car and throws stones at its own paint, a short steep apron at the gate will ground a front splitter on the way in, and a long drive with nowhere to turn means a considerable reverse back out to the lane. The other local point is hedging - many entrances here are set in a high hedge on a bend with no visibility either way, which decides where we stop rather than where we would like to. Postcode areas covered: AL, WD, SG, EN. ## Why keep the car here rather than in London? Because the kerb rules are the whole problem. A car of this value in central London needs a permit tied to a plate, a bay that costs more than the use it gets, and a battery that flattens between outings. Twenty-odd miles north the same car sits on a drive behind a gate, starts when you want it, and is on the M1 or the M25 in minutes. A three-month lease suits that pattern exactly: the car is available every day of the term rather than booked for occasions, at a known monthly figure, with delivery and collection to your own door at each end. ## Which Hertfordshire roads are worth taking the car out for? North and west, into the Chilterns. The B4506 through the Ashridge estate is the one to know - beech woods on both sides, a good surface and long sweeping curves - and the lanes around Aldbury, Ivinghoe and Whipsnade carry on in the same vein. Deer come out on to those roads at dusk in numbers, which is not a warning to be polite about. Closer in, the lanes between Shenley, Ayot and Codicote are quiet and pleasant on a weekday. East of the A1 the county flattens out and gets duller, so most of the good driving is on the Chiltern side. ## How does the M25 shape a lease here? It shapes it more than anything else in the county. Being on the northern arc puts the Chilterns, the Cotswolds, Oxford, Cambridge and both London airports inside a straightforward run, which is why a car kept here gets used in every direction rather than one. The cost is that the junctions between the M1 and the A1(M) are heavily congested at predictable hours, and an incident on that stretch reroutes everything through the villages. We take that into account when we set the window, which sometimes means proposing an hour that looks unusual and is actually the quiet one. ## Do you deliver into St Albans and the town centres? Yes, though the town centres are the harder half. St Albans has a narrow historic core with controlled parking, a market that takes the main street out on its days, and streets around the abbey where a wide car is more trouble than it is worth. Watford, Hertford and Berkhamsted are similar on a smaller scale. Where the address is central we agree a bay or a forecourt and keep the handover to the twenty minutes it needs. Where it is one of the outer roads or a village, it is an ordinary driveway handover and none of that applies. ## What happens when there is an event at one of the big houses? The county has several estates that host large events, and a concert weekend at one of them puts tens of thousands of people on to roads built for a village. The approach roads queue for hours, temporary closures and one-way plans go in, and the effects reach several miles out from the gates. Hatfield and the other house venues do a smaller version of it through the summer wedding season. None of it prevents a delivery or a collection. It means the date is worth telling us along with the postcode so we can set the time around it. ## Can the agreement start at Heathrow or Luton and end at the house? Yes, and it is a common way to shape it from this county. A handover at a terminal when you land removes a leg of travelling on the day the agreement starts, and collection at the end of the term can be from your own drive instead, or from a different address entirely if that suits you better. Both points are agreed at the booking stage and quoted against the real addresses, so nothing appears afterwards. What we ask is that the two ends are settled when the dates are rather than on the last morning. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Inverness, Highland URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/inverness Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Inverness and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Inverness is the last city before the roads get genuinely interesting, and an agreement taken here is usually about what lies north and west of it rather than about the city itself. We deliver to houses along the Ness, to Culloden, Balloch, Westhill and Milton of Leys, to hotel forecourts in the middle of town, and out along the firth to Nairn, Beauly, Dingwall and the Black Isle. At the end of the term we collect from wherever you have finished, which is often not where the car started. The one fact that shapes every delivery this far north is the length of the road in, and we would rather talk about that openly than pretend distance is nothing. We hold no premises in Inverness or anywhere else in Scotland, so there is nothing to travel to and no counter standing between you and the car. Typical delivery: Two things set the window here and neither is the postcode. The first is the approach: the A9 is the only sensible road in, it crosses high ground at Drumochter and Slochd, and in winter either can slow or close with little notice. The second is the address itself, because a controlled bay on a city street is a different job from a house at the end of a single-track lane above the firth. Somebody looks at both, puts a window to you, and it holds once you have agreed it. Tell us two things before the day. The first is what the last mile holds. Single-track with passing places, a cattle grid at the field boundary, a steep gravel apron or a farm gate each change how the car arrives, and a covered transporter cannot turn on most Highland lanes, so the final stretch is nearly always driven. The second is where the car will live for the term. The middle of Inverness has ordinary controlled parking and almost everywhere else has a drive, so the overnight answer is usually straightforward, but it is better settled at booking than at ten at night. If your road is unsurfaced, say so. It changes which car we would suggest rather than whether we come. Postcode areas covered: IV. ## Is the North Coast 500 a realistic thing to do in a car like this? It is, with the right expectations. The route is a name laid over ordinary public roads, and long stretches of the north and west are single track with passing places, blind summits and no run-off at all. It rewards a calm pace and punishes a hurried one, and the people living along it are going to work rather than sightseeing. Fuel, food and phone signal all thin out once you are past the bigger towns. Done over several days in the shoulder season it is one of the best drives in Europe. Done in three days in August it is a queue with a view. ## What do single-track roads ask of a wide car? More restraint than most drivers expect. The convention is that you pull into the passing place on your left, or stop opposite the one on your right, and you let faster local traffic through rather than leading a queue. The verges are soft and frequently hide a ditch, so a wheel put off the edge does not simply come back on. Loose chippings collect at the road's edge and at the mouth of every passing place, which is where paintwork and wheels get marked. Blind summits are the real hazard: assume something is coming and you will be right often enough to matter. ## Where does fuel run out in the Highlands? Sooner than the map suggests. North and west of the main towns the stations are far apart, several close in the evening, and some keep shorter hours on a Sunday, so the assumption that something will be open further on is the one that strands people. A performance car pressed on good roads returns single-figure miles per gallon, which shortens the range you think you have by a surprising amount. Fill up at the last sizeable town before committing to a long loop rather than at the point the gauge starts to worry you. ## Do Scotland's low emission zones affect a trip from Inverness? There is no such zone in Inverness. The Scottish schemes sit in the four cities to the south, they apply to cars rather than only to buses and vans, and each has its own boundary, so a trip taking in more than one crosses more than one scheme. Modern petrol performance cars meet the standards in the ordinary course, but we confirm the position for the exact vehicle before you commit rather than after. Enforcement is camera-based and attaches to the vehicle, so it is worth settling as part of the booking. You are told which charges we deal with and which are billed on. ## What do these roads want from you in winter? Shorter days and lower expectations. Daylight in December runs out by mid-afternoon, so a route that works in June is half finished by dark. Passes hold ice in shade long after the glens have thawed, and the A9 and A82 both close for snow in a hard week. Performance tyres go hard well before the road looks slippery. Deer come down to the roadside at dusk and are a genuine hazard rather than a picturesque one. None of that is a reason to avoid a winter term up here, and all of it is a reason to plan the day around the light. ## Do you deliver beyond the city, and what about the islands? Nairn, Forres, Dingwall, Muir of Ord, the Black Isle, Aviemore, Grantown, Fort William, Ullapool and the west coast villages are all part of the same run, and a remote address changes the planning rather than the answer. Send the postcode with a line about the last mile. Delivery here and collection in Perthshire, Edinburgh or further south sits inside one arrangement rather than two. If an island is part of your plan, the ferry operator takes vehicle reservations separately and summer sailings fill a long way ahead, so that is a booking to make early and in your own name. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Perthshire, Perth and Kinross URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/perthshire Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Perthshire and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Perthshire is estate country with a motorway-grade spine running through the middle of it, which makes it one of the easier parts of Scotland to serve and one of the more particular to get right. We deliver to Auchterarder and the houses around Gleneagles, to Crieff, Comrie, Dunkeld, Birnam, Blairgowrie, Kinross and Bridge of Earn, and up into Highland Perthshire at Aberfeldy, Killiecrankie and Pitlochry. Most of those addresses are reached by a private drive rather than a kerb, and the drive is the part worth discussing beforehand. Over a three-month term the car spends far more time on a gravel apron than it does on a public road, which is a real consideration here rather than a detail. There are no premises of ours anywhere in Scotland, so nothing about this involves you fetching anything. Typical delivery: Access decides this more than mileage does. A gated drive needs a code or a name lodged with someone, a cattle grid and a long unlit approach need establishing in advance, and an estate with several entrances needs the right one named. The A9 sets the rest: it is the way in from both directions and it carries weather at Drumochter that the glens below do not see. The window is worked out against those facts, put to you by the person handling the booking, and fixed only once you have agreed it. The recurring physical problems here are gravel, grids and geometry. Estate gravel is laid deep and loose, and a wide low car pushes it into heaps rather than rolling over it, throwing stones at its own paint on the way. Cattle grids sit at field boundaries and are usually crossed square and slowly. Stone gateposts were set at the width of a farm cart and have not moved since. A long drive with nowhere to turn means reversing the whole way back out to a lane with a tractor behind you. Send the gate arrangement, the surface and a photograph of the entrance and none of that turns into a problem on the day. Postcode areas covered: PH, KY. ## What is the A9 actually like to drive? It is transport rather than sport, and it is best approached that way. The Perth to Inverness section is monitored by average-speed cameras along its length, it alternates between dual carriageway and single with overtaking sections, and it carries a heavy volume of lorries and coaches between them. Frustration on that road is where most trouble on a Highland trip starts. The sensible plan is to treat it as the corridor that takes you to the good roads rather than as one of them, and to come off it as early as the route allows. ## Which Perthshire roads are worth the detour? The A822 and A826 through the Sma' Glen are the closest good half hour to Crieff, narrow in places and empty on a weekday. The A85 west along Loch Earn towards Crianlarich is quick and scenic in equal measure. The A827 along Loch Tay and the single-track climb past Schiehallion are slower and better for it. North, the A93 over the Cairnwell towards Braemar is one of the highest stretches of A road in the country, spectacular in clear weather and entirely at the mercy of it otherwise. All four start within a short run of the main towns. ## How does an estate address change the handover? It usually improves it, because the whole thing happens inside your own boundary rather than at a kerb with the village watching. What it adds is preparation. We want the name the gate expects, which entrance to use, whether there is a grid on the way in, and what the surface does after rain. Several of these drives run a long way from the road with no lighting and no passing point, so timing in winter matters more than it does elsewhere. Where the apron at the gate is steep enough to ground a low nose, we set the car down on the road and walk it in. ## Do golf weeks and the shooting season change the plan? They change the timing rather than the answer. A championship week around Gleneagles fills the hotels, the A9 junctions and the local roads together, and the approach stays slow for most of the day rather than for an hour. From the middle of August the estates are busy, which puts slow-moving vehicles and a good deal of mud on narrow roads, and some tracks are in use for the day. Weddings at the estate venues are date-fixed by definition. Any of those means settling the arrangement early, because the constraint is which car is free rather than whether we can reach you. ## Is Perthshire a practical base for the rest of Scotland? It is arguably the best one in the country. Edinburgh and Glasgow are both an easy run south, the Cairngorms and Deeside sit to the north, Fife and the east coast to the south-east, and the Angus glens and Loch Lomond are a morning away in opposite directions. That matters on a longer agreement, because the same car does the school run on a Tuesday and Glen Coe on a Saturday without either feeling like a stretch. Delivery here and collection somewhere else entirely is one arrangement, quoted against the two addresses you actually give us. ## What does winter here actually involve? Snow gates on the high roads, ski traffic on the A93, and ice that sits in the shade of a glen until mid-afternoon. Estate drives are the part people forget: an unsalted gravel drive with a slope on it is more likely to catch you out than any public road. Performance tyres are near useless below about seven degrees, and a car left outside for a winter term takes road salt every time it goes out. If there is a garage or a covered bay at the address, say so when we agree the dates, because it changes what we would put on your drive. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Devon URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/devon Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Devon and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Devon is two counties wearing one name: a fast, open eastern half around Exeter and the estuaries, and a slow, sunken western half of lanes, moor and hills. We deliver into Exeter, Topsham, Exmouth, Sidmouth and Budleigh, out through Newton Abbot to Torquay and the south hams at Totnes, Dartmouth and Salcombe, and across to Tavistock, Chagford and the Dartmoor edge. The motorway stops at Exeter, and everything after that is A road, B road and then something with grass growing down the middle of it. That progression is the whole story of a Devon delivery, and it is why we ask what the last mile looks like rather than assuming. We hold no premises in Devon, so nothing here asks you to travel to collect anything. Typical delivery: Which side of the county you are on does most of the work. An address around Exeter or the east Devon coast is reached on good road nearly the whole way. A house in the south hams or on the moor edge finishes down a lane where the width, not the distance, is the constraint. Summer changes both, because the A30 and A38 carry holiday traffic that turns a straightforward afternoon into an afternoon spent stationary. The window is set against those facts by a person, talked through with you, and committed only once you have agreed it. Devon lanes are the defining feature. They run between earth banks high enough to hide an oncoming vehicle entirely, with no verge to move onto and passing places that were never formally made. A covered transporter cannot use them, so the final leg is driven, slowly, and often with somebody walking ahead at a pinch point. On the moor edge, cattle grids mark where the fences stop and the livestock begin. In the estuary towns the problem changes shape: Salcombe, Dartmouth and the older parts of Totnes are steep, narrow and heavily parked, so we agree a handover point on flatter ground and walk the car in afterwards. Postcode areas covered: EX, TQ, PL. ## What are Devon lanes really like for a wide car? Tighter than anything a satnav's estimated time implies. The banks are earth and stone, they are older than the traffic on them, and they do not give. A car the width of a modern performance saloon uses most of the available surface, which means reversing to a gateway is a normal part of any journey rather than an emergency. After hedge-cutting the lanes are strewn with cut blackthorn, which is a well known cause of punctures in this part of the world. Mud from farm traffic sits on the surface through most of the winter. None of that is a reason to stay off them, and all of it is a reason to go slowly. ## Is Dartmoor worth taking the car onto? Yes, in the right conditions and at the right hour. The roads across the moor are unfenced, which is the fact that matters: ponies, sheep and cattle wander onto the tarmac and lie on it at night because it holds the day's heat. Cattle grids mark every boundary. The B3212 between Moretonhampstead and Two Bridges is the classic crossing, and the lanes towards Widecombe are narrower and prettier. Moor weather turns quickly, and hill fog can reduce visibility to a few car lengths on a clear morning. Go early, keep the speed down, and accept that this is a place to look at rather than to press on. ## Which weeks make the A30 and A38 impossible? The summer changeover Saturdays above all, and school holidays generally. The motorway network ends at Exeter, so everything heading further west funnels onto two roads at the same point, and a queue at one junction backs up for a long way in both directions. If your dates land in that window, an early handover on a weekday is worth far more than a convenient one on a Saturday. Tell us the dates when you enquire and we will set the time against what is actually happening on the road rather than against a map. ## Where can the car go in Salcombe, Dartmouth and the estuary towns? Carefully, and not everywhere. The old parts of both towns are steep, single-track in effect, and lined with resident permit bays that a leased car has no standing in. Car parks fill early through the season. The Dart is crossed by two vehicle ferries rather than a bridge at Dartmouth, and the ramps at each end are short and steep, which is exactly the geometry that grounds a low front. If you are staying somewhere with its own parking, that solves most of it. If you are not, take the handover on the edge of town and walk the last part. ## Do you come to north Devon and Exmoor as well? Barnstaple, Bideford, Croyde, Woolacombe, Braunton and the Lynton side are part of the same run, and the villages along the Exmoor edge are delivery country too. What changes up there is gradient. The hills between Lynmouth and the moor are among the steepest main roads in England, with hairpins and long climbs that ask a great deal of brakes on the way down. The moor roads are unfenced in the same way Dartmoor's are. Send the postcode with a line about the approach and we will be straight about what the last part involves. ## Is a coastal address a problem over a three-month term? It is a maintenance question rather than an obstacle. Salt air reaches everything parked near the water, blown sand collects on the coast roads and behaves like loose gravel under a wide tyre, and after a storm there is shingle on the carriageway along the exposed stretches. Beach car parks are frequently unsurfaced, and grass overflow turns soft after rain. A garage or a covered bay makes a real difference over that length of time. Tell us the parking arrangement when we agree the dates, because it occasionally changes which car makes sense for the term. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Cornwall URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/cornwall Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Cornwall and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Cornwall is longer than almost everyone expects and served by one quick road, and those two facts govern how a car gets here and what it can sensibly do once it has arrived. We deliver into Truro, Falmouth, St Mawes and the Roseland, to Rock, Padstow, Wadebridge and the north coast, to St Ives, Penzance and the far west, and to the Tamar-side towns at Saltash and Looe. Most of the good addresses finish down a lane with a granite bank on either side. Over a three-month agreement the car is not a holiday object here, it is the thing that makes living a long way from everything workable, and the mileage allowance is worth doing arithmetic on before you commit. We hold no premises in Cornwall and there is nothing for you to come to. Typical delivery: The crossing of the Tamar and the state of the A30 decide almost all of it. There is one fast road down the spine of the county and no parallel route worth the name, so when it stops, everything stops with it. Beyond that, what matters is how far your address sits from that spine and what the final lane is like. Holiday changeover days are their own category. You get a window from the person handling the booking, set against the road as it actually is that week, and it is fixed once you have agreed it. The last part of a Cornish delivery is nearly always driven rather than transported, because the lanes down to the coves are single track, walled with granite-faced banks, and steep enough in places that a low car has to take the crest at an angle. Several of the best addresses finish on gravel, hard standing or compacted sand, and blown sand across the tarmac behaves exactly like loose chippings under a wide tyre. Tell us what the final approach is made of and whether there is anywhere to turn at the end of it. If there is not, we will set the car down at the nearest made road and walk it in with you. Postcode areas covered: TR, PL. ## How does a car actually get into Cornwall? By one of three road crossings of the Tamar. The A38 uses the Tamar Bridge at Saltash and the Torpoint chain ferry runs alongside it, both of which are charged, with the charge collected in one direction. Further north the A30 crosses near Launceston without a toll, which is why almost everything heading for the middle and west of the county goes that way. The crossings are also the pinch point on a busy weekend. If your route uses the bridge or the ferry, tell us and the registration is dealt with rather than left to catch up with whoever owns the car. ## How long is Cornwall really? Long enough to reshape a weekend. The far west is a serious run from the Tamar, on a road that is quick in parts and ordinary in others, so a plan that puts a cove near Land's End and dinner at Rock on the same evening is a plan that will not happen. The honest way to use the county is to pick one coast for the day. Over a longer agreement that stops mattering, because you are not trying to compress it: the mileage is spread across months rather than spent in a weekend. ## Which beaches and coves are wrong for a low car? Most of the famous ones, if you intend to drive all the way down. The approaches are single track with passing places cut into the bank, the gradients are severe, and the car parks at the bottom are frequently unsurfaced or laid on sand that goes soft after rain. Granite-faced hedges do not move and do not forgive a misjudged passing manoeuvre. The sensible plan is unglamorous and it works: park on made ground at the top, walk the last stretch, and keep the car off surfaces you would not push a loaded trolley across. ## Are the ferries worth using? Two of them genuinely are. The King Harry Ferry across the Fal saves a long inland detour between the Roseland and the Truro side and takes vehicles as a matter of course. The Torpoint chain ferry does the same job at the Tamar. The one that catches people out is the Rock to Padstow crossing, which carries foot passengers only, so a car has to go the long way round through Wadebridge while its passengers are already having lunch. Slipway gradients and tide state are worth a thought in anything with a low front. ## Which weeks tighten up in Cornwall? School holidays across the board, and Saturdays in high season above all, when the whole county changes over its rentals at once and the A30 carries both directions of it. The Royal Cornwall Show fills the roads around Wadebridge while it is on, the summer music festival at Newquay does the same to the north coast, and regatta weeks empty the harbour town car parks before mid-morning. None of that prevents a delivery. It decides the hour, which is why the dates are worth sending with the enquiry rather than after it. ## Does a lease make sense somewhere this far from everywhere? It is worth thinking about the mileage first. Every agreement includes a thousand miles a month, and Cornwall eats miles in a way a city does not, because the nearest of most things is a real drive away. If your normal week involves the length of the county, say so at the enquiry rather than discovering it at the end of the term. The other side of the argument is straightforward: the purchase price, the eventual sale and what the salt air has done to the car over the winter are not your problem on a lease. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Norfolk URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/norfolk Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Norfolk and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Norfolk has no motorway anywhere inside it, which tells you most of what you need to know about both the journey in and the pleasure of driving once you are here. We deliver into Norwich and the villages around it, out to Aylsham, Holt, Blakeney, Wells, Burnham Market, Brancaster and Hunstanton along the north coast, south to Wymondham and Diss, and west towards King's Lynn and the fen edge. The coast villages are flint, narrow and largely without off-street parking, and the countryside behind them is some of the emptiest good road in England. Over a longer agreement that combination works particularly well: the car is genuinely usable here on a weekday morning in a way it is not in a city. We hold no premises in Norfolk and there is nothing for you to travel to. Typical delivery: The approach does most of the work. The A11 runs dual carriageway as far as Norwich, the A47 across the county largely does not, and the last part of any journey here is spent behind something agricultural on a single carriageway. On the coast the A149 is narrow, slow and busy through the season. The address matters too, because a flint cottage on a village street is a different proposition from a house with a gravel sweep behind a gate. A person sets the window against all of that and confirms it with you before anything is committed. Two local problems come up repeatedly. The first is the coast village with no drive: Burnham Market, Blakeney, Wells and their neighbours have narrow streets, short kerbs and pay-and-display bays that fill early, so we agree a specific spot and a time rather than circling. The second is the unsurfaced approach. Several of the best-known beach accesses are gravel or sand drives with grass overflow, and blown sand lies across the coast roads after a windy week. Inland, the fen and marsh lanes have deep drainage dykes right at the verge with nothing between them and the tarmac, so there is no room to move over for anybody. Postcode areas covered: NR, PE, IP. ## Does having no motorway actually matter? It matters for the journey in and it is an advantage afterwards. Everything arrives on A roads, the last section is single carriageway, and an overtaking opportunity behind a tractor is worth waiting for rather than forcing. Once the car is here, though, the county is full of wide, quiet, well-sighted roads that almost nobody is using at eight on a weekday morning. That is the argument for keeping a car like this in Norfolk rather than somewhere with better motorway access: the roads you actually want are the ones on the doorstep. ## What are the fen and marsh roads like? Unlike anywhere else in England, and they demand respect. They run dead straight for long distances across drained ground, with a deep dyke immediately at the edge of the carriageway and no barrier of any kind, and they finish in sudden right-angle bends at field boundaries where the road follows the drain rather than the destination. The surface undulates where the peat has shrunk beneath it. There is nothing to break a crosswind, and in autumn the sugar beet harvest puts a great deal of mud on the road. Straight is not the same as easy out there. ## Where do people actually drive to from here? The north coast road from Hunstanton through Brancaster and Holkham to Cley and Cromer, which is slow, pretty and full of places worth stopping at. The Sandringham estate roads and the lanes behind them are quiet and beautifully surfaced. Thetford Forest is the fast, empty option to the south, and the Broads is the one to think twice about, because those lanes are dead ends leading to staithes with nowhere to turn and low bridges that were not built with anything modern in mind. ## Can a car like this be parked on the north coast? With planning, yes. The village car parks in Burnham Market, Wells and Blakeney are small and full by mid-morning through the season. Holkham's beach approach is a long unsurfaced drive with grass overflow parking at the end of it, which is not where you want a wide low car after a wet week. Verge parking on the A149 is enforced in places and thoughtless everywhere else. If the house you are staying in has a drive or a barn, use it. Otherwise take the handover somewhere with hard standing and be realistic about the beach. ## Which weeks and weekends get busy? School holidays and the second-home weekends, which have a rhythm of their own: the roads in fill on a Friday afternoon and empty again on Sunday evening, and the north coast feels like a different county between those two points. The Royal Norfolk Show fills the roads west of Norwich while it runs, and the seaside carnival weeks do the same to individual towns. Give us the dates when you enquire and we will set the handover on the quiet side of whatever is happening that week. ## Do you cover Suffolk, the fen towns and the Cambridgeshire edge? Bury St Edmunds, Newmarket, Southwold, Aldeburgh and Woodbridge are part of the same run, as are King's Lynn, Ely, Downham Market and the fen towns west of them. Newmarket is worth a word of warning: racehorses have their own signalled crossings over the public roads there, and they have priority, so a car in a hurry through the town is a car in the wrong place. Delivery in Norfolk and collection somewhere else entirely is one arrangement, priced against the two addresses rather than against a radius drawn on a map. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Teesside, County Durham and North Yorkshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/teesside Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Teesside and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Teesside is a compact, wealthy pocket of the north east with open moor on one side of it and a fast dual carriageway down the middle, and it is badly served by anyone expecting you to travel to a forecourt. We deliver to Yarm, Eaglescliffe, Hartburn and Ingleby Barwick, to the gated houses at Wynyard, to Hutton Rudby, Great Ayton, Stokesley and Nunthorpe, and across to Darlington, Hurworth and the villages down the Tees. At the end of the term we collect from wherever suits you. The two things that decide how a handover goes here are the cobbled setts on Yarm High Street and whether the address sits behind a gatehouse, and both are easily dealt with in advance. We hold no premises on Teesside, so there is nothing to visit and nothing to hand back over a counter. Typical delivery: The road side of this is simple, because the A19 and the A66 put nearly every address within easy reach of a dual carriageway. What actually sets the window is the address. A gated estate needs a name lodged and the right entrance named. A village street in Hutton Rudby or Great Ayton needs somewhere the car can legally and safely stand. A moor-edge house needs the last mile described. Weather on the high ground counts in winter. The window comes from a person who has checked those, agreed with you before anything is fixed. Yarm is the one that catches people out. The High Street is broad and handsome and surfaced in stone setts, with angled parking down both sides and a camber that is unkind to anything with a low front coming off a ramp at an angle. The streets behind it are narrow and busy in the evening. So we hand over on flatter ground nearby rather than in the middle of it. Wynyard and the other gated developments are the opposite case: quiet, private, and entirely straightforward provided the gatehouse is expecting us. Out at the moor edge, tell us if the approach is a farm track, because that changes the plan rather than the answer. Postcode areas covered: TS, DL. ## Which roads climb onto the North York Moors from here? Three of the best in the north start within a short run of the Tees. The A171 over Birk Brow towards Whitby is the fast one, open and exposed across the top. The B1257 from Stokesley to Helmsley climbs Clay Bank and then runs along the moor edge with genuinely long views and some tight, unsighted bends. Rosedale Chimney Bank is the famous one, and it is severe enough, with a hairpin partway up, that it is no place at all for a long low car. All three cross unfenced moor where sheep treat the road as part of the grazing. ## Is the A66 west a good road or a difficult one? Both, depending entirely on the day. It is the quickest way from Teesside to the Pennines and the Lakes, and it crosses high, exposed ground where snow, standing water and crosswind restrictions arrive earlier and last longer than on the roads either side of it. It also alternates between dual and single carriageway with traffic crossing and turning between the two. In settled weather it is a fine road and a genuinely useful one. In a bad week it is the first thing to close, so it is worth checking its status on the morning rather than assuming. ## Is there a clean air charge on Teesside? There is no charging zone here. The nearest scheme is on Tyneside, and that one is aimed at taxis, buses, coaches, vans and lorries rather than private cars, which puts both in a different category from Birmingham or Bristol. That does not make a longer trip charge-free by default, because other cities run their own schemes on their own rules and boundaries. We check the standing of the exact vehicle against the schemes on your route before you commit, and tell you plainly which charges sit with us and which are billed on to you. ## What is the coast like for a car of this kind? Worth seeing and worth parking sensibly. Saltburn's bank down to the pier is steep and narrow, with limited parking at the bottom and a great deal of it at the top. Whitby's old town is cobbled, tight and effectively closed to anything wide. Redcar's front is exposed and takes salt air straight off the sea, and blown sand collects along the coast road after a windy week and behaves like loose chippings. The answer everywhere along here is the same: park on made ground above the town and walk the last part. ## What does a gated estate handover involve? Preparation rather than difficulty. We need your name with the gatehouse, the entrance you use, and a line about the drive itself, because several of the houses here have deep gravel and a raised apron at the gate that a front splitter finds before you do. Once inside, the whole handover happens on your own drive with nothing visible from a public road, which is the most discreet arrangement we do. Estate roads also carry speed tables, and those are taken square and slowly in anything low rather than at the angle most drivers take them. ## How far around Teesside does the same run reach? Middlesbrough, Stockton, Thornaby, Billingham, Guisborough, Marske and Saltburn on one side; Darlington, Hurworth, Sedgefield, Durham, Barnard Castle and Richmond on the other; and the North Yorkshire villages as far as Northallerton and Thirsk. Teesside International sits between Darlington and Yarm, so a terminal handover fits inside the same booking if you are flying in or out. Delivery here and collection in Newcastle, Leeds or the Dales is one arrangement rather than two, quoted against both addresses before anything is agreed. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Shropshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/shropshire Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Shropshire and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Shropshire has the best hill roads in the Midlands and one of the more awkward county towns to hand a car over in, which makes it a place worth planning rather than assuming. We deliver into Shrewsbury and the villages around it, to Telford and Newport, to Church Stretton, Craven Arms and Ludlow down the A49, to Bridgnorth, Much Wenlock and Broseley, and out to Oswestry, Ellesmere and the Welsh border. Many addresses here are farms, converted barns and country houses reached by a track rather than a drive. Over a three-month term the car spends its weekends on roads that people travel a long way to drive, which is a large part of why anyone keeps one here. We hold no premises in Shropshire and there is nothing to collect from anywhere. Typical delivery: Shrewsbury and Telford behave completely differently and that is the first thing we look at. The county town sits inside a loop of the Severn, reached over a small number of bridges, with a one-way medieval core and streets steep enough to matter. Telford is new-town road network and is straightforward almost everywhere. Out in the hills, the last mile decides it: a track, a ford or a cattle grid changes the plan. In a wet winter the river is a factor in its own right. The window is worked out with you and confirmed by a person before anything is committed. In Shrewsbury we pick the handover street deliberately. The hills down to the bridges are steeper than they photograph, the core is one-way with short stopping windows, and a car standing in the wrong place on a market day is everybody's problem. Ludlow is a smaller version of the same thing, with the square taken by the market on its days. Country addresses are usually easier and occasionally not: a stone gateway built for a cart, a cattle grid, a ford that runs deeper after rain, or a loose rubble track all mean the car comes in driven and slowly rather than on a transporter. Tell us which of those applies. Postcode areas covered: SY, TF. ## What is the Burway actually like? It is the road from Church Stretton onto the Long Mynd, and it is the most demanding piece of tarmac in the county. It starts with a cattle grid, then climbs as a single track along the side of the hill with an unfenced drop on one side, few passing places and no barrier anywhere. Sheep stand in the road as a matter of routine. In cloud, ice or a busy weekend it is genuinely dangerous rather than merely exciting, and meeting something coming down means one of you reverses. Go up early on a clear morning, take it at walking pace, and enjoy the view rather than the drive. ## Which other roads here are worth the trip? The B4368 through the Clun valley is the one locals name first: quiet, flowing and empty on a weekday. The A488 under the Stiperstones is rougher and more dramatic. Wenlock Edge on the B4371 runs along the escarpment with long views off one side. The A49 is the fast north to south spine and a useful one. West, the A458 and the A5 put the Welsh hills inside a morning. Almost all of it is two-lane, hedged or walled, and shared with tractors, horses and a good number of cyclists at weekends. ## Does the Severn really close roads here? It does, most winters. Shrewsbury and Ironbridge both sit on the river and both see riverside roads and car parks go under when it rises, with barriers going up and diversions that are considerably longer than the distance suggests. The gorge roads are steep and narrow and become the alternative route when the low ones shut, which does not suit them. If your address is near the water and the agreement runs through the winter, tell us where the car will actually sit, because a drive that floods is a poor place to leave one for three months. ## Where does a handover work in Shrewsbury and Ludlow? Somewhere flat and pre-agreed. Shrewsbury's centre is a medieval loop with one-way streets, steep hills down to the bridges and enforced stopping restrictions, so the practical answers are a hotel forecourt, an agreed bay or a street just outside the loop. Ludlow's centre is narrow, partly cobbled, and given over to the market on market days. Suburban and village addresses at Bayston Hill, Bicton, Bomere Heath or the Wenlock side are far simpler, because there is usually a drive and no clock running on the paperwork. ## Is a clean air charge a factor from Shropshire? Not within the county, which runs no charging zone of its own. It becomes a question on the routes out, because the motorways east lead into a city scheme that does charge private cars falling short of its standard, and other cities on a longer trip run their own. Modern petrol performance cars generally meet those standards, but generally is not something to book on. We confirm the position for the exact vehicle before you commit, and say plainly which charges we settle and which are billed on to you. ## How far does the same run reach across the county and over the border? Shrewsbury, Telford, Newport, Market Drayton, Whitchurch, Wem, Oswestry, Ellesmere, Church Stretton, Craven Arms, Ludlow, Bridgnorth and the villages between them, plus the country-house and barn venues that fill the summer. Over the border, Welshpool, Montgomery and the Marches towns are no harder. Delivery here and collection in Cheshire, Birmingham or north Wales is one arrangement rather than two. If the address is a farm with a yard rather than a house with a drive, say so with the postcode and we will plan the last part around it. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # Warwickshire URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/warwickshire Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in Warwickshire and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. Warwickshire is where a good deal of the British motor industry actually works, and it is surrounded by the kind of roads that explain why people care about cars in the first place. We deliver to Leamington Spa and Kenilworth, to Warwick, Barford and Wellesbourne, into Stratford-upon-Avon, out through Henley-in-Arden and Tanworth, and south to Shipston and the villages along the Cotswold edge. Three market towns with medieval or Regency centres means the handover street matters here more than the mileage does. Over a longer agreement the geography does the rest of the work: the M40 is on the doorstep for the week and the Fosse Way and the Cotswolds are there for the weekend. We hold no premises in Warwickshire, so there is nothing to travel to and nothing to collect. Typical delivery: Which of the three towns you are in sets most of this. Warwick is entered through narrow historic gateways with tight streets behind them. Leamington runs controlled residents parking across its Regency terraces. Stratford carries tour coaches all day and empties a theatre in the evening. Village and country addresses are simpler, because there is usually a drive. Event traffic on the M40 corridor is the other factor, and it is predictable if we know the date. The window is set against those, put to you by a person, and holds once you have agreed it. Warwick's centre sits behind medieval gate arches with restricted width and height, and the streets beyond them are narrow, one-way and heavily parked, so a handover happens outside that core rather than inside it. In Leamington the crescents and parades are handsome and almost entirely permit-controlled, which means agreeing a bay and an hour. Stratford's riverside car parks fill by the middle of the morning through the season. Out in the villages it is usually a drive, and the only things worth mentioning in advance are deep gravel, a cattle grid or a steep apron at the gate, all of which are common on the older properties here. Postcode areas covered: CV, B. ## Where can a car legally stand in Warwick, Leamington and Stratford? In Warwick, outside the gates rather than inside them, on one of the wider approach roads or a hotel forecourt. In Leamington, an agreed bay or a forecourt, because the residents schemes cover most of the central streets and enforcement is routine. In Stratford, away from the riverside and away from the theatre at turning-out time, when a car stopped on Bridge Street becomes the evening's obstacle. Give us the address and we will name the street rather than leaving you at a window watching for us to appear. ## Which roads here are worth driving? The Fosse Way is the obvious one, running Roman-straight across the county with long sightlines and very little traffic midweek. It also has concealed crossroads at field boundaries, which is precisely where a straight, quick road becomes a dangerous one, so the entertainment is in the flow rather than the speed. The lanes around Ilmington, Edge Hill and the Burton Dassett ridge are the more interesting drive, and the Cotswold edge starts within a short run of Shipston. North, the Arden lanes around Tanworth and Henley are quiet and well surfaced. ## Is the Cotswolds part of the same run? Chipping Campden, Broadway, Moreton and Shipston sit on the county's southern boundary rather than beyond it, so a car delivered in Warwickshire and collected in the Cotswolds at the end of the term is one arrangement quoted against both addresses. That works particularly well in the other direction too: a house up there for the summer and a town address for the winter is a normal shape for an agreement rather than an awkward one. Send both postcodes and each end is priced against the real address before anything is agreed. ## What does a big motorsport or show weekend do to the roads? It fills the M40 and the A43 corridor for days rather than hours. The circuit just over the Northamptonshire border draws campers in from the Thursday of a race weekend, and the approach junctions queue well before the gates open. The showground at Stoneleigh does a smaller version of the same thing to the lanes around Kenilworth, and race days at Warwick and Stratford tighten both towns for an afternoon. Give us the date with the address and the handover gets set ahead of the build-up rather than into the middle of it. ## Why is this county so tied up with cars? Because a great deal of the industry is here and has been for a long time. The British Motor Museum at Gaydon holds the national historic collection, and there are working engineering and design sites within a few miles of it. Coventry, on the county's edge, built cars for most of the last century. The practical consequence for a visitor is a county where a low, loud car on a Sunday morning attracts far less attention than it would elsewhere, and a set of roads that were being used for testing long before anybody called them a driving route. ## Do you deliver to the villages and country venues? Barford, Wellesbourne, Lighthorne, Ettington, Alderminster, Tanworth-in-Arden, Bearley, Kenilworth, Southam and Rugby are all part of the same run, along with the country-house and barn venues that take weddings from spring through to autumn. Those venues are date-fixed by definition, so a car needed for one is worth settling early. Gravel sweeps and cattle grids are common on the older properties, and a photograph of the entrance sent with the postcode saves any discussion on the day about whether the car will go in. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* # North Wales, Conwy, Denbighshire, Flintshire, Gwynedd and Wrexham URL: https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/car-hire/north-wales Performance & Prestige has no depot, branch or rental counter in North Wales and holds no premises there. Every lease is delivered to an address you choose and collected from it afterwards. North Wales has mountain roads that people drive across Europe for and one coastal expressway holding the whole thing together, and almost nobody serves it properly. We deliver to Llandudno, Conwy, Deganwy, Rhos-on-Sea and Colwyn Bay along the coast, inland to Ruthin, Mold, Wrexham and Llangollen, and down into Eryri at Betws-y-Coed, Bala, Porthmadog and Abersoch. Village streets in the walled towns are medieval and narrow, and the good roads beyond them are unfenced and shared with sheep. Over a three-month agreement the value here is obvious: the passes are a weekday morning away rather than a trip you have to plan, and the weather gives you a reason to use the car properly rather than to keep it under a cover. We hold no premises in Wales and nothing about this asks you to travel to us. Typical delivery: The A55 sets the approach, because it is the only fast road along the coast and there is no parallel route worth taking when it stops. Tunnels and a small number of junctions concentrate everything, and roadworks push traffic onto the old coast road, which is slow. Inland the mountain roads are weather-dependent in a way the coast is not. Then the address: a walled-town street needs a specific spot agreed, a house with a drive settles it on its own. The window comes from a person who has looked at the route that week, agreed with you first. Conwy inside the walls is the tightest handover in the region, because the town is entered through medieval archways with real width restrictions and the streets behind them were laid out for carts. We hand over outside the walls and walk in. In the mountains the last leg is driven rather than transported: single track with passing places, gates, cattle grids and slate-quarry tracks are all normal here and none suits a transporter. Sheep are on the road at night on the unfenced sections rather than beside it. If your approach is a farm lane or a steep gravel drive, tell us with the postcode and we will plan the final part properly. Postcode areas covered: LL. ## What is the A55 actually like? It is an expressway rather than a motorway, which is a practical distinction: it is dual carriageway for most of its length but it has lay-bys instead of a continuous hard shoulder in places, and it runs through tunnels at Conwy and Penmaenbach where a breakdown or an incident stops everything at once. There is no useful parallel route, so when it closes the traffic goes onto the old coast road through the seaside towns and the journey becomes a different sort of afternoon. It is worth checking its status before committing to a tight arrival. ## Which are the roads people actually come for? The A5 through Betws-y-Coed and up the Ogwen valley, which is the classic and also the busiest. The A4086 over the Llanberis Pass, walled, steep and full of parked walkers' cars in season. The A4085 down through Beddgelert. The A542 over the Horseshoe Pass above Llangollen. Bwlch y Groes, the highest and hardest of them, is single track with no barrier and gradients that punish a cold clutch. The A543 across Denbigh moor is fast, exposed, entirely unfenced and closes for snow before anything else in the region does. ## Where do you park at the mountains? Not on the verge, and not on spec. The honeypot car parks below the main peaks fill before dawn in season, some now require booking ahead, and verge parking on the pass roads is restricted and actively enforced in places. Leaving a car of this value half on a verge on a blind mountain bend is a bad plan for several reasons at once. The workable approach is to park in the valley towns where there is proper hard standing and use the mountain bus service, which is exactly what it exists for. ## Are there tolls or charges to know about? There is no charging clean air zone of the English kind in Wales. The Marine Drive around the Great Orme at Llandudno is a private one-way toll road, charged at the gate, and worth doing once. The thing that genuinely catches English drivers out is the speed limit: Wales sets a lower default on many built-up roads than England does, it is signed and it is enforced by camera. We confirm what applies to the specific vehicle before you commit, and tell you which charges sit with us and which are billed on. ## What is the weather really like inland? Different from the coast, often on the same morning. The mountains of Eryri are among the wettest places in Britain, so a bright promenade at Llandudno tells you nothing about what the Ogwen valley is doing. Standing water crosses the A5 in a heavy spell, cloud sits on the passes for days, and ice holds in the shade of a north-facing climb long after the valleys are clear. Phone signal drops out in the valleys, and fuel stations are further apart than the map implies. Plan shorter days inland and fill up in the towns. ## How far does delivery reach, and what about Anglesey? Llandudno, Conwy, Colwyn Bay, Abergele, Rhuddlan, St Asaph, Ruthin, Denbigh, Mold, Wrexham, Llangollen, Betws-y-Coed, Bala, Porthmadog, Criccieth, Abersoch, Caernarfon and Bangor are all part of the same run. Anglesey is a bridge away if that is where you are headed, and the Menai crossings are the pinch point in season, so the approach is worth a conversation rather than an assumption. Delivery here and collection in Cheshire, Liverpool or Shropshire is one arrangement quoted against both addresses rather than two separate jobs. *Pre-launch note: the driver criteria, deposits, excesses and mileage allowances quoted here are read from Performance & Prestige's own catalogue data, which is still being confirmed with the owner and the insurer. Read them as the shape of the figures rather than as a quotation. What binds is your written quote and your agreement.* --- # The full catalogue Every car on the site, 116 in total. "In our fleet" means Performance & Prestige owns, insures, prepares and delivers that car, and its monthly figure is a confirmed figure. "We can source" means the car is arranged through a vetted partner: no figure is published for it, and the car is subject to that partner confirming it. Never present a sourced car as stock we hold, and never estimate its price from a fleet car's. Every figure is a from price, inclusive of VAT, on a 3-month minimum term: 1 months up front, then one a month, with 1,000 miles a month included. There is no day, weekend, week or other short-term product. A car we source carries no published figure: it reads "on request" until a partner has confirmed it, and it is never priced from a fleet car's figure. Deposit is refundable and held rather than taken. Excess is the driver's maximum liability for damage under the agreement's insurance. Minimum age and minimum years of full licence held are insurance conditions set per car, not company-wide policy, and cannot be bought around with a larger deposit. | Car | Year | Segment | Supply | From, per month (inc VAT) | Minimum term | Min age | Min licence years | Deposit | Excess | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | [Bentley Bentayga V8 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-v8-s) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Lamborghini Urus S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Lamborghini Urus Performante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-performante) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG G 63](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-g-63) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG C 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-c-63) | | Saloon | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Audi R8 Spyder V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-spyder-performance) | | Convertible | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Audi SQ7](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq7) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [BMW X5 xDrive40i M Sport](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-sport) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [BMW X5 M Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x5-m-competition) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Land Rover Range Rover Sport Autobiography](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-autobiography) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Range Rover Sport SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sport-sv) | | Luxury SUV | In our fleet | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Ferrari 296 GTB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-296-gtb) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Lamborghini Huracán Tecnica](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-tecnica) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Lamborghini Revuelto](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-revuelto) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 32 | 8 | £25,000 | £20,000 | | [Porsche 911 GT3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Aston Martin DB12](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Ferrari Purosangue](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-purosangue) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Rolls-Royce Cullinan Series II](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-cullinan) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Lamborghini Huracán EVO Spyder](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-huracan-evo-spyder) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [McLaren 750S Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s-spider) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Aston Martin Valhalla](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-valhalla) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 10 | £50,000 | £35,000 | | [Audi R8 V10 performance quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-r8-v10-performance) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Ferrari SF90 Stradale](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-sf90-stradale) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 8 | £35,000 | £25,000 | | [Lamborghini Temerario](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-temerario) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 8 | £25,000 | £20,000 | | [Maserati MC20](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-mc20) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [McLaren 750S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-750s) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [McLaren 765LT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-765lt) | | Supercar | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 8 | £30,000 | £25,000 | | [Alpine A110 S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alpine-a110-s) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Aston Martin Vantage](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vantage) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Audi S5 Coupe](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-s5-coupe) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [BMW M2](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m2) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M4 Competition xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m4-competition) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Ford Mustang GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ford-mustang-gt) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Lexus RC F](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-rc-f) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Lotus Emira V6](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-emira) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche 718 Cayman](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-cayman) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche 911 Carrera S (992)](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-carrera-s) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Porsche 911 GT3 RS](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-gt3-rs) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Porsche 911 Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-911-turbo-s) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Toyota GR Supra 3.0](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/toyota-gr-supra) | | Sports | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Aston Martin Vanquish](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-vanquish) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £20,000 | £15,000 | | [Bentley Continental GT Speed](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gt-speed) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £4,000 | £4,000 | | [BMW 8 Series Gran Coupé M850i xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-8-series-gran-coupe) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [BMW M8 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m8-competition) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Ferrari 12Cilindri](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-12cilindri) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 8 | £30,000 | £25,000 | | [Lexus LC 500](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-lc-500) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Maserati GranTurismo Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-granturismo-modena) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [McLaren GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-gt) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Rolls-Royce Spectre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-spectre) | | Grand Tourer | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Alfa Romeo Stelvio Quadrifoglio](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alfa-romeo-stelvio-quadrifoglio) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Aston Martin DBX](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-dbx) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Aston Martin DBX707](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-dbx707) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Audi Q8 e-tron 55 quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-q8-e-tron) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Audi RS Q8 performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-q8-performance) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Audi SQ3](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq3) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Audi SQ5](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq5) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi SQ8](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-sq8) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Bentley Bentayga EWB Azure](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-bentayga-ewb) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [BMW X6 M60i xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-x6-m60i) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Jaguar F-Pace SVR](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/jaguar-f-pace-svr) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Lamborghini Urus SE](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lamborghini-urus-se) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Land Rover Defender OCTA](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/land-rover-defender-octa) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Lotus Eletre](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lotus-eletre) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Maserati Grecale Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grecale-trofeo) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Maserati Levante Modena](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-levante-modena) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG GLC 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-glc-63-s-e-performance) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Mercedes-AMG GLE 63 S 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gle-63-s) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG GLS 63 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gls-63) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-Benz EQE SUV 350 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqe-suv) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Mercedes-Benz EQS SUV 450+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-eqs-suv) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-Benz GLC Coupé 300 4MATIC AMG Line](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-glc-coupe) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Mercedes-Maybach GLS 600 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-gls-600) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Porsche Cayenne Coupé S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-cayenne-coupe-s) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Macan S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-macan-s) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 27 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche Macan Turbo Electric](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-macan-turbo-electric) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Range Rover Autobiography LWB](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-autobiography-lwb) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Range Rover SV](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-sv) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Range Rover Velar P400](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-velar) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Range Rover Vogue D350](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/range-rover-vogue) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Volvo EX90 Twin Motor Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/volvo-ex90) | | Luxury SUV | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Alfa Romeo Giulia Quadrifoglio](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/alfa-romeo-giulia-quadrifoglio) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi A8 55 TFSI quattro](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-a8-55-tfsi) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi RS 3 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-3-sportback) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Audi RS 4 Avant](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-4-avant) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi RS 5 Sportback](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-5-sportback) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 5 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [Audi RS 7 Sportback performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-7-sportback-performance) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Audi RS e-tron GT](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-rs-e-tron-gt) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Audi S8](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/audi-s8) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Bentley Flying Spur](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-flying-spur) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [BMW i4 M50 xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-i4-m50) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW i5 M60 xDrive](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-i5-m60) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M3 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m3-competition) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M5](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,500 | £2,500 | | [BMW M5 Competition](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bmw-m5-competition) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Lexus LS 500h](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/lexus-ls-500h) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Maserati Quattroporte Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-quattroporte-trofeo) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG A 35 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-35) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 2 | £1,500 | £1,500 | | [Mercedes-AMG A 45 S 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-a-45-s) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £2,000 | £2,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG E 63 S 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-e-63-s) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG GT 63 S E Performance](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-gt-63-s-e-performance) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Mercedes-Benz S-Class S 500 4MATIC AMG Line](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-benz-s-class) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Mercedes-Maybach S-Class S 580 4MATIC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-maybach-s-class) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Porsche Panamera 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-panamera-4s) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Panamera Turbo S E-Hybrid](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-panamera-turbo-s-e-hybrid) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Taycan Turbo S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-turbo-s) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Porsche Taycan Cross Turismo 4S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-taycan-cross-turismo-4s) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,500 | £3,500 | | [Rolls-Royce Ghost](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-ghost) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £7,500 | £7,500 | | [Rolls-Royce Phantom](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/rolls-royce-phantom) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 8 | £30,000 | £20,000 | | [Volkswagen Golf R](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/volkswagen-golf-r) | | Saloon | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 2 | £1,500 | £1,500 | | [Aston Martin DB12 Volante](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/aston-martin-db12-volante) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [Bentley Continental GTC](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/bentley-continental-gtc) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Ferrari Roma Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/ferrari-roma-spider) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Maserati GranCabrio Trofeo](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/maserati-grancabrio-trofeo) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 28 | 3 | £5,000 | £5,000 | | [McLaren Artura Spider](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mclaren-artura-spider) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 5 | £10,000 | £10,000 | | [Mercedes-AMG SL 63 4MATIC+](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/mercedes-amg-sl-63) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 30 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 | | [Porsche 718 Boxster S](https://performanceandprestige.co.uk/cars/porsche-718-boxster-s) | | Convertible | We can source | on request | 3 months | 25 | 3 | £3,000 | £3,000 |